100387.1

2014-07-05

: Pdf 108744-Attachment 108744-Attachment 785901 Batch5 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 204 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Supplemental and Obsolescence

Digest 176

Global Specialist in Energy Management

2012

Process & Machines

Management

Power

Management

Building

Management

Security

Management

IT/Server Room

Management

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

The only good watt

is a negawatt.

Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier,

*Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD

What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use.

Energy saved is money saved.

Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and

innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and

drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow.

Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from

Power Plant to Plug™.

Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy

is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by

companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2

emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key

– the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while

improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior

change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy

generation methods combined.*

EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today.

As energy prices continue to climb, every unit

of energy you save matters. One unit saved at

the point of use means three units of primary

energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure

Active Energy Management architecture can

deliver up to 30% energy savings across your

buildings, industrial plants, and data centers.

You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™!

30% 30%30%

Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v

Get smarter about energy

Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green

Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE.

Mining

Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use

require 100 units of primary energy.

100 energy units 35 energy units 33 energy units

Generation Transmission Point of use

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

i - 1

www.schneider-electric.us

Table of Contents

01 LOAD CENTERS................................................................................... 1-1

Fusible Pullouts .................................................................................................................. 1-2

Circuit Breaker Covers ....................................................................................................... 1-3

02 SAFETY SWITCHES............................................................................. 2-1

General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................ 2- 4

Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-4

Heavy Duty Safety Switches .............................................................................................. 2- 3

Accessories .................................................................................................................. 2-3

Key Interlock Systems ................................................................................................. 2-4

Sample Applications .................................................................................................... 2-4

03 MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND ENCLOSURES ............. 3-1

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers ............................................................................................ 3-3

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers ........................................................... 3-3

PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers ....................................................................... 3-4

PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers ...................................................................... 3-5

PowerPact™ Automatic Switches ....................................................................................... 3-6

Molded Case Circuit Breakers............................................................................................. 3-7

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................... 3-7

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-9

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 3-11

L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers ................................................ 3-13

Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-15

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector .......................................................................... 3-15

Molded Case Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 3-16

GJ-Frame MCP Selection .......................................................................................... 3-16

Special Construction Circuit Breakers............................................................................... 3-17

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs ..................................................................... 3-17

Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,

Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle .............................................. 3-18

Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration ................................................................... 3-18

Rear-Connected Studs .............................................................................................. 3-18

Visi-Blade

Circuit Breakers .................................................................................... 3-18

Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers ................................ 3-18

Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge) .............................. 3-18

P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and

Exchange Program .................................................................................................... 3-19

Special Terminations ................................................................................................. 3-20

Grounded BØ Systems .............................................................................................. 3-21

Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ) (Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems

(No Additional Charge) .............................................................................................. 3-21

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 3-22

UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers ............................................................................... 3-22

Circuit Breaker Accessories .............................................................................................. 3-23

PowerPact

™

Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories ................................................ 3-23

Factory-Installed Accessories .................................................................................... 3-24

Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 3-24

Field-Installable Accessories ..................................................................................... 3-25

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories ...................................................................... 3-25

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks,

and Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks ................................................................. 3-26

Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections ............................................ 3-27

Mechanical Lug Information ....................................................................................... 3-28

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors .............................................. 3-29

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories ....................................... 3-30

Electronic Products ........................................................................................................... 3-31

Neutral Current Transformers and

Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories .............................................................. 3-31

Restraint Interface Module ......................................................................................... 3-32

Circuit Breaker Dimensions............................................................................................... 3-33

Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-34

Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures ......................................................................... 3-34

Enclosures......................................................................................................................... 3-35

Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions ......................................................... 3-35

Accessories ................................................................................................................ 3-36

Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only ......................................................... 3-37

Special Applications ................................................................................................... 3-38

04 PANELBOARDS ................................................................................... 4-1

Panelboards ........................................................................................................................ 4-2

General Information ..................................................................................................... 4-2

General Instructions ..................................................................................................... 4-2

Pricing Instructions ....................................................................................................... 4-2

Metric Conversion ........................................................................................................ 4-2

I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing ....................................................... 4-2

Special Features ................................................................................................................. 4-3

Mains and Branches .................................................................................................... 4-3

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

i - 2

www.schneider-electric.us

Mains ........................................................................................................................... 4-3

Branches ...................................................................................................................... 4-3

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-4

Increased Enclosure Depth .......................................................................................... 4-4

Increased Side Gutters

(Type 1 Enclosures Only) ............................................................................................ 4-4

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters ....................................................................... 4-4

Drip Hoods a ................................................................................................................ 4-4

Special Finishes ........................................................................................................... 4-4

Free-standing Enclosures (welded base channels) c .................................................. 4-4

Special Trims ............................................................................................................... 4-4

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-5

Padlock Hasp ............................................................................................................... 4-5

Special Locks ............................................................................................................... 4-5

Multi-Section Panels .................................................................................................... 4-5

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-6

Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a ............................................................ 4-6

Wireway a .................................................................................................................... 4-6

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-7

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures ................................................................................. 4-7

Space Heater ............................................................................................................... 4-7

Cabinets .......................................................................................................................4-8

Special Enclosures a ................................................................................................... 4-8

NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc .................. 4-9

Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise .................................................................................. 4-10

Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories .................................................................... 4-10

Copper Equipment Ground Bars ................................................................................ 4-10

Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits ............................................................................. 4-10

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts ................................................................ 4-10

Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-11

Trim Clamps and Screws ........................................................................................... 4-11

Locks and Keys .......................................................................................................... 4-12

CTC Cabinets....................................................................................................................4-13

Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards.................................................................. 4-14

Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet ...................................................................... 4-14

Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures ...................................... 4-14

05 SWITCHBOARDS ..................................................................................5-1

Power-Style™ CMM Switchboards ......................................................................................5-2, 5-3

Replacement Parts ...................................................................................................... 5-2

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits ........................................................................ 5-2

Tenant Main Disconnects ............................................................................................ 5-3

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads ............................................................ 5-3

Speed-D

™

Switchboards..................................................................................................... 5-4

Service Selection ......................................................................................................... 5-4

06 TRANSFORMERS .................................................................................6-1

General Purpose Dry Type 600 Volts and Below................................................................ 6-2

Energy Efficient ............................................................................................................ 6-2

K-Rated ........................................................................................................................6-3

EE NL and NLP Series Transformers .......................................................................... 6-3

Drive Isolation Transformers .......................................................................................... 6-4

Open Core and Coil ..................................................................................................... 6-5

Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General Applications

for 600 V and Below ..................................................................................................... 6-5

Industrial Control ................................................................................................................. 6-6

Type EO ....................................................................................................................... 6-6

Type T .......................................................................................................................... 6-7

Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers .......................................................................... 6-7

Selection Guide ............................................................................................................ 6-7

Instrument 600 Volt Class .................................................................................................. 6-8

Voltage Transformers .................................................................................................. 6-8

Current Transformers ................................................................................................... 6-8

Current Transformers: Torroidal .................................................................................. 6-9

Torroidal Current Transformers ..........................................................................6-9, 6-10

Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks ...................................... 6-10

Shorting Terminal Blocks ........................................................................................... 6-10

Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core ...................................... 6-11

Multi-Ratio Current Transformers .............................................................................. 6-11

Rectangular Window Current Transformers .............................................................. 6-11

Split-Core Current Transformers ................................................................................ 6-11

Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary .................................................................. 6-12

Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz ................................................................ 6-12

Auxiliary Current Transformers .................................................................................. 6-12

07 INTERNATIONAL LOAD CENTERS .....................................................7-1

International Miniature Circuit Breakers ............................................................................. 7-2

QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches ........................................ 7-2

General Description ..................................................................................................... 7-2

Characteristics ............................................................................................................. 7-2

Accessories .................................................................................................................. 7-2

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD .......................................................................... 7-3

Load Centers....................................................................................................................... 7-4

IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) ..................................................... 7-4

08 INTERNATIONAL SAFETY SWITCHES ...............................................8-1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

i - 3

www.schneider-electric.us

General Duty Safety Switches............................................................................................. 8-2

International ................................................................................................................. 8-2

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac ............................................................ 8-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches ............................................................................................... 8-3

International ................................................................................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac .............................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac .............................................................. 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac ...................................................... 8-4

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications ........................................................ 8-4

Double-Throw Safety Switches ........................................................................................... 8-5

International ................................................................................................................. 8-5

CSA Certified Double-Throw ........................................................................................ 8-5

Accessories .................................................................................................................. 8-6

CSA Certified Switch Accessories ............................................................................... 8-6

09 INTERNATIONAL CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............................................. 9-1

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers..................................................................................... 9-2

SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. ......................................... 9-2

Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers........................................................................................... 9-3

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-3

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-4

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-5

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated .......................................... 9-6

Breaking Capacities ............................................................................................................ 9-7

Circuit Breaker Dimensions................................................................................................. 9-8

10 INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS ................................................... 10-1

Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard ........................................................ 10-2

11 OBSOLESCENT AND OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS ............... 11-1

Obsolescent and Obsolete Types ..................................................................................... 11-2

Circuit Breaker Availability ......................................................................................... 11-2

Pictorial and Dimensions .................................................................................. 11-4, 11-5

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers............................................................................................ 11-6

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-6

K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................ 11-7

Automatic Molded-Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8

Automatic Molded Case Switches ............................................................................. 11-8

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector ...............................................................11-9, 11-10

UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers ........................................................................... 11-11

Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch Circuit Breakers

and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards ................................................................ 11-12

Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers .................................... 11-13

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers ......................................................................................... 11-14

FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .................................................................. 11-15

QE Metering Circuit Breakers .................................................................................. 11-16

KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers ............................................................. 11-17

NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker ............................................. 11-18

SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit ........................................................ 11-19

SE Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................... 11-20

Molded Case Circuit Breakers......................................................................................... 11-21

M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers .......................................................... 11-21

Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................................................................ 11-22

Field-Installable Accessories ................................................................................... 11-22

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories .................................................................... 11-22

Mechanical Lug Information ..................................................................................... 11-23

Electronic Products ......................................................................................................... 11-24

Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets ...................................................... 11-24

Ground-Fault Protection .................................................................................................. 11-25

Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) ................................................. 11-25

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers.......................................................................................... 11-26

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed ............................... 11-26

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units ............................................ 11-27

For pricing contact your local Schneider Electric distributor. ................................... 11-27

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories ............................................. 11-28

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts .............................................. 11-30

12 OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS ...................................... 12-1

Model 4 Branch Feeder Units .................................................................................... 12-2

Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-3

Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard) ................................ 12-4

Series 5600 General Information ............................................................................... 12-5

Telemecanique

™

Series 5600 History ....................................................................... 12-5

Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6 12-5

Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type

Combination Starter Units .......................................................................................... 12-6

13 OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS ..................................................... 13-1

QMB Fusible Panelboards ................................................................................................ 13-2

Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc ................................................................. 13-2

QMB Layout Information ............................................................................................ 13-2

Main Switch Replacement Units ................................................................................ 13-3

Branch Switch Replacement ...................................................................................... 13-4

Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units ........................................................ 13-5

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

i - 4

www.schneider-electric.us

30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2 ...................................................... 13-5

Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units .............................................................. 13-6

Replacement Parts............................................................................................................ 13-7

Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks ............................................. 13-7

Series Ratings ................................................................................................................... 13-8

NQOD Panelboards ................................................................................................... 13-8

NQOD Panelboards .......................................................................................................... 13-9

Pricing Procedure Examples ...................................................................................... 13-9

NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure ................................................................... 13-9

NQOD Merchandised Panelboards................................................................................. 13-10

NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ....................................13-10, 13-11

NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc ............................................... 13-12

For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral) .......................................................... 13-13

NQOD Panelboards ........................................................................................................ 13-14

Terminal Data .......................................................................................................... 13-14

14 BUSWAY..............................................................................................14-1

I-Line™ Busway ................................................................................................................ 14-2

Special Purpose Plug-In Units ................................................................................... 14-2

APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) ....................................... 14-2

Capacitor and Transformer Units ............................................................................... 14-2

Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway) ...................................... 14-2

Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs ..................................................................... 14-2

15 LIMIT SWITCHES ................................................................................15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Precision and Oiltight .................................................................... 15-1

Type XA ..................................................................................................................... 15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact ................................................................................ 15-2

Type C ....................................................................................................................... 15-2

16 MEDICAL PRODUCTS ........................................................................16-1

Medical Products............................................................................................................... 16-2

Isolated Power Panels ............................................................................................... 16-2

OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed ........................... 16-2

Duplex Panels ............................................................................................................ 16-3

Surgical Facility Panels .............................................................................................. 16-4

Dual Output Voltage Panels ....................................................................................... 16-5

Accessories ................................................................................................................ 16-6

17 NEMA CONTACTORS AND STARTERS............................................17-1

IEC Style Disconnect Switches ......................................................................................... 17-2

UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches ................................................................................... 17-8

Vario ........................................................................................................................... 17-8

NEMA Style Disconnect Switches..................................................................................... 17-9

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms ........................................................................... 17-10

Approximate Dimensions ................................................................................................ 17-11

Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices ............................................................................ 17-13

Flexible Cable Mechanisms ............................................................................................ 17-14

Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers ...................... 17-14

Disconnect Switch Accessories....................................................................................... 17-15

Reversing Drum Switches ............................................................................................... 17-17

NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload .................................................... 17-17

Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches ......................... 17-17

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters................................................................. 17-18

Reduced Voltage Starting of Squirrel Cage Motors ................................................. 17-18

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters ......................................................... 17-18

Multispeed Magnetic Starters.......................................................................................... 17-24

Application Data ............................................................................................17-24, 17-25

3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz ..............................17-25, 17-26, 17-27

Two-Speed Combination Starters ............................................................................ 17-26

Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................ 17-27

Two-Speed Magnetic Starters ................................................................................. 17-28

Approximate Dimensions ......................................................................................... 17-29

Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type .............................................................. 17-29

Lighting Contactors ......................................................................................................... 17-30

General Information ................................................................................................. 17-30

Well-Guard™ Pump Panel........................................................................................................ 17-31

Factory Modifications (Forms)......................................................................................... 17-32

Definite Purpose Contactors ........................................................................................... 17-35

Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style......................................................................... 17-36

Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065 ................................................................................. 17-36

Example ................................................................................................................... 17-36

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC CONDITIONS OF SALE ...................................A-1

Coordinated Projects ....................................................................................................A-1

Standard .......................................................................................................................A-3

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

1-1

LOAD CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 1

Load Centers

Fusible Pullouts

Class T Fusible Pullouts 1-2

Dimensions 1-2

Circuit Breaker Covers

Circuit Breaker Covers 1-3

Dimensions 1-3

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

LOAD CENTERS

Fusible Pullouts

Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Class T Fusible Pullouts

•2- or 3-pole fusible pullouts

•200 A maximum 300 V Class T fuses (not included)

•1Ø3W 120/240 V

1Ø2W 240 V

•3Ø3W 240 V delta

3Ø4W 240/120 V delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

•UL Listed 100 kA short circuit current rating

Dimensions

FTL2200 FTL3200

Table 1.1: Fusible Pullouts

Mains Two-pole Three-pole Main Wire Size

AWG/kcmil Fuse Pullout Only $ Price

System Rating Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Al or Cu

1Ø3W 120/240 V

1Ø2W 240 V

100 A FTL2100a380.00 ——

4–250

4050704950a128.00

200 A FTL2200a400.00 —— 4050703850a151.00

3Ø3W 240 V delta

3Ø4W 240/120 V delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

100 A — — FTL3100 1000.00 4050707050a196.00

200 A — — FTL3200 1045.00 4050705950a288.00

aNot stocked in PDS. Order point Lexington.

3.80

3.16

2.96

1.48

6.38

162

3.44

3.20

4.25

108

.63

(2) .187 Dia. Hole

.34 Dia. C'bore

1.85

2.19

2.85

3.80

3.00

2.23

1.85

Pull

200A

4.00

102

2.98

4.46

113

1.48

1.50

(4) .187 Dia. Mounting Holes

.34 Dia. C'bore, .38 Deep

Pull 200A

6.61

168

.78

5.03

128

4.25

108

DE5 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

LOAD CENTERS

Circuit Breaker Covers

Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Circuit Breaker Covers

Available now from Square D™ / Schneider Electric™ are two different versions of rainproof circuit breaker covers

which are UL component recognized as being suitable for use as circuit breaker handle covers.

They are constructed of durable impact-resistant material and are intended for use by OEMs where a rainproof cover is

needed (e.g. on heat pumps and air conditioners with built-in disconnects). Both models have a built-in latch with

padlock provisions.

The BCH covers are for use on a horizontally-mounted circuit breaker and fit over Square D two-pole QO™, QOU, Q2,

EH and three-pole Q2 and EH circuit breakers.

The BCV covers are for use on vertically-mounted circuit breakers and will fit over Square D two- and three-pole QO,

QOU, Q2, EH, FA and KA circuit breakers.

Dimensions

Table 1.2: Covers

Quantity Cat. No. $ Price

1BCH 20.50

1BCV 20.50

4.58

116

1.09

1.32

4.82

122

4.40

112

BCV

Vertical Cover

3.14

.30

2.50

2.11

2.33

4.62

117

BCH

Horizontal Cover

1.10

DE2E Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

LOAD CENTERS

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

2-1

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table of Contents

Section 2

Safety Switches

General Duty Safety Switches

General Duty Safety Switches 2-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Phenolic Legend Plate 2-3

Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch 2-3

Key Interlock Systems 2-4

Sample Applications 2-4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

SAFETY SWITCHES

www.schneider-electric.us

General Duty Safety

Switches

Accessories

Class 3130

Voltage-Indicating Safety Switches

Voltage-indicating safety switches indicate when voltage is present, helping to prevent arc-flash hazards and electric

shocks during maintenance work. Voltage indicators are a factory-installed only option. Order the indicators by adding

the fuse kit suffix below to the switch catalog number.

Voltage-indicating safety switches can be combined with other safety features such as visible blades, viewing windows

and color-coded handles.

aAdd an additional $120.00 for 30 and 60 A NEMA TYPE 1, 3R and 12 enclosures.

Field-Installed Lug Kit

Kit consists of three line, three load, and two neutral lugs as required for a three-pole 400 A or 600 A general duty switch.

Kit can be installed in field on 400 or 600 A Series E3 switches.

bNot applicable for use on the 400 A NEMA Type 3R General Duty Safety Switch.

Table 2.1: Class J Fuse Kit Suffix

Suffix Description $ Pricea

SI Supply Side Indicator 1208.00

LI Load Side Indicator 1208.00

LI2 Supply and Load Side Indicators 2416.00

Table 2.2: Lug Kit

Switch Rating

(A)

Lug Kit

Cat. No.

Wire Range/NEC

312.6

AWG/kcmil

Lug Wire Range per

Lug

AWG/kcmil

$ Price

400 or 600 A

Series E3bGD4060LK

(1) 1/0–600 or

(2) 1/0–500 or

(4) 1/0–250

(2) 1/0–600 or

(4) 1/0–250 404.00

DE1 DE3A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

SAFETY SWITCHES

www.schneider-electric.us

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

Accessories

Class 3130

Phenolic Legend Plate

Available engraved and mounted on all heavy duty safety switches, except NEMA 7 and 9. Legend engraved in 1/4 in.

high white letters on black background. Customer must provide legend. UL Listed.

To order, add suffix NP to standard Cat. No.

Example: H363-NP

Price adder per legend plate—$167.00

Push Button—Pilot Light—Selector Switch

Push buttons, pilot lights or selector switches are available factory-installed in the cover of NEMA 1, 3R, (4-4X-5)

stainless steel or NEMA 12 heavy duty non-fusible safety switches and all double throw switches. Wiring to contact

blocks is not available. Customer must furnish catalog number of push button, pilot light or selector switch device

desired. UL Listed. Add suffix PB to switch catalog number.

Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availablility, and pricing prior to quoting a job.

DE1 DE3A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

SAFETY SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

Key Interlock Systems

Factory-installed only on heavy duty and double throw

safety switches.

Interlocks are used to prevent the operator from making

an unauthorized operation. Not available on hazardous

location devices (NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced

polyester (NEMA 4X).

The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of

applying individual key interlock units and assemblies to

the above equipment so as to require operation in a

predetermined sequence. UL Listed.

Quoting:

Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability

and pricing prior to quoting a job.

Ordering:

Order cannot be released for production until the following

information has been provided:

•End User—Company name, address;

•Function of each lock (e.g., switch to be locked open with key

removed, key held when switch is closed);

•Existing Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with equipment

already on site, provide brand of existing lock and key number;

•Other New Equipment—if switch is to be interlocked with new

equipment not yet installed at the site, then provide contact

person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated;

•Additional information may be required upon order entry;

•Schneider Electric locks supplied unless otherwise specified.

Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers:

•KI = 1 lock per switch

•KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders per switch

•KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch

aPrices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these

schemes normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Sample Applications

Sample Application—1

To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are

not closed at the same time. With the interlocks arranged

as shown only one key is required in the interlocking

system. Both devices are shown open, therefore, the key

is free. To close any one device the key is inserted and

turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock

until the device is again locked open. This simple

interlocking sequence lends itself to a multitude of

applications. The procedure is the same for two devices,

neither of which is to be opened at the same time.

Sample Application—2

To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is

closed.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key

A-1 is held in circuit breaker B interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to

unlock.

4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to

restore service.

Sample Application—3

To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is

closed. Permits re-closing of circuit breaker for servicing

when switch is locked open.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key

A-1 is held in circuit breaker interlock.

5. Open circuit breaker.

6. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

7. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to

unlock.

8. Open switch A.

9. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open.

Key A-1 is now free.

10. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for

operation during servicing period.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)

To prevent paralleling of lines A and B; two loads, fed from

either source.

Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit

breaker B is closed to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C

is open. Keys A-1 are held in interlocks on both circuit

breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot be closed

unless either A or B is locked open.

To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:

1. Open circuit breaker B.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock

open. Key A-1 is now free.

3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and

turn to unlock. Key A-1 is now held.

4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.

5. Reverse sequence to restore service.

6. Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar

manner.

Locking Position—

Designations

L-O-R

L-C-R

L-O-C-R

L-O-H

L-C-H

L-O-C-H

Devices locked open

with key removed

Devices locked closed

with key removed

Devices locked open

or closed with key

removed

Devices locked open

with key held

Devices locked closed

with key held

Devices locked open or

closed with key held

Multi-lock interlock

(More than one key

per lock)

Diagram Symbols

Note:

Device locked open =

switch in OFF (O) position

Device locked closed =

switch in ON (I) position

A-1 A-2 A-3

Device normall

open

Device normall

closed

Direction of key

transfer

Key

interchange

number

Key

Table 2.1: Price Adder Per Locka

Switch Type $ Price

30–1200 A Heavy Duty 2055.00

30–600 A Double Throw 1988.00

Figure 1

A-1

A 1

L-O-R L-O-R

A-1

Figure 2

A-1

L-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 3

A-1

L-O-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 4

L-O-R

A 1

L-O-R

A 1

A-1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

3-1

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Table of Contents

Section 3

Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Enclosures

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers 3-3

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers 3-2–3-3

PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers 3-4

PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers 3-5

PowerPact™ Automatic Switches 3-6

Molded Case Circuit Breakers 3-7

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-7—3-8

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-9—3-10

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 3-11—3-12

L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers 3-13—3-14

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector 3-15

GJ-Frame MCP Selection 3-16

Special Construction Circuit Breakers 3-17

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs 3-17

Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,

Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle

3-18

Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,

Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle

3-18

P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate and

Exchange Program

3-19

Special Terminations 3-20

Grounded BØ Systems 3-21

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers 3-22

Circuit Breaker Accessories 3-23

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories 3-23

Factory-Installed Accessories 3-24

Field-Installable Accessories 3-25

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks

3-26

Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections 3-27

Mechanical Lug Information 3-28

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors 3-29

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories 3-30

Electronic Products 3-31

Neutral Current Transformers and Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit

Accessories

3-31

Restraint Interface Module 3-32

Circuit Breaker Dimensions 3-33

Enclosures 3-34

Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures 3-34

Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions 3-35

Accessories 3-36

Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only 3-37

Special Applications 3-38

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

PowerPact™ Circuit

Breakers

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT0401

aCircuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

Only available on standard (80%) rated 3P unit-mount circuit breakers; not available with I-Line™ or Plug-In constructions.

bSee Digest page 7-39–3-41 for lug and termination kits.

cJ and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-35

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-38

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-53

Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-54

Table 3.1: H-Frame 150 A UL Current-Limitingc Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsa (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic Trip D Interrupting G Interrupting Jc Interrupting Lc Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

15 A 350 A 750 A HDL36015T 1088.00 HGL36015T 1493.00 HJL36015T 1949.00 HLL36015T 2849.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG

Al or Cu

20 A 350 A 750 A HDL36020T 1088.00 HGL36020T 1493.00 HJL36020T 1949.00 HLL36020T 2849.00

25 A 350 A 750 A HDL36025T 1088.00 HGL36025T 1493.00 HJL36025T 1949.00 HLL36025T 2849.00

30 A 350 A 750 A HDL36030T 1088.00 HGL36030T 1493.00 HJL36030T 1949.00 HLL36030T 2849.00

35 A 400 A 850 A HDL36035T 1088.00 HGL36035T 1493.00 HJL36035T 1949.00 HLL36035T 2849.00

40 A 400 A 850 A HDL36040T 1088.00 HGL36040T 1493.00 HJL36040T 1949.00 HLL36040T 2849.00

45 A 400 A 850 A HDL36045T 1088.00 HGL36045T 1493.00 HJL36045T 1949.00 HLL36045T 2849.00

50 A 400 A 850 A HDL36050T 1088.00 HGL36050T 1493.00 HJL36050T 1949.00 HLL36050T 2849.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36060T 1088.00 HGL36060T 1493.00 HJL36060T 1949.00 HLL36060T 2849.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36070T 1328.00 HGL36070T 1701.00 HJL36070T 2099.00 HLL36070T 3149.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36080T 1328.00 HGL36080T 1701.00 HJL36080T 2099.00 HLL36080T 3149.00

90 A 800 A 1450 A HDL36090T 1328.00 HGL36090T 1701.00 HJL36090T 2099.00 HLL36090T 3149.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36100T 1328.00 HGL36100T 1701.00 HJL36100T 2099.00 HLL36100T 3149.00

110 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36110T 2600.00 HGL36110T 3599.00 HJL36110T 5174.00 HLL36110T 6749.00

125 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36125T 2600.00 HGL36125T 3599.00 HJL36125T 5174.00 HLL36125T 6749.00

150 A 900 A 1700 A HDL36150T 2600.00 HGL36150T 3599.00 HJL36150T 5174.00 HLL36150T 6749.00

Table 3.2: J-Frame 250 A UL Current-Limitingc Circuit Breaker Frame with Field-Interchangeable

Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unitsa (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip D Interrupting G Interrupting Jc Interrupting Lc Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

150 A 750 A 1500 A JDL36150T 2730.00 JGL36150T 3779.00 JJL36150T 5432.00 JLL36150T 7086.00 AL175JD

4--4/0 AWG Al or Cu

175 A 875 A 1750 A JDL36175T 2730.00 JGL36175T 3779.00 JJL36175T 5432.00 JLL36175T 7086.00

200 A 1000 A 2000 A JDL36200T 2730.00 JGL36200T 3779.00 JJL36200T 5432.00 JLL36200T 7086.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

or Cu

225 A 1125 A 2250 A JDL36225T 2730.00 JGL36225T 3779.00 JJL36225T 5432.00 JLL36225T 7086.00

250 A 1250 A 2500 A JDL36250T 3749.00 JGL36250T 5001.00 JJL36250T 7238.00 JLL36250T 8993.00

Table 3.3: H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitingc Circuit Breaker Frame Without

Terminationsb or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

Circuit Breaker

Frame

Ampere

Rating

D Interrupting G Interrupting Jc Interrupting Lc Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

H-Frame 15–60 A HDF36000F06 525.00 HGF36000F06 930.00 HJF36000F06 1386.00 HLF36000F06 2286.00

70–150 A HDF36000F15 585.00 HGF36000F15 1574.00 HJF36000F15 3149.00 HLF36000F15 4724.00

J-Frame 150–250 A JDF36000F25 1538.00 JGF36000F25 2790.00 JJF36000F25 5027.00 JLF36000F25 6782.00

Table 3.4: H-Frame and J-Frame 3P Field-Installable Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

15–60 A H-Frame 70–150 A H-Frame 150–250 A J-Frame

Amperage Cat. No. $ Price Amperage Cat. No. $ Price Amperage Cat. No. $ Price

15 A HT3015 563.00 70 A HT3070 743.00 150 A JT3150 1193.00

20 A HT3020 563.00 80 A HT3080 743.00 175 A JT3175 1193.00

25 A HT3025 563.00 90 A HT3090 743.00 200 A JT3200 1193.00

30 A HT3030 563.00 100 A HT3100 743.00 225 A JT3225 1193.00

35 A HT3035 563.00 110 A HT3110 2025.00 250 A JT3250 2213.00

40 A HT3040 563.00 125 A HT3125 2025.00 — — —

45 A HT3045 563.00 150 A HT3150 2025.00 — — —

50 A HT3050 563.00 — — — — — —

60 A HT3060 563.00 — — — — — —

Table 3.5: H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings

Vol t ag e Interrupting Rating

DGJ L

240 Vac 25 KA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA

Table 3.6: H- and J-Frame Termination Options

Termination Letter

A - I-Line (See Section 9)

F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)d

L = Lugs both ends

M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end

P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end

N = Plug-in e

D = Drawout e

S = Rear Connected e

dAdd TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.

eFor N and D pricing, add termination pricing on Digest page 7-41 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing

on Digest page 7-37 to price.

H-Frame Trip Unit

H D L 3 6 0 1 5 T

For factory-installed

termination, place termination

letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

PowerPact™ Circuit

Breakers

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT0401

dSee Digest page 7-38 for lug and termination kits.

eJ and L interrupts are UL Certified as current limiting.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-36

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55

Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-56

Table 3.7: H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units ab

(600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P) ab

Electronic Trip Unit

Sensor

Rating

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Terminal

Wire Range

Type Function Trip

Unit

D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

Micrologic

Standard LI 3.2

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU31X

HDL36100TU31X

HDL36150TU31X

1247.00

1487.00

2759.00

HGL36060TU31X

HGL36100TU31X

HGL36150TU31X

1652.00

1860.00

3758.00

HJL36060TU31X

HJL36100TU31X

HJL36150TU31X

2108.00

2258.00

5333.00

HLL36060TU31X

HLL36100TU31X

HLL36150TU31X

3008.00

3308.00

6908.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU31X 2957.00 JGL36250TU31X 4006.00 JJL36250TU31X 5659.00 JLL36250TU31X 7313.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

Micrologic

Standard LSI 3.2S

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU33X

HDL36100TU33X

HDL36150TU33X

1433.00

1673.00

2945.00

HGL36060TU33X

HGL36100TU33X

HGL36150TU33X

1838.00

2046.00

3944.00

HJL36060TU33X

HJL36100TU33X

HJL36150TU33X

2294.00

2444.00

5519.00

HLL36060TU33X

HLL36100TU33X

HLL36150TU33X

3194.00

3494.00

7094.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU33X 3221.00 JGL36250TU33X 4270.00 JJL36250TU33X 5923.00 JLL36250TU33X 7577.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

Micrologic

Ammeter LSI 5.2A

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU43X

HDL36100TU43X

HDL36150TU43X

2031.00

2271.00

3543.00

HGL36060TU43X

HGL36100TU43X

HGL36150TU43X

2436.00

2644.00

4542.00

HJL36060TU43X

HJL36100TU43X

HJL36150TU43X

2892.00

3042.00

6117.00

HLL36060TU43X

HLL36100TU43X

HLL36150TU43X

3792.00

4092.00

7692.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU43X 4075.00 JGL36250TU43X 5124.00 JJL36250TU43X 6777.00 JLL36250TU43X 8431.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

Micrologic

Energy LSI 5.2E

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU53X

HDL36100TU53X

HDL36150TU53X

2391.00

2631.00

3903.00

HGL36060TU53X

HGL36100TU53X

HGL36150TU53X

2796.00

3004.00

4902.00

HJL36060TU53X

HJL36100TU53X

HJL36150TU53X

3252.00

3402.00

6477.00

HLL36060TU53X

HLL36100TU53X

HLL36150TU53X

4152.00

4458.00

8052.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU53X 4588.00 JGL36250TU53X 5637.00 JJL36250TU53X 7290.00 JLL36250TU53X 8944.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

Micrologic

Ammeter LSIG 6.2A

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU44X

HDL36100TU44X

HDL36150TU44X

2751.00

2991.00

4263.00

HGL36060TU44X

HGL36100TU44X

HGL36150TU44X

3156.00

3364.00

5262.00

HJL36060TU44X

HJL36100TU44X

HJL36150TU44X

3612.00

3762.00

6837.00

HLL36060TU44X

HLL36100TU44X

HLL36150TU44X

4512.00

4812.00

8412.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU44X 5100.00 JGL36250TU44X 6149.00 JJL36250TU44X 7802.00 J( )L36250TU44X 9456.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

Micrologic

Energy LSIG 6.2E

60 A

100 A

150 A

HDL36060TU54X

HDL36100TU54X

HDL36150TU54X

3111.00

3351.00

4623.00

HGL36060TU54X

HGL36100TU54X

HGL36150TU54X

3516.00

3724.00

5622.00

HJL36060TU54X

HJL36100TU54X

HJL36150TU54X

3972.00

4122.00

7197.00

HLL36060TU54X

HLL36100TU54X

HLL36150TU54X

4872.00

5172.00

8772.00

AL150HD

14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu

250 A JDL36250TU54X 5613.00 JGL36250TU54X 6662.00 JJL36250TU54X 8315.00 JLL36250TU54X 9969.00 AL250JD

3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cuc

aCircuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

bOnly available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers. Not available with I-Line™ or Plug-in constructions.

cFor smaller wire (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug wire binding screws with longer binding screws provided.

Table 3.8: H-Frame 150A and J-Frame 250 A 3P Basic UL Current-Limitinge Circuit Breaker Frame Without

Terminationsd or Trip Unit (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

Circuit Breaker

Frame

Ampere

Rating

D Interrupting G Interrupting Je Interrupting Le Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

H-Frame 15–60 A HDF36000F06 525.00 HGF36000F06 930.00 HJF36000F06 1386.00 HLF36000F06 2286.00

70–150 A HDF36000F15 585.00 HGF36000F15 1574.00 HJF36000F15 3149.00 HLF36000F15 4724.00

J-Frame 150–250 A JDF36000F25 1538.00 JGF36000F25 2790.00 JJF36000F25 5027.00 JLF36000F25 6782.00

Table 3.9: Micrologic Field-Installable Trip Unit

Model Trip

Function

Trip

Unit Contiuous Current Trip Unit

Cat. No. $ Price Termination Letter

Micrologic

Standard

LI 3.2

15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 HE3060U31X 722.00 A - I-Line (See Section 9)

35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 HE3100U31X 902.00 F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)f

50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 HE3150U31X 2184.00 L = Lugs both ends

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 JE3250U31X 1216.00 M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end

LSI 3.2S

15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60 HE3060U33X 908.00 P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end

35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100 HE3100U33X 1088.00 N = Plug-in g

50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150 HE3150U33X 2370.00 D = Drawout g

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 JE3250U33X 1480.00 S = Rear Connected g

Micrologic

Ammeter

LSI 5.2A

15–60 HE3060U43X 1506.00

35–100 HE3100U43X 1686.00

50–150 HE3150U43X 2968.00

70–250 JE3250U43X 2334.00

LSIG 6.2A

15–60 HE3060U44X 1866.00

35–100 HE3100U44X 2046.00

50–150 HE3150U44X 3318.00 fAdd TS suffix for circuit breaker without

terminal nut kit.

gFor N and D pricing, add termination pricing on

Digest page 7-42 to price. For S pricing, add

termination pricing on Digest page 7-38 to

price.

70–250 JE3250U44X 2847.00

Micrologic

Energy

LSI 5.2E

15–60 HE3060U53X 2226.00

35–100 HE3100U53X 2406.00

50–150 HE3150U53X 4038.00

70–250 JE3250U53X 3359.00

LSIG 6.2E

15–60 HE3060U54X 2586.00

35–100 HE3100U54X 2766.00

50–150 HE3150U54X 4038.00

70–250 JE3250U54X 3872.00

Table 3.10: H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings

Voltage Interrupting Rating

DGJ L

240 Vac 25 KA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA

H D L 3 6 0 1 5 T

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

PowerPact™ Circuit

Breakers

PowerPact™ L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801

jFor N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price. See Digest

page 7-42.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-36–7-45

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest pages 7-39–7-40

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55

Table 3.11: L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Field-Interchangeable Electronic Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)hi

Electronic Trip Unit Sensor

Rating

D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Type Function Trip

Unit Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

Micrologic

Standard LI 3.3

250 A LDL36250TU31X 4287.00 LGL36250TU31X 5081.00 LJL36250TU31X 8487.00 LLL36250TU31X 9918.00

AL400L61K3D

(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al

400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU31X

LDL36600TU31X

4827.00

7109.00

LGL36400TU31X

LGL36600TU31X

5081.00

7484.00

LJL36400TU31X

LJL36600TU31X

8487.00

10541.00

LLL36400TU31X

LLL36600TU31X

9918.00

11837.00

AL600S52K3

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Micrologic

Standard LSI 3.3S

250 A LDL36250TU33X 5391.00 LGL36250TU33X 5674.00 LJL36250TU33X 9071.00 LLL36250TU33X 10511.00

AL400L61K3D

(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al

400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU33X

LDL36600TU33X

5391.00

7673.00

LGL36400TU33X

LGL36600TU33X

5674.00

8077.00

LJL36400TU33X

LJL36600TU33X

9071.00

11134.00

LLL36400TU33X

LLL36600TU33X

10511.00

12430.00

AL600S52K3

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Micrologic

Ammeter LSI 5.3A 400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU43X

LDL36600TU43X

6253.00

8535.00

LGL36400TU43X

LGL36600TU43X

6582.00

8984.00

LJL36400TU43X

LJL36600TU43X

9979.00

12041.00

LLL36400TU43X

LLL36600TU43X

11419.00

13337.00

AL600S52K3

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Micrologic

Energy LSI 5.3E 400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU53X

LDL36600TU53X

7200.00

9483.00

LGL36400TU53X

LGL36600TU53X

7579.00

9982.00

LJL36400TU53X

LJL36600TU53X

10976.00

13039.00

LLL36400TU53X

LLL36600TU53X

12416.00

14335.00

Micrologic

Ammeter LSIG 6.3A 400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU44X

LDL36600TU44X

8149.00

10431.00

LGL36400TU44X

LGL36600TU44X

8578.00

10980.00

LJL36400TU44X

LJL36600TU44X

11975.00

14037.00

LLL36400TU44X

LLL36600TU44X

13415.00

15333.00

Micrologic

Energy LSIG 6.3E 400 A

600 A

LDL36400TU54X

LDL36600TU54X

9097.00

11379.00

LGL36400TU54X

LGL36600TU54X

9575.00

11978.00

LJL36400TU54X

LJL36600TU54X

12972.00

15035.00

LLL36400TU54X

LLL36600TU54X

14412.00

16331.00

hCircuit breakers will be labeled with Line and Load markings and are not suitable for reverse connections.

iOnly available on 3P unit-mount circuit breakers.

Table 3.12: L-Frame 3 Pole, 600 A Circuit Breaker Breaker Frame without Trip Units (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz)

Ampere

Rating

D Interrupting G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250 A (70–250 A) LDF36000F25 1328.00 LGF36000F25 1480.00 LJF36000F25 4616.00 LLF36000F25 6069.00

400 A (125–400 A LDF36000F40 2628.00 LGF36000F40 2766.00 LJF36000F40 6164.00 LLF36000F40 7602.00

600 A (200–600 A) LDF36000F60 5199.00 LGF36000F60 5472.00 LJF36000F60 8226.00 LLF36000F60 9522.00

Table 3.13: L-Frame 3P Field-Installable Micrologic Electronic Trip Units

Electronic Trip Unit Continuous Current Trip Unit

Cat. No. $ Price

Type Function Code

Micrologic

Standard

LI 3.3

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 LE3250U31X 2315.00

125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 LE3400U31X 2315.00

200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 LE3600U31X 2315.00

LSI 3.3S

70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250 LE3250U33X 2908.00

125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400 LE3400U33X 2908.00

200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600 LE3600U33X 2908.00

Micrologic

Ammeter

LSI 5.3A 125–400 LE3400U43X 3816.00

200–600 LE3600U43X 3816.00

LSIG 6.3A 125–400 LE3400U44X 4813.00

200–600 LE3600U44X 4813.00

Micrologic Energy

LSI 5.3E 125–400 LE3400U53X 5812.00

200–600 LE3600U53X 5812.00

LSIG 6.3E 125–400 LE3400U54X 6809.00

200–600 LE3600U54X 6809.00

Table 3.14: Termination Options

Termination Letter Termination Option

A I-Line (See Section 9)

F No lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)

L Lugs both ends

M Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end

P Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end

NjPlug In

DjDrawout

SjRear Connected

M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in

the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

L G L 3 6 6 0 0 U 4 4 X

Table 3.15: L-Frame Interrupting Ratings

Voltage Interrupting Rating

DGJL

240 Vac 25 kA 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 18 kA 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 14 kA 18 kA 25 kA 50 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

PowerPact™ Circuit

Breakers

PowerPact™ D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Class 612, 615 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101, 0616CT0801

aPrice shown is for quantity of 1.

bFor N, D, and S pricing, add termination pricing to price.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33

Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56

Table 3.16: D-Frame (600 A 600 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz Circuit Breaker with Lugs and Electronic Trip Unitsa

Electronic Trip

Unit Type Trip Function Trip Unit Continuous

Current

G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal Wire Range

(AWG/kcmil)

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

Standard

LS STR23SP

150 A DGL36150E20 5081.00 DJL36150E20 8478.00 DLL36150E20 9918.00

(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al250 A DGL36250E20 5081.00 DJL36250E20 8478.00 DLL36250E20 9918.00

400 A DGL36400E20 5081.00 DJL36400E20 8478.00 DLL36400E20 9918.00

600 A DGL36600E20 8315.00 DJL36600E20 11712.00 DLL36600E20 13152.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

LSI SR53UP-Fb

150 A DGL36150E53 6200.00 DJL36150E53 9597.00 DLL36150E53 11037.00

(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al250 A DGL36250E53 6200.00 DJL36250E53 9597.00 DLL36250E53 11037.00

400 A DGL36400E53 6200.00 DJL36400E53 9597.00 DLL36400E53 11037.00

600 A DGL36600E53 9429.00 DJL36600E53 12813.00 DLL36600E53 14721.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

LSIG STR53UP-FTb

150 A DGL36150E54 7527.00 DJL36150E54 10925.00 DLL36150E54 12365.00

(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al250 A DGL36250E54 7527.00 DJL36250E54 10925.00 DLL36250E54 12365.00

400 A DGL36400E54 7527.00 DJL36400E54 10925.00 DLL36400E54 12365.00

600 A DGL36600E54 10761.00 DJL36600E54 14159.00 DLL36600E54 15599.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

Ammeter

LSI STR53UP-FIb

150 A DGL36150E58 7661.00 DJL36150E58 11058.00 DLL36150E58 12498.00

(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al250 A DGL36250E58 7661.00 DJL36250E58 11058.00 DLL36250E58 12498.00

400 A DGL36400E58 7661.00 DJL36400E58 11058.00 DLL36400E58 12498.00

600 A DGL36600E58 10895.00 DJL36600E58 14292.00 DLL36600E58 15732.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

LSIG STR53UP-FTIb

150 A DGL36150E59 8990.00 DJL36150E59 12387.00 DLL36150E59 13827.00

(1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2–500 Al250 A DGL36250E59 8990.00 DJL36250E59 12387.00 DLL36250E59 13827.00

400 A DGL36400E59 8990.00 DJL36400E59 12387.00 DLL36400E59 13827.00

600 A DGL36600E59 9434.00 DJL36600E59 15621.00 DLL36600E59 17061.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0 –

500 Al

aD-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated. 600 A is standard (80%) rated only.

bF = Fault indicator; T = Residual-type ground-fault protection; I = Ammeter

cAvailable with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only.

Table 3.17: D-Frame 3P 600 A Circuit Breaker, Frame Only, and Field-Installable Trip Units

Basic Frame Only (600 Vac)d Field Installable D-Frame Electronic Trip Unit

Ampere

Rating

G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting Long-time, Short-time and Instantaneous Protection

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Description Factory Code Trip Function Cat. No. $ Price

150 A DGL36150F40 2766.00 DJL36150F40 6164.00 DLL36150F40 7602.00 STR23SP E20 LS 36940 2033.00

250 A DGL36250F40 2766.00 DJL36250F40 6164.00 DLL36250F60 7602.00 STR53UP-F E53 LSI 36942 3152.00

400 A DGL36400F40 2766.00 DJL36400F40 6164.00 DLL36400F40 7602.00 STR53UP-FT E54 LSIG 36943 4479.00

600 A DGL36600F60 5904.00 DJL36600F60 9302.00 DLL36600F60 10740.00 STR53UP-FI E58 LSI 36944 4613.00

dAvailable with lugs (L) or bus (F) connections only. STR53UP-FTI E59 LSIG 36945 5942.00

Table 3.18: Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Poles

Plug-in Mounting Drawout Mounting

Factory

Installed

Cat. No.

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Factory

Installed

Cat. No.

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Kit (stationary and moving parts) 3N 32546 1542.00 D32548 2466.00

4N M32547 2082.00 DM32549 3281.00

Stationary Part Plug-in base 332514 1065.00 32514 1065.00

4M32515 1439.00 M32515 1439.00

Fixed part of chassis 32532 693.00

Moving Part

HJ00 710.00 HJ00 710.00

Moving part of chassis 32533 231.00

Short terminal covers 332562 149.00 32562 149.00

432563 161.00 32563 161.00

Power connections 33x32518a95.00 3x 32518a95.00

44x32518a95.00 4x 32518a95.00

Table 3.19: Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Field-Installed Cat. No. $ Price

Secondary Disconnecting Blocks

Fixed Part 9-wire connector 29273 95.00

Moving Part 9-wire connector 32523 60.00

Support for 3 moving connectors 32525 42.60

Shutters Two shutters for plug-in base 32521 81.00

Chassis Accessories

Extended escutcheon for toggle 32534 104.00

Locking device (key lock is not included) 29286 164.00

Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected) 29287 207.00

Table 3.20: Termination Options

Frame Termination

Letter Termination Option

D-Frame

F No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)

L Lugs both ends

M Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit Off end

P Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit On end

N bPlug-in

D bDrawout

S bRear Connected

M G L 3 6 4 0 0 or

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in

the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

D G L 3 6 4 0 0 E 2 0

Table 3.21: D-Frame Interrupting Ratings

Volt ag e Interrupting Rating

GJL

240 Vac 65 kA 100 kA 125 kA

480 Vac 35 kA 65 kA 100 kA

600 Vac 18 kA 25 kA 25 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

PowerPact™ Automatic

Switches Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only

the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no

overload or low level fault protection.

Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping

device such as a shunt trip.

All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers,

with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available.

Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.

cWithstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac.

dDE2A discount schedule.

eP-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.

fUL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

gThe withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker

with an equal continuous current rating.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Table 3.22: D-Frame (600 Vac) and Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches

Circuit

Breaker Poles Ampere

Rating

J Interrupting Terminal Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Trip Point

D-Frame 3 400 A DJL36000S40 4572.00 6000 A S32508 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

600 A DJL36000S60 7484.00 6000 A S32510 (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (2) 2/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu

Q-Framec2225 AQBL22000S22d440.00 4500 A 4 AWG–300 kcmil

3225 AQBL32000S22d1193.00 4500 A

Table 3.23: D-Frame Withstand Ratingsg

Voltage Interrupting

240 Vac 150 kA

480 Vac 100 kA

600 Vac 25 kA

D-Frame Switch

DE2 DE2A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on

pages 3-7 through 3-18 are permanent trip UL Listed,

CSA® Certified, IEC rated, and also meet the requirements

of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on

Digest pages 7-4 through 7-7.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for

situations requiring circuit breaker accessories.

See Digest Section 7 for more information.

aSee Section 11

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

FAL 1P

15–100 A

FAL/FHL

15–100 A

FAL/FHL 3P

15–100 A

Table 3.24: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, Standard Interrupting, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

1 P 2 P 3 P

Terminal Wire Range

(AWG)

120 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL12015 198.00 FAL22015 333.00 FAL32015 495.00

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL12020 198.00 FAL22020 333.00 FAL32020 495.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL12025 198.00 FAL22025 333.00 FAL32025 495.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL12030 198.00 FAL22030 333.00 FAL32030 495.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL12035 198.00 FAL22035 333.00 FAL32035 495.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL12040 198.00 FAL22040 333.00 FAL32040 495.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL12045 198.00 FAL22045 333.00 FAL32045 495.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL12050 198.00 FAL22050 333.00 FAL32050 495.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12060 198.00 FAL22060 333.00 FAL32060 495.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12070 261.00 FAL22070 543.00 FAL32070 704.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL12080 261.00 FAL22080 543.00 FAL32080 704.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12090 261.00 FAL22090 543.00 FAL32090 704.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL12100 261.00 FAL22100 543.00 FAL32100 704.00

Table 3.25: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac

Standard Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

1P 2P 3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL14015 251.00 FAL24015 609.00 FAL34015 782.00

AL50FA

(1) 14–4 Cu or

(1) 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL14020 251.00 FAL24020 609.00 FAL34020 782.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL14025 251.00 FAL24025 609.00 FAL34025 782.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL14030 251.00 FAL24030 609.00 FAL34030 782.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL14035 251.00 FAL24035 609.00 FAL34035 782.00

AL100FA

(1) 14–1/0 Cu

or (1) 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL14040 251.00 FAL24040 609.00 FAL34040 782.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL14045 251.00 FAL24045 609.00 FAL34045 782.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL14050 251.00 FAL24050 609.00 FAL34050 782.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14060 251.00 FAL24060 609.00 FAL34060 782.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14070 312.00 FAL24070 788.00 FAL34070 924.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL14080 312.00 FAL24080 788.00 FAL34080 924.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14090 312.00 FAL24090 788.00 FAL34090 924.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL14100 312.00 FAL24100 788.00 FAL34100 924.00

Table 3.26: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting

Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

2P 3P 1P 2P 3P 2P 3P

600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FAL26015 704.00 FAL36015 906.00 FHL16015 452.00 FHL26015 1163.00 FHL36015 1358.00 ——

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FAL26020 704.00 FAL36020 906.00 FHL16020 452.00 FHL26020 1163.00 FHL36020 1358.00 FIL26020 2633.00 FIL36020 3296.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FAL26025 704.00 FAL36025 906.00 FHL16025 452.00 FHL26025 1163.00 FHL36025 1358.00 FIL26025 2633.00 FIL36025 3296.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FAL26030 704.00 FAL36030 906.00 FHL16030 452.00 FHL26030 1163.00 FHL36030 1358.00 FIL26030 2633.00 FIL36030 3296.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FAL26035 704.00 FAL36035 906.00 FHL16035 452.00 FHL26035 1163.00 FHL36035 1358.00 FIL26035 2633.00 FIL36035 3296.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FAL26040 704.00 FAL36040 906.00 FHL16040 452.00 FHL26040 1163.00 FHL36040 1358.00 FIL26040 2633.00 FIL36040 3296.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FAL26045 704.00 FAL36045 906.00 FHL16045 452.00 FHL26045 1163.00 FHL36045 1358.00 FIL26045 2633.00 FIL36045 3296.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FAL26050 704.00 FAL36050 906.00 FHL16050 452.00 FHL26050 1163.00 FHL36050 1358.00 FIL26050 2633.00 FIL36050 3296.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26060 704.00 FAL36060 906.00 FHL16060 452.00 FHL26060 1163.00 FHL36060 1358.00 FIL26060 2633.00 FIL36060 3296.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26070 890.00 FAL36070 1115.00 FHL16070 509.00 FHL26070 1353.00 FHL36070 1541.00 FIL26070 2633.00 FIL36070 3296.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FAL26080 890.00 FAL36080 1115.00 FHL16080 509.00 FHL26080 1353.00 FHL36080 1541.00 FIL26080 2633.00 FIL36080 3296.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FAL26090 890.00 FAL36090 1115.00 FHL16090 509.00 FHL26090 1353.00 FHL36090 1541.00 FIL26090 2633.00 FIL36090 3296.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FAL26100 890.00 FAL36100 1115.00 FHL16100 509.00 FHL26100 1353.00 FHL36100 1541.00 FIL26100 2633.00 FIL36100 3296.00

Table 3.27: Interrupting Ratings

Vol t ag e FA L FHL FCLa FIL

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

Table 3.28: Termination Option

Termination Letter

F = No Lugs

L = Lugs both ends

P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end

P = Lugs OFF end

F A L 3 6 1 0 0

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker

accessories. See Digest Section 7 for more information.

eSee Section 11.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.29: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac,

Standard Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

2 Pa3 P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

240 Vac 240 Vac

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FA22015( ) 398.00 FA32015 572.00

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FA22020( ) 398.00 FA32020 572.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FA22025( ) 398.00 FA32025 572.00

30 A 275 A 600 A FA22030( ) 398.00 FA32030 572.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA22035( ) 398.00 FA32035 572.00

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA22040( ) 398.00 FA32040 572.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA22045( ) 398.00 FA32045 572.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FA22050( ) 398.00 FA32050 572.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA22060( ) 398.00 FA32060 572.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA22070( ) 617.00 FA32070 780.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA22080( ) 617.00 FA32080) 780.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA22090( ) 617.00 FA32090 780.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA22100( ) 617.00 FA32100 780.00

Table 3.30: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting

1Pad 2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

277 Vac, 125 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24015( ) 651.00 FA34015 833.00

AL50FA

(1) 14–4 Cu or

(1) 12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24020( ) 651.00 FA34020 833.00

25 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24025( ) 651.00 FA34025 833.00

30 A 275 A 600 A — — FA24030( ) 651.00 FA34030 833.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA14035( ) 302.00 FA24035( ) 651.00 FA34035 833.00

AL100FA

(1) 14–1/0 Cu

or (1) 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA14040( ) 302.00 FA24040( ) 651.00 FA34040 833.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA14045( ) 302.00 FA24045( ) 651.00 FA34045 833.00

50 A 400 A 850 A FA14050( ) 302.00 FA24050( ) 651.00 FA34050 833.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA14060( ) 302.00 FA24060( ) 651.00 FA34060 833.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA14070( ) 332.00 FA24070( ) 833.00 FA34070 996.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA14080( ) 332.00 FA24080( ) 833.00 FA34080 996.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA14090( ) 332.00 FA24090( ) 833.00 FA34090 996.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA14100( ) 332.00 FA24100( ) 833.00 FA34100 996.00

FA 1P

1.5 in. (38 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 2P

3 in. (76 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

Table 3.31: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC

Magnetic

Trip

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Current Limiting

2Pa3 P 1Pad 2Pa3P 2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 277 Vac, 125 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc 600 Vac. 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

15 A 275 A 600 A FA26015( ) 780.00 FA36015 971.00 FH16015( ) 507.00 FH26015( ) 1214.00 FH36015 1446.00 ————

AL50FA

14–4 Cu or

12–4 Al

20 A 275 A 600 A FA26020( ) 780.00 FA36020 971.00 FH16020( ) 507.00 FH26020( ) 1214.00 FH36020 1446.00 FI26020( ) 2763.00 FI36020 3296.00

25 A 275 A 600 A FA26025( ) 780.00 FA36025 971.00 FH16025( ) 507.00 FH26025( ) 1214.00 FH36025 1446.00 ————

30 A 275 A 600 A FA26030( ) 780.00 FA36030 971.00 FH16030( ) 507.00 FH26030( ) 1214.00 FH36030 1446.00 FI26030( ) 2763.00 FI36030 3296.00

35 A 400 A 850 A FA26035( ) 780.00 FA36035 971.00 FH16035( ) 507.00 FH26035( ) 1214.00 FH36035 1446.00 ————

AL100FA

14–1/0 Cu

or 12–1/0 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A FA26040( ) 780.00 FA36040 971.00 FH16040( ) 507.00 FH26040( ) 1214.00 FH36040 1446.00 FI26040( ) 2763.00 FI36040 3296.00

45 A 400 A 850 A FA26045( ) 780.00 FA36045 971.00 FH16045( ) 507.00 FH26045( ) 1214.00 FH36045 1446.00 ————

50 A 400 A 850 A FA26050( ) 780.00 FA36050 971.00 FH16050( ) 507.00 FH26050( ) 1214.00 FH36050 1446.00 FI26050( ) 2763.00 FI36050 3296.00

60 A 800 A 1450 A FA26060( ) 780.00 FA36060 971.00 FH16060( ) 507.00 FH26060( ) 1214.00 FH36060 1446.00 FI26060( ) 2763.00 FI36060 3296.00

70 A 800 A 1450 A FA26070( ) 947.00 FA36070 1163.00 FH16070( ) 563.00 FH26070( ) 1452.00 FH36070 1632.00 FI26070( ) 2763.00 FI36070 3296.00

80 A 800 A 1450 A FA26080( ) 947.00 FA36080 1163.00 FH16080( ) 563.00 FH26080( ) 1452.00 FH36080 1632.00 FI26080( ) 2763.00 FI36080 3296.00

90 A 900 A 1700 A FA26090( ) 947.00 FA36090 1163.00 FH16090( ) 563.00 FH26090( ) 1452.00 FH36090 1632.00 FI26090( ) 2763.00 FI36090 3296.00

100 A 900 A 1700 A FA26100( ) 947.00 FAL6100 1163.00 FH16100( ) 563.00 FH26100( ) 1452.00 FH36100 1632.00 FI26100( ) 2763.00 FI36100 3296.00

a1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bFCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.

cFCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.

dRated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc. 15–30 A circuit breaker suitable for use with 60°C or 75 °C conductors. 35–100 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75°C conductors.

Table 3.32: Phase Options

Phase Option

Letter 1P 2P 3P

FA14035A

FA14035B

FA14035C

FA24030AB

FA24030AC

FA24030BC

ABC

CBA

FA34030

FA34030CBA

Table 3.33: Interrupting Ratings

Volt ag e FA FH FCeFI

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

277 Vac — 18 kA — — 65 kA —

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.34: K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaCurrent Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KIL26110 6177.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KIL26125 6177.00

150 750 A 1500 A KIL26150 6177.00

175 875 A 1750 A KIL26175 6177.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KIL26200 6177.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KIL26225 6177.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KIL26250 7223.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KIL36110 7754.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KIL36125 7754.00

150 750 A 1500 A KIL36150 7754.00

175 875 A 1750 A KIL36175 7754.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KIL36200 7754.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KIL36225 7754.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KIL36250 9081.00

Table 3.35: Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaStandard Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L2250 3171.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L2300 3171.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L2350 3171.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L2400 3171.00

3P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q4L3250 3831.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q4L3300 3831.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q4L3350 3831.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q4L3400 3831.00

Table 3.36: Interrupting Ratings

Vol t ag e KIL Q4

240 Vac 200 kA 25 kA

480 Vac 200 kA —

600 Vac 100 kA —

KAL/KHL

2P and 3P

70–250 A

KIL36250

Q4L

2P and 3P

250–400 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

K- and Q4-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

c2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.37: K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaCurrent

Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc

110 550 A 1100 A KI26110( ) 6633.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KI26125( ) 6633.00

150 750 A 1500 A KI26150( ) 6633.00

175 875 A 1750 A KI26175( ) 6633.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KI26200( ) 6633.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KI26225( ) 6633.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KI26250( ) 7704.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

110 550 A 1100 A KI36110 8375.00

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

125 625 A 1250 A KI36125 8375.00

150 750 A 1500 A KI36150 8375.00

175 875 A 1750 A KI36175 8375.00

200 1000 A 2000 A KI36200 8375.00 AL250KI

(1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 1125 A 2250 A KI36225 8375.00

250 1250 A 2500 A KI36250 9267.00

Table 3.38: Q4-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 240 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaStandard Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 240 Vacc

250 1250 A 2500 A Q422250( ) 3435.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q422300( ) 3435.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q422350( ) 3435.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q422400( ) 3435.00

3P, 240 Vac

250 1250 A 2500 A Q43250 4313.00 AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 1500 A 3000 A Q43300 4313.00

350 1750 A 3500 A Q43350 4313.00

400 2000 A 4000 A Q43400 4313.00

Table 3.39: Interrupting Ratings

Voltag e K I Q4

240 Vac 200 kA 25 kA

480 Vac 200 kA —

600 Vac 100 kA —

Table 3.40: Phase Options

Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

KA26250AB

KA26250AC

KA26250BC

ABC

CBA

KA36250

KA36250CBA

Q4 2P and 3P

6 in. (152 mm)

Mounting Height

KI 2P and 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 600, 665, 736, 830

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

aAC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.41: L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit

Breakers For Mission Critical Loads

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic Level

Factory Seta

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LAL34200MC 4962.00 LHL34200MC 7941.00 AL250LA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 A 4500 A LAL34225MC 4962.00 LHL34225MC 7941.00

250 A 5000 A LAL34250MC 5355.00 LHL34250MC 8336.00

400 A 8000 A LAL34400MC 6615.00 LHL34400MC 9596.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Table 3.42: L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LAL26125

LAL26150

LAL26175

LAL26200

LAL26225

LAL26250

3807.00

LHL26125

LHL26150

LHL26175

LHL26200

LHL26225

LHL26250

6362.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LAL26300

LAL26350

LAL36400

3807.00

LHL26300

LHL26350

LHL26400

6362.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LAL36125

LAL36150

LAL36175

LAL36200

LAL36225

LAL36250

4619.00

LHL36125

LHL36150

LHL36175

LHL36200

LHL36225

LHL36250

7598.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LAL36300

LAL36350

LAL36400

4619.00

LHL36300

LHL36350

LHL36400

7598.00

Table 3.43: L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic Trip Extra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LCL26300

LCL26350

LCL26400

7479.00

LIL26300

LIL26350

LIL26400

8604.00

8604.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LCL26450

LCL26500

LCL26600

7823.00

LIL26450

LIL26500

LIL26600

12551.00

3P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LCL36300

LCL36350

LCL36400

8312.00

LIL36300

LIL36350

LIL36400

9563.00

9563.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LCL36450

LCL36500

LCL36600

8691.00

LIL36450

LIL36500

LIL36600

13949.00

Table 3.44: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LAL LHL LCL LIL

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

LAL/LHL MC

For Mission Critical

Power Loads

available in 200, 225, 250,

and 400 A @ 480 Vac

LIL36600

2P and 3P 300–600 A

LAL/LHL

2P and 3P

125–400 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 600, 665, 736, 830

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

aFactory set AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0–25% from max. value shown.

a2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value.

ccessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

Table 3.45: L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit

Breakers For Mission Critical Loads

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic Level

Factory Seta

Standard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac

200 A 4000 A LA34200MC 5571.00 LH34200MC 8771.00 AL250LA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

225 A 4500 A LA34225MC 5571.00 LH34225MC 8771.00

250 A 5000 A LA34250MC 5681.00 LH34250MC 8882.00

400 A 8000 A LA34400MC 7241.00 LH34400MC 10142.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Table 3.46: L-Frame—600 A, Thermal-Magnetic I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripbStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdca

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LA26125( )

LA26150( )

LA26175( )

LA26200( )

LA26225( )

LA26250( )

4053.00

LH26125( )

LH26150( )

LH26175( )

LH26200( )

LH26225( )

LH26250( )

6762.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LA26300( )

LA26350( )

LA26400( )

4053.00

LH26300( )

LH26350( )

LH26400( )

6762.00

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

125 A

150 A

175 A

200 A

225 A

250 A

625 A

750 A

875 A

1000 A

1125 A

1250 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

LA36125

LA36150

LA36175

LA36200

LA36225

LA36250

4944.00

LH36125

LH36150

LH36175

LH36200

LH26225

LH36250

8145.00

AL400LA

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

LA36300

LA36350

LA36400

4944.00

LH36300

LH36350

LH36400

8145.00

Table 3.47: L-Frame—600 A, Current-Limiting, I-Line™ Construction, Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC

Magnetic TripbExtra-High Interrupting Current Limiting Terminal

Wire Range

Low High Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P, 600 Vaca

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LC26300( )

LC26350( )

LC26400( )

8312.00

LI26300( )

LI26350( )

LI26400( )

9563.00

9563.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LC26450( )

LC26500( )

LC26600( )

8691.00

LI26450( )

LI26500( )

LI26600( )

13949.00

3P, 600 Vac

300 A

350 A

400 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

3200 A

LC36300

LC36350

LC36400

9234.00

LI36300

LI36350

LI36400

10673.00

10673.00 AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al

450 A

500 A

600 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

4200 A

LC36450

LC36500

LC36600

9657.00

LI36450

LI36500

LI36600

15498.00

Table 3.48: Interrupting Ratings

Voltag e LA LH LC LI

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA 35 kA 100 kA

Table 3.49: Phase Options

Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

LA26400AB

LA26400AC

LA26400BC

ABC

CBA

LA36400

LA36400CBA

LA / LH 2P and 3P

6 in. (152 mm)

Mounting Height

LC 2P and 3P

7.5 in. (190 mm)

Mounting Height

LI 2P and 3P

7.5 in. (190 mm)

Mounting Height

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations

requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest Section 7 for

more information.

Standard-Function Features:

•80% rated

•True RMS sensing

•Interchangeable rating plugs

•LSI, LS(I)G, trip configurations

•Short-time delay = I2t IN and ground-fault delay = I2t OUT

•Integral ground-fault testing

•LED long-time pickup indication

•Thermal & magnetic backup protection

•Long-time & ground-fault memory

•Optional local trip indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault

•Optional local ammeter/trip indicator

•Universal test set available

•Optional I-Line™ mounting (LX, LXI)

•Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems

Full-Function Features:

•100% rated (600 sensor LE/LEL) circuit breakers are 80% rated)

•True RMS sensing

•Interchangeable rating plugs

•PowerLogic™ compatible

•LI, LIG, LS(I), LS(I)G (instantaneous OFF) configurations

•Short-time delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT and ground-fault delay = I2t IN & I2t OUT

•Short-time withstand rating

•Integral ground-fault testing

•Optional ground-fault alarm (no trip) (Requires CIM3F with PowerLogic, see

Bulletin 0502DB0001.)

•LED long-time pickup indication

•Zone-selective interlocking (short-time & ground-fault)

•Long-time & ground-fault memory

•Local Trip Indicators—overload, short circuit, ground-fault

•Local ammeter/trip indicator

•Universal test set available

•Optional I-Line™ mounting (LE)

•Optional neutral current transformer for 4-wire systems

Table 3.50: L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, Individually-Mounted, 3P, 600 Vac

Sensor

Size

Ampere

Rating

Trip

Function

Standard Function Standard Function

Current Limiting

100% Rated

Full FunctionbInstalled

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

250

100

LI — — — — LEL36100LI 7692.00

ARP040

AL600LI35

(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LXL36100 5616.00 LXIL36100 11262.00 LEL36100LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36100LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36100G 7692.00 LXIL36100G 13338.00 LEL36100LSG 15111.00

125

LI — — — — LEL36125LI 7692.00

ARP050

LSI LXL36125 5616.00 LXIL36125 11262.00 LEL36125LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36125LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36125G 7692.00 LXIL36125G 13338.00 LEL36125LSG 15111.00

150

LI — — — — LEL36150LI 7692.00

ARP060

LSI LXL36150 5616.00 LXIL36150 11262.00 LEL36150LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36150LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36150G 7692.00 LXIL36150G 13338.00 LEL36150LSG 15111.00

175

LI — — — — LEL36175LI 7692.00

ARP070

LSI LXL36175 5616.00 LXIL36175 11262.00 LEL36175LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36175LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36175G 7692.00 LXIL36175G 13338.00 LEL36175LSG 15111.00

200

LI — — — — LEL36200LI 7692.00

ARP080

LSI LXL36200 5616.00 LXIL36200 11262.00 LEL36200LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36200LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36200G 7692.00 LXIL36200G 13338.00 LEL36200LSG 15111.00

225

LI — — — — LEL36225LI 7692.00

ARP090

LSI LXL36225 5616.00 LXIL36225 11262.00 LEL36225LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36225LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36225G 7692.00 LXIL36225G 13338.00 LEL36225LSG 15111.00

250

LI — — — — LEL36250LI 7692.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36250 5616.00 LXIL36250 11262.00 LEL36250LS 13035.00

LIG — — — — LEL36250LIG 9768.00

LSIG LXL36250G 7692.00 LXIL36250G 13338.00 LEL36250LSG 15111.00

400

300

LI — — — — LEL36300LI 10691.00

ARP075

AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LXL36300 8618.00 LXIL36300 16400.00 LEL36300LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36300LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36300G 10694.00 LXIL36300G 18476.00 LEL36300LSG 18110.00

350

LI — — — — LEL36350LI 10691.00

ARP088

LSI LXL36350 8618.00 LXIL36350 16400.00 LEL36350LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36350LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36350G 10694.00 LXIL36350G 18476.00 LEL36350LSG 18110.00

400

LI — — — — LEL36400LI 10691.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36400 8618.00 LXIL36400 16400.00 LEL36400LS 16034.00

LIG — — — — LEL36400LIG 12767.00

LSIG LXL36400G 10694.00 LXIL36400G 18476.00 LEL36400LSG 18110.00

600

450

LI — — — — LEL36450LI 14688.00

ARP075

LSI LXL36450 12611.00 LXIL36450 23250.00 LEL36450LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36450LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36450G 14687.00 LXIL36450G 25326.00 LEL36450LSG 22107.00

500

LI — — — — LEL36500LI 14688.00

ARP083

LSI LXL36500 12611.00 LXIL36500 23250.00 LEL36500LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36500LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36500G 14687.00 LXIL36500G 25326.00 LEL36500LSG 22107.00

600

LI — — — — LEL36600LI 14688.00

ARP100

LSI LXL36600 12611.00 LXIL36600 23250.00 LEL36600LS 20031.00

LIG — — — — LEL36600LIG 16764.00

LSIG LXL36600G 14687.00 LXIL36600G 25326.00 LEL36600LSG 22107.00

a600 A sensor is 80% rated

bSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only).

Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No

instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuit breakers.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations

requiring circuit breaker accessories.

Table 3.51: Interrupting Ratings

Volt ag e LXL LEL LXIL

240 V 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-24—3-27

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28—3-29

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3-33

480 V 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 V 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

Micrologic Standard-Function

Trip Systems (LXL, LXIL)

Micrologic Full-Function Trip

Systems (LEL)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

L-Frame Micrologic™ Series B Trip Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-25

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-28

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 3-33

Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest Page 7-56

Table 3.52: L-Frame—600 A, Micrologic Series B Trip System, I-Line™ Construction, 3P, 600 Vacc

Ampere

Rating

Trip

Function

Standard Function Standard Function Current

Limiting

100% Rated

Full FunctionbInstalled

Rating

Plug

Terminal

Wire Range

Cat. No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

100

LI — — — —LE36100LI 8078.00

ARP040

AL600LI35

(2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LX36100 5898.00 LXI36100 11825. LE36100LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36100LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36100G 7974.00 LXI36100G 13901. LE36100LSG 15497.00

125

LI — — — —LE36125LI 8078.00

ARP050

LSI LX36125 5898.00 LXI36125 11825. LE36125LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36125LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36125G 7974.00 LXI36125G 13901. LE36125LSG 15497.00

150

LI — — — —LE36150LI 8078.00

ARP060

LSI LX36150 5898.00 LXI36150 11825. LE36150LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36150LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36150G 7974.00 LXI36150G 13901. LE36150LSG 15497.00

175

LI — — — —LE36175LI 8078.00

ARP070

LSI LX36175 5898.00 LXI36175 11825. LE36175LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36175LIG 10154.00

LSIG LXL36175G 7974.00 LXI36175G 13901. LE36175LSG 15497.00

200

LI — — — —LE36200LI 8078.00

ARP080

LSI LX36200 5898.00 LXI36200 11825. LE36200LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36200LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36200G 7974.00 LXI36200G 13901. LE36200LSG 15497.00

225

LI — — — —LE36225LI 8078.00

ARP090

LSI LX36225 5898.00 LXI36225 11825. LE36225LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36225LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36225G 7974.00 LXI36225G 13901. LE36225LSG 15497.00

250

LI — — — —LE36250LI 8078.00

ARP100

LSI LX36250 5898.00 LXI36250 11825. LE36250LS 13421.00

LIG — — — —LE36250LIG 10154.00

LSIG LX36250G 7974.00 LXI36250G 13901. LE36250LSG 15497.00

300

LI — — — —LE36300LI 11223.00

ARP075

AL600LI5

(2) 4/0 AWG– 500 kcmil

Al/Cu

LSI LX36300 9047.00 LXI36300 17222. LE36300LS 16566.00

LIG — — — —LE36300LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36300G 11123.00 LXI36300G 19298. LE36300LSG 18642.00

350

LI — — — —LE36350LI 11223.00

ARP088

LSI LX36350 9047.00 LXI36350 17222. LE36350LS 16566.00

LIG — — — —LE36350LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36350G 11123.00 LXI36350G 19298. LE36350LSG 18642.00

400

LI — — — —LE36400LI 11223.00

ARP100

LSI LX36400 9047.00 LXI36400 17222. LE36400LS 16566.00

LIG — — — —LE36400LIG 13299.00

LSIG LX36400G 11123.00 LXI36400G 19298. LE36400LSG 18642.00

450

LI — — — —LE36450LI 15422.00

ARP075

LSI LX36450 13241.00 LXI36450 24413. LE36450LS 20765.00

LIG — — — —LE36450LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36450G 15317.00 LXI36450G 26489. LE36450LSG 22841.00

500

LI — — — —LE36500LI 15422.00

ARP083

LSI LX36500 13241.00 LXI36500 9413. LE36500LS 20765.00

LIG — — — —LE36500LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36500G 15317.00 LXI36500G 26489. LE36500LSG 22841.00

600a

LI — — — —LE36600LI 15422.00

ARP100

LSI LX36600 13241.00 LXI36600 24413. LE36600LS 20765.00

LIG — — — —LE36600LIG 17498.00

LSIG LX36600G 15317.00 LXI36600G 26489. LE36600LSG 22841.00

a600 A Sensor is 80% rated.

bSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pickup indication only). Requires CIM3F and Powerlogic, or see Data Bulletin 0502DB0001. No

instantaneous OFF position for LI or LIG trip function type circuti breakers.

cType LX, LXI and LE circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single motor branch circuits.

Table 3.53: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage LX LE LXI

240 Vac 100 kA 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac 65 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 35 kA 35 kA 100 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector

Class 680, 685

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip

level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit

protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting

ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor

starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

bNo GJL I-Line available.

c250 Vdc ratings are available . No UL component recognition.

dEach ampere rating can be ordered with any designated trip range for the frame by adding the proper suffix to the catalog numbers.

eHold and Trip indicate fixed magnetic trip levels

fLow and High refer to adjustable mag level setting.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-30

Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-25

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-4

Table 3.54: Magnetic Only LAL Mag-Gard, 400 A,

600 Vac, 50/60 Hzc

Ampere

Rating

Adjustablea

Trip Range

3P only

Cat. No. $ Price

GJLb

9–33 A

21–77 A

45–165 A

90–330 A

150–550 A

225–825 A

GJL36003M01

GJL36007M02

GJL36015M03

GJL36030M04

GJL36050M05

GJL36075M06

1089.00

1380.00

1643.00

Table 3.55: Special Magnetic Trip Settings for PowerPact H- and J-Frame Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Amps Special Low Mags Ii on

Label Mag Suffix D AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac G AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac J AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac L AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac

HoldeTripeCat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

70 400 850 625 H83 HDL36070H83 1594.00 HGL36070H83 2041.00 HJL36070H83 2519.00 HLL36070H83 3779.00

80 400 850 625 H83 HDL36080H83 1594.00 HGL36080H83 2041.00 HJL36080H83 2519.00 HLL36080H83 3779.00

90 400 850 625 H83 HDL36090H83 1594.00 HGL36090H83 2041.00 HJL36090H83 2519.00 HLL36090H83 3779.00

100 400 850 625 H83 HDL36100H83 1594.00 HGL36100H83 2041.00 HJL36100H83 2519.00 HLL36100H83 3779.00

110 400 850 625 H83 HDL36110H83 3120.00 HGL36110H83 4319.00 HJL36110H83 6209.00 HLL36110H83 8099.00

125 800 1450 1125 H84 HDL36125H84 3120.00 HGL36125H84 4319.00 HJL36125H84 6209.00 HLL36125H84 8099.00

Amps Special High Mags Ii on

Label Mag Suffix D AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac G AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac J AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac L AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac

HoldeTripeCat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

90 900 1700 1300 H85 HDL36090H85 1594.00 HGL36090H85 2041.00 HJL36090H85 2519.00 HLL36090H85 3779.00

Amps Special Low Mags Ii on

Label Mag Suffix D AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac G AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac J AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac L AIR (18 kA @ 480 Vac

LowfHighfCat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

150 875L 1750H H29 JDL36150H29 3276.00 JGL36150H29 4535.00 JJL36150H29 6518.00 JLL36150H29 8503.00

200 1250L 2500H H32 JDL36200H32 3276.00 JGL36200H32 4535.00 JJL36200H32 6518.00 JLL36200H32 8503.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

GJ-Frame MCP Selection

Class 680

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended

for use in combination with motor starters with overload

relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits.

Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance

welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip

element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the

front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the

instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a

contactor and overload relay.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:

This selection table is suitable for motors, other than

NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters

per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows:

1. For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit

breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor—

specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load

current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.

3. Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit

breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and

voltage involved.

4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to

exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other

than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an

adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700%

of FLA.

5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for

instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges

typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type

reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters

during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed

motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-

magnetic circuit breakers from Digest page 7-32 for those

applications.

6. Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit

breakers selected from the above at not more than one half

the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two

circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a

disconnecting means per NEC 430.103.

7. Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See

Digest page 7-30 for a available Adjustable Instantaneous-

Trip Circuit Breakers.

Table 3.56: Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes

Horsepower Motor Code letter

1/2 or less

3/4 to 1-1/2

2 to 3

5 to 25

30 to 125

150 or more

A–L

A–K

A–J

A–H

A–G

A–F

Table 3.57: GJL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type

Squirrel-Cage and

Wound Rotor Motors Full

Load

Amperesa

GJL Family

Mag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settingsb

Hp Ratings of Induction Type

Squirrel-Cage and

Wound Rotor Motors Full

Load

Amperesa

GJL Family

Mag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settingsb

3Ø 60 Hz 3Ø 60 Hz

200

Vac

230

Vac

460

Vac

575

Vac MIN MAX 200

Vac

230

Vac

460

Vac

575

Vac MIN MAX

1/2 0.8 GJL36003M01c1100% 4100% 7-1/2 9 GJL36015M03 500% 1800%

1/2 1 GJL36003M01c900% 3300% 3 9.6 GJL36015M03 500% 1700%

3/4 1.1 GJL36003M01c800% 3000% 3 7-1/2 10 11 GJL36015M03 400% 1500%

3/4 1.4 GJL36003M01 600% 2400% 10 14 GJL36030M04 600% 2400%

1 1.8 GJL36003M01 500% 1800% 5 15.2 GJL36030M04 600% 2200%

1/2 2 GJL36003M01 500% 1700% 15 17 GJL36030M04 500% 1900%

1-1/2 2.1 GJL36003M01 400% 1600% 5 17.5 GJL36030M04 500% 1900%

1/2 2.3 GJL36003M01 400% 1400% 15 21 GJL36030M04 400% 1600%

1-1/2 2.6 GJL36003M01 300% 1300% 7-1/2 20 22 GJL36030M04 400% 1500%

2 2.7 GJL36003M01d300% 1200% 7-1/2 25.3 GJL36030M04 400% 1300%

3/4 2.8 GJL36003M01d300% 1200% 20 25 27 GJL36050M05 600% 2000%

3/4 3.2 GJL36007M02 700% 2400% 10 28 GJL36050M05 500% 2000%

2 3.4 GJL36007M02 600% 2300% 30 32 GJL36050M05 500% 1700%

1 3.6 GJL36007M02 600% 2100% 10 32.2 GJL36050M05 500% 1700%

3 3.9 GJL36007M02 500% 2000% 25 34 GJL36050M05 400% 1600%

1 4.1 GJL36007M02 500% 1900% 30 40 GJL36050M05 400% 1400%

3 4.8 GJL36007M02 400% 1600% 40 41 GJL36050M05 400% 1300%

1-1/2 5.2 GJL36007M02 400% 1500% 15 42 GJL36075M06 400% 1300%

1-1/2 6 GJL36007M02 400% 1300% 15 48.3 GJL36075M06 500% 1700%

5 6.1 GJL36015M03 700% 2700% 40 50 52 GJL36075M06 400% 1600%

2 6.8 GJL36015M03 700% 2400% 20 54 GJL36075M06 400% 1500%

5 7.6 GJL36015M03 600% 2200% 20 60 62 GJL36075M06 400% 1300%

2 7.8 GJL36015M03 600% 2100% 50 65 GJL36075M06 300% 1300%

aMotor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current

per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for

selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages

are 200–208, 220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.

bOnly MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.

cSee NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%.

dIf due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300% maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit breaker should be

chosen.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Terminal Connectors and Lugs

Class 600

Bolt-On I-Line™

(20% Price Adder)

The standard I-Line circuit breaker is designed to provide a high quality, secure connection

between the distribution bus and circuit breaker. I-Line circuit breakers use plug-on type

line-side connectors. The parallel line-side connectors “clamp’’ around the bus bars. In case

of a short circuit, the increased magnetic flux causes the connectors to grasp the bus bars

even tighter. I-Line circuit breakers with bolted connections have clamp-on jaws that are

bolted around the main bus, as shown. The bolt-on I-Line design is offered as an alternative

in order to meet specifications requiring a bolted connection. Bolt-on I-Line construction is

available on FY, QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FH, FI, KI, LA, and LH frame circuit breakers

and molded case switches, and SL100, SL225 and SL400 sub-feed lugs.

To order on all products except QB, QD, QG and QJ, simply add the letter “B’’ in the catalog

number prefix of the circuit breaker, e.g., FA36100 becomes FAB36100. For QB, QD, QG

and QJ, insert the letter “E” in the third position, e.g., QBE, QDE, etc.

NOTE: Not available on Powerpact™ circuit breakers.

Top-Feed I-Line

(No Additional Charge)

I-Line panelboards may require the use of a top-feed I-Line circuit breaker in applications

where a top-feed main circuit breaker is required. This involves having the I-Line jaw

connectors on the OFF end of the circuit breaker, as opposed to the standard location on

the ON end of the circuit breaker. To designate this construction, simply place the suffix

“MT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100MT.

On LA or LH top-feed I-Line circuit breakers, accessories must be factory installed. This

option is available in PowerPact™ H and J-frame by placing a “K” in the 4th position

(termination indicator) of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., HGA36125 becomes

HGK36125. This option is not available on L-frame (600 A only), M-frame,

N-Frame or Powerpact M-, P- and R-frame.

“CBA” I-Line Jaw Configuration (Non-PowerPact Circuit Breaker)

(No Additional Charge)

Standard 1-pole and 2-pole I-Line circuit breakers are ordered by designating the required

phase connection letters as a suffix to the circuit breaker catalog number. 3-pole circuit

breakers do not require this phase designation and are supplied with an “ABC” phase jaw

configuration as standard. In most applications this is acceptable since the phase loading is

evenly distributed. In applications where the phases must be reversed it is possible to order

a “CBA” jaw configuration by simply placing the letters “CBA” at the end of the standard

catalog number, e.g., FA36100 becomes FA36100CBA.

Control Wire Tap Lugs

(No Additional Charge if Field Installed; 20% Price Adder if Factory Installed)

Control wire tap lugs are used in applications requiring connection to a small wire (22-14

AWG) for control circuits. This is accomplished by crimping the wire to a standard wire

crimp terminal (not included) and fastening the terminal to the circuit breaker lug. On LA

lugs, the lug is drilled to accept a 6-32 screw (included) to secure the crimp connector. On

FA lugs, a flat slip-on crimp connector is used to attach to a shim-like connector placed

under the circuit breaker lug.

Note: To order as a factory-installed device on FA, FH, FI, KI, Q4, LA, LH, LC, LI, LXI, LX or

LC circuit breakers, add suffix number 8041 to circuit breaker catalog number, e.g.,

KIL362258041. To order as a factory-installed device on MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL RG, RJ and

RL use the product selector or the respective PowerPact catalog. Tapped lugs will be

installed on the “ON” and “OFF” ends of the circuit breaker.

aUse fully-insulated 0.250 in slip-on connectors.

bI-Line Only.

Table 3.58: Control Wire Terminations for Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker

Control Wire Termination Kits

Cat. No.

Standard

Package

Quantity

$ Price

Per Lug

Factory

Installed $ Price

(Suffix 8041)

FA, FH, FI FATa18.40

Add 20%

to price of

circuit breaker

KI AL250KIT 1113.00

Q4, LA, LH AL400LAT 140.80

LC, LI, LXI,

LX, LE

AL600LI35T 153.00

AL600LI5T 144.60

MA, MH, MX, ME AL900MAT 1111.00

AL1000MAT 1111.00

NA, NC, NX, NE AL1200NE6T 1228.00

Table 3.59: Tapped Lugs for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Amperes

Max. Kit Cat. No. Standard

Package Qty. $ Price Per Kit

MG, MJ,

PG, PJ, PL 800 A AL800M23TK 3312.00

AL800P6TK 3458.00

PG, PJ, PL

800 A AL800M23TK4 4414.00

AL800P6TK4 4608.00

1200 A

AL1200P24TK 1138.00

AL1200P25TK 3416.00

AL1200P25TK4 4555.00

RG, RJ, RL 1200 A AL1200R53TKb1237.00

Plug-on

onnector

Bolted Connector

Control Wire

Mounting Screw

Circuit Breaker

Terminal

Control Wire

AL250KAT Lug

ASKC 809

Lug

BSKC 394

Lug Mounting Screw

Circuit Breaker Lug

Circuit Breaker Terminal

Control Wire Terminal

(Catalog Number FAT)

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Calibration, Rear-Connected Studs, Visi-Blade,

Moisture/Fungus Treatment, and Short LA/LH Handle

Special Magnetic or Thermal Calibration

(20% Price Adder)

Magnetic

The magnetic trip ranges for standard circuit breakers are listed in the Square D Digest. Requirements outside this

range are best accommodated by selecting another standard circuit breaker. In some cases where this is not practical,

a circuit breaker may be ordered with special magnetic calibration. Special magnetic calibration is not possible in all

cases. Circuit breakers with special magnetic calibration and an adjustable magnetic trip range are not UL Listed;

those with a fixed magnetic trip setting are UL Listed. Consult Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.

50 Degrees C

UL 489 Listed molded case circuit breakers are calibrated for 40 degree C ambient temperature. To meet requirements

of higher ambient conditions, circuit breakers can be factory calibrated for a 50 degree C ambient temperature. Circuit

breakers with special thermal calibration are not UL Listed. To order 50° calibration, add “35” suffix. Consult local sales

office for more information.

Rear-Connected Studs

Rear-connected studs are designed to allow rear termination in applications such as control panels where wire gutter

space may be limited. The studs may be bolted directly to the bus or lugs may be attached to the studs.

NOTE: Long and short studs must be alternated on adjacent poles to assure proper electrical clearance

Note: Use alternate size studs on adjacent poles to obtain proper electrical clearance.

Visi-BladeTM Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)

Visi-blade construction is a modification to the cover of a thermal-magnetic circuit breaker, a molded case switch, or a

Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker which provides a “window” through which the position of the movable contacts can be

verified. Luminescent paint is applied to the movable contact arms to clearly indicate their position. Gases produced

during high level interruption may cause clouding of the Visi-blade window. Visi-Blade circuit breakers listed below are

UL Listed except for FH circuit breakers. Visi-Blade construction is not available on circuit breakers not included in table

below.

Add suffix letter “V” to the circuit breaker catalog number, i.e., FAL 36100V.

aFH circuit breaker is not UL Listed.

bNot available on 1P FA/FH circuit breakers.

Moisture and Fungus Resistant Treatment for Circuit Breakers

(20% Price Adder)

This treatment covers the application of moisture and fungus resistant varnish to circuit breakers and molded case

switches.

•The varnish meets Military Specification MIL-V-173C VARNISH, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS RESISTANT.

•The treatment meets military Specification MIL-T-152E TREATMENT, MOISTURE AND FUNGUS-RESISTANT,

OF COMMUNICATIONS, ELECTRONIC, AND ASSOCIATED ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.

The treatment of circuit breakers in accordance with said specifications is intended to protect them against the moisture

and fungus condition encountered in service by retarding the absorption of moisture and inhibiting the growth of fungi.

To order for F- and L-frame circuit breakers, place the suffix “FT” at the end of the circuit breaker catalog number, e.g.,

FAL36100 becomes FAL36100FT. To order for QB, QD, and QG circuit breakers, place the suffix “YF” at the end of the

circuit breaker catalog number, e.g., QDL32150 becomes QDL32150YF. ED, EG, EF, GJL, PowerPact™ D-, H-, J-, M-

, P- and R-frame circuit breakers are inherently fungus resistant and need no further treatment.

Short Handle for LA/LH Circuit Breakers (No Additional Charge)

Certain applications of the LA/LH circuit breakers (as mains in particular panelboards) require the use of a slightly

shorter operating handle. For ordering information refer to the chart below.

Rear- Connected Studs

Table 3.60: Rear-Connected Studs—Not UL Listed

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Prefix

Ampere

Ratings

Stud

Cat. No.

Dimensions

$ Price Per Stud

Overall

Length

To Back of

Circuit Breaker Diameter Threads/Inch

FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS20 2-1/4 in. 2 in. 3/8 in. 16 70.00

FAL, FHL 15–100 A FAS42 4-7/8 in. 4-1/4 in. 3/8 in. 16 92.00

LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS54 6-3/16 in. 5-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 243.00

LAL, LHL 125–400 A LAS114 12-3/16 in. 11-1/2 in. 3/4 in. 16 360.00

isi-Blade Circuit Breaker

Table 3.61: Available Visi-Blade Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Prefix Amperes $ Price

FA, FHab 15–100 A 20% Price Adder

LA, LH 125–400 A

Table 3.62: Catalog Numbers for Short Handle LA/LH CIrcuit Breakers

Lug Configuration Desired Catalog

“Prefix Indication”

Catalog

“Suffix Indication”

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

ON End OFF End

Lugs Lugs “L” “MB” LAL36400MB

No Lugs Lugs “P” “MB” LAP36400MB

Lugs No Lugs “P” “MT” LAP36400MT

No Lugs No Lugs “F” “MB” LAF36400MB

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

P-Frame Replacement Handles, Key Interlock Adapter Plate

and Exchange Program

P-Frame Replacement Handle

Replacement handle assemblies for PA, PC, PE, PX and PH circuit

breakers (produced after March 1975) are available.

Exchange Guarantee Prices, Permanent Trip Molded

Case Circuit Breakers

When a Square D permanent trip circuit breaker is supplied to

meet a specification requiring an interchangeable trip unit, it may

be exchanged for another circuit breaker of the same type with a

different trip setting.

When entering an order for the replacement circuit breaker:

1. Reference “Exchange Price Guarantee” as a line item marking on the

replacement order. The replacement order will be billed at normal

authorized selling net price.

2. Request Return Material Authorization referencing “Exchange Price

Guarantee” and the replacement exchange price guarantee invoice

number.

When the circuit breaker is returned to Cedar Rapids, credit will

be issued for the difference between the replacement net price

billed and the exchange list price (from the table below) times the

same multiplier used on the replacement order. The list price

used to determine credit will be based on the highest trip setting

of the circuit breakers involved in the exchange.

Only those circuit breaker types below are eligible for this

exchange guarantee program.

Table 3.63: P-Frame Replacement Handle

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. Prefix

Replacement Handle

Cat. No. $ Price

PAF, PAE, PHF, PHE, PCF, PEC, PEF, PXF HRPA 111.00

P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate

PAKK Kit – An adapter plate that is added under the circuit breaker

handle to allow mechanical interlocking with a key interlock (not

included). The kit includes all the necessary hardware to mount onto the

circuit breaker handle.

Table 3.64: P-Frame Key Interlock Adapter Plate

Cat. No. $ Price

PAKK 185.00

Table 3.65: Exchange Guarantee Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Type Trip Range Exchange List $ Price

LA All 2465.00

LH All 4055.00

LC All 4434.00

Replacement

Handle

Assembly

Optional

PAKK

Assembly

Circuit Breaker with Handle Removed

Hub q

Washers are to remain with Circuit Breaker

aThe “hub” under normal conditions is insulated. When the phenolic handle is removed,

a label is exposed warning of the hub being energized. That can only happen if a short

circuit or severe overload occurs. The ionized gasses inside the circuit breaker could

momentarily (1-2 cycles) put a high voltage potential on the hub.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Special Terminations

Class 690

Lug Deletion (No Additional Charge)

In some applications, the circuit breaker does not require

lugs on one or both ends. To meet this requirement, the

circuit breaker should be ordered with the desired lug

configuration as indicated below. If necessary, lugs may

be removed in the field. However, if lugs are removed in

the field, circuit breaker Types FH, FC, Q4 LA and LH

must be secured with pan-mounting screws, or have “P”

screws (cover screws and nuts) installed securing the

base to the cover.

Termination Insert Kits

The standard lugs supplied with EDB, EGB, EJB, and FJA

circuit breakers and molded case switches are secured by

means of a screw fastened through the circuit breaker

terminal into the lug body. If the standard lug is removed

and a bolted connection to the circuit breaker terminal pad

is desired, a threaded insert kit is required. The insert is

installed below the terminal pad. For ordering information

see chart below.

LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breaker

Termination Clip Kit

The standard

lugs supplied

with LC, LI, LE,

LX and LXI

circuit breakers

are secured by

means of a

screw fastened

through the

circuit breaker

terminal into the

lug body. If the

standard lug is

removed and a

bolted

connection to the circuit breaker terminal is desired, the

AL600IN threaded terminal clip kit is required to make this

connection. The AL600IN clip snaps onto the bottom of

the terminal. For ordering information, see chart below.

Electric Joint Compound

I-Line™ circuit

breakers, I-Line

busway plug-on units,

I-Line panelboards

and switchboards,

QMB plug-on switches

and motor control

center plug-on units

are supplied with

factory applied joint

compound on the

plug-on connectors.

The compound should

not be removed

because it contributes

to the overall

performance of the

connection.

Whenever one of

these units is removed

and reinstalled, the

joint compound should

be reapplied. Catalog

number PJC 7201 is a

two-ounce container of

compound specially formulated for the I-Line, QMB and

motor control center connections.

No other type of commercially available joint compound

should be used.

Table 3.66: Lug Configurationa

ON End OFF End Circuit Breaker Prefix – Suffix

Lugs Lugs “L”

(e.g., FAL36100)

No Lugs No Lugs “F”

(e.g., FAF36100)

No Lugs Lugs “P”

(e.g., FAP36100)

Lugs No Lugs “P – MT”b

(e.g., FAP36100MT)

aSee information on termination kits below

bMT suffix also required (except for PowerPact™).

Table 3.67: Termination Kit Inserts

Kit Cat. No. Inserts Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit

TIKFD 3 EDB, EGB, EJB, FJA 17.40

EDB, EGB, EJB,

FJA

Table 3.68: Termination Clip Kit

Kit Cat. No. Clips Per Kit Circuit Breakers $ Price Per Kit

AL600IN 3 LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 65.00

Table 3.69: Electric Joint Compound

Use With Cat. No. $ Price

I-Line Circuit Breakers, QMB Plug-On Units, or

Model-V MCC Units PJC7201 19.80

SED Drawout Circuit Breakers PJC8311 42.80

Terminal Clip

LC, LI, LE, LX and LXI Circuit Breakers

Terminal

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

Grounded BØ Systems

Class 600

Circuit Breakers for Grounded B-Phase (BØ)

(Corner-Grounded Delta) Systems (No Additional

Charge)

Ordering Information For Grounded BØ Circuit Breakers

1. There is no additional charge for grounded BØ circuit breakers.

2. For use on 480 V systems, FH and LH type circuit breakers must be ordered

as 600 V versions and with a 5861 suffiix (i.e. FHL361005861).

3. For use on 240 V systems, FH type circuit breakers may be ordered as 480 V

versions with a 5861 suffix (i.e. FHL341005861).

4. FA and LA type circuit breakers are not available with grounded B phase

markings.

5. Two-pole 240 V grounded B-phase circuit breakers (except EDB, EGB, EJB,

QB, QD, QG, and QJ) will be built using three-pole modules.

6. Two-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled with 240 Vac

interrupting ratings. Three-pole grounded BØ circuit breakers will be labeled

with 480 Vac interrupting ratings.

7. No self-certification is available for interrupting ratings greater than shown in

the tables below.

NOTE: Three-pole circuit breakers must be used on three-phase

480 V corner-grounded delta systems. The outside poles

are to be connected to the ungrounded phase and the

grounded conductor connected to the center pole.

Connecting the circuit breaker in a manner other than that

described or shown may result in an unsafe application of

the circuit breaker.

Table 3.70: 480 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded Delta System

Cat. No. Prefix Polesc

UL Listed Interrupting Ratingc

Ampere Rating 480 Vac Interrupting

Rating

HD, HG, HJ, HL 3 15–150 A 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA, 100

JD, JG, JJ, JL 3 150–250 A

FH, FHL 3 15–100 A 10 kA

LH, LHL 3 125–400 A 14 kA

MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3d300–800 A 35 kA

PG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3d600–1200 A 35 kA, 65 kA

PG, PK Micrologic Trip Unit 3d250–1200 A

PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3d600–1200 A 65 kA, 100 kA

PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3d250–1200 A

RG, RJ, RK RL Electronic Trip Unit 3d1200–2500 A 35 kA, 65 kA, 100 kA

Table 3.71: Application Data for 240 Vac 3Ø Corner-Grounded

Delta System RG, RJ, RK, RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3d600–2500 A

NT 3 800–1200 100 kA

Cat. No. Prefix Poles

UL Listed Interrupting Rating NW 3 800–6000 150 kA

Ampere Rating 240 Vac Interrupting

Rating

cThe grounded phase should be connected through the center pole only.

dElectronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System

Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip

System.

QO-H, QOB-H 2 15–100 A 5 kA

QB, QD, QG, QJ 2a70–250 A 10 kA

EDB, EGB, EJB 2a15–125 A 18 kA, 35 kA, 65 kA

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2a15–150 A 18 kA, 35 kA,

65 kA, 100 kA

JD, JG, JJ, JL 2b150–250 A

FH, FHL 2b15–100 A 42 kA

LH, LHL 2b125–400 A 30 kA

PG, PJ, PK, PL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 600–1200 A 65 kA

RJ Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A 100 kA

RL Electronic Trip Unit 2bc 1200–2500 A 125 kA

MG, MJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c300–800 A

65 kAPG, PK Electronic Trip Unit 3c600–1200 A

PG, PK Micrologic™ Trip Unit 3c250–1200 A

PJ, PL Electronic Trip Unit 3c600–1200 A 100 kA

PJ, PL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c250–1200 A

RG, RK Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 65 kA

RG, RK Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

RJ Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 100 kA

RJ Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

RL Electronic Trip Unit 3c1200–2500 A 125 kA

RL Micrologic Trip Unit 3c600–2500 A

aStandard labeling includes grounded B phase.

bBuilt using 3P module.

cElectronic = ET1.0 Electronic Trip System

Micrologic = 3.0, 5.0, 3.0A, 5.0A, 6.0A, 5.0P, 6.0P, 5.0H and 6.0 H Micrologic Trip

System.

Load

2-pole

Circuit Breaker

3Ø 240 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System

Load

3-pole

Circuit Breake

3Ø 480 Vac Corner-Grounded Delta System

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Special Construction

Circuit Breakers

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

Class 600

UL Marine Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used aboard a boat or vessel is

included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’

(also referred to as UL product category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast

Guard regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302 “Standard for Motor

Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or

aluminum alloys for terminal connections and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit

breakers should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in

length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)

UL Naval Listed Circuit Breakers

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended or use aboard non-combatant and auxiliary naval ships

is included in Supplement SB to UL 489, “Standard for Molded Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Naval Listed for use on vessels under 65 feet (19.8 m) in

length.

Table 3.72: Circuit Breakers for Marine Applications

Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere

Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FAL 2 15–100 A

For use only on

vessels over 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

Add the number “9’’ after the catalog

number prefix of the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard FAL36100

Marine FAL936100

There is a 20%

adder to the price of

the equivalent standard

circuit breaker. All

marine

circuit breakers are

supplied with copper

lugs.

3 15–100 A

FH, FHL 2, 3 15–100 A

FI, FIL 2, 3 20–100 A

KI, KIL 2, 3 110–250 A

LA, LAL 2, 3 125–400 A

LH, LHL 2, 3 125–400 A

PowerPact™ HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15–150 A For use on vessels over and under

65 feet (19.8 m) in length.

Add a “YA’’ after the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard HGL36100

Marine HGL36100YA

PowerPact JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150–250 A

PowerPact MG, MJ 2, 3 300–800 A For use only on

vessels over 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

PowerPact PG, PJ, PL 2, 3, 4 100–1200 A

PowerPact RG, RJ, RL 2, 3, 4 600–2500 A

Table 3.73: Circuit Breakers for Navel Applications

Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere

Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2, 3 15–150 A For use on non-combat and

auxiliary naval

ships over and under 65 feet

(19.8 m) in length.

Add a “YA’’ after the standard circuit

breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard HGL36100

Marine HGL36100YA

There is a 20%

adder to the price of

the equivalent standard

circuit breaker. All marine

circuit breakers are

supplied with copper lugs.

JD, JG, JJ, JL 2, 3 150–250 A

For use on vessels over 65 ft.

(19,8 m) in length

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Electrical Accessories

Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

Table 3.74: Electrical Accessories

Accessory Description Rated Voltage

G-Frame D-Frame

Field-

Installable

Cat. No.

$ Price

Factory-

Installed

Cat. Suffix

Field-

Installable

Cat. No.

$ Price $ Price

Auxiliary and Alarm Switches

(OF, SD, SDE)

Provides circuit

breaker contact

status.

Note: The location of

the accessory in the

circuit breaker

determines its

function.

Standard Min

Load =

10mA with 24V

1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b AAC 297.00 AA S29450 297.00 297.00

2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b — — AB 2x S29450 594.00 594.00

3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b — — AC 3x S29450 891.00 891.00

Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b AAC 297.00 BC S29450 297.00 297.00

Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b — — BD S29450 297.00 297.00

Consisting of: OF Switch — — — — — —

SDE Adapter — — — — — —

Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch — — BE 2x S29450 594.00 594.00

Consisting of: OF Switch — — — — — —

SDE Adapter — — — — — —

Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter

(OF/SD/SDE) Kit —— — ——297.00

Low Level

Min Load =

1mA with 24V

One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b — — AE S29452 372.00 372.00

Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b — — AF 2x S29452 744.00 744.00

3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b — — AG 3x S29452 1116.00 1116.00

Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b — — BH S29452 372.00 372.00

Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b — — BJ S29452 372.00 372.00

Consisting of: OF Switch — — — — — —

SDE Adapter — — — — — —

Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch — — BK 2x S29452 744.00 744.00

Consisting of: OF Switch — — — — — —

SDE Adapterd—— — ———

Shunt Trip (MX)

Trips the circuit breaker from a remote

location by means of a trip coil energized

from a separate supply voltage circuit.

24 —

717.00

SK S29384

717.00 755.00

48 — SL S29385

120 GSA ——

110/130 — SA S29386

208 GSB ——

240 GSC ——

200/250 — — —

277 GSD ——

208/277 — SD S29387

480 GSH ——

380/480 — SH S29388

525/600 — SJ S29389

12 —

717.00

SN S29382

717.00 755.00

24 GSO SO S29390

30 — SU S29391

48 GSP SP S29392

60 — SV S29383

125 GSR SR S29393

250 GSS SS S29394

Undervoltage Trip

Instantaneously opens the circuit breaker

when the under-voltage trip supply voltage

drops to a value between 35% and 70% of

its rated voltage. Closing is allowed when

the supply voltage of the undervoltage trip

reaches 85% of rated voltage.

24 —

717.00

UK S29404

717.00 755.00

48 — UL S29405

120 GUA ——

110/130 — UA S29406

208 GUB ——

240 GUC ——

200/250 — — —

277 GUD ——

208/277 — UD S29407

480 GUH ——

380/480 — UH S29408

525/600 — UJ S29409

12 —

717.00

UN S29402

717.00 755.00

24 GUO UO S29410

30 — UU S29411

48 GUP UP S29412

60 — UV S29403

125 GUR UR S29413

250 GUS US S29414

aField-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately.

bDiscount schedule DE2F.

cP-frame drawout circuit breaker only.

dSDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only.

G-Frame

D-Frame

G-Frame

D-Frame

G-Frame

D-Frame

DE2 DE2F Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Factory-Installed Accessories

Factory-Installed Electrical Accessories

Electrical accessories are available on all molded case circuit breakers except FY and QOM1 circuit breakers.

•Alarm switch is the only accessory available for the 1-pole FA circuit breaker.

•Combination accessories may be ordered by description, i.e., 1021 and 1212.

•All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz.

•Add 20% to accessory price for each field-installable accessory that is factory-installed.

•See page 3-25 for field-installable accessories. See Digest page 7-35 for PowerPact™ circuit breaker accessories.

Table 3.75: Factory-Installed Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Accessory Description Rated

Voltage

Coil

BurdenaSuffix $ Price

Adder

Shunt Trip

Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means of a trip coil energized from a separate circuit.

A 120 V shunt trip will operate at 55% or more of rated voltage. All other shunt trips will operate at 75%

or more of rated voltage.

Application

•For use with momentary or maintained push button.

•Sure Trip Capacitor Unit requires 48 Vdc shunt trip.

•Leads: (2) Black.18 AWG Cu.

24 Vac 21 VA -1042b755.00

120 Vac 24 VA -1021c755.00

208 Vac 107 VA -1021 755.00

240 Vac 154 VA -1021 755.00

277 Vac 14 VA -1037b755.00

480 Vac 45 VA -1037b755.00

24 Vdc 36 VA -1027 755.00

48 Vdc 36 VA -1028 755.00

125 Vdc 44 VA -1029 755.00

250 Vdc 15 VA -1030d755.00

Ground-

Fault

Shunt Trip

Trips the circuit breaker electrically using the signal from a Micrologic™ Ground-Fault Module.

Application

•For use only with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add on ground-fault module.

•Leads: (2) Orange 18 AWG Cu.

——-Gd755.00

Undervoltage

Tr i p ( UVR )

Trips the circuit breaker electrically when a control circuit falls below 35 to 70% of nominal (not field

adjustable). Picks up at 35–85% of nominal voltage.

Application

•UVR must be energized in order to close the circuit breaker.

•Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu leads.

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

5 VA

8 VA

2 VA

3 VA

-1143d

-1121

-1124

-1127

-1128

755.00

Time Delay

Unit

Provides adjustable time delay for UVR of 0.1 to 0.6 second before circuit breaker trips.

Application

•For use only with -1121 UV trip.

•Adjustable time delay (0.1 to 0.6 second).

•I-Line unit requires 1.5 in. (38 mm) of mounting space.

•Leads: (2) Brown 18 AWG Cu and (2) Black/White 18 AWG Cu.

120 Vac

Cat. No.

Unit Mt. I-Line™

690UVTD 690UVTDI 1941.00

Auxiliary

Switches

Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides a remote signal indicating

the circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.

Application

•Max. Load = FA, FH, FI, LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI.

10 A @ 125–250 Vac, ¼ hp @ 125–250 Vac, 5 A @ 30 Vdc

•Leads: Yellow for “A’’, Blue for “B’’, Striped for common 18 AWG Cu.

See load

info. in

App. text

at left

See load

info. in

App. text

at left

1A/1B -1212 312.00

2A/2B -1352 623.00

3A/3B -1364e800.00

Alarm

Switches

Used with control circuits and actuated only when the circuit breaker has tripped.

Standard construction includes a normally-open contact.

Application

•Max. Load = 10 A @ 125–250 Vac

•Max. Load = 15 A @ 30 Vdc

•Leads: (2) Red 18 AWG Cu.

250 Vac

28 Vdc

250 Vac

48 Vdc

See

load

info. in

App.

text

at left

-2100

-2103

312.00

aCoil burden values do not apply to LC, LE, LI, LX and LXI. Consult Field Sales office for more information.

bNot available on FI or KI circuit breakers.

cLC, LE, LI, LX, and LXI circuit breakers operate at 75% or more of rated voltage.

dNot available on LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers.

eNot available in FA, FC, FH, FI and KI circuit breakers.

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Tripped

1B Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A/1B

Circuit Breaker Closed

Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped

Auxiliary Switch

Contact Configuration

Color Code:

"A" Contact - Yellow Leads

"B" Contact - Blue Leads

Common-Striped Leads

Undervoltage Trip

Wiring Diagram

Brown

Brown Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

UVR

Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram

Black

Black Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

Shunt

Tr i p

690UVTD Wiring Diagram

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Field-Installable Accessories

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories

Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from 3-24 between

the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example: LA11212) See

3-24 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-installable devices.

Table 3.76: Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip

Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip Ground-Fault

Shunt TripaUndervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch

Miniature Circuit Breakers,

EH and EH-PL

Factory-Installed

Only Not Available Not Available Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

FA, FH, FI, KI Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

LA, LH

Series 4bLA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Right Pole

Q4 LA1( ) LA1G LA1 ( ) LA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Right Pole

LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI LC1( ) LC1G LC1 ( ) LC1( ) Factory-Installed

Only

aUsed with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules.

bWith LA and LH top-feed circuit breakers (suffix MT, I-Line jaws on OFF end) all accessories must be factory

installed.

Table 3.77: Accessory Mounting Locations

LA, LH, Q4 Series 4 circuit breakers or newer =

Field-installable accessories

LC, LI, LX, LXI circuit breakers = Field-installable

accessories

Both accessory ports will accept shunt trips, UVRs

and auxiliary switches. Alarm switches are factory

installable only (right pole). Maximum of one device

per port.

1A/1B

Circuit Breaker Closed

Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped

Auxiliary Switch

Contact Configuration

Color Code:

"A" Contact - Yellow Leads

"B" Contact - Blue Leads

Common-Striped Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Tripped

1B Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

Undervoltage Trip

Wiring Diagram

Brown

Brown Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

UVR

Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram

Black

Black Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

Shunt

Tr i p

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Electrical Operators, Handle Accessories, Cylinder Locks, and

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlocks

Electrical Operators

Provides remote ON, OFF/RESET control of molded case circuit breakers.

•A complete line of field-installable electrical operators.

•Not applicable on LC/LI/LE/LX/LXI circuit breakers.

•Installing side mounted motor operators on non I-Line™ circuit breakers requires the use of a separate mounting pan.

•Side mounted electrical operators require an additional 4-1/2 in. (114 mm) of mounting space in I-Line installations.

When remote indication of circuit breaker status is required, order circuit breaker with 1A-1B auxilliary switch for ON-

OFF Indication and alarm switch for TRIP Indication. Electrical operators require SPDT maintained contact switch.

Refer to Class 9001 control unit listing for operators and pilot lights.

NOTE: Not available on Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers and molded case switches.

Handle Accessories

aLocks OFF only.

Cylinder Lock

Used to lock the circuit breaker in the OFF position. Circuit breaker cannot be reset when locked OFF.

Interlocks

Table 3.78: Electrical Operators

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Top Mount Side Mount Mounting Pan

Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Voltage Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FH — — — 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00 ——

FAL, FHL — — — 120 Vac FAMO1 1304.00 FAMOP 108.00

FI, KI — — — 120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 ——

FIL, KIL

120 Vac KAMO2120AC 3642.00

120 Vac KAMO1 3506.00 KAMOP 134.00

240 Vac KAMO2240AC 3642.00

24 Vdc KAMO224DC 3642.00

125 Vdc KAMO2125DC 3642.00

LA, LH, Q4 — — — 120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 ——

LAL, LHL,

Q4L

120 Vac LAMO2120AC 4704.00

120 Vac LAMO1 4518.00 LAMOP 185.00

240 Vac LAMO2240AC 4704.00

24 Vdc LAMO224DC 4704.00

125 Vdc LAMO2125DC 4704.00

MAL, MHL

120 Vac MAMO2120AC 4704.00

120 Vac MAMO1 4518.00 MAMOP 1856.00

240 Vac MAMO2240AC 4704.00

24 Vdc MAMO224DC 4704.00

125 Vdc MAMO2125DC 4704.00

PA, PH, PC, PE, PX 120 Vac PAM O 2 5544.00 —————

Table 3.79: Handle Accessories

Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price Circuit Breaker Prefix Poles Cat. No. $ Price

Handle Tie Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)

(2)FA 3 FKHT 215.00 FY Series 1 1 HPAFYQ 19.80

(2)FI,(2)KI, or (1)FI + (1)KI 2,3 FKHT 215.00 FA, FH, FC, FI 1,2,3 HPAFK 24.20

(2)LA or (2)Q4 2,3 LAHT 497.00 FY Series 2, 2,3 HPAFK 24.20

California Title 24 Comb. Handle Tie and Lock Off KI 2,3 HPAFKFa32.60

(3)1P

FY3HT

FA3HT

53.00

53.00 LA, LH, Q4 2,3 HPALM

HPAXLM

26.00

27.60

Handle Extension LC, LE, LI, LX, LXI 2,3 AHPALI 25.20

LA, LH, LE, LI, LX, LXI, Q4 2,3 AHEXLI 95.00

Table 3.80: Cylinder Lock

Circuit Breaker

Prefix

Factory Installed

Suffix

Field Installable

Cat. No. $ Price

FA, FAL, FH, FHLb—CL Factory-installed

only 315.00

LA, LAL, LH, LHL, Q4 Field-installable

only LA1CL 315.00

bNot available on Mag-Gard circuit breakers and molded case

switches.

KAMO2120AC

With KAL Circuit Breaker

FAMO1 and FAMOP

With FAL Circuit Breaker

Table 3.81: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentsc

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Manually Operated Electrically Operated

Operator

Suffix

$ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan Operator

Suffix

$ Price

Adder

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Mounting Pan

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

FAL, FHL

LAL, LHL

246.00

FA4WB

LA6WB

134.00

179.00

FAWBP4

LAWBP6

177.00

242.00

WBMO

246.00

FA9WB

LA10WB

200.00

213.00

FAWBP9

LAWBP10

242.00

309.00

cFully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The

completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Please consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.

Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock

Requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix,

1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections

Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

Table 3.82: Locks, Interlocking

G-Frame D-Frame

Device Description

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Handle

Padlocking

Device

Removable (lock OFF only) AHP 19.70 S29370 50.00

Fixed (lock OFF or ON) — — S32631 122.00

Fixed (lock OFF only) — — NJPAF 122.00

Interlocking

(Not UL listed)

Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary handles — — 32621 494.00

Mechanical for circuit breakers with toggles — — 32614 494.00

Key Locking Provision and 2 locks keyed

alike

Ronis — — 41950 183.00

Profalux — — 42878 183.00

Table 3.83: Installation Accessories for G- and D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description

G-Frame D-Frame

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Field-

Installed

Cat. No.

$ Price

Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers — — 32556 55.00

Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or

extended escutcheon ——32558 74.00

Phase Barriers (set of 6) — — 32570 72.00

Handle Rubber Boot — — 32560 171.00

Sealing Accessories ACS 18.50 29375 42.00

DIN rail adapter GYR 93.00 — —

Toggle Extensions (set of 10) — — 32553 33.20

Table 3.84: Rear Connections

Device Description

D-Frame

Poles Factory-Installed

Termination No.

Field-Installed

Cat. No. $ Price

Mixed Rear

Connection Kit

3S 32477 848.00

4S 32478 1122.00

Consisting of:

Short rear connections (set of 2) 3—2x32475d219.00

Long rear connections (set of 2) — 32476 261.00

Short terminal cover (3P) 3 — 32562 149.00

dPrice shown is for quantity one.

Handle Rubber Boot

Door Escutcheon

Terminal Covers

Removable Padlock

Attachment

Fixed Padlock

Attachment

Key Locking

DE2 DE2F Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Mechanical Lug Information

aUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

bFor use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.

cUse suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)

Table 3.85: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Circuit Breaker Application (Number of Wires Per Lug )

Wire RangeaCat. No.

Lugs

Per

Kit

$ Price

Per Kit

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire

FA, FH

FI 15–30 A FA, FH

FI 35–100 A (1) 14–4 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–4 AWG Al AL50FA 337.20

FC 35–100 A FC 15–30 A (1) 14–3 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–1 AWG Al AL100FA4 337.20

FA, FH

FI 35–100 A FA, FH

FI 15–30 A (1) 14–1/0 AWG Cu or

(1) 12–1/0 AWG Al AL100FA 337.20

— — FA, FH, FC 15–100 A (1) 12–3 AWG Cu AL100TFb337.20

——FA 150 A

(only) (1) 2–3/0 AWG AL150FA 337.20

KI 110–175 A — — (1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil AL250KA 3113.00

KI 200–250 A KI 110–175 A (1) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL250KI 3107.00

Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A — — (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil AL400LA 135.70

— — Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil AL400LH7 147.10

LE, LX, LXI 100–250 A LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 300–600 A (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil AL600LI35 149.60

LI, LE,

LX, LXI 300–600 A LE, LX, LXI 100–250 A (2) 4/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL600LI5 147.10

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil AL600LI7 153.00

Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c

FC 15–30 A — — (1) 14–10 AWG Cu CU30FA4 337.20

— — FA, FH, FC, FI 15–100 A (1) 14–1 AWG Cu CU100FA 337.20

— — FA, FH, FC 15–100 A (1) 12–3 AWG Cu CU100TFb362.00

— — KI 110–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU250KA 3113.00

—— Q4, LA, LH 125–400 A (1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or

(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU400LA 170.00

— — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) 1 AWG–350 kcmil Cu CU600LI35 1230.00

— — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (2) .4/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU600LI5 1230.00

— — LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil Cu CU600LI7 1230.00

Table 3.86: Mechanical Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Poles 400 A Lugs 600 A Lugs

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

Field-Installable Lug Kit, Terminal Cover Included 3 32508 191.00 32510 347.00

Voltage Takeoffs (set of two) 29348 28.40 29348 28.40

Wire Range (1) 2 AWG-600 kcmil stranded CU cable

(1) 2 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable

(2) 2/0 AWG-350 kcmil stranded CU cable

(2) 2/0 AWG-500 kcmil stranded AL cable

AL50FA

AL250KI

AL250KA

AL100FA

AL400LA AL600LI5

AL400LH7

D-Frame Lugs

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Compression Lug and Power Distribution Connectors

Compression Lug Kits

aSee instruction bulletins for recommended tools.

bThese lug kits cannot be used on I-Line™ circuit breakers.

cUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

dAll P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.

Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical

Lugs

Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save

space and time.

Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for

Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers.

Connectors are UL Listed:

•For use on load end of circuit breaker only

•For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only

•For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment

•For copper wire only

eNot for use with I-Line circuit breakers.

fWhen using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.

gOFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

hKit includes long terminal shield, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield.

Table 3.87: Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa

Circuit Breaker

Type Wire RangecDimension A

(In)

Max. Lugs

Per Terminal Cat. No. Lug Qty.

Per Kit

$ Price Per

Kit

Aluminum Compression Lug Kits

FA, FH, FC, FI 8–1/0 AWG 1.3 1 VC100FA 3175.00

KI 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA3 3255.00

250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250KA35 3194.00

LA, LH, Q4

250–350 kcmil 1.25 2 VC400LA35 2194.00

4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.0 2 VC400LA3 2202.00

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400LA5 1166.00

500–750 kcmil 2.5 1 VC400LA7 1198.00

LI, LE, LX, LXI b

4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.05 2 VC600LI3 2295.00

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.20 2 VC600LI5 2308.00

500–750 kcmil 3.45 1 VC600LI7 1311.00

Copper Compression Lug Kits

FA, FH, FC, FI 6–1/0 AWG Cu 1.4 1 CVC100FA 3156.00

KI 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.5 1 CVC250KA3 3301.00

LA, LH, Q4 2/0 AWG–300 kcmil Cu 1.3 2 CVC400LA3 2271.00

250–500 kcmil Cu 2.3 1 CVC400LA5 1118.00

LI, LE, LX, LXI b250–500 kcmil Cu 3.20 2 CVC600LI5 2491.00

Compression Lug Kits for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Not Available

Table 3.88: PDC Lugs

Use With Circuit

Breakere

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wires Per Terminal

& Wire Rangef

Cat. No. Lug Quantity Per Kit Dimension

A (i.)

$ Price Per

Kit

FAL, FHL, FCLg15–100 A (6) 14–6 AWG PDC6FA6 31.092.00

(3) 14–2 AWG PDC3FA2 31.292.00

LAL, LHL, Q4L 125–400 A

(6) 12–2/0 AWG PDC6LA20 12.25182.00

(12) 14–4 AWG PDC12LA4 11.25129.00

(3) 14–2 AWG

(1) 2 AWG–250 kcmil PDC4LA250 12.0129.00

Table 3.89: Power Distribution Connectors for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Use with Circuit

Breaker Type

Circuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wires Per Terminal &

Wire Range Dimension A (in.) Cat. No. Quantity Per Kit $ Price Per Kit

DG, DJ, DL 150–600 (3) 14–2 AWG and (2) 14–2/0 AWG 1.28hPDC5DG20 3387.00

150–600 (12) 14–4 AWG 1.31hPDC12DG4 3387.00

Extremity

Molded Case

w/Mechanical

Lugs

“A” See Table

Crimp lug or

power distribution connectors

extension past end of

circuit breaker “A” See Table

CVC100FA VC250KA3

VC400LA7

VC1200NE5

VC400LA7

CVC600MA5

PDC12LA4

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers Miscellaneous Accessories

Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

aShort lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.

bJ-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.

cDE5A Discount Schedule

Table 3.90: Bus Bar Connections Hardware for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Frame Description Term. No. Poles Cat. No. $ Price

D-Frame Set of 3 terminal screws and washers for one side F336966 23.70

Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side 4 36967 31.50

Table 3.91: Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers

Used With Description Dimension B

(in.) Cat. No. Qty Per

Kit $ Price

G-Frame Terminal Shield

(3P) —— — GYT 175.00

D-Frame Terminal Shield

(3P)

PDC5DG2

PDC12DG2 —— 36965 1108.00

Table 3.92: Miscellaneous D-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories

Accessory Description Field-Installed

Cat. No, $ Price

External Neutral Sensor

150 A Neutral Sensor 36950 806.00

250 A Neutral Sensor 36951 806.00

400 A Neutral Sensor 36952 806.00

600 A Neutral Sensor 36953 806.00

Spare Parts 100 Identification Labels 29314 119.00

Te s t Ki t s Mini test kit (battery not included) 43362 884.00

Portable test kit 55391c16365.00

Table 3.93: Motor Operators for D-Frame Circuit Breakers

Description Rated

Voltage

Factory Installed

Cat. No. Suffix

Field-Installed

Cat. No, $ Price

Standard motor for

electrically-operated circuit

breakers

48/60 ML 32839

3395.00

110/130 MA 32840

208/277 MD 22841

220/240 MC —

380/415 MF 32842

380/485 MH —

440/480 MH 32847

24/30 MO 32843

3545.00

48/60 MP 32844

110/130 MR 32845

250 MS 32846

Locking Device

Mounting Hardware — 32649 58.00

Ronis lock — 41940 146.00

Profalux lock — 42888 146.00

Operations Counter — 32648 225.00

Mini Test Kit Portable Test Kit

Motor Operator

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Products Neutral Current Transformers and

Micrologic™ Series B Trip Unit Accessories

Complying with NEC®

The National Electrical Code, Section 240-6(c) exception allows conductor ampere ratings

equal to the selected long-time pick-up setting. Square D offers the seals below to restrict

access to trip unit once settings are selected.

aRequired for Micrologic to communicate with PowerLogic™ system.

Table 3.94: Neutral Current Transformers

Cat. No. $ Price Sensor Where Used

LE25CT2

LE4CT2

LE6CT2

588.00

250 A

400 A

600 A

LXL, LEL, LXIL

Table 3.95: Electronic Trip Indicator and Current Meter Field-installable Kits

Device Cat. No. Included With

Circuit Breaker Optional $ Price

Local Trip Indicator Kit ALTI —LXL, LXIL1461.00

Local Current Meter Kit/Trip Indicator ALAM LEL LXL, LXIL 2286.00

Table 3.96: Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for all Circuit Breakers with

Micrologic Series B Trip System

Cat. No. Sensor Multiplier Value $ Price

ARP040 0.400 297.00

ARP050 0.500 297.00

ARP056 0.563 297.00

ARP058 0.583 297.00

ARP060 0.600 297.00

ARP063 0.625 297.00

ARP067 0.667 297.00

ARP070 0.700 297.00

ARP075 0.750 297.00

ARP080 0.800 297.00

ARP083 0.833 297.00

ARP088 0.875 297.00

ARP090 0.900 297.00

ARP100 1.000 297.00

Table 3.97: Trip Unit Seals

Description Cat. No. Package Quantity $ Price

Trip Unit Seal TUSEAL 100 102.00

Table 3.98: Communication Adapter

Description Cat. No. $ Price

Communication Adapter CIM3Fa465.00

Table 3.99: Test Equipment for Circuit Breakers with Micrologic Series B Trip

Systems

Description Cat. No. $ Price

Universal Test Set (includes test module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL) UTS3 14022.00

Test Module for Full-function and Standard-function LEL, LXL, LXIL. (For use with existing CBTU1

or UTS3 test set.) CBTMB 2349.00

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK 627.00

Long-time and ground-fault Memory Reset Module (Series B Electronics) MTMB 381.00

ombination Local Current Meter

and Trip Indicator

Electronic Trip Unit with Seals Installed

to Restrict Access

CIM3F Communication Adapter

Universal Test Set

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Products Restraint Interface Module

S48890 and S48895 Restraint Interface Modules

The Restraint Interface Module (RIM) is used to allow

zone-selective Interlocking communications between

circuit breakers with Micrologic™ Series B trip units or

Micrologic™ #.Ox trip units, Compact™ STR53 trip units,

Masterpact™ STR58 trip units, Federal Pioneer USRC

and USRCM trip units, and Square D GC series ground-

fault relays.

Upstream circuit breakers with Micrologic 3.0A, 5.0A 5.0P,

5.0H, 6.0A, 6.0P, and 6.0H trip units can receive up to 15

input signals without requiring a restraint interface

module. If the number of input signals exceeds 15, then a

RIM is required. Contact your local Sales Office for RIM

requirements.

The restraint interface module operates on either 120

Vac/24 Vdc, or 240 Vac/24 Vdc, 50/50 Hz.

NOTE: The maximum distance between devices is

1000 ft. (305 m)

Table 3.100: RIM Requirements

Note: R=RIM module is required to restrain any devices.

Numerical References=Maximum number of upstream circuit breakers which can be

restrained without requiring a RIM module.

Micrologic

#.0x Trip Units

Square D Micrologic

Series B Trip Units

Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection

Square DGC-200 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection

Merin Gerin

STR58 Trip Units

Federal Pioneer

USRC and USRCM Trip Units

Micrologic #.0x Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Square D Micrologic Series B Trip Units R26R R R15

Square D GC-100 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection RR7 RRR

Square D GC-200 Ground-Fault

Relay for Equipment Protection 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR58 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Merlin Gerin STR53 Trip Units 15 R R 15 15 R

Federal Pioneer USRC

and USRCM Trip Units R15R R R15

Square D Add-on Ground-Fault Module

for Equipment Protection R5RRRR

Upstream Device

(receives input

from RIM)

Downstream Device

(sends output to RIM))

Table 3.101: Restrain Interface Module (RIM)

Cat. No. Voltag e $ Price

S48890 120 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00

S48895 240 Vac/24 Vdc 1860.00

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Dimensions

Table 3.102: Circuit Breakers Dimensions

Circuit Breaker

Catalog No.

Prefix

No.

Poles

Fig.

No.

Dimensions—Inches

ABCDEFGH

FAL, FHL

1 21 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 —

2 22 6.00 3.00 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — —

3 23 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75

KAL, KCL, KHL 2 & 3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75

FIL, KIL 2 & 3 23 8.00 4.50 3.66 4.75 0.44 7.13 1.50 0.75

GJ 3 32 3.54 4.72 2.76 3.94 2.20 — — —

DG, DJ, DL 3 28 13.38 5.51 3.75 6.61 2.22 8.93 1.77 —

LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI 2 & 3 23 11.86 7.50 5.48 6.74 0.55 10.75 2.50 —

Q4L, LAL, LHL 2 & 3 23 11.00 6.00 4.06 5.84 0.88 9.25 2.00 1.00

MAL, MHL 2 & 3 23 14.00 9.00 4.53 6.50 1.66 10.69 3.00 1.50

Table 3.103: Shipping Weights

Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight

(Lbs.)

FAL

FHL 2-pole

FCL

FAL

FHL 3-pole 5

FIL 8

KAL, KHL 7

KIL 9

Q4L 15

DG, DJ, DL 14

GJ 3

LAL

LHL 15

LXL

LEL

LIL

MAL, MHL 34

Figure 21

C/L

Figure 22

Figure 23

C/L

Figure 32

Figure 28

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Industrial Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Class 610

Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as

footnoted.

•The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.

•Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.

•For enclosure accessories refer to page 3-36 . For enclosure dimensions refer to page 3-35.

aEnclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls

and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see Digest Section 3.

bNot CSA Certified.

cNEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III.

dSuitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.

eShort circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.

fNEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations–Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F and G; Class III

gUse 75oC Copper conductors only.

hSuitable for rainproof applications—includes PKDB1 breather and drain kit.

Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers

NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.

Motor-operated enclosed circuit breakers are utilized whenever it is desired to control the operation of an individually

mounted circuit breaker from a remote location. Enclosed motor operated circuit breakers are available in either NEMA

1 or 3R construction. 120 Vac control circuit required for operation of motor operator. Sufficient space is included for

field-installation of a terminal block for convenient end-user control circuit wiring. Not UL Listed.

Enclosed motor-operated circuit breaker with neutral

•Specify circuit breaker catalog number (ex: FAL36060)

•Specify side mounted operator only.

•Specify enclosure type (ex: NEMA 1, 3R, 12)

•Specify if neutrals are required (Same price)

aPrice includes 3P circuit breaker, motor operator, and neutral assembly

factory assembled in specified enclosure.

Table 3.104: Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Circuit Breaker Enclosure

Cat. No. Prefix Rating Poles Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless

Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9)

NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9)

With Knockouts (NEMA 12K) Without Knockoutsd (NEMA 12/3R, 5)

KILe110–250 A 2, 3 IK250DS 5238.00 ——IK250AWK 878.00

NEMA 7c Cast Aluminum NEMA 9f Cast Aluminum

FALg15–60 A 1, 2, 3 FA060Xh1620.00 FA060Yb1227.00

15–100 A 1, 2, 3 FA100Xh2006.00 FA100Yb1389.00

Table 3.105: Enclosed Motor-Operated Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Type $ Price a

NEMA 1 NEMA 3R

FAL—240 V 2915.00 3149.00

FAL—480 V 3131.00 3369.00

FAL—600 V 3308.00 3525.00

FHL—600 V 3725.00 3950.00

LAL—600 V 11187.00 11477.00

LHL—600 V 14147.00 14429.00

FA100X

FA100Y

DE1 DE2A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Enclosed Switches and Enclosure Dimensions

Class 610

Enclosed Molded Case Switches

Enclosed molded case switches are UL Listed devices supplied with factory-installed automatic molded case switch.

Use the Cat. No. listed below and add the enclosure style suffix. An insulated groundable neutral, if required, must be

ordered separately from Digest page 7-58. Enclosed molded case switches are manufactured on order only.

aFHE and KHE devices accept bolt-on hubs and have a suffix RB. LHE, MHE and NCE devices have blank endwalls and have a suffix R. For details and

hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.

Dimensions: Refer to enclosed circuit breaker dimensions by NEMA type.

Table 3.106: Enclosed Molded Case Switches

System Ampere

Rating

Cat. No.

Add Suffix

600 Vac

Short Circuit

Withstand Ratings

$ Price

NEMA 1 NEMA 3RaNEMA 4,4X,5 NEMA 12

(F) or (S) (RB) or (R) (DS) (AWK)

FH—100 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 100 FHE26000( ) 18 kA 963.00 1277.00 2273.00 1083.00

3P 100 FHE36000( ) 18 kA 1187.00 1499.00 2432.00 1310.00

LH—400 A Frame, 3P, 600 Vac Max.

2P 400 LHE26000( ) 25 kA 3915.00 5174.00 9264.00 4497.00

3P 400 LHE36000( ) 25 kA 4653.00 5982.00 9999.00 5232.00

Table 3.107: Enclosure Dimensions

Cat. No.

Approximate Dimension

Series HWD

in. mm in. mm in. mm

FA060XaE1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178

FA060YaE1 16.00 406 9.88 251 7.00 178

FA100Xa

FA100Ya

16.00

406

9.88

251

7.00

178

IK250DS

IK250AWK

42.25

1073

13.88

353

7.50

191

aTapped conduit opening, top and bottom endwall: FA060X/Y– 3/4", FA100X/Y–1-1/4"

Enclosures FA060X, FA100X,

FA060Y and FA100Y

Enclosures for IK250DS

and IK250AWK

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures

Accessories

Lock-On Provisions

Lock-off provisions are standard on all NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel

and NEMA Type 12, 12K circuit breaker enclosures. Provision for one inch

hasp padlock is available factory installed. This modification will allow the

circuit breaker to be locked in the ON position. When locked in the ON

position, the external operator will not indicate if circuit breaker is tripped. UL

Listed.

Pilot Light—Selector Switch—Push Button

Pilot lights, push buttons or selector switches are available factory

installed in the cover of NEMA Type 3R, (4-4X-5) stainless steel or 12

enclosures. Wiring to contact blocks is not available. Customer must

furnish catalog number of device desired. Price = circuit breaker +

enclosure + neutral + ground + pilot light, push button and/or selector

switch + factory-installed adder. Order by description. Not UL Listed.

Phenolic Legend Plate

Available engraved and mounted on most circuit breaker enclosures.

Legend engraved in 1/4-inch high white letters on black background.

Customer must provide legend. UL Listed. Not available on NEMA Type

7 or 9 enclosures.

To order, add suffix NP to standard catalog number (i.e. LA400SNP).

Price adder per legend plate: $167.00

Special Paint

UL Listed circuit breaker enclosures are available painted with special

safety colors. To order safety colored enclosures add suffixes as noted

in Table 3.111 to the standard enclosure commercial reference number.

All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification

Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.

A minimum quantity of ten is required. Order by description. Not

available for NEMA Type 7/9 or stainless steel enclosures.

Shipment: 6 weeks

Stainless Steel Front

NEMA Type 1, flush-mount circuit breaker enclosures are available with

stainless steel fronts. This modification is desirable in food handling

areas such as cafeterias and restaurants. Not UL Listed. Minimum

quantity of 10 per catalog number is required.

Enclosed Ground-Fault Modules (GFM)

Ground-fault modules (GFM) can be factory installed on FAL and FHL

circuit breakers and enclosed in the next larger size NEMA 1 or 3R

enclosure.

Enclosed circuit breaker with ground-fault module

•Specify circuit breaker catalog number

•Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)

•Ground-fault modules are available factory installed. See table below for

pricing and availability.

bPrice includes 3P circuit breaker, GFM, neutral assembly and neutral CT factory

assembled in specified enclosure

cNot UL Listed

Equipment Ground Kit

Price adder includes price of ground bar kit.

Table 3.108: Price Adder Each Enclosure

Enclosure Prefix Suffix for Lock-On Provision $ Price

FA, J SPLO 155.00

LA, M, P 234.00

Table 3.109: Price Adder

Quantity $ Price Adder

For Each Device Installed 297.00

Lock-on Provision

Table 3.110: Price Adder Each Enclosure

Enclosure Prefix

FA $ Price J $ Price LA $ Price P $ Price

113.00 180.00 327.00 513.00

Table 3.111: Safety Colors

Safety Color Suffix

Black SP0

Red SP2

Orange SP3

Yellow SP4

Green SP5

Blue SP6

Purple SP7

Gray SP8

White SP9

Table 3.112: Price Each Enclosure

Cat. No. $ Price

FA100FSS 1659.00

LA400FSS 2223.00

Table 3.113: Enclosed Circuit Breaker with Ground Fault Modulec

Circuit Breaker

Prefix

$ Price b

NEMA 1 NEMA 3R

FAL, 600 V, 15–60 A 6585.00 7091.00

FAL, 600 V, 70–100 A 6797.00 7307.00

Table 3.114: Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker Neutral Assembly For Use With Terminal Lug Data—Total Available

(Line plus Load)

AWG/kcmil

Cat. No. Prefix Ampere

Rating

NEMA 1 & 3R NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K NEMA 7 & 9

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price

KIL

225

250

—

SN225KA

SN400LA

201.00

251.00

—

(2) 4–300 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu

(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

Table 3.115: Ground Kit Price Adder

Enclosure Number of

Terminals per

Kit

Conductors

Per Terminal

Wire Range

AWG/kcmil

Field-Installable Factory-Installedd

Enclosure Type Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix Ground Bar

Kit Cat. No. $ Price Suffix $ Price

NEMA Type 1 and 3R

FAL, FHL, FIL

KIL

LAL, LHL 21 10–2/0 Cu or

6–2/0 Al PKOGTA2f263.00 GL 191.00

NEMA Type 4-4X-5 stainless steel

and NEMA Type 12

FAL, FHL, FIL

KIL

LAL, LHL, Q4L

M, Pe2 1 10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al 263.00 263.00

dFor factory installation of equipment ground lugs in these or any other enclosures, add suffix GL.

eUse of PKOGTA2 with M, and P enclosure prefix not UL Listed

fQuantity (2) may be required for some wire installation.

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Key Interlock Systems—Factory Installed Only

Class 736, 1130

Key Interlock Systems

(Factory installed only)

Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized operator from making an unauthorized

operation. Not available on hazardous location devices (NEMA 7/9.)

The key interlock system is a simple and easy method of applying individual key interlock

units and assemblies to the above equipment so as to require operation in a predetermined

sequence. UL Listed.

Quoting:

Contact local Field Sales office for catalog number, availability and pricing prior to quoting a

job.

Ordering:

•Order cannot be released for production until the following information has been provided.

•End User—Company name, address

•Function of each lock (e.g., circuit breaker to be locked open with key removed, key held when

circuit breaker is closed)

•Existing Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with equipment already on site, provide

brand of existing lock and key number

•Other New Equipment—if circuit breaker is to be interlocked with new equipment not yet installed at

the site, then provide contact person and phone number so that locks may be coordinated

•Additional information may be required upon order entry

•Federal Pioneer locks supplied unless otherwise specified

aPrices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked as these schemes

normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Table 3.116: Locking Position Designations

Locking

Position Designation

Device locked open with key removed.

Device locked closed with key removed.

Device locked open or closed with key removed.

Device locked open with key held.

Device locked closed with key held.

Device locked open or closed with key held.

Multi-lock interlock.

(More than one key per lock.)

NOTE: 1. Device locked open (circuit

breaker in OFF position).

2. Device locked closed (circuit

breaker in ON position).

L-O-R

L-C-R

L-O-C-R

L-O-H

L-C-H

L-O-C-H

Table 3.117: Price Adder Per Lock, Each Complete Enclosed Devicea

Device $ Price

Enclosed industrial circuit breaker 2055.00

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Enclosures Special Applications

Class 610

Sample Application—1

To prevent two devices from being closed simultaneously.

Two devices are shown in Figure 1. In operation they are not closed at

the same time. With the interlocks arranged as shown only one key is

required in the interlocking system. Both devices are shown open,

therefore, the key is free. To close any one device the key is inserted

and turned in that particular lock, the key is held in this lock until the

device is again locked open. This simple interlocking sequence lends

itself to a multitude of applications. The procedure is the same for two

devices, neither of which is to be opened at the same time.

Sample Application—2

To prevent opening of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in

circuit breaker B interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.

4. Open switch A. Key A-1 is now held. Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—3

To prevent operation of switch A when circuit breaker B is closed.

Permits reclosing of circuit breaker for servicing when switch is locked

open.

Switch A and circuit breaker B are in closed position. Key A-1 is held in

circuit breaker interlock.

1. Open circuit breaker.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A and turn to unlock.

4. Open switch A.

5. Turn key A-1 in L-O-C-R interlock on switch A to lock open. Key A-1 is now

free.

6. Return key A-1 to circuit breaker interlock and unlock for operation during

servicing period.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Sample Application—4 (Main-Tie-Main)

To prevent paralleling of lines A and B.—Two loads, fed from either

source.

Circuit breaker A is closed to supply load M. Circuit breaker B is closed

to supply load N. Tie-circuit breaker C is open. Keys A-1 are held in

interlocks on both circuit breakers A and B. Tie-circuit breaker C cannot

be closed unless either A or B is locked open.

To transfer load N to circuit breaker A, proceed as follows:

1. Open circuit breaker B.

2. Turn key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on circuit breaker B to lock open. Key A-1 is

now free.

3. Insert Key A-1 in L-O-R interlock on tie-circuit breaker C and turn to unlock.

Key A-1 is now held.

4. Close tie-circuit breaker C.

Reverse sequence to restore service.

Load M can be supplied through circuit breaker B in a similar manner.

. . . . . . . . Device normally open

. . . . . . . . Device normally closed

. . . . . . . . Direction of key transfer

. . . . . . . . Key interchange numbe

. . . . . . . . Key

Diagram Symbols

A-1 A-2 A-3

Figure 1

A-1

A 1

L-O-R L-O-R

A-1

Figure 2

A-1

L-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 3

A-1

L-O-C-R L-O-R

A 1

Figure 4

L-O-R

A 1

L-O-R

A 1

A-1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

4-1

PANELBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 4

Panelboards

NQ Panelboard with

Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim

MH38 Enclosure with 12-inch Wireway and

Mono-Flat™ Trim with 12-inch Wireway Cover

Factory Assembled Panelboard Special Features

General Instructions 4-2

Pricing Instructions 4-2

Metric Conversion 4-2

I-Line Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing 4-2

Metering 4-3

Current Transformers 4-3

Customer Equipment Space 4-3

Keyed Interlocks 4-3

Motor Operators 4-3

Increased Enclosure Depth 4-4

Increased Side Gutters 4-4

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters 4-4

Drip Hoods 4-4

Special Finishes

(non-standard paint color, painted enclosures, etc.)

4-4

Free Standing Enclosures 4-4

Special Trims (hinged, stainless steel, etc.) 4-4

Padlock Hasp 4-5

Special Locks 4-5

Multi-section Panels

(equal-height enclosures, common trims, etc.)

4-5

Panel Skirts 4-6

Wireway 4-6

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures 4-7

Space Heater 4-7

Special Enclosures

(Type 1, 3R-12, 4, 4X, etc.)

4-8

NQ Merchandised Panelboards

NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard

with SPD

4-9

Ready-to-Install (RTI) Merchandise

Copper Equipment Ground Bars 4-10

Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits 4-10

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts 4-10

Replacement Parts for Standard Panelboards

Trim Clamps and Screws 4-11

Locks and Keys 4-12

CTC Cabinets 4-13

Datasheet for the Retrofit of an Existing

Enclosure

4-14

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Panelboards General Information

cRefer to Table 4.3 for LE, LX and LXI Micrologic Trip Unit price adders.

General Instructions

The special feature options covered in this Panelboard estimating

procedure are applicable to factory-assembled panelboards only. Do

not apply this pricing to ready-to-assemble panelboards.

Special features are listed in three major categories:

• Mains

• Branches

• Cabinets

Pricing Instructions

All special feature entry prices are list prices.

Price the panelboard in the standard manner, then add for any special

features required to obtain the total price.

Certain features already appear in the Q2C or EQM panelboard

quotation system. For those features not listed in the quotation system,

enter the information as it appears in this publication with the

appropriate price in the “Other Special Features” screen in Q2C or

EQM. Follow the example below:

Metric Conversion

Inches (in.) x 25.4 = millimeters (mm).

I-Line™ Panelboards Factory Assembled Pricing

Table 4.1: Basic $ Price – Main Circuit Breaker

Panel Type No.

Poles

Main Circuit Breakera

400 A 600 A

LXbLEbLXIbLXbLEbLXIb

HCP, HCP-SU 210976.00 15232.00 19944.00 14312.00 17078.00 29878.00

312132.00 17944.00 22734.00 17822.00 20590.00 33390.

aWhen required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Digest Table 9.125.

bStd. construction back-fed main.

Quantity Description $ Price

1 Corbin Locks 704.00

Table 4.2: Micrologic LE, LX and LXI Branch Circuit Breakers (See Digest pages 7-7 for interrupting rating,

voltage rating, Fed. Specs. etc.)

Circuit

Breaker

Ampere

Circuit

Breaker

3 pole 2 pole 1 pole

240 V 480 Vac

250 Vdc 600 V Space

only H240 V

480 Vac

250 Vdc

480 Vac

250 Vdc

Space

only H120 V277 V

277 Vac

125 Vdc

Space

only H

Micrologic™ Circuit Breakers (% Rated)

100–250 A

LX (80%)c

— — 10100.00

456.00 7.5

— — 7580.00

456.00 7.5

——— ——

300–400 A — — 10400.00 — — 9240.00 — — — — —

450–600 A — — 15566.00 — — 12056.00 — — — — —

100–250 A

LXI (80%)c

— — 16556.00

456.00 7.5

— — 13666.00

456.00 7.5

——— ——

300–400 A — — 21002.00 — — 18212.00 — — — — —

450–600 A — — 31134.00 — — 27622.00 — — — — —

100–250 A LE

(100%)c

— — 14544.00 456.00 7.5 — — 10740.00 456.00 7.5 ——— ——

300–400 A — — 16212.00 — — 13500.00 — — — — —

450–600 A LE (80%)c— — 18334.00 456.00 7.5 — — 14820.00 456.00 7.5 ——— ——

Table 4.3: LE, LX & LXI Micrologic Trip Units

LE LX and LXI

LI - Std —

LSI - $4670.00 Standard

LIG - $4670.00 —

LSIG - $9340.00 $12,880.00

Table 4.4: D-Frame (600 A 480 Vac) 3P 50/60 Hz circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Units

Electronic

Trip Unit

Type

Trip

Function Trip Unit Continuous

Currenta

G Interrupting J Interrupting L Interrupting

Terminal Wire Ratings

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

Standard

LS STR23SP

150 A DGA34150E20

5631.00

DJA34150E20

9028.00

DLA34150E20

10468.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al250 A DGA34250E20 DJA34250E20 DLA34250E20

400 A DGA34400E20 DJA34400E20 DLA34400E20

600 A DGA34600E20 8865.00 DJA34600E20 12262.00 DLA34600E20 13702.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

LSI STR53UP-b

150 A DGA34150E53

6750.00

DJA34150E53

10147.00

DLA34150E53

11587.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al250 A DGA34250E53 DJA34250E53 DLA34250E53

400 A DGA34400E53 DJA34400E53 DLA34400E53

600 A DGA34600E53 9984.00 DJA34600E53 13381.00 DLA34600E53 14821.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

Ammeter LSI STR53-UPFIb

150 A DGA34150E58

8211.00

DJA34150E58

11608.00

DLA34150E58

13048.00 (1) 2–600 Cu or (1) 2– 500 Al250 A DGA34250E58 DJA34250E58 DLA34250E58

400 A DGA34400E58 DJA34400E58 DLA34400E58

600 A DGA34600E58 114445.00 DJA34600E58 14842.00 DLA34600E58 16282.00 (2) 2/0–350 Cu or (2) 2/0–500 Al

aD-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated, 600 A is standard (80%) rated only

bF = Fault Indicator, I = Ammeter

Table 4.5: DG, DJ, DL Electronic Trip Units

Standard Ammeter

LS Standard —

LSI 1130.00 1476.00

LSIG — —

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Mains and Branches

Mains

Metering—Type 1 Enclosures Only (1200 A Maximum)

Enclosures and Interiors are shipped fully assembled.

NQ, NF and Powerlink™ require a 7-inch left side gutter extension and a 6-inch main end

extension for PowerLogic Power Meter applications.

7-inch side gutter extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $960.00

6-inch main end extension, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428.00

I-Line™ and QMB require a 14-inch side gutter extension for PowerLogic Circuit Monitor

and Power Meter applications.

Current Transformers In Mains (ac only and line side only)a

Prices listed are based on transformers having a 5 A secondary and mounted under a

separate cover. Apply appropriate charge from the table below

Customer Equipment Spacea

NOTE: End user must specify end use equipment to be installed.

Available with NQ, and NF lighting panelboards only. Must be opposite the mains end, both

main breaker and main lug, to prevent interference with incoming cables. Customer

equipment space is not available with thru-feed lugs or sub-feed breakers.

18-inch space only with separate door, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 992.00

A barrier exists between the equipment space and the panelboard compartment; a separate

door is provided as standard (requires 18-inch additional enclosure height).

NOTE: A separate door is not supplied in NEMA 3R/12 construction.

aFeature supported by product selectors in Q2C and EQM.

bFor NQ, and NF panelboards.

Branches

Keyed Interlocks

NOTE: Not available for use in NQ, NF or I-Line™ HCN panelboards with door. Not

available on I-Line™ with door when key interlocked MG/MJ/P/R frame branch-

mounted circuit breakers are installed. Must use 4-piece trim or NEMA 3R/12.

Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuits is available on request. Individual

locks are furnished for each circuit. All locks operate by one key, which can be removed

only when the circuit is locked in the desired position.

I-Line Circuit Breakers—A 3-inch filler adjacent to the circuit is necessary for mounting the

interlock; contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance with power

distribution panelboards with doors. Feature not available on vertically mounted main circuit

breaker.

To the standard panelboard pricing, per interlock, add . . . . . . . . . . $1940.00

QMB Fusible Switches—Available on 100 A singles (100 A single QMB requires 9 inches of

mounting space) through 800 A switches plus LA circuit breaker adapters. Requires

3 inches of branch mounting space per switch for interlock installation.

Per interlock, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1940.00

Motor Operators—I-Line Circuit Breakers Only

Motor operators provide remote open, close, and reset control of molded case circuit

breakers. Price panelboard from the latest Digest, and, for each motor operator, add per

table below. In I-Line panelboards, motor operators require 4.5 inches of circuit breaker

mounting space. This can be provided on I-Line main circuit breaker only when the main is

branch-mounted and back-fed.

NOTE: Not available in I-Line HCN Panelboards

Table 4.6: Current Transformers

Primary Amperes

(5 A—Secondary)

$ Price Per

C/T

Additional Enclosure

Height Required b

100–1200 1804.00 6 inches

Table 4.7: Motor Operators

Circuit Breaker Type Motor Operator Voltage $ Price Each

F--frame 120 Vac 1198.00

H-frame (3P modules only) 48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac;

24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc 1198.00

J-frame 48/60, 110/130, 208/277, 380/480 Vac;

24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 250 Vdc 2975.00

LA, LH 120 Vac 3908.00

PG, PJ, PL 48, 110/130, 220/240, 380/480 Vac;

24/30, 48/60, 110/130, 200/250 Vdc 4450.00

NOTE: If the customer is not supplying the motor operator voltage, a control transformer

can be supplied (priced separately)

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Increased Enclosure Depth

Type 1 Enclosure a

For 8-inch depth (HC26), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $640.00

For 12-inch depth (HC32, 42, 44—12-inch only), add . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640.00

Type 3R, 5, or 12 Enclosure a

For 8-inch or 12-inch depth, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690.00

NOTE: No other depths are available.

Increased Side Gutters

(Type 1 Enclosures Only)

NOTE: Available on MH enclosures (right or left) in 3,

6 and 12-inch added widths, 26-inch wide HC

enclosures up to a maximum of 14 additional

inches and 32-inch wide HC enclosures up to

a maximum of 10 additional inches.

Not available on 42-inch wide HC enclosures.

No barrier will be supplied unless specified.

Includes one-piece trim.

Provide extended side gutters.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1508.00

Steel Barrier in Enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410.00

NOTE: The enclosure will be extended on one side

only. If extension is required on both sides,

contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for assistance.

Extended Top and Bottom End Gutters

NOTE: Available for Type 1 enclosures only

Type MH Enclosures

6-inch, 12-inch, 18-inch or 24-inch extension. Includes

one-piece trim.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

Type HCN, HCM Enclosures

9-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and

enclosure extension cover.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

Type HCP, HCR-U Enclosures

12-inch extension. Includes standard panel trim and

enclosure extension cover.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

Type QMB Enclosures

38-inch W x 11.5-inch D may have a 6-inch maximum

increased end gutter. This is the only QMB enclosure with

an increased end gutter option. Available only with a

four-piece trim.

Add per panelboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1214.00

For lengths other than those listed above, refer to the

Wireway section on page 4-8.

Drip Hoods a

For each surface-mounted-only panelboard, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $294.00

Special Finishes

NOTE: The standard finish of the enclosure fronts is

ANSI 49. The enclosures are galvanized steel.

ANSI 49 Enclosure a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00

ANSI 61 Front or Enclosure a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700.00

Front and Enclosure with Polyester Acrylic

Powder Paint Finish

Provides increased salt spray performance in coastal

areas and increased resistance to UV fading.

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1350.00

Special or Custom Paint for Trim and/or

Enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4400.00

Free-standing Enclosures (welded base

channels) c

Supports extending out front and back, welded to bottom

of enclosure

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 876.00

Special Trims

Hinged Trim a

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646.00

Hinged Trim with Outer Door Lock

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 846.00 b

NOTE: Outer door lock, must be priced with hinged

trim.

For door-in-door trim, use hinged trim with

outer door lock.

Stainless Steel Trim Fronts a

NQ 20-inch-wide flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00

NF flush and surface, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4200.00

I-Line™ HCN—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14800.00

I-Line HCM—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14800.00

I-Line HCP—Standard trim with door, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15400.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

b$846.00 price includes a hinged trim with an integrated outer door lock.

cNot available on NEMA 3R/12 I-Line™ and QMB.

MH38 Enclosure

with 6-inch Increased

Left-side Gutter

MH38 Enclosure with

12-inch Extended

Bottom End Gutter

and One-Piece Trim

Hinged Trim

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Padlock Hasp

For hasp, staple and standard lock (padlock not included)

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $600.00

Special Locks

On trim with a 3-point latch, special locks will be installed as a secondary latch. Special

locks include Corbin 60, Corbin 15767, GE 75, Yale® 511S and Best 5L7RL2-626. For all

other locks, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

Standard key change, Corbin 60, Corbin 15767 or GE 75, adda. . . . 704.00

Standard key change, Yale 511S, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700.00

Standard key change, Best 5L7RL2-626, adda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1500.00

Quarter turn fasteners

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584.00

NOTE: Special locks for all HC trims and NF panelboards with three-point latches, will

be installed as secondary locks. Special locks are not available on I-Line™

42-inch and 44-inch wide panelboards or QMB type panelboards.

NOTE: Many key configurations can be accommodated with our standard Square D™

brand lock. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Multi-Section Panels

Equal-Height Enclosuresa

NQ, and NF, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1688.00

I-Line or QMB, add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2198.00

Common Trim in Place of Two Individual Fronts a

Used to cover two equal-height enclosures mounted side-by-side.

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2334.00

Sheared on Inside Edges

Allows enclosures to be butted together.

Add per panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1644.00

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

NC38S with

Padlock Hasp

NC38S with

Yale Lock Installed

Corbin 15767 Lock

Common Trim Front for Use with Multiple-Section

Panelboards Mounted Side-By-Side

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Panel Skirt for Standard Width Panelboards a

Panel skirts are intended for cosmetic purposes only; they are meant to hide cables which are enclosed in conduit.

Do not use a panel skirt as a wireway; see the Wireway section below.

NOTE: Panel skirts are for Type 1 surface-mounted applications with standard depth and width,

Square D™ brand enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Wireway a

Allows for terminating conduit in the wireway endwall. Only the cable passes through the wireway into the panelboard

enclosure. Includes trim and wireway cover.

NOTE: Wireway is for Type 1, surface-mounted applications with standard depth

and width, Square D™ brand enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Table 4.8: Panel Skirts

Skirt Length

$ Price

NQ, NF I-Line™, QMB

4–60 inches 912.00 1298.00

61–92 inches 1142.00 1908.00

Table 4.9: Wireway

Wireway Length

$ Price

NQ, NF I-Line™, QMB

4–60 inches 1014.00 1482.00

61–92 inches 1264.00 2160.00

Panel skirt framework

to be bolted to the wall. Panel skirt bolted

in place below

an MH26 enclosure.

Panel skirt

completely

installed.

MH38 enclosure with

12-inch wireway and

Mono-Flat™ trim with

12-inch wireway cover.

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Panels to Fit Existing Enclosures

Panelboard interiors and special fronts can be furnished to fit existing enclosures. First, price the complete panel along

with the appropriate price adder from below. Next, photocopy the Retrofit Existing Enclosure data sheet found on

page 4-14, record the required dimensions on the photocopy and forward it with your order to the nearest Schneider

Electric sales office. For interiors requiring vented enclosures, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for

assistance.

NOTE: Existing enclosure depth on flush installations must be measured from inside surface of enclosure to outer

wall or plaster surface.

Special Fronts

Existing enclosure the same depth as or deeper than our standard.

Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1040.00

NOTE: Elevating brackets to be supplied by customer for existing enclosures deeper than our standard.

Existing enclosure shallower than our standard. Requires an enclosure extension (surface applications) or

a formed front (flush applications). A hinged trim front option is not available for these applications.

Add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2080.00

NOTE: A formed front is available on NQ (225 A max.) and, NF (250 A max.). When a flush front is required for an

existing enclosure that is shallower than our standard, be sure to indicate the position of the enclosure with

respect to the wall in which it is mounted. This is required in order to determine whether an enclosure

extension with a flat front should be supplied, or whether a flush formed front is more applicable. The

interior must be centered in the enclosure and, if the enclosure is deeper than our standard, the interior

must be leveled within the enclosure. The existing enclosure for NQ and, NF panels cannot be more than

3.0 inches shorter than the standard enclosure. Minimum width is 17 inches. Special trims that are

manufactured to fit an existing enclosure will be within ± 0.25 inches of the specification. Refer to the table

below for standard enclosure depths and for the maximum depth for which no special mounting brackets

are required.

Space Heater

NOTE: Enclosure, interior and trim ship fully assembled. 120 V is standard. Top feed applications only.

NQ and NF require 18 inches equipment space in NEMA 3R/12 constructions.

NQ and NF require 6 inch bottom end gutter in NEMA 1 construction.

Unwired (provisions for wiring to external source), add. . . . . . . . . . . . 800.00

Wired (with overcurrent device, thermostat), add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570.00

Table 4.10: Panelboard Enclosure Depths

Panelboard Type Standard

Enclosure Depth

Maximum Enclosure Depth

for which No Special

Mounting Brackets Required

NQ standard width—main lugs only 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

NQ standard width—main circuit breaker 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

NF 5.75 inches 5.75 inches

I-Line™—Maximum F, H or Q-frame branch circuit breaker 6.5 inches 7.25 inches

I-Line—Maximum J-frame branch circuit breaker 8.25 inches 9.0 inches

I-Line—Maximum P or R-frame branch circuit breaker 9.25 inches 10.25 inches

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Special Features Cabinets

Special Enclosures a

Type 1 Gasketed Enclosure (gasketing between front and enclosure)

20-inch maximum panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $494.00

Over 20-inch panel width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716.00

NOTE: For 250 A and below enclosures only.

aFeature supported by Product Selectors in Q2C and EQM.

Stainless Steel Enclosure (Type 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12; UL Listed)

NOTE: For #316 stainless steel, add 15% to the prices shown below.

NQ, and NF

For panelboard heights up to 41inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13564.00

For panelboard heights of 44–56 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17564.00

For panelboard heights of 59–80 inches, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21076.00

I-Line™

HCN and HCM, add. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36190.00

HCP, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42482.00

NOTE: 304 stainless, standard

QMB b

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47978.00

bNot available for QMB interiors over 800 A.

Fiberglass Enclosures (Type 4X, Non-Vented; UL Listed)

NQ, and NF

28-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6780.00

33-inch, 40-inch and 50-inch height, add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11482.00

I-Line and QMB

Add . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Not Available

Type 12 Door-In-Door Enclosures

Table 4.11: Available Enclosures

Interior Type

Enclosure Size $ Price

Adder

Height Width Depth

NQ a56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00

NF b56 inches 20 inches 6.5 inches 3826.00

I-Line (HCN) 92 inches 26 inches 9.5 inches 7278.00

I-Line (HCM) 91 inches 32 inches 11.5 inches 7854.00

I-Line (HCP) 68 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00

I-Line (HCP) 86 inches 42 inches 12.7 inches 9788.00

aNot available for NQ interiors over 225 A.

bNot available for NF interiors over 250 A.

I-Line Door-in-Door Enclosure

Access to Circuit Breaker Handles

Access to Wiring Gutters

PE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

NQ Merchandised

Panelboards

NQ Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD—240 Vac, 48 Vdc

Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0701

Table 4.12: Main Lug Interiors with SPD

Mains

Rating

Pole

Spaces Voltage Surge

Rating

Total Price Interior, Front,

Box and Adapter Kit

Interior Only (Order Branch

Circuit Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R/5/12

Enclosure e

Box

20 in. W x 5.75 in. D bMono-Flat™ Front Hinged Fronts 20 in. W x 6.5 in. D

Type 1 Type 3R, 5, 12 Catalog Number a$ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. c$ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

225 A 30 208Y/120 Vac

120,000 A 19269. 20686. NQ430L2TVS212 18594.

MH50 113. NC50( ) 729. NC50( )HR 912. MH50WP 2609.

19331. 20748. NQ430L2TVS212C 18655.

160,000 A 20909. 22222. NQ430L2TVS216 20283.

20966. 22278. NQ430L2TVS216C 20340.

225 A 42 208Y/120 Vac

120,000 A 19524. 20930. NQ442L2TVS212 18803.

MH56 113. NC56( ) 786. NC56( )HR 983. MH56WP 2652.

19584. 20990. NQ442L2TVS212C 18863.

160,000 A 21145. 22448. NQ442L2TVS216 20477.

21201. 22503. NQ442L2TVS216C 20533.

225 A 72d208Y/120 Vac 120,000 A 20451. 21802. NQ472L2TVS212 19649. MH62 113. NC62( ) 887. NC62( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685.

20554. 21906. NQ472L2TVS212C 19752.

400 A 42 208Y/120 Vac

120,000 A 20084. 21432. NQ442L4TVS212 19233.

MH68 113. NC68V( ) 948. NC68V( )HR 1185. MH68WP 2742.

20181. 21529. NQ442L4TVS212C 19330.

160,000 A 21663. 22912. NQ442L4TVS216 20875.

21754. 23003. NQ442L4TVS216C 20965.

400 A 72d208Y/120 Vac 120,000 A 21279. 22659. NQ472L4TVS212 20385. MH80 113. NC80V( ) 1001. NC80V( )HR 1245. MH80WP 2835.

21445. 22826. NQ472L4TVS212C 20552.

a“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.

bEmbossed mounting holes add a .25 inch standoff to back of MH box.

cAdd “F’’ for flush, “S’’ for surface.

dUse only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.

eEnclosure includes trim kit.

Table 4.13: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors with SPD

Mains

Rating

Pole

Spaces Voltage Surge

Rating

Total Price Interior,

Front, Box and

Adapter Kit a

Interior Only (Order Main

Circuit Breaker, Kit and

Branches Separately)

Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit Type 1 Enclosure Type 3R/5/12

Enclosure e

Kit Catalog

No. a

Price

Main Circuit

Breaker Frame

Box 20 in. W x

5.75 in. D c

Mono-Flat™

Front dHinged Fronts 20 in. W x

6.5 in.D

Type 1 Type

3R, 5, 12 Catalog Number b$ Price Cat. No. $Price Cat. No. $Price Cat. No. $Price Cat. No. $Price

225 A 30 208Y/120

Vac

120,000 A 18548. 19800. NQ430L2TVS212 17226.

NQMB2HJ

NQMB2Q

NQMB2KI

780.

HD/HG/HJ/HL

QB/QD/QG/QJ

MH62 113. NC62( ) 887. NC62( )HR 1109. MH62WP 2685.

18605. 19857. NQ430L2TVS212C 17283.

160,000 A 23321. 24668. NQ430L2TVS216 21894.

23382. 24734. NQ430L2TVS216C 21955.

225 A 42 208Y/120

Vac

120,000 A 18787. 20036. NQ442L2TVS212 17420.

780. MH68 113. NC68( ) 948. NC68( )HR 1185. MH68WP 2742.

18843. 20092. NQ442L2TVS212C 17475.

160,000 A 23580. 24928. NQ442L2TVS216 22103.

23640. 24988. NQ442L2TVS216C 22163.

225 A 72f208Y/120

Vac 120,000 A 19589. 20831. NQ472L2TVS212 18204. 780. MH74 113. NC74( ) 972. NC74( )HR 1215. MH74WP 2757.

19685. 20927. NQ472L2TVS212C 18299.

400 A 42 208Y/120

Vac

120,000 A 19225. 20504. NQ442L4TVS212 17818.

NQMB4LA 780. LA/LH

(LC is F/A only) MH80 113. NC80V( ) 1001. NC80V( )HR 1245. MH80WP 2835.

19315. 20594. NQ442L4TVS212C 17908.

160,000 A 24051. 25431. NQ442L4TVS216 22532.

24149. 25529. NQ442L4TVS216C 22630.

aSelect the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.

b“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.

cEmbossed mounting holes add a .25 inch standoff to back of MH box.

dAdd “F’’ for flush, “S’’ for surface.

eEnclosure includes trim kit.

fUse only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Ready-to-Install (RTI)

Merchandise

Miscellaneous Panelboard Accessories

Class 1630, 1640, 1660, 2110, 2120

Copper Equipment Ground Bars

Copper equivalents of our aluminum PK–GTA equipment

ground bars are available. These copper ground bars

accept #14–4 Cu only.

Field Installable I-Line™ Door Kits

Type 1 Door-in-Door (Hinged) Trim Fronts

Features

•Meets door-in-door specifications

•Provides continuous piano hinge

•Permits one-person maintenance

Table 4.14: Copper Ground Bars for NQOD and NF

Panelboards (see the Digest, Section 9

for NQ copper ground bar kits)

Maximum Number

of Circuits

Maximum

Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price

12 225 8010302651 35.00

18 225 8010302652 41.00

23 225 8010302653 57.00

27 400/600 PK27GTACU 75.00

Table 4.15: I-Line Door Kits

Panel Type Catalog No. a$ Price

HCN

HCN52D( ) 77.00

HCN65D ( ) 90.00

HCN74D ( ) 122.00

HCN83D ( ) 137.00

HCN92D ( ) 155.00

HCM

HCM48D ( ) 227.00

HCM64D ( ) 254.00

HCM73D ( ) 333.00

HCM91D ( ) 390.00

HCP

HCW50D 323.00

HCW59D 351.00

HCW68D 422.00

HCW86D 467.00

HCRU HCW86D 467.00

HCN/HCM Latch Bracket 80104-908-50 —

aAdd “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.

NOTE: HCRU door covers circuit breakers only, not entire box

Table 4.16: Hinged Trim

I-Line Fronts NQ and NF Fronts

Catalog No. a$ Price Catalog No. ab $ Price

HC2652T( )HR 720.00 NC26( )HR 620.00

HC2665T( )HR 926.00 NC32( )HR 657.00

HC2674T( )HR 1254.00 NC38( )HR 687.00

HC2683T( )HR 1557.00 NC44( )HR 830.00

HC2692T( )HR 1751.00 NC50( )HR 912.00

HC3248T( )HR 846.00 NC56( )HR 983.00

HC3264T( )HR 1109.00 NC62( )HR 1109.00

HC3273T( )HR 1514.00 NC68( )HR 1185.00

HC3291T( )HR 2129.00 NC74( )HR 1215.00

HC4250T( )HR 1298.00 NC80( )HR 1245.00

HC4259T( )HR 1448.00 NC86( )HR 1430.00

HC4268T( )HR 1841.00 NC50V( )HR 912.00

HC4286T( )HR 2351.00 NC56V( )HR 983.00

HC4486T( )HR 2351.00 NC62V( )HR 1109.00

——NC68V( )HR 1185.00

——NC74V( )HR 1215.00

——NC80V( )HR 1245.00

——NC86V( )HR 1430.00

aAdd “S” for surface or “F” for flush in place of the parentheses.

bFor welded metal directory, add “WMD” suffix to the end of the catalog

number and add $75.00 to the price.

Catalog No.

NC44SHR

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for

Standard Panelboards

Trim Clamps and Screws

Class 1600

Table 4.17: Trim Clamps and Screws

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQOD Panelboards:

Series E1 a 400 A and 600 A fronts

NEHB Panelboards:

Series E1 a 600 A fronts

I-Line Panelboards:

All Series E1 a fronts

LP9501 65.00

NQOD Panelboards:

All Series E1 a vented fronts and hinged fronts manufactured after July 1994.

NF Panelboards:

All vented fronts and hinged fronts.

NEHB Panelboards:

All Series E1 a hinged fronts manufactured after

July 1994.

I-Line and QMB Panelboards:

I-Line front with door manufactured after July 1994 but before August 1997; and

I-Line hinged fronts and QMB front with door manufactured after July 1994.

LP9502

(includes 8 trim screws

and captive hardware)

81.00

NQ and NQOD Panelboards:

Screws for all fronts through 225 A.

NF Panelboards:

Screws for all fronts through 250 A.

I-Line Panelboards:

4-piece trim and trim with door manufactured after July 1997.

QMB Panelboards:

Screws for 4-piece covers.

4020513001K

(package of 10) 3.80

I-Line Panelboards:

Panelboard deadfront screws for 4-piece trim manufactured after July 1994 but

before August 1997.

8002506701 0.80

aPanelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.

Catalog No.

PK1TC

Catalog No.

LP9501

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for

Standard Panelboards

Locks and Keys

Class 1600

Locks a

Keys

Table 4.18: Locks—Type 1 Enclosures

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQOD, NQO, and NQOB Panelboards

All fronts on enclosures up to and including 50-inch high and 53-inch

through 68-inch high vented trims

PK4FL (Before 01/06/97) 90.00

PK22FL (After 01/06/97 NQ or NQOD only)

All fronts on enclosures 56 inches high or higher, excluding 53-inch

through 68-inch high vented fronts

PK5FL (Before 11/01/99) 165.00

PK22FL (After 11/01/99 NQOD only) 90.00

NQ and NF Panelboards

All frontsc d with the exception of those for use on panels

using LC or LI main circuit breakers PK22FL 90.00

Fronts on enclosures 68 inches high or higher for panels using LC or LI

main circuit breakers PK5FL 165.00

I-Line Panelboards

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures up to 54 inches high PK4FL 90.00

HCN: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 63 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00

HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on 38-inch high enclosures PK4FL 90.00

HCM: Series 1 and 2 fronts on enclosures 47 inches high or higher PK5FL 165.00

I-Line Panelboards

HCW, HCWM: Series 1 and 2 fronts PK5FL 165.00

HCN: Series E1afronts on enclosures up to and including 74-inches

high

PK4FL (Before 11/14/97) 90.00

PK22FL (After 11/14/97) 90.00

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 04/05/02) 165.00

PK22FL (After 04/05/02) b90.00

HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 64 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 11/14/97) 165.00

PK22FL (After 11/14/97) b90.00

HCW, HCWM, HCWM-U, HCR-U: Series E1aFront PK5FL 165.00

I-Line Panelboards (4-piece trim with door kit)

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures up to and including 74 inches

high PK22FL 90.00

HCN: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 83 inches high or higher PK5FL (Before 02/22/02) 90.00

PK22FL (After 02/22/02) b90.00

HCM: Series E1a fronts on enclosures 73 inches high or higher PK22FL 90.00

HCP, HCR-U: Series E1a Front PK5FL 165.00

HCP-SU: Series E1a Front and HCP-SU Hinged Front PK22FL b90.00

aPanelboards that meet 1984 NEC® Wire Bending Space are Series E1.

bFronts require two locks.

cFronts 56 inches or higher on 250 A maximum interior require two locks.

dFront 74 inches or higher on 600 A maximum interior require two locks.

eOne NSR-251 key is included with each lock.

Table 4.19: Locks—Type 3R/12 Enclosures

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NQOD, NQO, NQOB, NF all enclosures Series E1 PK4NVL 167.00

NQ, NQOD, NF Series E2 8011604350 (one handle) 90.00

8011604351 (two handles) 159.00

I-Line and QMB Series E1 PK4NVL 167.00

I-Line and QMB Series E2 8012106350 75.00

I-Line—Handle for padlocking Series 1 and 2 3000711851 Order from the Raleigh, NC plant.

Stainless steel enclosures HSEM-3PLH 952.00

Catalog No. PK4FL and

PD22FL

Catalog No. PK5FL

Catalog No. PK4NVL Catalog No. 30007 11851

Catalog No.

LP9618

Table 4.20: Replacement Keys

Application Catalog No. $ Price

For use on all locks except those on stainless steel enclosures LP9618 28.80

Locks on stainless steel enclosures 80106-456-01 22.50

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

CTC Cabinets Wall Mounted Metering Equipment

Class 2730 / Refer to Handout 2730HO9401

Main Circuit Breaker and Current Transformer Compartment

Service Entrance Equipment Hot or Cold Sequence Metering, Top or Bottom Feed,

Indoor Construction at 600 Volts

General: Suitable for use as service entrance equipment on AC systems. Listed by

Underwriters’ Laboratories.

Service: 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, rated up to 600 Vac maximum.

Metering: a Current transformer compartment with provisions for installing bar type current

transformers. For window type current transformers, order bus link kit from Table 4.21.

Standard unit is factory assembled for bottom feed cold sequence or top feed hot sequence

metering applications. The unit is field convertible for bottom feed hot sequence or top feed

cold sequence metering. Refer to instruction bulletin 80105-113-0x, CTC Wall-Mounted

Metering Equipment, for field conversion details.

Mains: Main disconnects provided. 400-800 A: MJP. 1000-1200 A: PJP. Handle lock-off

attachment provided for main circuit breaker as standard.

Refer to Digest pages 7-36—7-42 for field installable accessories.

Enclosure: Front accessible, totally enclosed, gray baked enamel finish. Available as

indoor construction only. Dimensions—78 in. H x 26 in. W x 14.3 in. D.

aField conversion is the customer’s responsibility, only the standard configuration is built by the factory.

Note: Not EUSERC approved. For EUSERC approved Speed-D switchboards, see Digest pages 11-4 and 11-5.

Standard Unit Inverted Unit

Service Applications

Cold Sequence Metering

Standard Unit Inverted Unit

Bottom Feed Top Feed

Hot Sequence Metering

Standard Unit Inverted Unit

Top Feed Bottom Feed

Table 4.21: Product Selection Table

System Service

Voltage (AC)

Ampere Rating

of Main Catalog Number $ Price

1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W 600 V Max.

400 A CTC364CU 4680.

600 A CTC366CU 5870.

800 A CTC368CU 7603.

1000 A CTC3610CU 9730.

1200 A CTC3612CU 10944.

Bus link kit—used when installing window-type current transformers bSS4BLC 152.

Ground fault protection—factory-installed onlyc3145.

bKits required per 3Ø application:

400–600 A—Order one kit

800–1200 A—Order two kits

cMust specify feed (top or bottom) and sequence (hot or cold) at the time of order.

Ground fault protection—consists of ground fault relay, ground fault sensor, and display. Available only on 1000 A

and 1200 A units. The ground fault option adds 8 in. of height to the enclosure, making the total 86 in.

Table 4.22: Lug Table

Ampere

Rating

Main Circuit Breaker Lug

Wire RangedGround Lug

400 A (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

#6 AWG–300 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

800 A (3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

1000 A (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

1200 A (4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

dCT bus lugs and neutral lugs are identical to the main circuit breaker lugs.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

PANELBOARDS

Replacement Parts for Standard

Panelboards

Retrofit Existing Enclosure Data Sheet

The following dimensions are necessary for quotation and production of a panel to fit an

existing enclosure. Provide dimensions in inches only.

Existing Flush-Mounted Enclosures

•Height dimension “A”:

•Width dimension “B”:

•Depth dimension “C”:

•Flange width dimension “D”:

•If enclosure is not flush with Plaster Line, dimension “E”:

Existing Surface-Mounted Enclosures

•Height dimension “A”:

•Width dimension “B”:

•Depth dimension “C”:

•Flange dimension may be either dimension “D” or “F”

(select one)

— Dimension “D”:

— Dimension “F”:

NOTE: Trims are furnished so that the interior must be centered within the enclosure.

If the enclosure is deeper than the standard panelboard enclosure for the

required type of panelboard, customer-supplied mounting brackets may be

necessary to bring the interior out to the front of the enclosure.

If interior requires a vented enclosure, contact your nearest Schneider Electric

sales office for assistance.

This data sheet is also available on-line.

1. Go to http://intranet.us.schneider-electric.com

2. Click on U.S. Business, then select Sales & Marketing Home from the pulldown menu

3. On the Sales & Marketing page, select Support and Resources

4. On the Support and Resources page, select Mentor from the Tools options

5. On the Mentor page, select Mentor Order Quality from the Mentor Application options

6. When the Mentor order page appears, type in a project name in the Project Name: field, an

8-character number in the Q2C # field and your name in the Prepared by: field. Click on the box

next to Panelboards, and then click on the Next---> button at the top of the page.

7. On the Panelboards Mentor page, click on the box next to Trims to Fit, and then click on the

Next---> button at the top of the page.

8. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option.

9. When the Mentor document opens, click on the Trims to Fit Data Sheet link at the bottom of the

page.

10. When the File Download window appears, click on the Open option to display the data sheet, or

click the Save option to save the data sheet to your hard drive.

Data Sheet for Panelboards to Retrofit Existing Enclosures

Distributor:

Job Name:

Contractor:

Panel Marking:

Top View

Front View

Plaster Line

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

5-1

SWITCHBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 5

Switchboards

Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering

Switchboard Lineup

Speed-D™ Switchboards

EUSERC UCT,

Single Main Circuit Breaker with

I-Line Distribution Panel

EUSERC UCT,

Fusible Multiple Mains

Power-Style™ Commercial Multi-Metering (CMM) Switchboards

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits 5-2

Tenant Main Disconnects 5-3

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads 5-3

Speed-D™ Switchboards

Subfeed Circuit Breakers 5-4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

SWITCHBOARDS

Power-Style™ CMM

Switchboards

Replacement Parts

Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Meter Sockets, Covers, Hardware Kits

Meter socket kits include meter socket (ringless type or ring type—see tables below) and instruction bulletin. The

connection cables from the line bus to the meter socket and from the meter socket to the tenant main disconnect are

not included. These should be provided by the contractor.

For additional information or for custom applications, please contact your local Schneider Electric

representative. Or, visit us on the web at www.schneider-electric.us.

Table 5.1: EUSERC Meter Socket with Test Block Kit (Ring Type; Class 2756)

Voltage System Poles Description Catalog No. $ Price

Single-Phase 3-Phase

120/240 V, 208Y/120 V, or 240/120 V Delta

Old design: plug on to line side bus

CM522ABE —

1087.00

AC CM522ACE —

BC CM522BCE —

AC New design: lugs on line side CMLL522E —

208Y/120 V, 240/120 V Delta, or 480Y/277 V ABC Old design: plug on to line side bus — CM732E 1349.00

New design: lugs on line side — CMLL732E

Table 5.2: Lever Bypass Meter Socket (Ringless Type; Class 2755)

Voltage System Poles Description Catalog No. $ Price

Single-Phase 3-Phase

480Y/277 V ABC Old design: plug on to line side bus — 8024878850 2434.00

New design: lugs on line side — CMLL732 1349.00

Table 5.3: Cover and Hardware Kits

Description Tenant Main Structure Catalog No. $ Price

CMM Circuit Breaker Cover Kit a

Allows PowerPact™ H, J, and Q circuit

breakers to be installed in legacy

design CMM structures.

3-Socket CM3BKRCVR 137.00

6-Socket CM6BKRCVR 173.00

CMM Meter Cover Kit for EUSERC Applications

Includes meter cover, test block cover,

and hardware.

3-Socket CM7CR20ER 373.00

6-Socket CM7CR32ER 536.00

CMM Meter Cover Kit for Lever Bypass Applications

Meter socket cover CM7CR20Rb419.00

Blank cover CM20BLK b353.00

CMM Universal Hardware Kit

Required to add any tenant main disconnect. CMUHWKIT 58.00

aA new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q, H, or J circuit breaker to a legacy

design tenant metering structure. The new cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock

attachment for these circuit breakers.

bOrder point: PDS.

CM3BKRCVR

CM6BKRCVR

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

SWITCHBOARDS

Power-Style™ CMM

Switchboards

Replacement Parts

Class 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalog 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Tenant Main Disconnects

aTo complete the catalog number for these PowerPact F-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, or 100).

bA shunt trip is not available on PowerPact Q–frame circuit breakers.

cA new circuit breaker cover is required when adding a PowerPact Q-, H-, or J-frame circuit breaker to an old–design tenant metering structure. This new

cover has larger openings to accommodate the padlock attachment for these circuit breakers. See page 5-2 for ordering information.

dTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (110, 125, 150, 175, or 200).

eTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact H-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, or 150).

fTo complete the catalog number for PowerPact J-frame circuit breakers, replace xxx with the required ampacity (175 or 200).

Class T Fusible Pullouts, CMM Pullout Heads

a240 V fusible pullouts cannot be used on a Lever Bypass CMM. Only 480 V pullouts can be used.

bDiscount schedules: FTL3100 and FTL3200 = DE5; FTL43060, FTL43100, and FTL43200 = PE1A.

cDiscount schedule: DE5.

dOrder point: Lexington, KY.

Table 5.4: Circuit Breakers

(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)

Ampacity Catalog No. SCCR $ Price Load Lug Information

240 V 480 V

100 A F-frame Circuit Breaker

60 A FAL34060 25 kA 18 kA 521.00

#12 - 1/0 AWG Al or Cu

70–100 A FAL34xxx a616.00

60 A FHL36060 65 kA 25 kA 905.00

70–100 A FHL36xxx a1027.00

Padlock Attachment HPAFK —— 16.10 —

PowerPact™ Q-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (240 Vac) b c

110–200 A QDL32xxx d25 kA N/A 1189.00

#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu 110–200 A QGL32xxx d65 kA N/A 1628.00

110–200 A QJL32xxx d100 kA N/A 1864.00

Padlock Attachment QBPAF —— 51.50 —

PowerPact H-frame 150 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

60 A HDL36060

25 kA 18 kA

725.00

#4 - 3/0 kcmil Al or Cu

70–100 A HDL36xxx e885.00

110–150 A 1733.00

60 A HGL36060

65 kA 35 kA

995.00

70–100 A HGL36xxx e1134.00

110–150 A 2399.00

60 A HJL36060

100 kA 65 kA

1299.00

70–100 A HJL36xxx e1399.00

110–150 A 3449.00

60 A HLL36060

100 kA 100 kA

1899.00

70–100 A HLL36xxx e2099.00

110–150 A 4499.00

Padlock Attachment S37422 —— 51.00 —

PowerPact J-frame 250 A Circuit Breaker (600 Vac, 250 Vdc)

175–200 A JDL36xxx f25 kA 18 kA 1820.00

#4 - 300 kcmil Al or Cu

175–200 A JGL36xxx f65 kA 35 kA 2519.00

175–200 A JJL36xxx f100 kA 65 kA 3621.00

175–200 A JLL36xxx f100 kA 100 kA 4724.00

Padlock Attachment S37422 —— 51.00 —

Table 5.5: Class T Fusible Pullouts (Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT Required)

(Universal Hardware Kit CMUHWKIT required; see page 5-2 for ordering information.)

Ampacity Catalog No. SCCR $ Price bWire Size Al or Cu

240 V a480 V

100 A FTL3100 100 kA N/A 1000.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG

200 A FTL3200 100 kA N/A 1045.00 #4 - 250 kcmil

60 A FTL43060 N/A 100 kA 839.00 #14 - #2

100 A FTL43100 N/A 100 kA 840.00 #14 - 1/0 AWG

200 A FTL43200 N/A 100 kA 1877.00 1/0 AWG - 300 kcmil

Table 5.6: CMM Pullout Heads

Mains Pullout Head

(No Base)

Catalog No.

$ Price c

Voltage System Rating (A) Poles

1Ø3W 120/240 V

3Ø4W 240/120 V Delta

3Ø4W 208Y/120 V

100 3 4050707050 d196.00

200 3 4050705950 d288.00

3Ø4W 480Y/277 V

60 3 — —

100 3 — —

200 3 — —

DE5 PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

SWITCHBOARDS

Speed-D™ Switchboards Service Selection

Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101

Merchandised Speed-D Switchboards

Table 5.7: Subfeed Circuit Breakers ab

Description

Ratin

(A)

2-Polec

$ Price

3-Pole

$ PriceCatalog No. Catalog No.

Left Right Left Right

Subfeed Circuit Breaker Kit—

Price includes circuit breaker,

connectors and mounting hardware.

The complete kit, mounting

hardware, circuit breaker and

connectors will be shipped direct

from plant.

100 SASFB100L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB100L SASFB100R 2055.00

110 SASFB110L( )SASFB110R( ) 1148.00 SASFB110L SASFB110R 2055.00

125 SASFB125L( )SASFB100R( ) 1148.00 SASFB125L SASFB125R 2055.00

150 SASFB150L( )SASFB150R( ) 1148.00 SASFB150L SASFB150R 2055.00

175 SASFB175L( )SASFB175R( ) 1148.00 SASFB175L SASFB175R 2055.00

200 SASFB200L( )SASFB200R( ) 1148.00 SASFB200L SASFB200R 2055.00

225 SASFB225L( )SASFB225R( ) 1148.00 SASFB225L SASFB225R 2055.00

aCannot use subfeed circuit breaker kit with multiple mains service section switchboards.

bFor use on all Speed-D switchboards except Series E4.

cTwo pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix (e.g.

SASFB100LAC).

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

6-1

TRANSFORMERS

Table of Contents

Section 6

Transformers

Dry Type, General Purpose

see page 6-2

K-Rated

see page 6-3

Type EO

see page 6-6

460R Voltage Transformer

see page 6-8

270R Split-Core

Current Transformer

see page 6-11

66R Current Transformer

see page 6-8

260R Rectangular Window

Current Transformer

see page 6-11

General Purpose, Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below

Three-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers 6-2

Single-Phase, Energy Efficient Transformers 6-2

K-Rated Transformers 6-3

Drive Isolation Transformers 6-4

Open Core and Coil 6-5

Industrial Control

Type E O Tran s fo r mer s 6-6

Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers 6-7

Instrument, 600 Volt Class

Voltage and Current Transformers 6-8

Torroidal Current Transformers 6-9

Shorting Terminal Blocks 6-10

Multi-Ratio Current Transformers 6-11

Rectangular Window Current Transformers 6-11

Split Core Current Transformers 6-11

Bushing Current Transformers 6-12

Auxiliary Current Transformers 6-12

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose Dry

Type 600 Volts and Below

Energy Efficient

Class 7400

Schneider Electric offers Assembled in the U.S., energy efficient, low voltage transformers that are ideal for American

Reinvestment and Recovery Act (ARRA) applications.

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.

cContact the factory.

dWhen 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below.

Table 6.1: Three Phase

kVA Catalog No. $ Price

Full

Capacity

Taps

Degree

C Temp.

Rise

Weight

(lbs) a

Enclosure ab

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Aluminum Windings

15 EE15T3HDM 5,044.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 220 17D

30 EE30T3HDM 6,632.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 260 17D

45 EE45T3HDM 7,980.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 368 18D

75 EE75T3HDM 12,023.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 585 20D

112.5 EE112T3HDM 16,017.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 620 21D

150 EE150T3HDM 20,908.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 835 22D

225 EE225T3HDM 27,873.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1110 24D

300 EE300T3HDM 35,743.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1350 25D

500 EE500T68HDM 49,987.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 1875 30D

750 EE750T68HDM 96,660.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2965 31D

1000 EE1000T77HDM 155,217.00 2–5%1+1– 150 5200 c

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Copper Windings

15 EE15T3HCUDM 8,072.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 310 17D

30 EE30T3HCUDM 10,611.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 17D

45 EE45T3HCUDM 12,767.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 418 18D

75 EE75T3HCUDM 19,237.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 642 20D

112.5 EE112T3HCUDM 25,627.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 725 21D

150 EE150T3HCUDM 33,452.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 915 22D

225 EE225T3HCUDM 44,598.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1125 24D

300 EE300T3HCUDM 57,189.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1535 25D

500 EE500T68HCUDM 79,978.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 2350 30D

750 EE750T68HCUDM 154,657.00 4–2.5%2+2– 150 3485 31D

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Aluminum Windings

15 EE15T3HFDM 6,222.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 220 17D

30 EE30T3HFDM 9,334.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 368 18D

45 EE45T3HFDM 11,235.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 585 20D

75 EE75T3HFDM 16,924.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 620 21D

112.5 EE112T3HFDM 22,546.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 835 22D

150 EE150T3HFDM 29,431.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 980 24D

225 EE225T3HFDM 39,235.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1349 25D

300 EE300T68HFDM 50,040.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 2050 30D

500 EE500T68HFDM 69,981.00 6–2.5%2+2– 115 2330 30D

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Copper Windings

15 EE15T3HFCUDM 9,956.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 260 17D

30 EE30T3HFCUDM 14,934.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 420 18D

45 EE45T3HFCUDM 17,975.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 642 20D

75 EE75T3HFCUDM 27,078.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 675 20D

112.5 EE112T3HFCUDM 36,073.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 741 21D

150 EE150T3HFCUDM 47,090.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1050 22D

225 EE225T3HFCUDM 62,775.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 1220 24D

300 EE300T68HFCUDM 80,065.00 6–2.5%2+4– 115 2300 30D

500 EE500T68HFCUDM 111,971.00 6–2.5%2+2– 115 2409 30D

Table 6.1: Three Phase

kVA Catalog No. $ Price

Full

Capacity

Taps

Degree

Temp.

Rise

Weight

(lbs) a

Enclosure ab

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Aluminum Windings

15 EE15T3HBDM 6,789.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 220 17D

30 EE30T3HBDM 10,184.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 368 18D

45 EE45T3HBDM 12,255.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 585 20D

75 EE75T3HBDM 18,463.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 620 21D

112.5 EE112T3HBDM 24,595.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 835 22D

150 EE150T3HBDM 31,540.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 980 24D

225 EE225T3HBDM 42,801.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1349 25D

300 EE300T68HBDM 55,401.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 2400 30D

500 EE500T68HBDM 77,480.00 6–2.5%2+2– 80 2964 31D

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed,

Copper Windings

15 EE15T3HBCUDM 10,862.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 260 17D

30 EE30T3HBCUDM 16,294.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 418 18D

45 EE45T3HBCUDM 19,607.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 642 20D

75 EE75T3HBCUDM 29,540.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 725 21D

112.5 EE112T3HBCUDM 39,352.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 910 21D

150 EE150T3HBCUDM 50,465.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1125 24D

225 EE225T3HBCUDM 68,481.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 1425 24D

300 EE300T68HBCUDM 88,641.00 6–2.5%2+4– 80 2400 30D

500 EE500T68HBCUDM 123,968.00 6–2.5%2+2– 80 2578 30D

Table 6.2: Single Phase

kVA Catalog No. $ Price Full Capacity

Taps d

Degree

C Temp.

Rise

Weigh

t (lbs)

Enclosure ab

240 X 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz, cULus Listed

through 167 kVA

15 EE15S3HDM 3,932.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 215 17D

25 EE25S3HDM 5,313.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 275 17H

37.5 EE37S3HDM 7,084.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 340 18H

50 EE50S3HDM 8,616.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 395 18H

75 EE75S3HDM 11,684.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 619 21D

100 EE100S3HDM 19,316.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 682 22D

167 EE167S3HDM 22,186.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 982 24D

250 EE250S3HDM 45,871.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1060 25D

333 EE333S3HDM 57,070.00 6–2.5%2+4– 150 1854 31D

PE2E Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose Dry

Type 600 Volts and Below

K-Rated

Class 7400

EE NL and NLP Series Transformers

•Three-phase dry type transformers,

480 Delta—208Y/120

•Aluminum or copper windings

•Electrostatic shield

•Class 220 insulation

•Double size neutral terminal for additional

customer neutral cables

•Additional coil capacity to compensate

for higher non-linear load loss

•cULus Listed

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.

NOTE: Available with other temperature rises via the Schneider Electric

Product Selector.

Lugs are furnished by customer.

Table 6.3: NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load

Service—K-4 Rated; 150 °C Rise

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price Taps

Weight

(lbs)

Enclosure ab

Aluminum Windings

15 EE15T3HISNL 5,253.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 266 17D

30 EE30T3HISNL 7,880.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 360 18D

45 EE45T3HISNL 9,484.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 515 20D

75 EE75T3HISNL 14,287.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 560 21D

112.5 EE112T3HISNL 19,033.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 800 22D

150 EE150T3HISNL 24,845.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1150 24D

225 EE225T3HISNL 34,567.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1349 25D

300 EE300T68HISNL 47,885.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2125 30D

500 EE500T68HISNL 66,168.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2595 31D

Copper Windings

15 EE15T3HISCUNL 8,405.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 260 17D

30 EE30T3HISCUNL 12,608.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 395 18D

45 EE45T3HISCUNL 15,174.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 730 20D

75 EE75T3HISCUNL 22,859.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 640 20D

112.5 EE112T3HISCUNL 30,453.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 935 22D

150 EE150T3HISCUNL 39,752.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1300 24D

225 EE225T3HISCUNL 55,307.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1450 24D

300 EE300T68HISCUNL 76,616.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2450 25D

Table 6.4: NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear

Load Service—K-13 Rated; 150 °C Rise

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price Taps

Weight

(lbs)

Enclosure ab

Aluminum Windings

15 EE15T3HISNLP 5,976.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 261 17D

30 EE30T3HISNLP 8,963.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 365 18D

45 EE45T3HISNLP 10,789.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 415 20D

75 EE75T3HISNLP 17,876.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 535 21D

112.5 EE112T3HISNLP 21,650.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 750 22D

150 EE150T3HISNLP 28,261.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 755 24D

225 EE225T3HISNLP 38,507.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 775 25D

300 EE300T68HISNLP 51,295.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2350 30D

500 EE500T68HISNLP 71,277.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 3150 31D

Copper Windings

15 EE15T3HISCUNLP 9,562.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 260 17D

30 EE30T3HISCUNLP 14,341.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 430 18D

45 EE45T3HISCUNLP 17,262.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 730 20D

75 EE75T3HISCUNLP 28,602.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 640 20D

112.5 EE112T3HISCUNLP 34,640.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 985 22D

150 EE150T3HISCUNLP 45,218.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1135 24D

225 EE225T3HISCUNLP 61,611.00 6–2.5% 2+4– 1477 25D

300 EE300T68HISCUNLP 82,072.00 4–2.5% 2+2– 2650 30D

PE2E Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose Dry

Type 600 Volts and Below

Drive Isolation

Class 7400

Drive Isolation Transformers

Special design considerations must be made for the requirements of both adjustable frequency and dc motor drive

power isolation. Allowance for high surge, harmonic and offset currents are taken into account in the design of

Square D™ brand drive isolation transformers. Drive isolation transformers are not shielded isolation transformers, but

act to lessen transient generation into the supply power and act as a buffer for SCR current surges.

aNot for construction. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales

office for certified prints.

bFor enclosure styles, see the dimensions table in Digest Section 14.

NOTE: Lugs are furnished by customer.

Table 6.5: Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B

(IEEE Standard 597-1983);

460 V Delta Primary

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price Full Capacity

Taps

Weight

(lbs) a

Enclosure

460 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise

7.5 7T145HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

11 11T145HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

15 15T145HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 17D

20 20T145HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 17D

27 27T145HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 17D

34 34T145HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 18D

40 40T145HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 18D

51 51T145HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 20D

63 63T145HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 20D

75 75T145HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 20D

93 93T145HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 22D

118 118T145HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 22D

145 145T145HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 22D

175 175T145HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 25D

220 220T145HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 25D

275 275T145HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 25D

330 330T145HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 25D

440 440T145HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 30D

550 550T145HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 30D

460 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise

7.5 7T144HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

11 11T144HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

15 15T144HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 17D

20 20T144HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 17D

27 27T144HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 17D

34 34T144HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 18D

40 40T144HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 18D

51 51T144HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 20D

63 63T144HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 20D

75 75T144HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 20D

93 93T144HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 22D

118 118T144HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 22D

145 145T144HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 22D

175 175T144HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 25D

220 220T144HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 25D

275 275T144HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 25D

330 330T144HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 25D

440 440T144HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 30D

550 550T144HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 30D

Table 6.6: Three-Phase 60 Hz; Class B

(IEEE Standard 597-1983);

230 V Delta Primary

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price Full Capacity

Taps

Weight

(lbs) a

Enclosure

230 V Delta Primary, 460Y/265 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise

7.5 7T143HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

11 11T143HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

15 15T143HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 17D

20 20T143HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 17D

27 27T143HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 17D

34 34T143HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 18D

40 40T143HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 18D

51 51T143HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 20D

63 63T143HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 20D

75 75T143HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 20D

93 93T143HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 22D

118 118T143HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 22D

145 145T143HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 22D

175 175T143HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 25D

220 220T143HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 25D

275 275T143HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 25D

330 330T143HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 25D

440 440T143HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 30D

550 550T143HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 30D

230 V Delta Primary, 230Y/132 V Secondary, 150 °C Rise

7.5 7T142HDIT 4,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

11 11T142HDIT 5,302.00 2–5%1 + 1– 180 17D

15 15T142HDIT 5,464.00 2–5%1 + 1– 190 17D

20 20T142HDIT 6,550.00 2–5%1 + 1– 210 17D

27 27T142HDIT 6,722.00 2–5%1 + 1– 250 17D

34 34T142HDIT 7,392.00 2–5%1 + 1– 295 18D

40 40T142HDIT 8,406.00 2–5%1 + 1– 350 18D

51 51T142HDIT 9,830.00 2–5%1 + 1– 445 20D

63 63T142HDIT 10,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 465 20D

75 75T142HDIT 12,500.00 2–5%1 + 1– 550 20D

93 93T142HDIT 16,026.00 2–5%1 + 1– 845 22D

118 118T142HDIT 17,848.00 2–5%1 + 1– 920 22D

145 145T142HDIT 20,014.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1025 22D

175 175T142HDIT 23,096.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1120 25D

220 220T142HDIT 28,228.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1200 25D

275 275T142HDIT 37,720.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1500 25D

330 330T142HDIT 39,694.00 2–5%1 + 1– 1390 25D

440 440T142HDIT 48,660.00 2–5%1 + 1– 2700 30D

550 550T142HDIT 60,456.00 2–5%1 + 1– 3800 30D

PE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose Dry

Type 600 Volts and Below

Open Core and Coil

Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT9601

Open Core and Coil Transformers Designed for General

Applications for 600 V and Below

Units are designed with 220 °C insulation, aluminum windings, top terminations, compact

design to save space, and are UL component recognized for:

•Non-energy efficiency (less than 15 kVA)

Single-phase 5–10 VA

Three-phase 3–9 VA

•Energy efficiency (meets Table 4-2 of NEMA TP1–2002)

Single-phase 15–75 kVA

Three-phase 15–112.5 kVA

aNot for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.

bWhen 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps, 1 above and 2 below.

cNot for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for certified prints.

dDimensions may vary due to manufacturing process.

Figure 1

Figure 2

Table 6.7: Single-Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers—240 X 480 V Primary,

120/240 V Secondary, 60 Hz

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Deg.

Temp.

Rise

Full Capacity

Taps

Dimensions a

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

ABC DEd

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

55S1HFOC 2868.00 115 — 8.00 203 9.00 229 11.00 279 8.00 203 8.00 203 66 1

7.5 7S1HFOC 3062.00 115 — 8.00 203 9.00 229 14.25 362 8.00 203 8.50 216 80 1

10 10S1HFOC 3396.00 115 — 20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2

15 EE15S3HOC 3072.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–d20.50 521 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 4.25 108 140 2

25 EE25S3HOC 4151.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b20.25 514 18.5 470 14.00 356 17.0 432 5.00 127 200 2

37.5 EE37S3HOC 5534.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 5.50 140 255 2

50 EE50S3HOC 6731.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.00 559 18.5 470 18.00 457 17.0 432 6.50 165 310 2

75 EE75S3HOC 9128.00 150 6–2.5% 2+4–b22.25 565 28.0 711 22.00 559 27.0 686 8.50 216 460 2

Figure 3

Table 6.8: Three Phase Open Core and Coil Transformers

kVA Catalog

No. $ Price

Degree

Temp.

Rise

Dimensions c

Weight

(lbs)

Figure

AB C DEd

in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm

480 V to 208Y/120

99T3HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3

15 EE15T3HOC 4532.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 145 3

30 EE30T3HOC 6799.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3

45 EE45T3HOC 6234.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 285 3

75 EE75T3HOC 9393.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 26.94 684 6.75 171 450 3

112.5 EE112T3HOC 12513.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 26.94 684 6.75 171 460 3

240 V to 208Y/120

99T67HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

15 EE15T67HOC 4434.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

30 EE30T67HOC 5828.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 185 3

45 EE45T67HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 295 3

75 EE75T67HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.38 162 450 3

112.5 EE112T67HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.38 162 460 3

600 V to 208Y/120

99T65HFOC 3424.00 115 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

15 EE15T65HOC 5122.00 150 14.75 375 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.13 130 165 3

30 EE30T65HOC 7683.00 150 16.50 419 18.50 470 14.00 356 17.00 432 5.88 149 215 3

45 EE45T65HOC 7013.00 150 17.25 438 18.50 470 18.00 457 17.00 432 6.50 165 290 3

75 EE75T65HOC 10567.00 150 21.00 533 28.00 711 18.00 457 27.00 686 6.75 171 445 3

112.5 EE112T65HOC 14077.00 150 21.75 552 28.00 711 22.00 559 27.00 686 6.75 171 450 3

PE2E PE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Industrial Control Type EO

Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

Type EO units are designed with exceptional voltage regulation. These control transformers are constructed using

traditional materials and manufacturing techniques, and are designed for 25–5000 VA with a 55 °C temperature rise.

When exceptional regulation and very low temperature rise are an absolute necessity, choose Type EO units.

Table 6.9: Regulation Chart for Type EO Transformers

(60 Hz)

Secondary Voltage

Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor

95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85%

25 95 — 146 60 — 119

50 164 213 277 123 168 225

75 387 487 622 284 375 798

100 479 606 770 346 463 613

150 755 1177 1532 567 930 1252

200 1260 1883 2419 910 1462 1950

250 1530 2327 2995 1115 1811 2419

300 2030 2981 3800 1455 2290 3038

350 2920 4586 5981 2180 3637 4903

500 4230 5984 7707 3120 4661 6229

750 7430 11460 14736 5380 8907 11891

1000 10300 16873 21734 7450 13145 17571

1500 19200 30042 39217 14500 23859 32179

2000 27750 45194 60022 21750 36901 50994

3000 31800 82333 108205 26750 66072 89509

5000 86100 148768 202077 72600 126887 175552

Table 6.10: Type EO Transformer Dimensions

(60 Hz)

Catalog Number

Class 9070 $ Price A B C Weight

IN mm IN mm IN mm lbs kg

220x440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 230x460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 240x480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary

25 9070EO17D1 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9

50 9070EO1D1 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0

75 9070EO18D1 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6

100 9070EO2D1 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7

150 9070EO3D1 153.00 4.441133.75953.13806.02.7

200 9070EO19D1 214.00 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 95 10.5 4.8

250 9070EO15D1 250.00 5.19 132 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0

300 9070EO04D1 300.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8

500 9070EO51D1 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1

750 9070EO61D1 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8

1000 9070EO71D1 543.00 7.94 202 6.00 152 5.00 127 45.0 20.4

1500 9070EO81D1 831.00 8.59 218 7.06 179 6.03 153 56.0 25.4

2000 9070EO91D1 1007.00 9.22 234 7.06 179 6.03 153 72.0 32.7

3000 9070EO10D1 1365.00 9.44 239 9.00 229 7.50 191 115.0 52.2

240x480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary

25 9070EO17D2 79.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 1.9 0.9

50 9070EO10D2 99.00 3.31 84 3.00 76 2.50 64 2.2 1.0

75 9070EO18D2 114.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.5 1.6

100 9070EO2D2 136.00 3.78 96 3.38 86 2.81 71 3.8 1.7

250 9070EO16D2 295.00 6.19 157 4.50 114 3.75 95 13.2 6.0

550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or 600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary

200 9070EO19D5 214.00 5.56 4.81 122 4.50 114 3.75 10.5 4.8

300 9070EO04D5 276.00 5.56 141 4.50 114 3.75 95 17.2 7.8

500 9070EO51D5 333.00 6.56 167 5.25 133 4.38 111 24.5 11.1

750 9070EO61D5 473.00 7.94 202 5.25 133 4.38 111 30.5 13.8

CP8 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Industrial Control Type T

Class 9070 / Refer to Catalogs 9070CT9901, 7400CT9601

Type T and MultiTap™ Transformers

Type T transformers are designed with low impedance

windings for excellent voltage regulation and can

accommodate the high inrush current associated with

contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. As the most

popular and complete line of control transformers with

unmatched design innovations for top performance, Type Ts

are manufactured using the most advanced insulating

materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of

concern. It is available in the MultiTap version, designed to

respond to the increased need for voltage and stock flexibility.

It combines multiple primary voltages with one or more

secondary voltages, all in a single transformer.

Selection Guide

1. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control

circuit, and the VA of all other components.

2. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other

loads. (This determines the minimal VA size required for the

circuit.)

3. Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same

time, and all loads and coils that are running. (Use the

regulation chart to give possible units to be used.)

4. Taking the VA size from step 2, go to the standard VA size in

the chart. Make sure the inrush VA from the chart is greater

than the total VA from step 3. (If not, go to the next larger VA

size and repeat.)

If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%,

we recommend you use the 90% secondary voltage

column. If your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates

more than 10%, we recommend you use the 95%

secondary voltage column. We recommend that you never

use the 85% secondary voltage column since magnetic

devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously

started at 85% of rated voltage.

Table 6.11: Regulation Chart for Type T Transformers

(60 Hz)

Secondary Voltage

Inrush UL VA at 20% Power Factor Inrush UL VA at 40% Power Factor

95% 90% 85% 95% 90% 85%

50 193 266 339 151 215 282

75 271 396 20 210 318 430

100 339 499 659 266 404 549

150 666 893 1120 529 731 942

200 588 815 1041 459 659 866

250 1416 1910 2388 1057 1494 1936

300 1634 2184 2709 1194 1681 2169

350 1894 2592 3261 1392 2005 621

500 3197 4104 4981 2374 3195 4019

750 3770 5515 7231 2887 4391 5945

1000 6587 9079 11430 4706 6886 9051

1500 19324 23983 28607 15066 19361 23756

2000 31384 38777 6161 24794 31630 38667

3000 26539 39934 52713 19355 30721 42216

5000 53111 85265 116277 39368 66309 93882

Table 6.12: Type T Transformer Selection

VA Catalog

No. $ Price

HWD

Weight

(lbs)

UL/

CSA/

NOM

CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

120 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 115 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; or

110 V Primary, 110 V Secondary

50 50 9070T50D24 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D24 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D24 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D24 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D24 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D24 716.00 3.25

(82.6)

3.75

(95.3)

5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D24 722.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D24 725.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D24 747.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D24 840.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D24 891.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070T1500D24 1076.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070T2000D24 1394.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

7.04

(178.8) 47.0

3000 2000 9070T3000D24 2195.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

6.86

(174.2) 60.0

5000 3000 9070T5000D24 3015.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

8.73

(221.7) 89.0

120 V x 240 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 115 V x 230 V Primary,

115/230 V Secondary; or 110 V x 220 V Primary, 110/220 V Secondary

50 50 9070T50D55 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D55 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D55 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D55 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D55 713.00 3.20

(81.3)

3.75

(95.3)

3.59

(91.20) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D55 716.00 3.25

(82.6)

3.75

(95.3)

5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D55 722.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D55 725.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D55 747.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D55 840.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D55 891.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070T1500D55 1284.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070T2000D55 1394.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

7.04

(178.8) 47.0

3000 2000 9070T3000D55 2382.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

6.86

(174.2) 60.0

5000 3000 9070T50000D55 3015.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

8.73

(221.7) 89.0

277 V Primary, 24 V Secondary

50 50 9070T50D25 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D25 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D25 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D25 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D25 713.00 3.20

(81.3)

3.75

(95.3)

3.59

(91.20) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D25 716.00 3.25

(82.6)

3.75

(95.3)

5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D25 722.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D25 725.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D25 747.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D25 840.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D25 891.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

6.04

(153.4) 20.6

600 V Primary, 12/24 V Secondary

50 50 9070T50D36 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D36 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D36 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D36 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D36 713.00 3.20

(81.3)

3.75

(95.3)

3.59

(91.20) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D36 716.00 3.25

(82.6)

3.75

(95.3)

5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D36 722.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D36 725.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D36 747.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D36 840.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D36 891.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

6.04

(153.4) 20.6

480 V Primary, 240 V Secondary; 460 V Primary, 230 V Secondary; or

440 V Primary, 220 V Secondary

50 50 9070T50D12 468.00 2.58 (65.5) 3.00 (76.2) 3.09 (78.5) 2.5

75 75 9070T75D12 486.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

100 100 9070T100D12 489.00 2.89 (73.4) 3.38 (85.8) 3.34 (84.8) 3.8

150 150 9070T150D12 522.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

200 200 9070T200D12 713.00 3.20 (81.3) 3.75 (95.3) 3.59 (91.2) 5.5

250 160 9070T250D12 716.00 3.25

(82.6)

3.75

(95.3)

5.25

(133.4) 7.1

300 200 9070T300D12 722.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

4.70

(119.4) 8.5

350 250 9070T350D12 725.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.09

(129.3) 10.5

500 300 9070T500D12 747.00 3.80

(96.5)

4.50

(114.3)

5.46

(138.7) 11.9

750 500 9070T750D12 840.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

5.66

(143.8) 11.0

1000 630 9070T1000D12 891.00 4.43

(112.5)

5.25

(133.4)

6.04

(153.4) 20.6

1500 1000 9070T1500D12 1294.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

5.81

(147.6) 34.0

2000 1500 9070T2000D12 1394.00 6.16

(156.5)

7.06

(179.3)

7.04

(178.8) 47.0

3000 2000 9070T3000D12 2382.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

6.86

(174.2) 60.0

5000 3000 9070T5000D12 3015.00 8.46

(214.9)

9.00

(228.6)

8.73

(221.7) 89.0

Table 6.12: Type T Transformer Selection

VA Catalog

No. $ Price

HWD

Weight

(lbs)

UL/

CSA/

NOM

CE in (mm) in (mm) in (mm)

CP8 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Voltage Transformers, Current Transformers

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Voltage Transformers

These voltage transformers are designed for line-to-line or line-to-ground connection on the

primary voltage indicated. See Table 6.13 to determine the applicable configuration for

proper system voltage indication.

•Model 450R—designed for switchboard use. This model features high accuracy and burden

capacity for excellent performance in metering and indication.

•Model 460R—a compact, lightweight design, providing exceptional performance in indicating

applications.

•Model 470R—a compact, low cost design optimized for maximum accuracy and performace when used

with Powerlogic™ circuit monitors.

aFor use on 277/480 Wye systems.

bFor use on 480 V Delta systems.

Current Transformers

cFor mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.

Model 450R

Model 460R

Model 470R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

450R

460R

470R

4-3/4

7-1/8

4-1/2

5-7/8

3-7/8

Table 6.13: Voltage Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz

Model 450R

Thermal Rating:

500 VA @ 30 oC;

300 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.3W. X.M & Y: 1.2 Z

Model 460R

Thermal Rating:

150 VA @ 30 oC;

100 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.6W: 1.2 X

Model 470R

Thermal Rating:

150 VA @ 30 oC;

100 VA @ 55 oC.

Accuracy 0.3W: 1.2 X

System

Voltag e

Winding

Ratio

Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each Catalog Number $ Price Each

450R069

450R120

450R208

450R240

450R288

1097.00

1053.00

460R069

460R120

460R208

460R240

460R288

759.00

786.00

470R069

470R120

470R208

470R240

470R288

558.00

578.00

69/120Y

120/208Y

240/416Y

288/500Ya

0.58:1

1:1

1.73:1

2:1

2.4:1

450R300

450R380

450R480

450R600

1097.00

1398.00

1097.00

460R300

460R380

460R480

460R600

810.00

861.00

810.00

470R300

470R380

470R480

470R600

596.00

635.00

596.00

300/520Y

220/380Y

480/480Yb

600/600Y

2.5:1

3.17:1

4:1

5:1

Model 54R

ACEB

0.20 Dia.

Mtg. Hole

(2)

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABCDE

2NR

5NR

54R

7RL

1.13

1.56

2.25

2.38

3.50

4.38

—

4.56

—

.94

1.06

1.38

—

4.00

—

Table 6.14: General Purpose Compact Units, UR/cUR Recognized

Window Size

(inches)

Catalog Number

(without brackets)c

Current Rating

(Amperes) VA 60 Hz VA 400 Hz Accuracy

(At Rated Current)

Rating

Factor

30 oC Ambient

$ Price

Each

1-1/8

2NR500

2NR600

2NR750

2NR800

2NR101

2NR121

2NR1250

2NR151

2NR201

2NR251

2NR301

50:5

60:5

75:5

80:5

100:5

120:5

125:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

1.0

1.5

2.0

2.5

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

= 2%

= 1%

1.0

96.00

1-9/16

5NR101

5NR151

5NR201

5NR251

5NR301

5NR401

5NR501

5NR601

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

2.0

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

4.0

5.0

12.5

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.0

114.00

123.00

1-9/16

54R101

54R151

54R201

54R251

54R301

54R401

54R501

54R601

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

2.0

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

4.0

5.0

12.5

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.0

120.00

134.00

2-1/4

7RL500

7RL101

7RL151

7RL201

7RL251

7RL301

7RL401

7RL501

7RL601

7RL751

7RL801

7RL102

7RL122

7RL152

50:5

100:5

150:5

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

2.5

5.0

12.5

25.0

5.0

10.0

25.0

50.0

= 1%

1.5

137.00

158.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Torroidal

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Torroidal Current Transformers

aFor mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.

Models 64R, 74R

Models 66R, 76R

Models 100R, 110R, 120R, 140R

Model Dimensions (inches)

A B C

64R

66R

74R

76R

100R

110R

120R

140R

1-15/16

2-11/32

5-3/4

8-1/8

4-3/16

4-11/16

8-1/2

1-1/2

31/16

1-5/8

3-1/4

2-1/8

2-7/8

2-1/8

Table 6.15: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

1-15/16

64R101

64R151

64R201

64R251

64R301

64R401

64R501

64R601

64R751

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

1.2

0.6

1.33

140.00

164.00

189.00

192.00

1-15/16

66R101

66R151

66R201

66R251

66R301

66R401

66R501

66R601

66R751

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

C10

C20

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

264.00

297.00

327.00

337.50

2-11/32

74R201

74R251

74R301

74R401

74R501

74R601

74R751

74R801

74R102

74R122

74R152

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

0.6

1.2

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

1.33

1.00

192.00

206.00

203.00

219.00

243.00

2-11/32

76R201

76R251

76R301

76R401

76R501

76R601

76R751

76R801

76R102

76R122

76R152

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

C10

C20

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

260.00

297.00

378.00

392.00

459.00

100R201

100R301

100R401

100R501

100R601

100R801

100R102

100R122

100R152

100R162

100R202

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

C10

C20

C50

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

386.00

480.00

561.00

110R201

110R301

110R401

110R501

110R601

110R801

110R102

110R122

110R152

110R162

110R202

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

C20

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

543.00

618.00

672.00

723.00

5-3/4

120R201

120R301

120R401

120R501

120R601

120R801

120R102

120R122

120R152

120R162

120R202

120R252

120R302

120R402

200:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

C10

C20

C50

—

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

426.00

443.00

486.00

524.00

618.00

780.00

8-1/8

140R500 50:5 — For Ground Fault Sensing — — 1.33 894.00

140R101 100:5 — — — 1.33 894.00

140R401

140R501

140R601

140R801

140R102

140R122

140R152

140R202

140R252

140R302

140R402

140R502

140R602

400:5

500:5

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

5000:5

6000:5

C20

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

1.00

894.00

962.00

1131.00

1202.00

1418.00

1691.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Torroidal, Shorting Terminal Blocks

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Torroidal Current Transformers

Models 152R, 170R, 180R, 210R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

152R

170R

180R

210R

6.88

4.25

2.50

6.25

12.25

6.75

4.50

9.50

4.12

1.31

2.12

2.87

Models 200R, 201R, 202R, 203R

ModelbDimension A (Inches)

200R

201R

202R

203R

2.50

3.50

4.50

5.25

Shorting Terminal Blocks

Catalog No. Description $ Price

3090TB4 Shorting terminal block (4-pole) 75.00

3090TB6 Shorting terminal block (6-pole) 86.00

aFor mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest

page 6-12.

bBase is included.

8.50

3.25

4.62

1. 0 1. 0

Table 6.16: Torroidal Current Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 25–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

6-7/8

152R500

152R101

152R151

152R201

50:5

100:5

150:5

200:5

C10

C20

C50

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

2.4

1.33

1461.00

1601.00

1722.00

1799.00

152R251

152R301

152R401

152R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C50

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

1.33

1857.00

1917.00

2019.00

2087.00

152R601

152R801

152R102

152R122

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

C200

C400

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.33

2163.00

2265.00

2373.00

2441.00

152R152

152R162

152R202

152R252

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

C400

0.3

1.33

2528.00

2576.00

2660.00

2765.00

152R302

152R402

3000:5

4000:5

C400

C800

0.3

1.33

2862.00

3000.00

4-1/4

170R201

170R251

170R301

200:5

250:5

300:5

—

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

294.00

170R401

170R501

170R601

400:5

500:5

600:5

—

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

294.00

170R751

170R801

170R102

750:5

800:5

1000:5

C10

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.33

308.00

402.00

170R122

170R152

170R162

170R202

170R252

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

C10

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.33

402.00

500.00

2-1/2

180R101

180R151

180R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

—

2.4

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

227.00

180R251

180R301

180R401

250:5

300:5

400:5

—

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

227.00

180R501

180R601

180R751

500:5

600:5

750:5

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.33

227.00

246.00

180R801

180R102

180R122

180R152

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

—

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.33

246.00

318.00

338.00

2-1/2

210R122

210R162

210R202

210R252

210R302

210R402

1200:5

1600:5

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

C100

C200

0.3

1.33

1.0

1131.00

1286.00

1434.00

2-1/2

200R101

200R151

200R201

200R251

100:5

150:0

200:5

250:5

C50

C100

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

—

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

1.5

1493.00

200R301

200R401

200R501

200R601

300:5

400:5

500:5

600:5

C100

C200

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.5

1493.00

3-1/2

201R101

201R151

201R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

C50

1.2

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.5

1218.00

201R251

201R301

201R401

201R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C100

C200

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.5

1218.00

1256.00

201R601

201R751

201R801

600:5

750:5

800:5

C200

0.3

1.5

1256.00

1293.00

1361.00

4-1/2

202R101

202R151

202R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

C50

1.2

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.5

1064.00

202R251

202R301

202R401

202R501

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

C50

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

0.8

1.5

1094.00

1115.00

202R601

202R751

202R801

202R102

600:5

750:5

800:5

1000:5

C100

C200

0.3

1.5

1128.00

1155.00

1277.00

5-1/4

203R101

203R151

203R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

C20

1.2

0.6

0.3

2.4

1.2

0.6

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

2.4

1.5

939.00

203R251

203R301

203R401

250:5

300:5

400:5

C20

C50

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

1.5

939.00

203R501

203R601

203R751

203R801

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

C100

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.5

939.00

962.00

203R102

203R122

203R152

203R162

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

C200

0.3

1.5

1.33

962.00

1002.00

203R202

203R252

203R302

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

C200

0.3

1.33

1002.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Multi-Ratio, Rectangular, Split-Core

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Multi-Ratio Current Transformers

Rectangular Window Current Transformers

Split-Core Current Transformers

aFor mounting brackets, see Supplemental Digest page 6-12.

bSee chart at left for multi-ratio (MR) taps.

cRelay class applies to nominal ratio only.

Models 151R, 312R

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABC

151R

312R

6.88

4.50

12.25

11.00

4.12

2.38

Multi-Ratio Taps

(Models 151R, 312R, 781R, 786R)

Nominal

Ratio

Current Ratioc

(Amperes)

600:5

1200:5

2000:5

3000:5

4000:5

600/500/450/400/300/250/200/150/100/50:5

1200/1000/900/800/600/500/400/300/200/100:5

2000/1600/1500/1200/1100/800/500/400/300:5

3000/2500/2200/2000/1500/1200/1000/800/500/300:5

4000/3500/3000/2500/2000/1500/1000/500

cTaps in accordance with ANSI C57.13 and NEMA SG-4.

Model Dimensions (inches)

ABCDE

260R

270R

273

560R

2.13

3.56

3.50

3.75

4.25

8.81

6.25

7.45

2.12

3.00

3.27

1.13

4.88

9.25

5.53

7.25

13.06

11.28

11.19

X5 X4 X3 X2 X1

Table 6.17: Multi-Ratio Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized

60 Hz-Model 312R, 25–400 Hz-Model 151R

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Currentb

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification – 60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

4-1•2

312R601

312R122

312R202

312R302

312R402

600:5MR

1200:5MR

2000:5MR

3000:5MR

4000:5MR

C100

C200

C400

—

1.5

1.33

1628.00

1863.00

2123.00

2282.00

2420.00

6-7•8

151R601

151R122

151R202

151R302

151R402

600:5MR

1200:5MR

2000:5MR

3000:5MR

4000:5MR

C200

C400

C800

—

1.33

2697.00

3149.00

3396.00

3534.00

3635.00

Table 6.18: Rectangular Window Transformers, UR/cUR Recognized, 50–400 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

2-1/8

4-1/4

260R101

260R151

260R201

100:5

150:5

200:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

1.33

621.00

260R301

260R401

260R601

300:5

400:5

600:5

0.6

0.3

0.6

0.3

—

1.33

621.00

260R801

260R122

260R162

800:5

1200:5

1600:5

0.3

—

1.33

713.00

821.00

260R202

260R252

260R302

260R402

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

0.3

—

1.33

1.0

894.00

1040.00

3-3/4

7-7/16

560R401

560R501

560R601

560R751

560R801

400:5

500:5

600:5

750:5

800:5

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.33

500.00

560R102

560R122

560R152

560R162

560R202

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

2000:5

0.3

0.6

0.3

1.2

0.6

1.2

0.6

1.33

507.00

524.00

560R252

560R302

560R322

560R402

560R502

2500:5

3000:5

3200:5

4000:5

5000:5

0.3

0.6

1.33

524.00

561.00

611.00

Table 6.19: Split-Core Transformers, Model 270R is UR/cUR Recognized, 60 Hz

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

(without

brackets)a

Current

Rating

(Amperes)

ANSI Accuracy Classification — 60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30 oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

3-9/16

8-3/16

270R401

270R501

270R601

400:5

500:5

600:5

—

1.33

1563.00

3-9/16

8-3/16

270R801

270R102

270R122

270R152

270R162

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1500:5

1600:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

1353.00

1493.00

270R202

270R252

270R302

270R402

270R502

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

5000:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

1.33

1.0

1596.00

1674.00

1772.00

1971.00

3-1/2

6-1/4

273201

273251

273301

273401

273501

200:5

250:5

300:5

400:5

500:5

—

2.4

—

1.33

1245.00

273601

273801

273102

273122

273162

600:5

800:5

1000:5

1200:5

1600:5

2.4

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

—

1.33

1509.00

1245.00

273202

273252

273302

273402

2000:5

2500:5

3000:5

4000:5

1.2

2.4

1.2

—

2.4

1.2

1.33

1.00

1425.00

1604.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

TRANSFORMERS

Instrument

600 Volt Class

Current Transformers: Bushing, Auxiliary

Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

Bushing Current Transformers 50–400 Hz

aSee chart on 6-11 for multi-ratio (MR) taps.

Auxiliary Current Transformers

NOTE: Model 81X Accuracy 0.3B0.1, B0.2, B0.5@60 Hz, RF=1.5@30 oC

Models 780R, 781R, 785R, 786R

Model T (inches)

780R

781R

785R

786R

3.38

6.75

Model 81X

Table 6.20: Mounting Brackets

Model Bracket $ Price

2NR MB1 9.00

5NR MB1

MB7

9.00

7RL 11.70

54R Included —

64R MB10 9.00

66R MB12 13.10

74R MB16 13.10

76R MB18 13.10

81X MB81 27.20

100R MB31 27.20

110R MB32 27.20

120R MB31 27.20

140R MB32 27.20

151R MB30 27.20

152R MB30 27.20

170R MB30 27.20

180R MB9 16.40

200R Included —

201R Included —

202R Included —

203R Included —

210R MB32 27.20

260R Not Available —

270R Not Available —

273 Not Available —

H2 H1

9.88

251

9.88

251

6.5

5.88

149 3.25

6.38

162

.75

10-32 Studs

Table 6.21: Bushing Current Transformers

Window

Size

(inches)

Catalog

Number

Current a

Rating

(Amperes)

Relay

Class

ANSI Accuracy Classification—60 Hz

Metering Class

Rating

Factor

30oC

Ambient

$ Price

B-0.1 B-0.2 B-0.5 B-0.9 B-1.8

6-1•2

780R500 50:5 ——————2.0723.00

780R750 75:5 C10 1.2 2.4 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R101 100:5 C10 2.4 2.4 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R151 150:5 C20 0.6 1.2 — — — 2.0 723.00

780R201 200:5 C20 0.6 1.2 2.4 — — 2.0 723.00

780R251 250:5 C20 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 — 2.0 723.00

780R301 300:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 723.00

780R401 400:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.0 723.00

780R501 500:5 C50 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 723.00

780R601 600:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 723.00

780R751 750:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00

780R801 800:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 780.00

780R102 1000:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R122 1200:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R152 1500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 780.00

780R162 1600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R202 2000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R252 2500:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R302 3000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 813.00

780R402 4000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 867.00

6-1•2

781R601 600:5 MR C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 972.00

781R122 1200:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1023.00

781R202 2000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1064.00

781R302 3000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1083.00

781R402 4000:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1118.00

6-1•2

785R500 50:5 C10 2.4 2.4 — — — 2.0 1317.00

785R750 75:5 C20 1.2 1.2 — — — 2.0 1317.00

785R101 100:5 C20 1.2 1.2 2.4 — — 2.0 1317.00

785R151 150:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 _ 2.0 1317.00

785R201 200:5 C50 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.4 2.4 2.0 1317.00

785R251 250:5 C50 0.3 0.6 1.2 1.2 2.4 2.0 1317.00

785R301 300:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00

785R401 400:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 1.2 2.0 1317.00

785R501 500:5 C100 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 0.6 2.0 1317.00

785R601 600:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.6 2.0 1317.00

785R751 750:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1317.00

785R801 800:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R102 1000:5 C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R122 1200:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R152 1500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1415.00

785R162 1600:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R202 2000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R252 2500:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R302 3000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1479.00

785R402 4000:5 C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1577.00

6-1•2

786R601 600:5 MR C200 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1566.00

786R122 1200:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1664.00

786R202 2000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1722.00

786R302 3000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 2.0 1749.00

786R402 4000:5 MR C400 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 1.5 1823.00

Table 6.22: Auxiliary Current Transformers

Catalog Number

(without brackets) Ratio $ Price

81X05000100

81X05000200

81X05000250

81X05000500

81X07500500

81X10000500

81X12500500

81X15000500

5:1

5:2

5:2.5

5:5

7.5:5

10:5

12.5:5

15:5

990.00

PA1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

7-1

INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 7

International Load Centers

Circuit Breaker Load Centers

International Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches 7-2

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD 7-3

Load Centers

IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor) 7-4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

International Miniature

Circuit Breakers

QO™ Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers and Switches

General Description

In 1955 Square D Company introduced the QO™ Plug-on System and revolutionized the way electrical contractors

install miniature circuit breakers in the United States. Today as part of Schneider Electric™ we offer the same Plug-on

System technology around the world. IEC certified QO products are available for residential, commercial and industrial

applications.

Characteristics

•Circuit breakers are rated 240 Vac single phase and 415 Vac three phase, 50/60 Hz.

•Circuit breakers are available in 1-, 2- or 3-pole construction.

•Thermal trip elements are factory calibrated to 40°C (IEC 947-2) and 30°C (IEC 898) ambient temperature.

•Trip-free handle ensures tripping even when the circuit breaker is held or locked in the ON position.

•Circuit breakers are in compliance with international standards set by the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC).

•The CE marking is located on each circuit breaker in accordance with the low voltage directive of the European Union.

•The entire QO circuit breaker family provides the advantage of a plug-on connection. (Bolt-on connections also available)

Accessories

Circuit Breaker Operating Characteristics

Main Switches

Table 7.1: International Miniature Circuit Breaker Description

Circuit Breaker Description 1Ø Consumer Units 3Ø Distribution Boards

QOXD Branch circuit breaker X X

Table 7.2: Accessories

Accessory Description Cat. No. QOXD

Handle Tie Ties two 1P circuit breakers together QO1HT X

Handle Lock-Off

(Clamp)

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QO1LO X

Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles HLO1 X

Handle Padlock

Attachment

Attaches to 1P, 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles QOEPLA —

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles QOE1PL —

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker escutcheon (fixed) QO1PA X

Attaches to 1P circuit breaker handles (removable) QOHPL X

Attaches to 2P, 3P circuit breaker handles (removable) QO1HPL X

Attaches to 2P circuit breaker handles (removable) GFI2PA —

Table 7.3: Branch Circuit Breakers

Cat. No. Prefix Number of Poles Continuous

Ampere Rating

IEC 898 Service Rating Icn Tripping Characteristics

Plug-on Bolt-on 240 V 415 V

QOXD QOBXD 1, 2, 3 10–32 A 3000 3000 Type D (10–20 In)

Cat. No. Prefix Number of Poles Continuous

Ampere Rating

IEC 947-2 Service Rating Icu (Ics)—

Plug-on Bolt-on 240 V 415 V —

QOXD QOBXD

1, 2, 3 10–32 A 3000 (100%) 3000 (100%) —

1 40–63 A 3000 (50%) — —

2, 3 40–100 A — 3000 (50%) —

Table 7.4: QO-M Plug-On Main Incomer Switch

240 V Certified to IEC 947-3

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P and 4P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

100 A N/A — N/A — N/A —

125 A N/A — N/A — QO3100M 116.00

125 A–4P N/A — N/A — QO4100M 200.00

DE2A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

International Miniature

Circuit Breakers

Plug-On QOXD and Bolt-On QOBXD

Class 738, 739

Short circuit ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2

Table 7.5: QOXD Thermal-Magnetic, Plug-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA

Ampere

Rating

1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity

Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

10 A QOXD110 20.40 QOXD210 46.90 QOXD310 165.00 2.5–6 mm2

16 A QOXD116 20.40 QOXD216 46.90 QOXD316 165.00 2.5–6 mm2

20 A QOXD120 20.40 QOXD220 46.90 QOXD320 165.00 2.5–6 mm2

25 A QOXD125 20.40 QOXD225 46.90 QOXD325 165.00 2.5–6 mm2

32 A QOXD132 20.40 QOXD232 46.90 QOXD332 165.00 2.5–6 mm2

40 A QOXD140 20.40 QOXD240 46.90 QOXD340 165.00 10–25 mm2

45 A QOXD145 20.40 QOXD245 46.90 QOXD345 165.00 10–25 mm2

50 A QOXD150 20.40 QOXD250 46.90 QOXD350 165.00 10–25 mm2

63 A QOXD163 20.40 QOXD263 46.90 QOXD363 165.00 10–25 mm2

80 A N/A — QOXD280 132.00 QOXD380 244.00 25–50 mm2

100 A N/A — QOXD2100 132.00 QOXD3100 244.00 25–50 mm2

Table 7.6: QOBXD Thermal-Magnetic, Bolt-On Miniature Circuit Breakers

240/415 V 10–32 A Certified to IEC 898 at 3 kA, 40–100 A Certified to IEC 947-2 at 3 kA

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P Terminal Capacity

Range

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

10 A QOBXD110 26.50 QOBXD210 59.00 QOBXD310 195.00 2.5–6 mm2

16 A QOBXD116 26.50 QOBXD216 59.00 QOBXD316 195.00 2.5–6 mm2

20 A QOBXD120 26.50 QOBXD220 59.00 QOBXD320 195.00 2.5–6 mm2

25 A QOBXD125 26.50 QOBXD225 59.00 QOBXD325 195.00 2.5–6 mm2

32 A QOBXD132 26.50 QOBXD232 59.00 QOBXD332 195.00 2.5–6 mm2

40 A QOBXD140 26.50 QOBXD240 59.00 QOBXD340 195.00 10–25 mm2

45 A QOBXD145 26.50 QOBXD245 59.00 QOBXD345 195.00 1–25 mm2

50 A QOBXD150 26.50 QOBXD250 59.00 QOBXD350 195.00 10–25 mm2

63 A QOBXD163 26.50 QOBXD263 59.00 QOBXD363 195.00 10–25 mm2

80 A N/A — QOBXD280 160.00 QOBXD380 279.00 25–50 mm2

100 A N/A — QOBXD2100 160.00 QOBXD3100 279.00 25–50 mm2

DE2A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL LOAD

CENTERS

Load Centers IEC Certified QO™ Load Centers, Type 1 (Indoor)

Application Data

Square D™ QO™ Three-Phase Circuit Breaker Load Centers can be certified to IEC 60439-1 and 60439-3. Contact

your local Field Sales office for more information. They are designed to meet residential, commercial, and industrial

requirements to protect electrical systems and equipment.

Features

•Three phase construction

•100, 125, 150, 200 and 225 A mains ratings with main lugs or main circuit breaker

•12-42 circuit indoor version

•Flush or surface mounting

•Straight-in wiring to minimize service cable installation

•Top or bottom feed

•Automatic flush adjustment cover to speed installation

•Covers sold separately

•Products are stocked in USA

•Bus on 12-42 circuit load centers is one piece, solid copper

•Order entry point is Lexington

•For more information, contact your local Field Sales office.

aF/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device.

bDiscount Schedule DE3A

Table 7.7: Load Centers

Mains Rating

Ampere

Spaces/

Max. Poles

Type 1

Box and Interior Cover With Door

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No.a$ Price

Main Lugs 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W

125 A

12 QO312L125G 221.00 QOC16UF/Sb25.10

20 QO320L125G 314.00 QOC24UF/Sb25.10

24 QO324L125G 360.00 QOC24UF/Sb25.10

200 18 QO318L200G 295.00 QOC30UF/Sb58.00

30 QO330L200G 413.00 QOC30UF/Sb58.00

225 42 QO342L225G 561.00 QOC42UF/Sb74.00

Main Circuit Breaker 240/415 Vac 3Ø4W

125 30 QO330MQ125 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

150 30 QO330MQ150 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

42 QO342MQ150 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

200 30 QO330MQ200 1226.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

42 QO342MQ200 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

225 42 QO342MQ225 1351.00 QOC342MQF/S 61.00

DE3 DE3A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

8-1

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Table of Contents

Section 8

International Safety Switches

General Duty Safety Switches

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-2

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac 8-3

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac 8-4

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications 8-4

Double-Throw Safety Switches

CSA Certified Double-Throw 8-5

Accessories

CSA Certified Switch Accessories 8-6

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

General Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified General Duty—Fusible 240 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

aNot suitable for use as service entrance equipment.

bNot suitable for use as service equipment.

Table 8.1: General Duty Single-Throw 120/240 Vac (Plug); 240 Vac (Cartridge)

Ampere Fuse Type 1 Type 3R Field Installable Class R Fuse Kits

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2-Pole + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 Plug CD211Na104.00 ————

30 Cartridge CD221Na137.00 ——DRK30 25.70

60 — CD222N 221.00 CD222NRB 339.00 RFK03H 25.50

100 — CD223N 485.00 CD223NRB 543.00 RFK10 47.70

200 — CD224N 947.00 CD224NRB 1200.00 HRK1020 47.70

400 — CD225N 2610.00 CD225NR —DRK40 111.00

600 — CD226N 5166.00 CD226NR —DRK600 111.00

3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 Cartridge CD321Na146.00 CD321NRB 494.00 DRK30 25.70

60 — CD322N 366.00 CD322NRB 743.00 RFK03H 25.50

100 — CD323N 485.00 CD323NRB 1371.00 RFK10 47.70

200 — CD324N 2019.00 CD324NRB 2454.00 HRK1020 47.70

400 — CD325N 3113.00 CD325NR —DRK40 111.00

600 — CD326N 5823.00 CD326NR —DRK600 111.00

Table 8.2: Light Duty Single-Throw 120 Vac Plug

Ampere Fuse Type 1

Cat. No. $ Price

30 Plug L111Nb54.00

DE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 240 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Fusible 600 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified device.

Table 8.3: Single-Throw 240 Vac, 250 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P + S/N (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A CH221N 251.00 CH221NRB 480.00

Use 3P devices

listed below.

CH221NAWK 620.00

60 A CH222N 504.00 CH222NRB 893.00 CH222NAWK 791.00

100 A CH223N 807.00 CH223NRB 1196.00 CH223NAWK 1250.00

200 A CH224N 1409.00 CH224NRB 1695.00 CH224NAWK 1964.00

400 A CH225N 3246.00 CH225NR 4568.00 CH225NAWK 4409.00

600 A CH226N 6219.00 CH226NR 8061.00 CH226NAWK 6936.00

800 A H227Na10067.00 H227NRa12216.00 ——H227NAWKa12338.00

1200 A H228Na12422.00 H228NRa16665.00 ——H228NAWKa17184.00

3P + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A CH321N 339.00 CH321NRB 596.00 CH321NDS 2201.00 CH321NAWK 750.00

60 A CH322N 569.00 CH322NRB 947.00 CH322NDS 2687.00 CH322NAWK 1007.00

100 A CH323N 941.00 CH323NRB 1398.00 CH323NDS 5651.00 CH323NAWK 1625.00

200 A CH324N 1580.00 CH324NRB 1896.00 CH324NDS 7836.00 CH324NAWK 2249.00

400 A CH325N 3977.00 CH325NR 4650.00 CH325NDS 15321.00 CH325NAWK 4737.00

600 A CH326N 6845.00 CH326NR 9164.00 CH326NDS 21759.00 CH326NAWK 7863.00

800 A H327Na12189.00 H327NRa15563.00 ——H327NAWKa15879.00

1200 A H328Na15314.00 H328NRa19709.00 ——H328NAWKa20015.00

Table 8.4: Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3-Pole (3 Blades and Fuseholders)

30 A CH361 379.00 CH361RB 636.00 CH361DS 1714.00 CH361AWK 667.00

60 A CH362 453.00 CH362RB 744.00 CH362DS 1881.00 CH362AWK 686.00

100 A CH363 868.00 CH363RB 1191.00 CH363DS 3729.00 CH363AWK 1079.00

200 A CH364 1233.00 CH364RB 1620.00 CH364DS 5184.00 CH364AWK 1649.00

400 A CH365 3186.00 CH365R 3872.00 CH365DS 10214.00 CH365AWK 3641.00

600 A CH366 5354.00 CH366R 7703.00 CH366DS 14601.0 CH366AWK 6135.00

800 A H367a8879.00 H367Ra11000.00 ——H367AWKa10901.00

1200 A H368a11671.00 H368Ra13339.00 ——H368AWKa13137.00

3-Pole + S/N (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 S/N)—Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A

For 3 pole switches 30 A–1200 A with solid neutral

attachment, select switch from 3-Pole table

above and add the Solid Neutral Assembly Kit

from the Accessories -page 8-6

60 A

100 A

200 A

400 A

600 A

800 A

1200 A

4-Pole (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—Not Suitable For Service Entrance Use

30 A H461a609.00 ————H461AWKa743.00

60 A H462a710.00 ————H462AWKa838.00

100 A H463a1185.00 ————H463AWKa1288.00

200 A H464a2008.00 ————H464AWKa2218.00

400 A CH465 4140.00 ————CH465AWK 4538.00

600 A CH466 6736.00 ——————

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Heavy Duty Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Non-Fusible 600 Vac

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Switches 30–200 A Type 4/4X and 3R/12 have viewing windows.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

aDual UL Listed and CSA Certified devices.

bF Series devices.

CSA Certified Heavy Duty—Special Applications

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

aF Series devices.

bDual UL Listed and CSA Listed device.

Table 8.5: Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 7/9 Type 3R/12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30 A CHU361 305.00 CHU361RB 530.00 CHU361DS 2184.00 ——CHU361AWK 692.00

60 A CHU362 530.00 CHU362RB 932.00 CHU362DS 2568.00 H60XFAa2571.00 CHU362AWK 873.00

100 A CHU363 878.00 CHU363RB 1343.00 CHU363DS 5199.00 H100XFAa3045.00 CHU363AWK 1281.00

200 A CHU364 1325.00 CHU364RB 1616.00 CHU364DS 7055.00 ——CHU364AWK 1686.00

400 A CHU365 3054.00 CHU365RB 6216.00 CHU365DS 14397.00 ——CHU365AWK 4127.00

600 A CHU366 5352.00 CHU366R 8180.00 CHU366DS 19358.00 ——CHU366AWK 6816.00

800 A HU367a9978.00 HU367Ra13050.00 ————HU367AWKa13097.00

1200 A HU368a13421.00 HU368Ra17867.00 ————HU368AWKa17940.00

4P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

30 A HU461ab 827.00 —— — ———HU461AWKab 915.00

60 A HU462ab 914.00 —— — ———HU462AWKab 1008.00

100 A HU463ab 1647.00 —— — ———HU463AWKab 1791.00

200 A HU464a2454.00 —— — ———HU464AWK 2937.00

400 A CHU465 5201.00 —— — ———CHU465AWK 5775.00

600 A CHU466 9072.00 —— — ———CHU466AWK —

6P, 600 Vac

30 A — — — — — — — — HU661AWKa3357.00

60 A — — — — — — — — HU662AWKa3884.00

100 A — — — — — — — — HU663AWKa4793.00

200 A — — — — — — — — HU664AWK 10571.00

Table 8.6: Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester NEMA 4X Enclosures

Single-Throw 600 Vac, 600 Vdc

Amperes Type 4X

Cat. No. $ Price

3P Fusible

30 A H361DFba 3570.00

60 A H362DFba 3968.00

100 A H363DFba 7613.00

200 A H364DFb9729.00

3P Non-Fusible

30 A HU361DFba 3402.00

60 A HU362DFba 3782.00

100 A HU363DFba 7241.00

200 A HU364DFb9695.00

Table 8.7: Receptacle Switches—Single-Throw 600 Vac

Ampere Stainless Steel Type 4/4X Type 12 Use With Plug

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P Fusible

30 A CH361DSWC 4322.00 CH361AWC 2243.00 APJ3485 1235.00

60 A CH362DSWC 4581.00 CH362AWC 2459.00 APJ6485 1295.00

100 A CH363DSWC 8309.00 CH363AWC 3689.00 APJ10487 1928.00

3P Non-Fusible

30 A CHU361DSWC 3927.00 CHU361AWC 2058.00 APJ3485 1235.00

60 A CHU362DSWC 4325.00 CHU362AWC 2310.00 APJ6485 1295.00

100 A CHU363DSWC 7863.00 CHU363AWC 3282.00 APJ10487 1928.00

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Double-Throw Safety

Switches

International

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Double-Throw

•Switches have factory-installed ground bars.

•Optional accessories are listed on page 8-6.

a240 Vac Maximum

bFor isolation only, not Load-Make/Load-Break.

Table 8.8: Double-Throw

Ampere Type 1 Type 3R Type 4/4X Type 12

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

2P 240 Vac—250 Vdc

30 A C92251 615.00 ——————

60 A

For 2P switch applications, select

3P switch 60–600 A from 3P table below.

100 A

200 A

400 A

3P 600 Vac—250 Vdc

30 A C92351a716.00 ——————

60 A For 60–100 A, use US devices.

100 A

200 A C82344b2813.00 C82344RBb5898.00 C82344DSb11444.00 CH82344b7532.00

4P 600 Vac

30 A C92451a981.00 ——————

60 A For 60–100 A, use US devices.

100 A

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL SAFETY

SWITCHES

Double-Throw Safety

Switch

Accessories

Class 736, 1130

CSA Certified Switch Accessories

•Optional

aNot for C92251, C92351, C92451.

bE-series uses EK1020-1 or -2. Requires 2

cC92251, C92351, C92451 uses DT30SN.

dNot Stocked—Order Only.

•Optional

Table 8.9: Electrical Interlock Kits

Ampere Single-Throw Double-Throw Type 1 Only

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30–100 A EIK-1 or -2 311.00 EIK-1 or -2a311.00

200 A-3P EIK-1 or -2b311.00 EK200DTU2 389.00

200 A-4P EIK-1 or -2b311.00 EK100DTU2 389.00

400 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 EK400DTU2 389.00

600 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

800 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

1200 A EIK4060-1 or -2 533.00 ——

Table 8.10: Fuse Puller Kitsd

Ampere Cat. No. $ Price

30 A FPK03 30.20

60 A FPK0610 42.60

100 A FPK0610 42.60

Table 8.11: Class R Fuse Kits

Voltage Ampere Cat. No. $ Price

240 Vac

30 A RFK03L 25.50

60 A RFK03H 25.50

100 A RFK10 47.70

200 A HRK1020 47.70

400 A HRK4060 111.00

600 A HRK4060 111.00

600 Vac

30 A RFK03H 25.50

60 A RFK06H 25.50

100 A RFK10 47.70

200 A HRK1020 47.70

400 A HRK4060 111.00

600 A HRK4060 111.00

Table 8.12: Solid Neutral Assembly Kitsd

Ampere Single-Throw Type 1, 3R Single-Throw (Copper) Type 4, 4X Double-Throw Type 1

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

30 A CSN03 83.00 CSN03C 102.00 SN0310c114.00

60 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00

100 A CSN0610 107.00 CSN0610C 114.00 SN0310 114.00

200 A CSN20 200.00 CSN20C 252.00 225SNA 198.00

400 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00 DT400N 458.00

600 A CH600SN 327.00 CH600SNC 453.00 ——

800 A H800SNE4 753.00 ————

1200 A H1200SNE4 1034.00 ————

Table 8.13: Hubs

Size Type 3R Type 4/4X/12

Standard Zinc Chrome Plated Zinc

Inches Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

0.50 — — H050 31.10 H050CP 40.70

0.75 B075 35.00 H075 45.00 H075CP 57.00

1.00 B100 35.00 H100 47.10 H100CP 65.00

1.25 B125 35.00 H125 54.00 H125CP 67.00

1.50 B150 35.00 H150 83.00 H150CP 96.00

2.00 B200 65.00 H200 120.00 H200CP 137.00

2.50 B250 107.00 H250 138.00 ——

3.00 — — H300 177.00 ——

CAP BCAP 3.80 ————

DE1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

9-1

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Table of Contents

Section 9

International Circuit Breakers

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max. 9-2

Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-3

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-4

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-5

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated 9-6

Breaking Capacities 9-7

Circuit Breaker Dimensions 9-8

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Thermal-Magnetic

Circuit Breakers

SF and SL Circuit Breakers, IEC Rated 415/240 Vac Max.

Class 600

•CE marking.

•S-frame circuit breakers are CCC Certified.

•International products—for export use only.

•MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your local Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aDE2A Discount Schedule

bAdd suffix K for CCC label

Table 9.1: SFAL, Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 1P, 2P, and 3P

Ampere Rating 1P 2P 3P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

SFALb

16 A SFAL1016 450.00 SFAL2016 704.00 SFAL3016 906.00

20 A SFAL1020 450.00 SFAL2020 704.00 SFAL3020 906.00

32 A SFAL1032 450.00 SFAL2032 704.00 SFAL3032 906.00

40 A SFAL1040 450.00 SFAL2040 704.00 SFAL3040 906.00

50 A SFAL1050 450.00 SFAL2050 704.00 SFAL3050 906.00

63 A SFAL1063 450.00 SFAL2063 704.00 SFAL3063 906.00

80 A SFAL1080 510.00 SFAL2080 890.00 SFAL3080 1115.00

100 A SFAL1100 510.00 SFAL2100 890.00 SFAL3100 1115.00

125 A — — SFAL2125 1076.00 SFAL3125 1262.00

160 A — — SFAL2160 1259.00 SFAL3160 1449.00

Table 9.2: SLAL Individually-Mounted, IEC Rated Circuit Breakers, 415/240 Vac Max., 50/60 Hz, 2P and 3P

Frame Size Circuit Breaker Type Ampere

Rating

2P 3P

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

400 A SLALb

250 A SLAL2250 3807.00 SLAL3250 4619.00

300 A SLAL2300 3807.00 SLAL3300 4619.00

350 A SLAL2350 3807.00 SLAL3350 4619.00

400 A SLAL2400 3807.00 SLAL3400 4619.00

DE2 DE2A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

P-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.3: P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

(AWG–kcmil)

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U32R 13958.00 PHLE36063U32R 14792.00 PLLE36063U32R 15626.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U32R 13958.00 PHLE36080U32R 14792.00 PLLE36080U32R 15626.00

1000 A PNLE36100U32R 18843.00 PHLE36100U32R 19985.00 PLLE36100U32R 21128.00

1250 A PNLE36125U32R 18843.00 PHLE36125U32R 19985.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U32R 20163.00 PHLE36160U32R 21384.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U33R 14280.00 PHLE36063U33R 15114.00 PLLE36063U33R 15947.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U33R 14280.00 PHLE36080U33R 15114.00 PLLE36080U33R 15947.00

1000 A PNLE36100U33R 19166.00 PHLE36100U33R 20309.00 PLLE36100U33R 21450.00

1250A PNLE36125U33R 19166.00 PHLE36125U33R 20309.00 ——

1600A PNLE36160U33R 20508.00 PHLE36160U33R 21731.00 ——

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U42R 14768.00 PHLE36063U42R 15600.00 PLLE36063U42R 16434.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U42R 14768.00 PHLE36080U42R 15600.00 PLLE36080U42R 16434.00

1000 A PNLE36100U42R 19653.00 PHLE36100U42R 20795.00 PLLE36100U42R 21936.00

1250 A PNLE36125U42R 19653.00 PHLE36125U42R 20795.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U42R 21030.00 PHLE36160U42R 22250.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U43R 16191.00 PHLE36063U43R 17024.00 PLLE36063U43R 17858.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U43R 16191.00 PHLE36080U43R 17024.00 PLLE36080U43R 17858.00

1000 A PNLE36100U43R 21077.00 PHLE36100U43R 22218.00 PLLE36100U43R 23360.00

1250 A PNLE36125U43R 21077.00 PHLE36125U43R 22218.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U43R 22551.00 PHLE36160U43R 23774.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U44R 17964.00 PHLE36063U44R 18798.00 PLLE36063U44R 19631.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U44R 17964.00 PHLE36080U44R 18798.00 PLLE36080U44R 19631.00

1000 A PNLE36100U44R 22850.00 PHLE36100U44R 23993.00 PLLE36100U44R 25134.00

1250 A PNLE36125U44R 22850.00 PHLE36125U44R 23993.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U44R 24450.00 PHLE36160U44R 25671.00 ——

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U63RE1 20382.00 PHLE36063U63RE1 21216.00 PLLE36063U63RE1 22049.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U63RE1 20382.00 PHLE36080U63RE1 21216.00 PLLE36080U63RE1 22049.00

1000 A PNLE36100U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36100U63RE1 26409.00 PLLE36100U63RE1 27552.00

1250 A PNLE36125U63RE1 25268.00 PHLE36125U63RE1 26409.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U63RE1 27036.00 PHLE36160U63RE1 28257.00 ——

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE36063U64RE1 21410.00 PHLE36063U64RE1 22244.00 PLLE36063U64RE1 23078.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE36080U64RE1 21410.00 PHLE36080U64RE1 22244.00 PLLE36080U64RE1 23078.00

1000 A PNLE36100U64RE1 26297.00 PHLE36100U64RE1 27437.00 PLLE36100U64RE1 28578.00

1250 A PNLE36125U64RE1 26297.00 PHLE36125U64RE1 27437.00 ——

1600 A PNLE36160U64RE1 28136.00 PHLE36160U64RE1 29358.00 ——

Table 9.4: Interrupting Ratings

NHL

Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 50 kA

75%

70 kA

50%

150 kA

100%

380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA

440 V 50 kA 65 kA 130 kA

500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA

660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

R-frame, 3P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.5: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip

Unit, IEC Rated

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U32R 22004.00 RHFE34160U32R 23120.00

2000 A RNFE36200U32R 22004.00 RHFE34200U32R 23120.00

2500 A RNFE36250U32R 34607.00 RHFE34250U32R 36384.00

3200 A RNFE36320U32R 34607.00 RHFE34320U32R 36384.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U33R 22326.00 RHFE34160U33R 23441.00

2000 A RNFE36200U33R 22326.00 RHFE34200U33R 23441.00

2500 A RNFE36250U33R 34929.00 RHFE34250U33R 36707.00

3200 A RNFE36320U33R 34929.00 RHFE34320U33R 36707.00

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U42R 22812.00 RHFE34160U42R 23928.00

2000 A RNFE36200U42R 22812.00 RHFE34200U42R 23928.00

2500 A RNFE36250U42R 35414.00 RHFE34250U42R 37194.00

3200 A RNFE36320U42R 35414.00 RHFE34320U42R 37194.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U43R 24234.00 RHFE34160U43R 25352.00

2000 A RNFE36200U43R 24234.00 RHFE34300U43R 25352.00

2500 A RNFE36250U43R 36837.00 RHFE34350U43R 38618.00

3200 A RNFE36320U43R 36837.00 RHFE34320U43R 38618.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U44R 26010.00 RHFE34160U44R 27126.00

2000 A RNFE36200U44R 26010.00 RHFE34200U44R 27126.00

2500 A RNFE36250U44R 38612.00 RHFE34250U44R 41199.00

3200 A RNFE36320U44R 38612.00 RHFE34320U44R 41199.00

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U63RE1 28425.00 RHFE34160U63RE1 29543.00

2000 A RNFE36200U63RE1 28425.00 RHFE34200U63RE1 29543.00

2500 A RNFE36250U63RE1 41030.00 RHFE34250U63RE1 42809.00

3200 A RNFE36320U63RE1 41030.00 RHFE34320U63RE1 42809.00

3P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE36160U64RE1 29454.00 RHFE34160U64RE1 30572.00

2000 A RNFE36200U64RE1 29454.00 RHFE34200U64RE1 30572.00

2500 A RNFE36250U64RE1 42057.00 RHFE34250U64RE1 43836.00

3200 A RNFE36320U64RE1 42057.00 RHFE34320U64RE1 48386.00

Table 9.6: Interrupting Ratings

Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 85 kA 75% 125 kA

75%

380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA

440 V 65 kA

100%

85 kA

500/525 V 65 kA —

660/690 V 65 kA —

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

P-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.7: P-frame—1600 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Unit,

IEC Rated

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting L Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

(AWG–kcmil)

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U32R 17307.00 PHLE46063U32R 18341.00 PLLE46063U32R 19376.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U32R 17307.00 PHLE46080U32R 18341.00 PLLE46080U32R 19376.00

1000 A PNLE46100U32R 23367.00 PHLE46100U32R 24783.00 PLLE46100U32R 26198.00

1250 A PNLE46125U32R 23367.00 PHLE46125U32R 24783.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U32R 25002.00 PHLE46160U32R 26517.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U33R 17708.00 PHLE46063U33R 18741.00 PLLE46063U33R 19776.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U33R 17708.00 PHLE46080U33R 18741.00 PLLE46080U33R 19776.00

1000 A PNLE46100U33R 23768.00 PHLE46100U33R 25182.00 PLLE46100U33R 26598.00

1250 A PNLE46125U33R 23768.00 PHLE46125U33R 25182.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U33R 25430.00 PHLE46160U33R 26945.00 ——

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U42R 18311.00 PHLE46063U42R 19344.00 PLLE46063U42R 20378.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U42R 18311.00 PHLE46080U42R 19344.00 PLLE46080U42R 20378.00

1000 A PNLE46100U42R 24371.00 PHLE46100U42R 25787.00 PLLE46100U42R 27201.00

1250 A PNLE46125U42R 24371.00 PHLE46125U42R 25787.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U42R 26076.00 PHLE46160U42R 27591.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U43R 20076.00 PHLE46063U43R 21110.00 PLLE46063U43R 22143.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U43R 20076.00 PHLE46080U43R 21110.00 PLLE46080U43R 22143.00

1000 A PNLE46100U43R 26135.00 PHLE46100U43R 27551.00 PLLE46100U43R 28967.00

1250 A PNLE46125U43R 26135.00 PHLE46125U43R 27551.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U43R 27964.00 PHLE46160U43R 29480.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U44R 22277.00 PHLE46063U44R 23310.00 PLLE46063U44R 24344.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U44R 22277.00 PHLE46080U44R 23310.00 PLLE46080U44R 24344.00

1000 A PNLE46100U44R 28335.00 PHLE46100U44R 29750.00 PLLE46100U44R 31166.00

1250 A PNLE46125U44R 28335.00 PHLE46125U44R 29750.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U44R 30317.00 PHLE46160U44R 31833.00 ——

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U63RE1 25274.00 PHLE46063U63RE1 26307.00 PLLE46063U63RE1 27341.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U63RE1 25274.00 PHLE46080U63RE1 26307.00 PLLE46080U63RE1 27341.00

1000 A PNLE46100U63RE1 31332.00 PHLE46100U63RE1 32748.00 PLLE46100U63RE1 34164.00

1250 A PNLE46125U63RE1 31332.00 PHLE46125U63RE1 32748.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U63RE1 33525.00 PHLE46160U63RE1 35039.00 ——

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

630 A PNLE46063U64RE1 26549.00 PHLE46063U64RE1 27582.00 PLLE46063U64RE1 28614.00

(4) 3/0–500

Al/Cu

800 A PNLE46080U64RE1 26549.00 PHLE46080U64RE1 27582.00 PLLE46080U64RE1 28614.00

1000 A PNLE46100U64RE1 32606.00 PHLE46100U64RE1 34022.00 PLLE46100U64RE1 35438.00

1250 A PNLE46125U64RE1 32606.00 PHLE46125U64RE1 34022.00 ——

1600 A PNLE46160U64RE1 34890.00 PHLE46160U64RE1 36404.00 ——

Table 9.8: Interrupting Ratings

NHL

Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu) Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 50 kA

75%

70 kA

50%

150 kA

100%

380/415 V 50 kA 70 kA 150 kA

440 V 50 kA 65 kA 130 kA

500/525 V 40 kA 50 kA 100 kA

660/690 V 30 kA 42 kA 25 kA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Circuit

Breakers

R-frame, 4P, Micrologic™ Electronic-Trip Unit, IEC Rated

Class 612

Note: See Digest for accessories and other information.

Table 9.9: R-frame—3200 A, Individually-Mounted, Micrologic™ Electronic Trip

Unit, IEC Rated

Sensor

Rating

N Interrupting H Interrupting

Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U32R 27284.00 RHFE44160U32R 28667.00

2000 A RNFE46200U32R 27284.00 RHFE44200U32R 28667.00

2500 A RNFE46250U32R 42911.00 RHFE44250U32R 45117.00

3200 A RNFE46320U32R 42911.00 RHFE44320U32R 45117.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U33R 27684.00 RHFE44160U33R 29067.00

2000 A RNFE46200U33R 27684.00 RHFE44200U33R 29067.00

2500 A RNFE46250U33R 43311.00 RHFE44250U33R 45518.00

3200 A RNFE46320U33R 43311.00 RHFE44320U33R 45518.00

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LS0 Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U42R 28287.00 RHFE44160U42R 29670.00

2000 A RNFE46200U42R 28287.00 RHFE44200U42R 29670.00

2500 A RNFE46250U42R 43914.00 RHFE44250U42R 46119.00

3200A RNFE46320U42R 43914.00 RHFE44320U42R 46119.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U43R 30051.00 RHFE44160U43R 31436.00

2000 A RNFE46200U43R 30051.00 RHFE44300U43R 31436.00

2500 A RNFE46250U43R 45678.00 RHFE44350U43R 47885.00

3200 A RNFE46320U43R 45678.00 RHFE44320U43R 47885.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U44R 32252.00 RHFE44160U44R 33636.00

2000 A RNFE46200U44R 32252.00 RHFE44200U44R 33636.00

2500 A RNFE46250U44R 47879.00 RHFE44250U44R 51087.00

3200 A RNFE46320U44R 47879.00 RHFE44320U44R 51087.00

Micrologic Power Trip Unit

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSI Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U63RE1 35249.00 RHFE44160U63RE1 36633.00

2000 A RNFE46200U63RE1 35249.00 RHFE44200U63RE1 36633.00

2500 A RNFE46250U63RE1 50876.00 RHFE44250U63RE1 53082.00

3200 A RNFE46320U63RE1 50876.00 RHFE44320U63RE1 53082.00

4P, 690 Vac 50/60 Hz with LSIG Trip Functions

1600 A RNFE46160U64RE1 36522.00 RHFE44160U64RE1 37907.00

2000 A RNFE46200U64RE1 36522.00 RHFE44200U64RE1 37907.00

2500 A RNFE46250U64RE1 52152.00 RHFE44250U64RE1 54357.00

3200 A RNFE46320U64RE1 52152.00 RHFE44320U64RE1 54357.00

Table 9.10: Interrupting Ratings

Icu Ics Icu Ics (%Icu)

220/240 V 85 kA 75% 125 kA

75%

380/415 V 70 kA 85 kA

440 V 65 kA

100%

85 kA

500/525 V 65 kA —

660/690 V 65 kA —

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Breaking Capacities

•CE Marking

•International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and IEC 60947-2.

•MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact your nearest Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aSingle pole ratings are 240 V.

bSFA 2 & 3 pole marked Line and Load.

cIEC rating 415Y/240 Vac; NEMA/UL rating 240 Vac.

d250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only.

Table 9.11: Circuit Breaker Breaking Capacities

Circuit Breaker Cat. Prefix

Current Rating

(Amps)

Short-circuit Ratings (415 Vac)

Isolator Rating Impulse Rating

Uimp (kV)

Insulation

Rating Ui (Vac)

International North America Ultimate Service Withstand

lcu Ics Icw

— FA, FH 15–100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

— FA, FH (1 pole)a15–100 A 18 kA 9 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFA (1 pole)a

SFAb—16–100 A

16–160 A

25 kA

12.5 kA

N/A

Ye s

750

— FC 15–100 A 10 kA 2.5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SFH — 16–63 A

80–100 A

65 kA

50 kA

33 kA

N/A

Ye s

750

—QBc70–250 Ad10 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

— LA 125–400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

SLA — 250–400 A 36 kA 18 kA N/A Yes 6 750

LC LC 300–400 A

450–630 A

65 kA

50 kA

N/A

Ye s

750

— LH 125–400 A 20 kA 5 kA N/A Yes 6 750

—

250–1200 A

35 kA 17.5 kA 25 kA

Ye s 6 7 5 0

PJ 50 kA 25 kA 10 kA

PL 85 kA 42.5 kA 10 kA

PK 50 kA 25 kA 25 kA

—

600–2500 A

35 kA 17.5 kA 32 kA

Ye s 6 7 5 0

RJ 50 kA 25 kA 32 kA

RL 85 kA 42.5 kA 32 kA

RK 70 kA 52.5 kA 32 kA

— PA 600–2000 A 50 kA 38 kA N/A No 6 750

— PC, PH 600–2500 A 70 kA 53 kA N/A No 6 750

PE, PX PE, PX 600–2500 A 70 kA 53 kA 12.5 No 6 750

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATONAL CIRCUIT

BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Dimensions

•CE Marking

•International products—IEC 60947-2 rated. North American products are dual rated, UL 489 and

IEC 60947-2.

•MCCBs in I-Line™ plug-on construction and a complete line of accessories are available. Contact

your nearest Field Sales office.

•Order entry point is Cedar Rapids, Iowa.

aDimensions E are 40 mm at ON end and 16 mm at OFF end.

Table 9.12: Dimensions

Circuit

Breaker

No.

Poles

Fig.

No.

Dimensions – mm

ABCDEFGH

SFA, SFH/FS, FH 3 1 152 114 80 105 11 130 38 19

SLA/LA, LH 3 1 279 152 103 148 22 235 51 25

QB 2 2 164 76 77 100 a108 —

3 3 164 114 77 100 a1083819

PG, PJ, PL 2, 3 4 414 210 140 204 106 200 200 —

RG, RJ, RL 2, 3 5 381 420 160 365 222 362 390 —

C/L

Figure 1

C/L

Figure 2

Figure 3

C/L

Figure 5

Figure 4

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

10-1

INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 10

International Panelboards

NQX Panelboard

NQX Panelboards

Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboards 10-2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

INTERNATIONAL PANELBOARDS

NQX Panelboards Factory Assembled Circuit Breaker Panelboard

NOTE: For export application only. Not UL Listed

Panelboard Information

Service 1Ø3W 110/220, 127/220, 115/230/ Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz

3Ø4W 220/110, 220/127, 230/115, 380/220, 415Y/240, 400/230 Vac 50 Hz, 60 Hz

Branches Plug-on QOXD and Bolt-on QOBXD

10–100 A QOXD and QOBXD 1-, 2-, and 3-pole (3000 AIR)

Boxes

Galvanized steel with removable endwalls with knockouts on one end.

Two sizes:

•NQB — 14 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 225 A interior maximum (availability to be announced)

•MH — 20 in. W x 5.75 in. D — 600 A main lug interior maximum

Fronts

•Gray baked enamel finish (ANSI49)

•Door with flush lock

•Mono-Flat™ fronts on 100–225 A. Front mounts to the interior with trim screws.

(Both trim screws and door hinges are concealed.)

•Fronts for 400A–600 A interiors are louvered and mount to the enclosure with trim screws.

(Door hinges are concealed.)

Common

Features Sub-Feed Lugs, Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker, Split Bus, Feed-Through Lugs

Bus Bars

•Aluminum bus, standard — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors

•Copper bus, optional — 100 A, 225 A, and 400 A interiors

•Copper bus, standard — 600 A interiors

Neutrals

•100% Aluminum neutral, standard

•100% Copper neutral, optional

•200% Neutral, optional

Enclosures

•Type 1, standard

•Type 3R, 5, and 12, optional

•Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 Stainless Steel, optional

NOTE: Price factory assembled NQX panelboard in the Quote to Cash Product Selector.

Select "NQ" panelboard, then select the appropriate "International Voltage".

Order Point Peru, IN

Figure 10.1: Mains

Mains Rating Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker

70 A — QOBXDa, QB, HD

100 A Yes QOBXDa, QB, HD

150 A — QB, HD

225 A Yes QB

250 A — JD

400 A Yes LA

600 A Yes —

aAvailable at 240 Vac maximum.

Figure 10.2: Distributed Phase Bussing

Main Lugs Main Circuit Breaker

100 A (1) #6-2/0 Al or Cu 100 A QOXD/QOBXD (1) #4-2/0 Al or Cu

225 A (1) #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu 150 A HD (1) #14-3/0 Al or Cu

400 A (1) 1/0-750 kcmil, or 225 A QB (1) #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu, or

(2) 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A (2) 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu 250 A JD (1) #3/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A LA (1) #1-600 kcmil, or

(2) #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

11-1

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table of Contents

Section 11

Obsolescent and Obsolete Circuit Breakers

Obsolescent and Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability 11-2

Pictorial and Dimensions 11-4—11-5

Obsolescent Circuit Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-6

K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-7

Automatic Molded-Case Switches 11-8

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector 11-9—11-10

UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers 11-11

Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch

Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards

11-12

Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers 11-13

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers 11-14

FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-15

QE Metering Circuit Breakers 11-16

KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-17

NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker 11-18

SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit 11-19

SE Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-20

M-frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers 11-21

Field-Installable Accessories 11-22

Mechanical Lug Information 11-23

Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets 11-24

Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM) 11-25

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed 11-26

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units 11-27

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories 11-28—11-29

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts 11-30

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and

Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability

Class 600

Contact your local Sales Office for availability.

Table 11.1: Circuit Breaker Availability

Series of

Cat. No. Frame Size Volts Poles Amperes Availability

Obsolete No Longer Available Obsolescent

115A–130A MO-1 (Add-on) 120 Vac 1 15–30 X

215A–250A MO-2 (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 15–50 X

215B–250B MO-2B (Add-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

70000 Multi-Breaker 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

111600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

131600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

151101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 15–30 X

151600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

161101 MO-1 120 Vac 1 With SN 15–30 X

161600 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 With SN 15–30 X

161700 MO-2 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–30 X

260000 MB (Left-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

270000 MB (Right-hand) 120 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

460000 MO-8 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

470000 MO-4 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–40 X

480000 MO-4 (Plug-in) 120/240 Vac 4 S.P. 15–50 X

940000 LM 600 Vac 2-3 125–800 X

950000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

951000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

952000 50 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

953000 Flip-on Form W 230 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

954000 100 A Form W (Trip Unit) 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

955000 100 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

956000 225 A Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

957000 400 A (KL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

958000 600 A (WL) Form W 250 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

959000 KL Frame Only 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

961000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

962000 50 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–50 X

964000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

965000 100 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

966000 225 A Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

967000 400 A (KL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

968000 600 A (WL) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

970000 Type L Form W 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

971000 Type L Form W (Flip-on) 240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

972000 M1 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X

973000 M2 (Bolt-on) 240 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

974000 MM (M) (Bolt-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

975000 100 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

976000 225 A Trip Unit 250 Vac 2, 3 70–225 X

977000 KL Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

978000 LM Trip Unit 600 Vac 2, 3 225–800 X

979000 WL Frame 600 Vac 2, 3 225–600 X

982000 50 A Form W (Flip-on) 125/250 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–50 X

984000 ML-2 250 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

985000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 50–100 X

986000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 10–100 X

987000 ML-3 250 Vac 2, 3 125–225 X

988000 ML-1 250 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

989000 ML-1 480 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

991000 QB 120/240 Vac 1 15–50 X

992000 ML 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 10–50 X

992900 ML Form Y 277 Vac 1 10–20 X

994000 ML-2 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

995000 100 A (G) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

996000 100 A (F) Form W 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

997000 ML-3 600 Vac 2, 3 50–225 X

998000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

999000 ML-1 600 Vac 2, 3 15–100 X

A1B 100 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 X

EH, EHB 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 EH See page 11-14

FC 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 15–100 FC See page 11-5

FD, FG, FJ 100 A 480Y/277 Vac 1, 2, 3 15–100 X

GJL / NENL 100 A 480 Vac 3 15–100 X

KA, KH, KC 250 A 480 Vac 2, 3 70–250 X See pgs. 11-6–11-8

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and

Obsolete Types

Circuit Breaker Availability

Class 600

Contact your local Sales Office for availability.

Table 11.2: Circuit Breaker Availability. Continued

Series of

Cat. No. Frame Size Volts Poles Amperes Availability

Obsolete No Longer Available Obsolescent

FI, FIL 100 A 480 Vac 2, 3 20–100 X

KI, KIL 225 A 480 Vac 2, 3 110–225 X

LI, LIL 400 A 480 Vac 2, 3 300–400 X

KD, KG 250 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–250 KG See page 11-17

LA(JKL) 0000 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–400 X

MA-0000 1000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 125–1000 X

Masterpact M/MP/MC 6300 A 600 Vac 3, 4 800–6300 See pgs. 11-27–11-30

MEC 225 A 600 Vac 2, 3 100–225 X

MEC 400 A 600 Vac 2, 3 250–400 X

MEC 800 A 600 Vac 2, 3 400–800 X

MHAB, BC, CA MM (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2 S.P. 15–50 X

MHAB, BC, CA M1 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 15–70 X

MHAB, BC, CA M2 (Plug-on) 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–100 X

NHL 1200 A 480 Vac 2, 3 800–1200 See page 11-18

PEC 1200 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–1200 X

PEC 1600 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–1600 X

PEC 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1000–2000 X

QOT Series 1 120/240 Vac 1, 2 30 X

Q1, Q1B 150 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–100 X

Q1, Q1B 150 A 240 Vac 3 15–100 X

Q1-H, Q1B-H 100 A 240 Vac 2 15–100 X

Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 125 A 120/240 Vac 2 15–30 X

Q1-VH, Q1B-VH 100 A 240 Vac 3 15–30 X

Q2, Q2-H, Q2H 225 A 240 Vac 2, 3 100–225 X

QE 200 A 120/240 Vac 2, 3 70–200 See page 11-16

SE 4000 A 600 Vac 3 200–4000 See pgs. 11-20

CK 1200 A 480 Vac 3 400–1200 X

CM 2000 A 480 Vac 3 1250–2000 X

XO 50 A 120/240 Vac 1, 2 15–50 X

Y1B 100 A 277 Vac 1 15–100 X

ME, MEL 250 A, 400 A, 800 A 600 Vac 3 100–800 X

MX, MXL 250 A, 400 A, 800 A 600 Vac 3 100–800 X

NA, NAL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X

NC, NCL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X

NX, NXL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X

NE, NEL 1200 A 600 Vac 3 600–1200 X

PAF 2000 A 600 Vac 3 600–2000 X

PHF 2000 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–2000 X

PCF 2500 A 600 Vac 2, 3 1600–2500 X

PXF 2500 A 600 Vac 2, 3 600–2500 X

PEF 2500 A 600 Vac 3 600–2500 X

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and

Obsolete Types

Pictorial and Dimensions

Class 600

Table 11.3: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Circuit

Breaker

Type

Cat. No.

Prefix

Number

Poles

Dimensions

ABCDE FGH

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. m

min. mm in. mm

QB 991 13.75951.00252.50633.0678————————

992 1 6.00 152 1.00 25 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — .33 8

992 2 6.00 152 2.00 51 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — .19 5

992 3 6.00 152 3.00 76 3.09 78 3.91 99 .88 22 4.25 108 — — 1.83 46

ML-1 999 2 & 3 6.50 165 4.47 113 3.06 78 3.94 100 .94 24 4.25 108 1.50 38 .75 19

ML-2 994 2 & 3 9.56 243 4.47 113 3.75 95 4.88 124 1.69 43 6.50 165 1.50 38 .75 19

ML-3 997 2 & 3 10.38 264 5.97 152 3.88 98 5.31 135 1.69 43 6.63 168 2.00 51 1.00 25

LA (W) LA 2 & 3 10.75 273 8.25 209 4.31 109 5.50 140 .63 16 9.50 241 2.75 70 1.38 35

MA (W) MA 2 & 3 16.00 406 8.25 209 4.06 103 6.06 154 .88 22 14.25 362 2.75 70 1.38 35

KL 967 2 & 3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35

LM 940 2 & 3 22.00 559 8.25 209 5.50 140 7.00 178 .63 16 20.75 527 2.75 70 1.38 35

FIL (4) IFL 2 & 3 8.29 210 4.46 113 3.67 93 4.70 119 .44 11 7.41 188 1.50 38 .75 19

KIL (4) IKL 2 & 3 11.00 279 6.00 152 4.02 102 5.51 140 .88 22 9.25 235 2.00 51 1.00 25

LIL ILL 2 & 3 11.00 279 12.00 305 4.05 103 6.11 155 .88 22 9.25 235 4.00 102 2.00 51

NHL NHL 2 & 3 20.00 508 12.00 305 5.75 146 8.12 206 5.87 149 7.76 197 4.00 102 2.00 51

LIL

ML-1

LA (W) MA (W)

ML-2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent and

Obsolete Types

Pictorial and Dimensions

Class 600

a70–100 A is 4.00 in.

bDimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.

cFCL 2-pole circuit breaker dimension B is 4.50 as in Fig. 23.

Figure 1

BE BE

Figure 3

EH, EHB

C/L

Figure 4

C/L

Figure 6

EBC/L

Table 11.4: Circuit Breaker Dimensions

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No. Prefix

No.

Poles

Fig.

No.

Dimensions—In.

ABCDEFGH

EH, EHB

1 1 1.00 3.50 2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

2 2 2.00 3.50a2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

3 3 3.00 3.50a2.00 2.97 2.44 — — —

FDA, FGA, FJA 1 Width 1.50

2, 3 Width 3.00

Q2L, Q2L-H 2 4 6.44 3.00 3.16 3.92 b4.25 — —

3 5 6.44 4.50 3.16 3.92 b4.25 1.50 0.75

KD, KG 2, 3 6 4.12 7.35 3.20 4.17 3.34 — — —

MXL, MEL 2 & 3 7 14.75 9.00 4.37 6.50 1.66 11.43 3.00 1.50

NAL, NCL,

NEL, NXL 2 & 3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.00 —

FCL

1 9 6.00 1.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 —

2106.003.00

c3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 — —

3 11 6.00 4.50 3.16 4.13 0.44 5.13 1.50 0.75

MAL, MHL 2 & 3 8 14.00 9.00 4.53 6.50 1.66 10.69 3.00 1.50

NA, NC, NX, NE 2 & 3 8 12.12 14.98 6.40 8.07 1.69 8.75 5.0 —

PA, PH, PX, PE 2 & 3 12 20.06 13.70 7.25 10.47 14.00 12.00 12.75 —

PC, PX-25, PE-20-25 2 & 3 13 26.10 23.30 13.33 16.55 14.10 12.00 — —

Table 11.5:

Frame Size Approx. Shipping Weight

(Lbs.)

MAL

MHL 34

PAF

PHF 69

PXF

PEF 80

C/L

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

F-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 650

Thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown on page 11-6 are permanent trip UL Listed, CSA® Certified, IEC

rated, and also meet the requirements of Federal Specification W–C–375B/GEN as indicated on Digest pages 7-4

through 7-7.

NOTE: Consider using PowerPact™ circuit breakers for situations requiring circuit breaker accessories. See Digest

Section 7 for more information.

a1P and 2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

bFCL 2P circuit breakers are built using 3P module.

cFCL circuit breakers are not rated for 250 Vdc.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

FC circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or

replacement.

Table 11.6: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 480 Vac

Extra-High Interrupting

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

2P 3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

480 Vac, 250 Vdc 480 Vac, 250 Vdc

Hold Trip Cat. No. Cat. No.

15 A 275 A 600 A — FCL34015

CU30FA4

(1) 14–10 Cu

20 A 275 A 600 A — FCL34020

25 A 275 A 600 A — FCL34025

30 A 275 A 600 A — FCL34030

35 A 400 A 850 A — FCL34035

AL100FA4

(1) 14–3 Cu

or (2) 12–1 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A — FCL34040

45 A 400 A 850 A — FCL34045

50 A 400 A 850 A FCL24050 FCL34050

60 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24060 FCL34060

70 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24070 FCL34070

80 A 800 A 1450 A FCL24080 FCL34080

90 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24090 FCL34090

100 A 900 A 1700 A FCL24100 FCL34100

Table 11.7: Interrupting Ratings

Volt ag e FAL FHL FCL FIL

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

Termination Option

Termination Letter

F = No Lugs

L = Lugs both ends

P with MT Suffix = Lugs ON end

P = Lugs OFF end

Table 11.8: F-Frame—100 A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 480 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Fixed AC Magnetic

Trip

Extra-High Interruptingc

2Pa3P Terminal

Wire Range

(AWG)

480 Vac, 250 Vdcb480 Vac, 250 Vdcc

Hold Trip Cat. No. Cat. No.

15 A 275 A 600 A — FC34015

CU30FA4

(1) 14–10 Cu

20 A 275 A 600 A — FC34020

25 A 275 A 600 A — FC34025

30 A 275 A 600 A — FC34030

35 A 400 A 850 A — FC34035

AL100FA4

(1) 14–3 Cu

or (1) 12–1 Al

40 A 400 A 850 A — FC34040

45 A 400 A 850 A — FC34045

50 A 400 A 850 A FC24050( ) FC34050

60 A 800 A 1450 A FC24060( ) FC34060

70 A 800 A 1450 A FC24070( ) FC34070

80 A 800 A 1450 A FC24080( ) FC34080

90 A 900 A 1700 A FC24090( ) FC34090

100 A 900 A 1700 A FC24100( ) FC34100

FAL/FHL 2P

15–100 A

FAL/FHL 3P

15–100 A

FA 2P

3 in. (76 mm)

Mounting Height

FA 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

F A L 3 6 1 0 0

For factory-installed termination, place

termination letter in the third block of the

circuit breaker catalog number.

Termination Letter

Table 11.9: Phase Options Table 11.10: Interrupting Ratings

Phase Option

Letter 1P 2P 3P Voltage FA FH FC FI

240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac

FA14035A

FA14035B

FA14035C

240 Vac 10 kA 18 kA (1P), 25 kA (2P, 3P) 25 kA 25 kA (1P) 65 kA (2P, 3P) 100 kA 200 kA

277 Vac — 18 kA — — 65 kA —

480 Vac — 18 kA 18 kA 25 kA (2P, 3P) 65 kA 200 kA

FA24030AB

FA24030AC

FA24030BC

600 Vac — — 14 kA 18 kA (2P, 3P) — 100 kA

ABC

CBA

FA34030

FA34030CBA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

K-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 655, 825, 660

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal value shown.

bKC circuit breakers are 480 Vac

c2P and 3P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection letters as a suffix. See Phase Option Table.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

K-frame circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or

replacement.

Table 11.11: K-Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaStandard

Interrupting

Cat. No.

High

Interrupting

Cat. No.

Extra-High

Interruptingb

Cat. No.

Terminal

Wire Range

Low High

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KAL26070 KHL26070 —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KAL26080 KHL26080 —

90 450 A 900 A KAL26090 KHL26090 —

100 500 A 1000 A KAL26100 KHL26100 —

110 550 A 1100 A KAL26110 KHL26110 KCL24110

125 625 A 1250 A KAL26125 KHL26125 KCL24125

150 750 A 1500 A KAL26150 KHL26150 KCL24150

175 875 A 1750 A KAL26175 KHL26175 KCL24175

200 1000 A 2000 A KAL26200 KHL26200 KCL24200

225 1125 A 2250 A KAL26225 KHL26225 KCL24225

250 1250 A 2500 A KAL26250 KHL26250 KCL24250

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KAL36070 KHL36070 —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KAL36080 KHL36080 —

90 450 A 900 A KAL36090 KHL36090 —

100 500 A 1000 A KAL36100 KHL36100 —

110 550 A 1100 A KAL36110 KHL36110 KCL34110

125 625 A 1250 A KAL36125 KHL36125 KCL34125

150 750 A 1500 A KAL36150 KHL36150 KCL34150

175 875 A 1750 A KAL36175 KHL36175 KCL34175

200 1000 A 2000 A KAL36200 KHL36200 KCL34200

225 1125 A 2250 A KAL36225 KHL36225 KCL34225

250 1250 A 2500 A KAL36250 KHL36250 KCL34250

Table 11.12: K-Frame—250A, Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

Adjustable AC Magnetic TripaStandard

Interrupting

Cat. No.

High

Interrupting

Cat. No.

Extra-High

Interruptingb

Cat. No.

Terminal

Wire Range

Low High

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcc

70 350 A 700 A KA26070( ) KH26070( ) —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KA26080( ) KH26080( ) —

90 450 A 900 A KA26090( ) KH26090( ) —

100 500 A 1000 A KA26100( ) KH26100( ) —

110 550 A 1100 A KA26110( ) KH26110( ) KC24110( )

125 625 A 1250 A KA26125( ) KH26125( ) KC24125( )

150 750 A 1500 A KA26150( ) KH26150( ) KC24150( )

175 875 A 1750 A KA26175( ) KH26175( ) KC24175( )

200 1000 A 2000 A KA26200( ) KH26200( ) KC24200( )

225 1125 A 2250 A KA26225( ) KH26225( ) KC24225( )

250 1250 A 2500 A KA26250( ) KH26250( ) KC24250( )

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

70 350 A 700 A KA36070 KH36070 —

AL250KA

(1) 4 AWG–350 kcmil Al

80 400 A 800 A KA36080 KH36080 —

90 450 A 900 A KA36090 KH36090 —

100 500 A 1000 A KA36100 KH36100 —

110 550 A 1100 A KA36110 KH36110 KC34110

125 625 A 1250 A KA36125 KH36125 KC34125

150 750 A 1500 A KA36150 KH36150 KH34150

175 875 A 1750 A KA36175 KH36175 KC34175

200 1000 A 2000 A KA36200 KH36200 KC34200

225 1125 A 2250 A KA36225 KH36225 KC34225

250 1250 A 2500 A KA36250 KH36250 KC34250

Table 11.13: Interrupting Ratings Table 11.14: Phase Options

Voltage KA, KAL KH, KHL KC, KCL KI, KIL Phase Option Letter 2P 3P

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA 100 kA 200 kA AB

KA26250AB

KA26250AC

KA26250BC

480 Vac 25 kA 35 kA 65 kA 200 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA — 100 kA

ABC

CBA

KA36250

KA36250CBA

A/KH/KC 2P and 3P

4.5 in. (114 mm)

Mounting Height

Table 11.15: Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock Componentse

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Manually Operated Electrically Operated

Operator

Suffix

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Cat. No.

Mounting Pan Cat.

No.

Operator

Suffix

Walking Beam

Ass'y. Cat. No. Mounting Pan Cat. No.

KAL WB KA4WB KAWBP4 WBMO KA9WB KAWBP9

dWalking Beam Mechanical Interlock requires 2 circuit breakers with WB suffix, 1 walking beam assembly and 1 mounting pan.

eFully enclosed interlocked units are available in Type 1 and Type 3R enclosures, with two neutrals provided in each enclosure. The

completely enclosed assembly is not UL Listed. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric local sales office for more information.

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Automatic Molded-Case Switches

Class 680, 685

Automatic Molded Case Switches

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only

the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no

overload or low level fault protection.

Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping

device such as a shunt trip.

Automatic switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA® Certified.

aUL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

bFHL and KHL automatic switches will not accept cylinder lock attachments.

cThe withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker

with an equal continuous current rating.

dThe short circuit current rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit

breaker with an equal continuous current rating.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

These automatic molded case switches are in obsolescence. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for

replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.

Table 11.16: Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

2P 3P Withstand Ratingdc Trip Point (A)aLug Kit

Installed

Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability 240 Vac 480 Vac 600 Vac 250 Vdc AC DC

100 FHL26000MbFHL36000Mb65k 25k 18k 10k 1500 1725 AL100FA

150 — FHL3600015Mb65k 25k 18k — 2500 — AL150FA

400 LHL26000M LHL36000M 65k 35k 25k 10k 8000 9600 AL400LA

250 KHL26000MbNot Available KHL36000MbNot Available 65k 35k 25k 10k 4500 5175 AL250KA

600 MHL260006M Not Available MHL360006M 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA

800 MHL260008M Not Available MHL360008M 65k 65k 25k 10k 9000 9900 AL900MA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector

Class 680, 685

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector

Instantaneous trip magnetic only circuit breakers have a single adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip

level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard circuit breakers comply with NEC® requirements for providing motor circuit

protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting

ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components only when they are used in combination with motor

starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.

Mag-Gard circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction. H-construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers are also available.

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended for use in combination with motor starters with overload

relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits. Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance

welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the

front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a

contactor and overload relay.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:

1. Use selection table for motors, other than NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as

follows:

For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor— specify motor

horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2. Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.

3. Refer to the table at right and select an instantaneous-trip circuit breaker with an Ampere rating recommended for the hp and

voltage involved.

4. Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load Amperes. (FLA) for other than Design

E motors. For Design E motors, select an adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700% of FLA.

5. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of

the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer

from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermal-magnetic circuit breakers

from Digest page 7-32 for those applications.

6. Part-winding motors, per NEC® 430.3, should have two circuit breakers selected from the above at not more than one half the

allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting means

per NEC 430.103.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

These Mag-Gard™ motor circuit protectors are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for

new installations or replacement.

Table 11.17: Magnetic Only 3–1200 A 600 Vac, 50/60 Hz

Ampere

Rating

Adjustablea

Trip Range

Cat. No.

3P only

KAL

150 A 750–1500 A KAL3615026M

250 A

400–800 A

750–1500 A

1000–2000 A

1125–2250 A

1250–2500 A

KAL3625021M

KAL3625026M

KAL3625030M

KAL3625031M

KAL3625032M

FAL

3 A

7 A

15 A

30 A

50 A

100 A

8–28 A

18–70 A

50–180 A

150–580 A

300–1100 A

FAL3600311M

FAL3600712M

FAL3601513M

FAL3603013M

FAL3603015M

FAL3605016M

FAL3610016M

FAL3610018M

Horsepower Motor Code Letters

1/2 or less A–L

3/4 to 1-1/2 A–K

2 to 3 A–J

5 to 25 A–H

30 to 125 A–G

150 or more A–F

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protector

Class 680, 685

aMotor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than nameplate full-load

current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal units. See Digest Section 15 for

selection of thermal units when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system

voltages are 200 to 208, 220 to 240, 440 to 480 and 550 to 600 volts.

bOnly MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are available on all circuit breakers.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

Table 11.18: Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers for Single Motor Circuit Protection

Hp Ratings of Induction Type

Squirrel-Cage and Wound Rotor Motors Full Load

Amperesa

Mag-Gard

Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip

Settings b

3Ø 60 Hz ac

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V MIN MAX

1/2 0.8 FAL3600311Ma1000% 3500%

1/2 1 FAL3600311Ma800% 2800%

3/4 1.1 FAL3600311M 700% 2500%

3/4 1 1.4 FAL3600311M 600% 2000%

1 1.8 FAL3600311M 400% 1600%

1/2 2 FAL3600311M 400% 1400%

1-1/2 2.1 FAL3600311M 400% 1300%

1/2 2.3 FAL3600311M 300% 1200%

1-1/2 2.6 FAL3600712M 700% 2700%

2 2.7 FAL3600712M 700% 2600%

3/4 2.8 FAL3600712M 600% 2500%

3/4 3.2 FAL3600712M 600% 2200%

2 3.4 FAL3600712M 500% 2100%

1 3.6 FAL3600712M 500% 1900%

3 3.9 FAL3600712M 500% 1800%

1 4.1 FAL3600712M 400% 1700%

3 4.8 FAL3600712M 400% 1500%

1-1/2 5.2 FAL3600712M 300% 1300%

1-1/2 6 FAL3600712M 300% 1200%

5 6.1 FAL3600712M 300% 1100%

2 6.8 FAL3601513M 700% 2600%

5 7.6 FAL3601513M 700% 2400%

2 7.8 FAL3601513M 600% 2300%

7-1/2 9 FAL3601513M 600% 2000%

3 9.6 FAL3601513M 500% 1900%

3 7-1/2 10 11 FAL3601513M 500% 1600%

10 14 FAL3603015M 700% 2500%

5 15.2 FAL3603015M 700% 2300%

15 17 FAL3603015M 600% 2100%

5 17.5 FAL3603015M 600% 2000%

15 21 FAL3603015M 500% 1700%

7-1/2 20 22 FAL3605016M 700% 2600%

7-1/2 25.3 FAL3605016M 600% 2300%

20 25 27 FAL3605016M 600% 2100%

10 28 FAL3605016M 500% 2100%

30 32 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%

10 32.2 FAL3605016M 500% 1800%

25 34 FAL3605016M 400% 1700%

30 40 FAL3605016M 400% 1500%

40 41 FAL3610018M 700% 2700%

15 42 FAL3610018M 700% 2600%

15 48.3 FAL3610018M 600% 2300%

40 50 52 FAL3610018M 600% 2100%

20 54 FAL3610018M 600% 2000%

20 60 62 FAL3610018M 500% 1800%

50 65 FAL3610018M 500% 1700%

25 68 FAL3610018M 400% 1600%

30 92 KAL3625025M 700% 1400%

40 104 KAL3625026M 700% 1400%

150 144 KAL3625030M 700% 1400%

50 150 KAL3625030M 700% 1300%

60 154 KAL3625031M 700% 1500%

125 156 KAL3625031M 700% 1400%

60 177.1 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%

150 180 KAL3625032M 700% 1400%

75 200 192 KAL3625032M 700% 1300%

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

UL Listed Marine Circuit Breakers

Class 600

A standard for molded case circuit breakers which are intended to be installed and used

aboard a boat or vessel is included in Supplement SA to UL 489, “Standard for Molded

Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures’’ (also referred to as UL product

category DKTY). This UL Standard was established in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard

regulations, applicable American Boat and Yacht Council Inc. publications, and NFPA® 302

“Standard for Motor Craft (Pleasure and Commercial)’’. In order to be UL Listed for marine

use, circuit breakers must not use aluminum or aluminum alloys for terminal connections

and must be calibrated at an ambient temperature of 40 oC. Standard circuit breakers

should not be specified or used in place of marine circuit breakers.

The following table lists those circuit breakers which are UL Marine Listed for use on

vessels over 65 ft. (19.8 m) in length. (PowerPact H and J-frame circuit breakers can also

be used in vessels under 65 ft. [19.8 m] in length.)

These marine circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new

installations or replacement.

Table 11.19: CIrcuit Breakers for Marine Applications

Cat. No. Prefix Poles Ampere

Rating Application Cat. No. $ Price

FC, FCL 2, 3 15–100 A

For use only on vessels over

65 feet (19.8 m) in length.

Add the number “9’’ after the catalog number prefix

of the standard circuit breaker catalog number.

Example:

Standard FAL36100

Marine FAL936100

There is a 20% adder to the price of the equivalent

standard circuit breaker.

All marine circuit breakers are supplied

with copper lugs.

KA, KAL 2, 3 70–250 A

KH, KHL 2, 3 70–250 A

KC, KCL 2, 3 110–250 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Circuit Breakers for NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards, Branch

Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards

Replacing Obsolescent Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers In NQO, NQOB and NQOD Panelboards

Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers have been replaced by QO and QOB circuit breakers.

Table 1 below is used for replacing 1P, 2P or 3P Q1 and Q1B circuit breakers with QO and QOB branch circuit

breakers in NQO, NQOB and NQOD panelboards.

Table 2 below is used for replacing Q1 and Q1B main circuit breakers in NQO and NQOB panelboards.

aMounting assembly SK5669 is used to mount both Q1 and QO circuit breakers. Not required for replacement purposes.

b225 A maximum. For 400–600 ampere circuit breaker mounting assembly, see Class 1630 Service Bulletin.

cDiscount Schedule PE1A.

Branch Circuit Breakers and Mounting Assemblies for ML Panelboards

Replacement circuit breakers for ML panelboards are determined by the manufacture date of the panel and the panel

depth. (See chart below)

The tables below are used for replacing or adding circuit breakers to 10-5/8 inch deep ML panelboards manufactured

from 1962–1968 and for switchboards manufactured from 1962–1968.

dMounting assemblies for twin-mounted circuit breakers will only accept the same family and configuration of circuit breakers, i.e., FAL and FAL.

NQO, NQOB, and NQOD circuit breakers and panelboards are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is

available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.

2P QO

2P QOB

2P Q1

Table 11.20: Replacing Q1 and Q1B Circuit Breakers with QO and QOB Branch Circuit Breakers

Panelboard

Type

Branch Circuit Breaker Mounting Assembly

Requiredc

Obsolete Available

NQOB Q1B QOB SK5668

NQOD QO SKNQOD225b

NQOD QOB SKNQOD225b

Table 11.21: Replacing Q1 and Q1B Main Circuit Breakers in NQO and NQOB Panelboards

Panelboard

Type

Main Circuit Breaker Mounting Assembly

Requiredc

Retaining Kit

Required

Obsolete Available

NQOB Q1B QOB SK5668 —

Table 11.22: Replacement Circuit Breakers in ML Panelboards

Manufacture Date Panel Depth Availability of Replacement Circuit Breakers

in. mm

1948–1956 8.63 219 No Replacements Available

1958–1961 10.00 254 No Replacements Available

1962–1968 10.63 270 Refer to Tables Below

Table 11.23: Replacement of Existing Circuit Breakers

Existing

Circuit

Breaker

Ampere

Rating

Mounting Height Cat. No.

Prefix

Replacement

Circuit

Breaker

Mounting

Assembly

Required

Poles

Required

Single or Twin

(Mounting

Assembly)

Availability

in. mm

ML-1 15–100 A 4.50 114 989 or 999 FAL SK4515d3P Twin

ML-3 100–225 A 6.00 152 997 KAL SK4516d3P Twin

LA (W) 225–400 8.25 210 LA LAL SK4517 3P Single

MA (W) 125–1000 A 8.25 210 MA MAL SK4578 3P Single

FAL 15–100 A 4.50 114 FAL FAL No

Mounting

Assembly

Required

3P Twin

Not Available

KAL 70–250 A 4.50 114 KAL KAL 3P Twin

LAL 125–400 A 6.00 152 LAL LAL 3P Single

MAL 300–1000 A 9.00 229 MAL MAL 3P Single

MAL 125–250 A 9.00 229 MAL LAL SK4517 3P Single

Table 11.24: Adding New Circuit Breakers

Cat. No.

Prefix Ampere Rating Mounting Assembly

Required

Mounting Height Poles

Required

Single or Twin

(Mounting Assembly)

in. mm

FAL 15–100 A SK4515 4.50 114 3P Twin

KAL 70–250 A SK4516 4.50 114 3P Twin

LAL 125–400 A SK4517 6.00 152 3P Single

MAL 300–1000 A SK4578 9.00 229 3P Single

DE5A PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Rating Plugs For Obsolete Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers

Class 666, 671, 677

Replacement rating plugs for circuit breakers

manufactured before Micrologic™.

eContact your nearest local sales office for availability.

These rating plugs are for electronic circuit breakers which are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ circuit breakers

for new installations or replacement.

Table 11.25: Replacement Rating Plugs for Pre-

Micrologic Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breakers

Manufactured

Before Micrologic

Frame

Size

Ampere

Rating Cat. No.

225 A

100 A ME2100

110 A ME2110

125 A ME2125

150 A ME2150

175 A ME2175

400 A 250 A ME4250

350 A ME4350

800 A

450 A ME8450

500 A ME8500

700 A ME8700

PE-G/PEC-G

Built before

June 1, 1982

and all PE/PEC

1200 A

600 A PE120600

700 A PE120700

800 A PE120800

900 A PE120900

1200 A PE121200

1600 A

1000 A PE161000

1200 A PE161200

1400 A PE161400

2000 A

1000 A PE161000

1200 A PE161200

1400 A PE161400

1800 A PE201800

2000 A PE202000

PE-G/PEC-G

Built after

June 1, 1982

1200 A

600 A PEG120600

700 A PEG120700

800 A PEG120800

1000 A PEG121000

1200 A PEG121200

1600 A

1000 A PEG161000

1200 A PEG161200

1400 A PEG161400

2000 A

1000 A PEG161000

1200 A PEG161200

1400 A PEG161400

1800 A PEG201800

2000 A PEG202000

Table 11.26: Interchangeable Rating Plug Kits for ME,

NE, PE and SE Circuit Breakers with

Full-Function Micrologic Trip System

Manufactured Between December 1989

and September 1992

Old Cat. No. New Cat. No. Multiplier Value

RP040 ARP040 0.400

RP050 ARP050 0.500

RP056 ARP056 0.563

RP058 ARP058 0.583

RP060 ARP060 0.600

RP063 ARP063 0.625

RP067 ARP067 0.667

RP070 ARP070 0.700

RP075 ARP075 0.750

RP080 ARP080 0.800

RP083 ARP083 0.833

RP088 ARP088 0.875

RP090 ARP090 0.900

RP100 ARP100 1.000

ME Micrologic

Circuit Breakers

ME Circuit Breakers

Manufactured

before Micrologic

PE Micrologic

Circuit Breakers

PE Circuit Breakers

Manufactured

before Micrologic

SE Micrologic

Circuit Breakers

Table 11.27: Replacement Rating Plugs for

Micrologic Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Frame Size Ampere Rating Cat. No.e

Micrologic

ME Series 3

225 A

100 A ME2100RP

110 A ME2110RP

150 A ME2150RP

175 A ME2175RP

400 A 250 A ME4250RP

800 A

450 A ME8450RP

500 A ME8500RP

700 A ME8700RP

Micrologic

NE Series 1 1200 A

600 A NE120600RP

630 A NE120630RP

700 A NE120700RP

800 A NE120800RP

900 A NE120900RP

1000 A NE121000RP

Micrologic

PE Series 4

1200 A

600 A PE120600RP

700 A PE120700RP

1000 A PE121000RP

1200 A PE121200RP

1600 A 1000 A PE161000RP

1200 A PE161200RP

2000 A

1000 A PE201000RP

1200 A PE201200RP

1400 A PE201400RP

1600 A PE201600RP

1800 A PE201800RP

Micrologic

SE Series 2

200 A

100 A S9020100RP

125 A S9020125RP

150 A S9020150RP

175 A S9020175RP

200 A S9020200RP

400 A

200 A S9040200RP

250 A S9040250RP

300A S9040300RP

350 A S9040350RP

800 A

450 A S9080450RP

500 A S9080500RP

700 A S9080700RP

1200 A

800 A S9120800RP

1000 A S9121000RP

1200 A S9121200RP

1600 A 1600 A S9161600RP

2000 A 2000 A S9202000RP

DE5A DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers

Class 590, 652

aUL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated.

bFor use only in Series 3 or Series E1 panelboards. Contact your nearest local sales office for use in earlier series panelboards

EH/EHB circuit breakers are obsolete. Do not use on new applications. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill

purposes. Contact your local Sales Office for product availability.

Table 11.28: E Frame—100 A, Thermal Magnetic (480Y/277 Vac)

Amp

Rating

277 Vac—14 kA

120 Vac—65 kA

480Y/277 Vac—14 kA

120/240 Vac—65 kA

480Y/277 Vac—14 kA

240 Vac—65 kA

Wire Size

(AWG) Wire

Temp.

Plug-On Bolt-On Bolt-On Bolt-On

Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability Al Cu

EH/EHB Circuit Breakers

15 A

Not Available Not Available EHB14015 aEHB24015 EHB34015 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

— — — — — — EHB340151042 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

— — EHB140151082 — — EHB340151082 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

20 A

Not Available Not Available EHB14020 aNot Available Not Available EHB34020 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

— — — — — — EHB340201042 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

— — Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB340201082 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

— — — — Not Available Not Available EHB340201212 — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

25 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

30 A

Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB34030 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

— — EHB140301082 EHB240301042 EHB340301082 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

— — — — EHB240301082 EHB340301212 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

— — — — — — EHB3403035 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

35 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB34035 12–2 14–2 75 oC

40 A

Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — EHB340401212 12–2 14–2 75 oC

45 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

50 A

Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB24050 Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — EHB340501042 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — EHB340501082 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

60 A

Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB24060 Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

— — — — — — Not Available Not Available 12–2 14–2 75 oC

70 A — — — — Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 4–2/0 4–2/0 75 oC

80 A — — — — Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 4–2/0 4–2/0 75 oC

90 A — — — — Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 4–2/0 4–2/0 75 oC

100 A — — — — EHB24100bNot Available Not Available 4–2/0 4–2/0 75 oC

100 A — — — — EHB241001082 Not Available Not Available 4–2/0 4–2/0 75 oC

EH/EHB HID Circuit Breakers — For Use on High Intensity Discharge Lighting Systems

15 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB24015HID Not Available Not Available — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

20 A Not Available Not Available EHB14020HIDaNot Available Not Available EHB34020HID — (2) 14–10 60/75 oC

25 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

30 A Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available Not Available EHB34030HID 12–8 14–8 60/75 oC

Requires

1 Space

Requires

1 Space Requires

2 Spaces

Requires

3 Spaces

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

FJA Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

FJ 3-pole circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations

or replacement.

Table 11.29: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires

Per Lug and

Wire Range

Kit

Cat. No.

Lugs

Per

Kit

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire

FJ 35–125 A FJ 15–30 A (1) 12–2/0 AWG Al or

(1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu AL100FD 3

Table 11.30: Handle Accessories

Circuit Breaker Type No. of Poles Cat. No.

Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)

FJ 1, 2 or 3 HPAFD

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

QE Metering Circuit Breakers

QE circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations or

replacement.

Table 11.31: Branch Circuit Breakers

Branch Device

System

Type

Branch Circuit Breaker

Ampere

Rating Cat. No. Availability

1Ø IN – 1Ø OUT

3Ø IN – 1Ø3W OUT

200 A Max.

70 A QE270VH

80 A QE280VH

90 A QE290VH

100 A QE2100VH

125 A QE2125VH Not Available

150 A QE2150VH

175 A QE2175VH Not Available

200 A QE2200VH Not Available

3Ø IN 3Ø OUT

200 A Max.

70 A QE370VH

80 A QE380VH Not Available

90 A QE390VH Not Available

100 A QE3100VH Not Available

125 A QE3125VH Not Available

150 A QE3150VH Not Available

175 A QE3175VH Not Available

200 A QE3200VH Not Available

Table 11.31: Branch Circuit Breakers

Branch Device

System

Type

Branch Circuit Breaker

Ampere

Rating Cat. No. Availability

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

KD/KG Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Class 540

KD and KG circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for new installations

or replacement.

Table 11.32: PowerPact™ K Frame—250 A, Thermal-Magnetic (240 Vac)

Continuous

Current

Rating

@ 40o C

AC Magnetic

Trip Settings D Interrupting Level G Interrupting Level Terminal

Wire

Range

Hold Trip Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability

2P, 240 Vac

100 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22100 Not Available KGL22100 Not Available

AL250KD

6 AWG–350 kcmil

Al or Cu

110 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22110 Not Available KGL22110 Not Available

125 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22125 Not Available KGL22125 Not Available

150 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL22150 Not Available KGL22150 Not Available

175 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22175 Not Available KGL22175 Not Available

200 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22200 Not Available KGL22200 Not Available

225 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22225 Not Available KGL22225 Not Available

250 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL22250 Not Available KGL22250 Not Available

3P, 240 Vac

100 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32100 KGL32100 Not Available

AL250KD

6 AWG–350 kcmil

Al or Cu

110 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32110 Not Available KGL32110 Not Available

125 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32125 KGL32125 Not Available

150 A 1100 A 1700 A KDL32150 KGL32150 Not Available

175 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL32175 Not Available KGL32175 Not Available

200 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL32200 Not Available KGL32200 Not Available

225 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL32225 KGL32225 Not Available

250 A 1400 A 2400 A KDL32250 Not Available KGL32250 Not Available

Table 11.33: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Kit Catalog

Number

Circuit Breaker Application Number of Wires Per Lug

and Wire Range Torque Lugs

Per Kit Availability

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire

AL250KD KDL, KGL 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 N•m) 3 Not Available

Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only

CU250KD — — KDL, KGL 100–250 (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil 300 lb-in (34 N•m) 3

Table 11.34: Handle Accessories

Circuit Breaker Type Cat. No. Availability

Handle Padlock Attachment (locks ON or OFF)

KDL, KGL HPAKD Not Available

Table 11.35: Interrupting Ratings (kA)

KDL

240 V 25

KDL and KGL

Circuit Breaker

100–250 A

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

NHL Thermal-Magnetic Molded Case Circuit Breaker

Class 670

aUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

bUse with NAHEX handle extension.

NHL circuit breakers and related accessory products are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit

breakers for new installations or replacement.

NHL Circuit Breaker

800–1200 A

Table 11.36: NHL Circuit Breaker (1200 A, 480 Vac)

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic Trip

Settings

Amperes

2P 3P Standard Lug Kit Wire

Range

Low High Cat. No. Cat. No.

800 A 4000 A 8000 A — NHF368001021

AL1200NA

(4) 350–750-kcmil

1000 A 5000 A 10000 A — NHF3610001021

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A — NHF361200

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A — NHF3612001021

800 A 4000 A 8000 A — NHL36800

1000 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL261000 NHL361000

1000 A 5000 A 10000 A — NHL3610001021

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A NHL261200 NHL361200

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A — NHL3612001021

Table 11.37: Mechanical Lug Kit

Kit Cat. No. Circuit

Breaker

Ampere

Rating

Number of Wires Per

Lug and Wire Rangea

Lugs

Per Kit

AL1200NA NH 600–1200 (4) 350–750 kcmil 1

Table 11.38: Compression Lug Kit

Kit Cat. No. Circuit

Breaker

Number of Lugs

Per Terminal and Wire Rangea

Lugs

Per Kit

VC1200NA5 NH (1) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1

VC1200NA7 NH (1) 500–750 kcmil Al or

500 kcmil Cu 1

Table 11.39: Mechanical Accessories

Cat. No. Circuit

Breaker Description No. of

Poles

HPANAbNH Handle Padlock Attachment 2, 3

NAHEX NH Handle Extension 2, 3

Table 11.40: Control Wire Terminations

Cat. No. Standard Package Quantity

AL1200NAT 1

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

SE Circuit Breaker with Full-Function Trip Unit

Class 678

a“MR” (Motor Ready) indicates 120 Vac spring charging motor only already installed. Does not include shunt close or shunt trip option.

b“Z” indicates circuit breaker supplied without terminal connector kit.

cSubstitute (A) in place of (G) for ground-fault alarm (pick-up indication only).

SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for

new installations or replacement.

Table 11.41: SE Circuit Breaker

Sensor Size Ampere

Rating

Plug

Installed

Fixed-Mounted Circuit Breaker Drawout Circuit Breaker

Cat. No.ab Cat. No.ab

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous

w/Ground Faultc

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous

w/Ground Faultc

Standard Interrupting Rating

1200 A 1200 A

ARP100

SEF361200LSMR — — —

3000 A 3000 A

SEF363000LS — SED363000LS —

— SEF363000LSG — SED363000LSG

SEF363000LSMR — SED363000LSMR —

— SEF363000LSGMR — SED363000LSGMR

4000 A 4000 A

SEF364000LSZ — — —

SEF364000LSMRZ —

— SEF364000LSGMRZ — SED364000LSGMR

— SEF364000LSAMRZ — —

High Interrupting Rating

1200 A 1200 A ARP100 — SEHF361200LSGMR — —

3000 A 3000 A SEHF363000LSMR — — —

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

SE Circuit Breaker Accessories

Class 678

aUsed only with SE circuit breaker Series 3B.

bAlso field-installable on Series 3 and newer, and for Series 2 ground

fault circuit breakers.

cFixed-mounted circuit breakers only. Does not include key interlock.

Electric Joint Compound

SE drawout circuit breakers are supplied with factory-

applied joint compound on the plug-on connectors. The

compound should not be removed because it contributes

to the overall performance of the connection.

Whenever one of these units is removed and reinstalled,

the joint compound should be reapplied.

PJC 8311 is a two-ounce container of compound specially

formulated for the SE drawout connections. This

compound MUST BE USED ON SE DRAWOUT

CONNECTIONS. No other type of commercially available

joint compound should be used.

SE circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for

new installations or replacement.

Table 11.42: Field-Replaceable Electronic Trip Unit Kits (Replaceable by Field Services Only)a

Ampere Rating

Trip Unit Function Cat. No.

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous with

Ground Fault

Long-Time

Short-Time

Instantaneous with

Ground Fault Alarm

400 A — SETU400LSGB —

800 A SETU800LSB — —

800 A — SETU800LSGB —

1200 A SETU1200LSB — —

1200 A — SETU1200LSGB —

1600 A — SETU1600LSGB SETU1600LSAB

2500 A — SETU2500LSGB —

3000 A SETU3000LSB — —

3000 A — SETU3000LSGB SETU3000LSAB

4000 A SETU4000LSB — —

4000 A — SETU4000LSGB —

Table 11.43: SE Drawout Cell Keying Kit

Cell Key Positions Table

Availability

Cell Keying

Kit Cat. No.

Frame

Size

Drawout Carriage Cell Key Position

ABCDE

SECK0400 400 A X X Not Available

SECK0800 800 A X X Not Available

SECK1200 1200 A X X

SECK1600 1600 A X X

SECK2000 2000 A X X

SECK2500 2500 A X X

SECK3000 3000 A X X

Table 11.44: Field-Replaceable Accessory Kits

Description Kit

Cat. No.

Spring Charging Motor

Replacement Kit

120 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

125 Vdc

S3MOT120AC2

—

S3MOT125DC2

Shunt Close

Replacement Kit

120 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

125 Vdc

S3SC120AC2

S3SC024DC2

S3SC048DC2

S3SC125DC2

Shunt Tripb

Replacement Kit

120 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

125 Vdc

S3ST120AC2

S3ST024DC2

S3ST048DC2

S3ST125DC2

Undervoltage Tripb

Replacement Kit 120 Vac —

Auxiliary Switchb

Replacement Kit

4 ac/dc

4 ac/dc add on

4 ac only

8 ac only

S34DCB2

S34DCT2

S34AC2

S38AC2

Alarm Switchb

Replacement Kit 2 ac only S3AS2

Table 11.45: Field-Installable External Accessory

Kits

Description Kit

Cat. No.

Padlock Attachment SE2PA

Close Button Cover SE1CBC

Key Interlock Bracketc SE1KI

Series 1 Primary Injection Test Plug SEPITK1

Series 2 Primary Injection Test Plug SEPITK2

SE Drawout Crank SEDC

Fan Monitoring Switch Kit SE40FAN

Table 11.46: Neutral Current Transformers

Cat. No. Sensor Where Used

SE12NCT 800 SE, SEH

SE12NCT 1200 SE, SEH

SE30NCT 1600 SE, SEH

SE30NCT 2000 SE, SEH

SE30NCT 2500 SE, SEH

SE30NCT 3000 SE, SEH

SE40NCT 4000 SE, SEH

Table 11.47: Electric Joint Compound

Used With Cat. No.

SED Drawout Circuit Breakers PJC8311

DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Molded Case Circuit

Breakers

M-Frame Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-28

OptionalLugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-23

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 11-5

Enclosures: see Digest Section 7

M-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers are obsolete. Please refer to Digest 176 for PowerPact™ molded case circuit breakers for

new installations or replacement.

Table 11.48: M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, Individually-Mounted Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic

Trip SettingsaStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

Low High Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

MAL26300

MAL26350

MAL26400

MAL26450

MAL26500

MAL26600

MAL26700

MAL26800

MAL26900

MAL261000

Not Available

MHL26300

MHL26350

MHL26400

MHL26450

MHL26500

MHL26600

MHL26700

MHL26800

MHL26900

MHL261000

Not Available

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL261200 Not Available MHL261200 Not Available AL1000MAb

(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

900 A

1000 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

9000 A

10000 A

MAL36300

MAL36350

MAL36400

MAL36450

MAL36500

MAL36600

MAL36700

MAL36800

MAL36900

MAL361000

Not Available

MHL36300

MHL36350

MHL36400

MHL36450

MHL36500

MHL36600

MHL36700

MHL36800

MHL36900

MHL361000

Not Available

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

1200 A 5000 A 10000 A MAL361200 Not Available MHL361200 AL1000MAb

(4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil

aUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.

bThe AL100MA lug is the only lug available for the 1200 A MA and MH circuit breakers.

Table 11.49: M-Frame—Thermal-Magnetic, I-Line™ Construction Circuit Breakers, 600 Vac

Ampere

Rating

AC Magnetic

Trip SettingscStandard Interrupting High Interrupting Terminal

Wire

Range

Low High Cat. No. Availability Cat. No. Availability

2P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

MA26300( )

MA26350( )

MA26400( )

MA26450( )

MA26500( )

MA26600( )

MA26700( )

MA26800( )

Not Available

MH26300( )

MH26350( )

MH26400( )

MH26450( )

MH26500( )

MH26600( )

MH26700( )

MH26800( )

Not Available

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc

300 A

350 A

400 A

450 A

500 A

600 A

700 A

800 A

1500 A

1750 A

2000 A

2250 A

2500 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

3000 A

3500 A

4000 A

4500 A

5000 A

6000 A

7000 A

8000 A

MA36300

MA36350

MA36400

MA36450

MA36500

MA36600

MA36700

MA36800

Not Available

MH36300

MH36350

MH36400

MH36450

MH36500

MH36600

MH36700

MH36800

Not Available

AL900MA

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil

cUL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±25% for low and ±20% for high from nominal values shown.

d2P circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog numbers. See Phase Options table.

Table 11.50: Interrupting Ratings

Voltage MA/MAL MH/MHL

240 Vac 42 kA 65 kA

480 Vac 30 kA 65 kA

600 Vac 22 kA 25 kA

MAL/MHL 2P and 3p

300–1000 A

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Field-Installable Accessories

Field-Installable Electrical Accessories

Complete field-installable accessory catalog number by inserting suffix from Digest page 7-

36 between the parentheses in the catalog numbers shown in the table below. (Example:

LA11212) See Digest page 7-36 for accessory pricing; add 20% to factory-install field-

installable devices.

Table 11.51: Field-Installable Accessories for Thermal-Magnetic and Electronic Trip

Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Shunt Trip Ground-Fault

Shunt TripaUndervoltage Trip Auxiliary Switches Alarm Switch

MA, MH

Series 2 MA1( ) MA1G MA1 ( ) MA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only Center Pole

ME, MX Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

Factory-Installed

Only

NA, NC, NE, NX

Series 1, 2, 3 NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( ) NA1( )

PA, P H , PC

Series 4 PA 1 ( ) Factory-Installed

Only PA11121 PA1( ) Factory-Installed

Only

PE, PX

Series 4, 5, 6 PA1 ( ) Factory-Installed

Only

PA11121 PA1 ( ) Factory-Installed

Only

aUsed with obsolete GP Ground-Censor™ system or add-on ground-fault modules.

Table 11.52: Accessory Mounting Locations

MA, MH Series 2 circuit breakers or newer = Field-

installable accessories

ME/MX circuit breakers = Not field-installable accessories

NA, NC, NE, NX circuit breakers - FIeld-installable

accessories

“L” port and “R” port will accept shunt trips, alarm switches

and UVRs; “R2” port will accept auxiliary switches.

Maximum of one device per port.

PA, PH, PC, PE, PX Series 4 circuit breakers or newer = FIield-installable

accessories.

“L1” a

nd “L2” or “R1” and “R2” port combinations are required

to mount a single shunt trip. Both “L2” and “R2” ports will

accept a UVR. Both “L1” and R1” ports will accept

auxiliary switches. If alarm switch is factory installed in PA

or PC circuit breaker, it will be installed in “R2” port. For a

PE or PX circuit breaker, the alarm switch will be factory

installed in “L2” port.

1A/1B

Circuit Breaker Closed

Circuit Breaker Open or Tripped

Auxiliary Switch

Contact Configuration

Color Code:

"A" Contact - Yellow Leads

"B" Contact - Blue Leads

Common-Striped Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

1A Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Tripped

1B Alarm Switch

Configuration

Color Code: Red Leads

Circuit Breaker Open or Closed

Undervoltage Trip

Wiring Diagram

Brown

Brown Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

UVR

Shunt Trip

Wiring Diagram

Black

Black Wires To Be

Connected To

Control Power

Shunt

Tr i p

LR1

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit Breaker

Accessories

Mechanical Lug Information

aUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

bFor use in the OFF end only, when the OFF end is the load end.

cUse suffix 8002 for factory-installed Cu lugs. (20% adder.)

Compression Lug Kits

aSee instruction bulletins for recommended tools.

bUnless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

cAll P-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type.

Power Distribution Connectors (PDC) for Circuit Breakers—for Field Replacement of Mechanical

Lugs

Can be used for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker. Use in place of standard distribution blocks to save

space and time.

Field-installable kits, including tin-plated aluminum connectors and all necessary mounting hardware are available for

Square D FA, LA and Q4-frame molded case circuit breakers.

Connectors are UL Listed:

•For use on load end of circuit breaker only

•For use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only

•For use in UL 1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment

•For copper wire only

dNot for use with I-Line circuit breakers.

eWhen using fine stranded wire, increased cross sectional area may cause maximum wire size to be reduced.

fOFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

Table 11.53: Mechanical Lug Kit Information

Circuit Breaker Application (Number of Wires Per Lug )

Wire RangeaCat. No.

Lugs

Per

Kit

Availability

Per Kit

Standard Ampere

Rating Optional Ampere

Rating

Al Lugs for Use with Al or Cu Wire

— — LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI — (1) 500–750 kcmil AL600LI7 1

MA, MH 300–1000 A — — (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL900MA 1

— — MA, MH 300–1000 A (2) 500–750 kcmil AL800MA7 1

— — MA, MH 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL1000MA 1

ME, MX 100–250 A — — (1) 6 AWG–350 kcmil AL250ME 3 Not Available

— — ME, MX 250–400 A (1) 350–750 kcmil AL400ME7 1 Not Available

— — ME, MX 100–800 A (2) 500–750 kcmil AL800MA7 1

ME, MX 300–800 A ME, MX 100–250 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL900MA 1

— — ME, MX 300–1200 A (4) 1/0 AWG–350 kcmil AL1000MA 1

NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A — — (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil AL1200NE6 1 Not Available

——

PAF, PHF, PEF, PXF,

PCF 600–2500 A (1) 1/0 AWG–750 kcmil AL2500PA 2

Cu Lugs for Use with Cu Wire Only c

— — MA, MH 300–1000 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1

— — ME, MX 125–250 A (1) 4 AWG–250 kcmil Cu CU250ME 3 Not Available

— — ME, MX 100–800 A (3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu CU1000MA 1

— — NA, NC, NE, NX 600–1200 A (4) 3/0 AWG–600 kcmil Cu CU1200NE6 1 Not Available

Table 11.54: Field-installable Compression Lug Kitsa

Circuit Breaker

Type Wire RangebDimension A

(In)

Max. Lugs

Per Terminal Cat. No. Lug Qty.

Per Kit Availability

Aluminum Compression Lug Kits

MA, MH 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 Not Available

500–750 kcmil 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 Not Available

ME2, MX2 4 AWG–300 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME3 3 Not Available

250–350 kcmil 1.5 1 VC250ME35 3 Not Available

ME4, MX4

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 2.2 1 VC400ME5 1 Not Available

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 2.5 1 VC400ME7 1 Not Available

ME, MX, MA, MH

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 1.9 2 VC600MA5 2 Not Available

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 2.1 2 VC800MA7 2 Not Available

NA, NC, NE, NX

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil 3.3 4 VC1200NE5 4 Not Available

500–750 kcmil Al

or 500 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 VC1200NE7 4 Not Available

PA F, P H F, P C F, P E F 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil c6–8 VC2000PA5 4 Not Available

2/0 AWG–500 kcmil c6–8 VC2500PA7 4 Not Available

Copper Compression Lug KitsNot Available

ME4, MX4 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.6 1 CVC400ME5 1 Not Available

ME, MX 250–500 kcmil Cu 2.4 2 CVC600MA5 2 Not Available

NA, NC, NE, NX 250–500 kcmil Cu 3.3 4 CVC1200NE5 4 Not Available

500–750 kcmil Cu 3.6 4 CVC1200NE7 4 Not Available

Table 11.55: PDC Lugs

Use With Circuit BreakerdCicuit Breaker

Ampere Rating

Wires Per Terminal

& Wire Rangee

Cat. No. Lug Quantity

Per Kit

Dimension

A (i.) Availability

MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL 125–1000 A (6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu PDC6MA20 1 0.0 Not Available

(12) 14–4 AWG Cu PDC12MA4 1 0.0

AL900MA

AL1000MA

AL800MA7

AL2500PA

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Electronic Products Micrologic™ Series 2/3/A/B Trip Unit Test Sets

Class 690

NOTE: Listed below are the catalog numbers and the components required for testing

the entire family of Micrologic trip systems. The listing includes obsolete series

trip systems.

Micrologic Series B Trip Systems

Identified by label on front of trip unit

(LE/LX/LXI, ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breaker 9/92 to present)

(SE circuit breaker 10/92 to present)

This is the latest series of standard (LX/LXI, MX, NX and PX) and full-function (LE, ME, NE,

PE and SE) Micrologic trip systems.

Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Trip Systems

Identified by two rows of rotary switches

(ME/MX, NE/NX and PE/PX circuit breakers 11/89 to 9/92)

(SE circuit breakers 5/90 to 10/92)

For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set (CBTU1 or UTS3) and want

to test these earlier series Micrologic trip systems, see the following chart.

Micrologic Series 2 Trip Systems

Identified by only one row of rotary switches

Micrologic Series 2 Test Modules are obsolete and no longer available.

Note: For trip systems of this type that require testing, contact Technical Services toll free at 1-800-634-2003.

Table 11.56: Universal Test Set

Description Cat. No.

Universal Test Set includes the following:

1. Self-test module (CBTMT)

2. Standard and full-function Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB) includes rating plug adapter

3. Power cord

4. Ribbon cable for making the connection from the test set to the rating plug adapter

5. Instruction manual

UTS3

For those customers who already own the Universal Test Set and want to test the latest standard and

full-function (Series B) trip systems, all that is needed is Micrologic Series B module (CBTMB). Included

is the rating plug adapter and instruction manual.

CBTMB

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTMB CBTMBRK

Long-time and ground-fault memory reset module (Series B Electronics) MTMB

Table 11.57: Micrologic Series 3 and Series A Circuit Breaker Test Module

Circuit Breaker Test Module Cat. No.

Includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM4A

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug adapter for CBTM4A CBTM4RK

Table 11.58: Micrologic Series 2 Circuit Breaker Test Module

Circuit Breaker Test Modules Cat. No. Availability

SE (5/85-5/90) includes rating plug adapter and instruction pages CBTM1 Not Available

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM1 CBTM1A Not Available

ME, PE (4/85-11/89) CBTM2 obsolete, no longer available CBTM2 Not Available

ME, NE, PE (10/86-11/89) includes rating plug adapter and instruction manual CBTM3 Not Available

Replacement ribbon cable and rating plug for CBTM3 CBTM3A Not Available

Table 11.59: Micrologic Series 1 Trip Systems for Circuit Breakers Manufactured

Before Micrologic

Trip System Test Set

ME/PE (8/78-4/85) Identified by slide type switches instead of rotary switches.

The very first series ME and PE electronic trip circuit breakers offered by Square D.

Test Set

Not Available

SE (7/83-5/85) The very first series of SE electronic trip circuit breakers had rotary switches and can be

identified by a three-digit serial number.

Test Set

Not Available

Table 11.60: Neutral Current Transformers

Cat. No. Availability Sensor Where Used

ME25CT2

ME4CT2

ME8CT2

Not Available

250 A

400 A

800 A

MXL,MEL

NE12CT2 1200 A NXL,NEL

PE12CT2

PE16CT2

PE20CT2

PE25CT2

Not Available

1200 A

1600 A

2000 A

2500 A

PXF, PEF

DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Ground-Fault Protection Micrologic™ Add-On Ground-Fault Module (GFM)

Class 931, 940, 960

The Micrologic ground-fault module (GFM) is a UL Listed

circuit breaker accessory for equipment protection. It is a

combination ground-fault relay and ground-fault sensing

device.

Micrologic Add-On Ground-Fault Module Features:

•Used in combination with the FA, KA, FC, KC, FI, and KI type

circuit breakers with a ground-fault shunt trip factory installed

(add the suffix “G” to the circuit breaker)

•Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels

•Adjustable ground-fault time delays

•Integral ground fault push-to-test feature and ground-fault

indicator

•All GFMs supplied for I-Line™ mounting, easily convertible to

unit mount by removing the

I-Line brackets

•Neutral current transformer is supplied for 3-phase 4-wire

applications. Refer to instructions for proper installation

•Zone-selective interlocking capability is standard with

upstream Micrologic trip system circuit breakers. The GFM

can also be zone interlocked with the GC ground-fault system

by using a restraint interface module.See Supplementary

Digest

•120 Vac control power is required for integral test feature.

Meets NEC 230-95(c)

NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be reverse fed.

aUse NEMA 1 or 3R enclosures only. See page 11-5 for dimensions.

RIM32 Restraint Interface Module

The RIM32 Restraint Interface Module is used to interface

the restraint signals between various Square D

Micrologic™ circuit breakers, Micrologic ground-fault

modules, and GC-100 ground-fault protection systems.

The restraint interface module operates on either 120 or

240 Vac, 50/60 Hz. The module is protected by a 1/4 A

fuse.

Allowable ZSI combinations are shown in Table 11.62.

(Series numbers for current design circuit breakers end in

B, for example NE Series 3B.) For double-ended or larger

systems, or systems which contain devices from different

columns in Table 11.62, contact your local Sales Office for

combination information.

If more inputs or outputs are needed, another restraint

interface module is necessary. Contact your local Sales

Office for information on multiple module installations.

NOTE: The maximum distance between

devices is 1000 ft. (305 m).

Table 11.61: Module/Enclosure Selection Chart

Companion

Circuit

Breaker

Prefix

Cat. No.

Enclosure Space Required Ground-Fault

Pickup

Adjustment

Range

Availability

I-Line

Switchboard

Individual

Enclosure a

FAL, FHL,

FCL, FA,

FH, FC

GFM100FA LA KA 20–100 A

FI GFM100FI LA — 20–100 A Not

Available

KAL, KHL,

KI, KA,

KH, KC

GFM250 LA LA 40–200 A

GFM250

Table 11.62: ZSI Combinations

Table 11.63: RIM32

Cat. No.

RIM32

aGFM is an output device only.

ZSI Combinations

(Where All Inputs Driven Are Same Column)

SE 2 (Ground Fault)

SE 2 (Short Time)

ME 3, NE1, PE 4

ME 4 & 5, NE 2 & 3

PE 5 & 6, SE 3

ME 5A, NE 3A,

PE 6A, SE 3A

LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B,

PE 6B, SE 3B

GC100

RIM 32

SE 2 (Ground Fault) 50 R R R RR50

SE 2 (Short Time) 1 R R R RR50

ME 3, NE1, PE 4 50 R 15 2 13 47 R 50

ME 4, 5 & 5A, NE 2, 3 & 3A, PE

5, 6 & 6A, SE 3, 3A 50 R R 1 1 7R14

LE 1B, ME 5B, NE 3B, PE 6B,

SE 3B 50 R10 1 R 26 R44

GC 100 R R R R R R750

GFMa50 2 1 1 5R10

RIM32 50 6 50 7 37 50 15 50

# Maximum inputs without RIM32. Self-restraint counts as one input.

R RIM32(s) required to restrain any devices.

Note:Note: Present design.

Invalid combination.

Inputs

Output

Circuit Breaker Series

GND

OUT

No. 4

Ground Fault

Restraint

GND

OUT

No. 5

Short Time

Restraint

GND

OUT

No. 6

Restraint

GND

OUT

GC-100

Ground Fault

Restraint

GND

No. 1

Ground Fault

Restraint

GND

No. 2

Short Time

Restraint

GND

No. 3

Restraint

GND

GC-100

Ground Fault

Restraint

PUSH

TO TEST

OUTPUTS

INPUTS

CAT. NO. RIM32

COM 240

Vac

COM

120

Vac

1/4 AMPERE

DE2 DE5A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breakers, UL 489/1066 Listed

To order a complete circuit breaker, order:

1. Circuit breaker fixed or drawout frame..........................page 11-26

or cradle only................................................................page 11-32

or circuit breaker without cradle....................................page 11-26

2. Connections..................................................................page 11-23

3. Control unit....................................................................page 11-27

4. Rating plug....................................................................page 11-27

5. Accessories...................................................................page 11-28

Fixed and Drawout breakers listed below are complete with STR58U Trip unit which includes Long time, short time,

instantaneous and ground fault as well as options T (residual) and I (ammeter).

bNot UL Listed

Additional information: Catalog 0631CT9501, Data Sheet 0631HO9701

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest

176. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.

Table 11.64: UL Listed Masterpact MP Circuit Breaker Frame

Rating AIR/

480 V

Fixed

Drawout without Cradle

Cradle Only

3P $ Price

MP16 to MP30—

UL 489/NEMA AB1

Standards

High Interrupting (H2)

Contact Schneider Electric Cedar Rapids

Plant Customer Service Group for current

pricing and availability.

MP16H2 1600 A 100 kA MP100135 MP100136 MP100141

MP20H2 2000 A 100 kA MP100137 MP100138 MP100133

MP30H2 3000 A 100 kA MP100139 MP100140 MP100132

DE2G Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Control Units

aExternal neutral sensor not included.

bExternal AD module (see page 11-28) is required if load is below 20% or if setting is red zone.

NOTE: Mandatory for UL Listed Masterpact MP circuit breakers with STR 28D, STR 38S and STR 58U control

units. Not required on IEC Rated Masterpact circuit breakers.

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest 176. Limited

service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.

Table 11.65: Control Units

Control Unit Ground-Fault ProtectionaWithout Ground-Fault Protectiona

STR 58U (long-time, short-time and instantaneous protection)

STR58U (long-time = 0.4x1 sensor rating) Includes Residual Type T — and Ammeter — I

External neutral sensor (TCE) b– see page 11-28

M1008H2 M1008H2NG

M10H2 M10H2NG

M1612H2 M1612H2NG

M16H2 M16H2NG

M20H2 M20H2NG

M25H2 M25H2NG

M3230H2 M3230H2NG

M32H2 M32H2NG

M6340H2 M6340H2NG

M6350H2 M6350H2NG

M63H2 M63H2NG

Table 11.66: Rating Plug (RL)

Sensor Rating Plug Rating Cat. No.

250 A

150 A 54732

200 A 54733

250 A 54734

400 A

200 A 54735

250 A 54736

300 A 54737

400 A 54738

600 A

300 A 54739

400 A 54740

500 A 54741

600 A 54742

800 A

400 A 54743

500 A 54744

600 A 54745

800 A 54746

1200 A

600 A 54747

800 A 54748

1200 A 54750

2500 A 1200 A 54759

5000 A

3000 A 54772

4000 A 54773

5000 A 54774

DE2G Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories

aDiscount Schedule DE2G.

bDiscount Schedule DE2F

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest

175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.

Table 11.67: Neutral Sensor for 3ØH4W Systems (TCE)

NOTE: External neutral transformer (TCE) must have the same rating

as the circuit breaker current sensor.

Rating Cat. No.

800 A 54422

1250 A 54426

2000 A 54427

Table 11.68: Accessories (Must be ordered as separate items)

Accessory Description Discount

Schedule Cat. No.

Power Supply Module (AD) Input voltage

For STR 18M to STR 58U

control units

Output voltage: 24 Vdc

24/30 Vdc

DE2F

54440

48/60 Vdc 54441

10 Vac 50/60 Hz 54443

220 Vac 50/60 Hz 54444

380 Vac 50/60 Hz 54446

Battery Module (BAT)

Battery back-up power supply for AD module DE2F 54446

Table 11.69: Accessories for Cradle

Accessory Cat. No.

Position Switches

Four SPDT connected position switches (CE) 54590

Two SPDT disconnected position switches (CD) 54591

Door Escutcheon

Can be used with fixed or drawout circuit breakers 54594b

DE2F DE2G DE2 DE5A Discount

Schedule

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Accessories

aNot UL Listed.

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest

175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.

Table 11.70: Accessories for Circuit Breaker Frame

Vol ts (V ) Cat. No.

(XF)

Cat. No.

(MX)

•Maximum 2 shunt trips or 1 shunt trip + 1 undervoltage trip.

Closing Coil (XF)/Shunt Trip (MX)

AC 50/60 Hz

110/127 54449 54449

220/250 54503 54503

277 a54504 54504

24 54495 54495

48 54497 54497

100/110 a54449 54449

200/220 a54503 54503

250 54504a54504

Undervoltage Trip (MN)

AC 50/60 Hz 440/480 54481

24 54470

100/110 a54474

200/220a54478

Time Delayed Undervoltage Trip (MNR) – Not UL Listed

AC 50/60 Hz

110/127 54486

220/250 54488

Spring Charging Motor (MCH)—Includes Spring Charged Switch

AC 50/60 Hz

100/127 54512

200/240 54513

480a54518

DC 48/60 54511

Two Standard (2a+2b) Auxiliary Switches Standard

Four Auxiliary Switches (OF)

Four changeovers (SPDT) 54525

One Ready to Close Switch (PF)

One ready to close switch 54528

One Overcurrent Trip Switch (SDE)

Not available on switch version Standard

“OFF” Position Lock by Key Lock

Provision for KIRK key lock VKA 54536

Ronis (1 key lock) with provision VSRA1 54533

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

DE2G Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Obsolescent Circuit

Breakers

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC Circuit Breaker Spare Parts

Masterpact™ M/MP/MC circuit breakers and related accessories are obsolete. Use Masterpact NT/NW for new applications. See DIgest

175. Limited service stock is available for replacement or fill purposes. Contact your local sales office for product availability.

Table 11.71: Spare Parts

Spare Parts Cat. No.

Clusters for Cradle (Set of 2)

MP25–MP30 3P M20–M25L 3P 54063 (3)

MP25–MP30 4P M20–M25L 4P 54063 (4)

M32H 3P 54063 (3)

M32H 4P 54063 (4)

MP40–MP50 3P M50H 3P 54063 (6)

M50H 4P 54063 (7)

Charging Handle

One piece 685713

Racking Handle

One piece 685631

Vertical UL 489—UL 1066 Connectors

MP25–MP30 3P (set of three top or bottom connectors) 54107 (2)

For pricing contact your local

Schneider Electric distributor.

DE2F DE2 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

12-1

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

Table of Contents

Section 12

Obsolete Motor Control Centers

Model 4

Branch Feeder Units 12-2

Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-3

Fusible Switch Type Combination Starter Units 12-4

Series 5600

General Information 12-5

Branch Feeder Units 12-6

Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starter Units 12-6

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

Obsolete Motor Control

Centers

Model 4 Branch Feeder Units

Class 8998

This section covers Model 4 Motor Control Center (MCC)

unit availability during product obsolescence. All Model 4

orders can be completely defined by price, catalog type,

and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not

required for order entry.

All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. If a NEMA 12 unit is

required, multiply the base price by 1.06. Note the

standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for

important information.

Model 4 structures are no longer available. Transition

sections can be provided to match an existing Model 4

MCC to a Model 6 MCC.

Model 4 to Model 6 Transition

Provides transition from a Model 4 to a Model 6 MCC. The

transition requires a 12-inch extension on the first section

of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be

ordered with at least one Model 6 section and cannot ship

separately. THE MODEL 6 BUS MUST BE OF EQUAL

OR GREATER AMPACITY THAN THE MODEL 4 BUS.

The transition section includes all required splice bars.

(Reference the Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing

Guide.)

Please supply original Model 4 factory order number,

basic configuration, and Model 4 bus amperage, material,

and plating at time of order.

Compatible structure depths include:

•15-inch deep Model 6 to 14-inch deep Model 4

•20-inch deep Model 6 to 20-inch deep Model 4

Branch Feeder Units and Modifications

aAll branch circuit breakers are thermal magnetic with high interrupting

Form Y532.

bUnit support pan included.

NOTE: Fusible branch feeders 30-200 amp using Class H fuse clips have a

short circuit rating of 10,000 AIR @ 600 V. If Class R fuse clips are

required, order field installabe kit from Digest.

cFuses not included.

dFull Voltage Non-Reversing units only.

eReversing units only.

fTwo-Speed units only.

gDimensions are in inches — Depth from door to panel is 7.50 inches.

Table 12.1: Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units a

No. of Poles Trip Rating Breaker

Frame Type

Unit Type

No. $ Price Space

Factor

BW423

2150.00

20 BW424

30 BW425

40 BW429

50 BW428

BW426

2376.00

70 BW450

80 BW451

90 BW452

100 BW427

125

BY405

6336.00 1-1/2

150 BY406

175 BY409

200 BY407

225 BY408

Table 12.2: Dual Mounted Units

No. of Poles Trip Rating Breaker

Frame Type

Unit Type

No. $ Price Space

Factor

15/15

FH/FH

BW453

3908.00

1-1/2

20/20 BW454

30/30 BW455

50/50 BW456

60/60 FH/FH BW457 3988.00

100/100 BW458

Table 12.3: Miscellaneous Items

Unit Description Price

K401b1/2 S.F. Blank Plate $ 68.00

K402b1 S.F. Blank Plate 68.00

K404b2 S.F. Blank Plate 106.00

Table 12.4: Fusible Switch Branch Feeder Units—

3-pole c

Volt ag e Max. Fuse Size Unit Type No. $ Price Space

Factor

250

30 KW408 1214.00 1

60 KX409 1214.00 1

100 KY409 1714.00 1

200 KZ409 2046.00 2-1/2

600

30 KW409 1214.00 1

60 KX410 1214.00 1

100 KY410 1714.00 1

200 KZ410 2046.00 2-1/2

Table 12.5: Starter Unit Options

Description Form No. Price

Start-Stop PB with 1 Pilot light — Red (On)dAP $284.00

Forward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot LightseA1PP 616.00

High-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot LightsfA2PP 616.00

Hand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light — Red (On)dCP 284.00

1 Pilot Light only — Red (On)dP151.00

2 Pilot Lights — Red (On)ePP 384.00

Table 12.6: Miscellaneous Units

MT Units (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)

Unit Type No. Space Factors Panel DimensionsgPrice

MT414 1 11-3/4 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W$450.00

MT415 2 22-1/3 in. H x 13-5/8 in. W908.00

PE4 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

12-3

Obsolete Motor Control

Centers

Model 4 Circuit Breaker Type Combination Starters

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)

aUnits are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V contol circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74

must be used.

bIncludes extra 1/2 space factor (additional space only).

cMelting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add

form B to unit, price adder is 170.00

NOTE: To get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.

Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker combination starter units through Size 4 are UL Listed for 22,000 AIR @ 600 V. Exception: NEMA Size 3 and 4 when

bimetallic overloads are used are UL Listed for 10,000 AIR @ 600 V.

Table 12.7: Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter Size C/B Amp Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price With

FTa

$ Price With

SY74

No. of

Thermal Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/4–1

3EC403

13480.00 3190.00 3

1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 7 EC404

1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 EC405

57-1/210 — 30EC406

1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 115 EC409 1-1/2b4772.00 4475.00 3

57-1/210 — 30EC410

5 7-1/2 15 15–20

30 ED402

14695.00 4297.00 37-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 ED403

—15—— 100ED404

5 7-1/2 15 15–20

30 ED405

1-1/2b5718.00 4884.00 37-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 ED406

—15—— 100ED407

10 10 25 25–30 350 EE404 1-1/2 6490.00 5884.00 3

15–25 30 50 40–50 100 EE405

30 40 — —

225 EF406

211615.00 10798.00 340 — 75 100 225 EF407

— 50 100 — 225 EF408

Table 12.8: Full Voltage Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter Size C/B Amp Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price With

FTa

$ Price With

SY74

No. of

Thermal Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/4–1

3FC408

1-1/2 4877.00 4480.00 3

1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 7 FC409

1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 FC410

57-1/210 — 30FC411

5 7-1/2 15 15–20

30 FD402

26251.00 5851.00 37-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 FD403

—15—— 100FD404

Table 12.9: Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter

Size

C/B

Amp

One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of Thermal

Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ Ta

$ Price

w/ SY74

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

— — 1/2 1/4–3/4

3 HC415

24301.00 3846.00

HC419

27068.00 6240.00 6

1/4–3/4 3/4 2 1–2 7 HC416 HC420

1–2 2 5 3–5 15 HC417 HC421

3–5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 30 HC418 HC422

— — 10 10–15 230 HC411 25947.00 5309.00 HD413 29489.00 8328.00 6

7-1/2 10 20 20 50 HC412 HD414

Table 12.10: Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter

Size

C/B

Amp

One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of Thermal

Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

1/4–1/3 1/3 1 1/4–1

3 HC407

24301.00 3846.00

HC411

27068.00 6240.00 6

1/2–1 1 3 1-1/2–3 7 HC408 HC412

1-1/2–3 3 7-1/2 5–10 15 HC409 HC413

5 7-1/2 10 — 30 HC410 HC414

5 7-1/2 15 15–20

30 HD405

25947.00 5309.00

HD408

29489.00 8328.00 67-1/2–10 10 25 25 50 HD406 HD409

— 15 — — 100 HD407 HD410

PE4 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

Obsolete Motor Control

Centers

Model 4 Fusible Switch Combination Starter Units

1B Wiring and 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Auxiliary Interlock (Standard)

aUnits are wired for 480 V unless 240 V is stated on order. The 480 V control circuit transformer is reconnectable for 240 V. For other voltages, form SY74

must be used.

bIncludes extra 1/2 space factor (additional spaces only).

cMelting alloy overload relay included; thermal units must be priced and ordered separately. If ambient compensated bimetallic overload is required add

form B to unit, price adder is 170.00

NOTE: Refer to catalog to get NEMA 12, multiply base price by 1.06 and add form N12 to unit.

Fusible starters Sizes 1–3 using Class H fuse clips have a short circuit rating of 5,000 AIR @ 600 V. Size 4 starters using Class H are rated 10 kAIR @

600 V. If Class R fuse clips are required, order field installable kit from Digest. Fuses are not included.

Table 12.11: Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter Size

Switch

Amp Rating

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price With

FTa

$ Price With

SY74

No. of

Thermal Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

55——

30 NC413

13345.00 3055.00 3— — 10 10 30 NC414

7-1/2 7-1/2 — — 60 NC415

7-1/2 7-1/2 — — 160 NC416 1-1/2b4479.00 4029.00 3

— — 10 10 30 NC417

10 15 — — 260 ND411 14509.00 4102.00 3

— — 25 25 60 ND412

10 15 — — 260 ND413 1-1/2b5197.00 4715.00 3

— — 25 25 60 ND414

20 25 — —

100 NE416 1-1/2

6228.00 5618.00 325 30 — — 200 NE417 3

— — 50 50 100 NE418 1-1/2

40 50 — — 4200 NF409 3-1/2 10192.00 9369.00 3

— — 100 100 200 NF410

Table 12.12: Full Voltage Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter Size

Switch

Ampere

Rating

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price With

FTa

$ Price With

SY74

No. of

Thermal Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

55——

30 OC417

1-1/2 4744.00 4349.00 37-1/2 7-1/2 — — 60 OC418

— — 10 10 30 OC419

10 10 — — 260 OD409 26069.00 5669.00 3

— — 25 25 60 OD410

Table 12.13: Two-Speed, Constant Hp, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter

Size

Switch

Amp

Rating

One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of Thermal

Units

Requiredc

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

55——

30 QC447

24016.00 3559.00

QC450

26541.00 5712.00 65 5 — — 60 QC448 QC450

— — 7-1/2 7-1/2 30 QC449 QC452

7-1/2 10 — — 260 QD437 25712.00 5074.00 QD439 29016.00 7849.00 6

— — 20 20 60 QD438 QD440

Table 12.14: Two-Speed, Constant or Variable Torque, Full Voltage Non-Reversing

Maximum Horsepower At NEMA

Starter

Size

Switch

Amp

Rating

One Winding (Consequent Pole) Two Winding (Separate Winding) No. of Thermal

Units

Requiredc

208 V240 V480 V600 V Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

Unit Type

No.

Space

Factor

$ Price

w/ FTa

$ Price

w/ SY74

7-1/2 7-1/2 — —

30 QC441

24016.00 3559.00

QC444

26541.00 5712.00 67-1/2 7-1/2 — — 60 QC442 QC445

— — 10 10 30 QC443 QC446

10 15 — — 260 QD433 25712.00 5074.00 QD435 29016.00 8749.00 6

— — 25 25 60 QD434 QD436

PE4 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

12-5

Obsolete Motor Control

Centers

Series 5600 General Information

This section covers Series 5600 Motor Control Center availability during product obsolescence. All Series 5600 orders

can be completely defined by price, catalog type, and modifications. Layout sheets and data sheets are not required for

order entry.

All unit prices are shown as NEMA 1. Note the standard features of the unit. Please refer to footnotes for important

information.

Notes:

1. All units are circuit breaker type.

2. All starter units use Square D™ brand Type S starters and contactors.

Telemecanique™ Series 5600 History

The Series 5600 MCC was in production for more than 20 years. In 1970 it was first sold under the ITE Circuit

Breaker/ITE Imperial name. In 1976 ITE Imperial merged with Gould Inc. The MCC was then sold with the Gould ITE

name and later the Gould name. In 1985 the Industrial Controls Division of Gould Inc. was sold to Telemecanique Inc.,

and the MCC was renamed the Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC. Telemecanique, Inc., was acquired by Groupe

Schneider in 1988, and in 1991 Square D Company was purchased by Groupe Schneider.

Transition Sections From Telemecanique Series 5600 To Square D™ Brand Model 6

Provides transition from Telemecanique Series 5600 MCC to Square D™ brand Model 6 MCC. The transition requires

an extension on the first section of the Model 6 lineup. The transition section must be ordered with at least one Model 6

section, and cannot ship separately. The ampacity of the Model 6 bus will be equal to or greater than that of the

Series 5600 bus. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep Series 5600. 15 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to

15 in. deep Series 5600. 20 in. deep Model 6 can be spliced to 20 in. deep back-to-back Series 5600 (units mounted

both front and back), with front only unit mounting on the Model 6 section(s). The transition section includes all required

splice bars. (Reference Model 6 Motor Control Center Pricing Guide.)

NOTE: Not Available In NEMA Type 3R Construction.

The Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section is available in two basic configurations:

1. Model 6 on right spliced to Series 5600 on left

2. Model 6 on left spliced to Series 5600 on right

The following information must be provided when ordering a Model 6 to Series 5600 transition section:

1. Basic configuration (Model 6 Right/Series 5600 Left or Model 6 Left/Series 5600 Right)

2. Series 5600 bus amperage, material, plating, and dimensions

3. Model 6 bus amperage, material, and plating

4. Original Series 5600 factory order number

Please contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability of transition sections.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

OBSOLETE MOTOR CONTROL

CENTERS

www.schneider-electric.us

Obsolete Motor Control

Centers

Series 5600 Branch Feeder and Circuit Breaker Type

Combination Starter Units

Notes:

1. Bimetallic overload relay included; thermal units

must be priced and ordered separately for NEMA

Sizes 1 and 2.

2. On starter units, the last digits of the unit catalog

number represent the horsepower.

3. All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.

4. All units include a control power transformer and are

wired for 120 V control.

5. All starter units are rated for 100 k AIR at 480 V.

6. All starter units are supplied with 1B wiring, 1 N.O.

auxiliary interlock, and 1 N.C. auxiliary interlock.

NOTE: All circuit breaker branch feeder units are rated for 25 k AIR at 480 V.

aTo order a unit with any of the options listed, add the form number as

a suffix to the unit type number. Only listed combinations of options are

available. Choose only one form number option per starter unit.

bFull Voltage Non-Reversing units only.

cReversing units only.

dTwo-speed units only.

NOTE: (Undrilled Panel and Hinged Door)

NOTE:

•All units are NEMA 1 enclosure.

•All operators and pilot lights are 22 mm.

•1 space factor = 12 inches

•The ground stab kit is field installed and available for all units.

Table 12.15: Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters

Unit Catalog No. NEMA Size C/B Amps $ Price Space Factor

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

1TA.33 2TA.33 TA1 6TA1

3600.00 1

1TA1 2TA1 TA3 6TA3 7

1TA3 2TA3 TA7.5 6TA10 15

1TA5 2TA7.5 TA10 —30

1TA10 2TA10 TA25 6TA25 250 4326.00 1

1TA25 2TA30 TA50 6TA50 3100 5632.00 2

Table 12.16: Full Voltage Reversing Starters

Unit Catalog No. NEMA Size C/B Amps $ Price Space Factor

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

1TC.33 2TC.33 TC1 6TC1

4816.00 1.5

1TC1 2TC1 TC3 6TC3 7

1TC3 2TC3 TC7.5 6TC7.5 15

1TC5 2TC7.5 TC10 6TC10 30

1TC10 2TC10 TC25 6TC25 250 5796.00 1.5

Table 12.17: 2 Speed 1 Winding Starters

Constant Hp Constant or Variable Torque

Unit Catalog No. Unit Catalog No. NEMA

Size C/B Amps $ Price Space

Factor

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

——TH.5 6TH.75 1TE.33 2TE.33 TE1 6TE1

6572. 2

1TH.75 2TH.75 TH2 6TH2 1TE1 2TE1 TE3 6TE3 7

1TH2 2TH2 TH5 6TH5 1TE3 2TE3 TE7.5 6TE7.5 15

1TH5 2TH5 TH7.5 6TH7.5 1TE5 2TE7.5 TE10 6TE10 30

1TH7.5 2TH10 TH20 6TH20 1TE10 2TE10 TE25 6TE25 250 2

Table 12.18: 2 Speed 2 Winding Starters

Constant Hp Constant or Variable Torque

Unit Catalog No. Unit Catalog No. NEMA

Size C/B Amps $ Price Space

Factor

208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V

——TI.5 6TI.75 1TG.33 2TG.33 TG1 6TG1

6082.00 2

1TI.75 2TI.75 TI2 6TI2 1TG1 2TG1 TG3 6TG3 7

1TI2 2TI2 TI5 6TI5 1TG3 2TG3 TG7.5 6TG7.5 15

1TI5 2TI5 TI7.5 6TI7.5 1TG5 2TG7.5 TG10 6TG10 30

1TI7.5 2TI10 TI20 6TI20 1TG10 2TG10 TG25 6TG25 2507510.00 2

Table 12.19: Single Branch Circuit Breaker

Feeder Units

NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire

Unit Type Trip Rating Frame Type $ Price Space Factor

TW15 15

FD 2934.00 1

TW20 20

TW30 30

TW40 40

TW50 50

TW60 60

TW70 70

TW80 80

TW90 90

TW100 100

TW125 125 FD 6040.00 1.5

TW150 150

TW175 175

JD 6408.00 1.5TW200 200

TW225 225

TW250 250 JD 8102.00 1.5

Table 12.20: Dual Mounted Branch Circuit Breaker

Feeder Units

NOTE: All units are 3 Phase, 3 Wire

Unit Type Trip Rating Frame Type List $ Price Space Factor

TW415 15/15

FD/FD 5310.00 1

TW420 20/20

TW430 30/30

TW450 50/50

TW460 60/60

TW4100 100/100

Table 12.21: Starter Unit Options

DescriptionaForm No. List $ Price

bStart-Stop PB with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On) AP 540.

cForward-Reverse-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A1PP 1164.

dHigh-Low-Stop PB with 2 Pilot Lights A2PP 1164.

bHand-Off-Auto SS with 1 Pilot Light—Red (On) CP 540.

b1 Pilot Light Only—Red (On) P 286.

cd2 Pilot Lights—Red (On) PP 722.

Table 12.22: Misc. Units—Empty Mounting Units

Description Unit Type $ Price

1 Space Factor TMT1 702.00

2 Space Factor TMT2 1020.00

Table 12.23: Miscellaneous Items

Description Unit Type $ Price

1•

2 Space Factor Blank Door TBD.5 282.00

1 Space Factor Blank Door TBD1 302.00

2 Space Factor Blank Door TBD2 502.00

Ground Stab Kit TGSK 152.00

1 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS12 50.00

1.5 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS18 76.00

2 Space Factor Unit Gasketing Kit TGAS24 100.00

PE4 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

13-1

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

Table of Contents

Section 13

Obsolescent Panelboards

QMB Fusible Panelboards

Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc 13-2

Main Switch Replacement Units 13-3

Branch Switch Replacement 13-4

Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units 13-5

Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units 13-6

Replacement Parts

Trim Clamps and Screws 13-7

Circuit ID Numbers 13-7

Locks 13-7

NQOD Lighting and Appliance Panelboards

Series Rated/Fully Rated Tables 13-8

Lighting and Appliance Panelboard Pricing Procedures 13-9

Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Lugs Only Panelboards 13-10

Merchandised Accessories 13-11

Merchandised 20-Inch Wide Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards 13-11

NQOD 14-Inch Wide Enclosures 13-12

Merchandised Non-Linear Panel (200% rated neutral) 13-13

Te r m i n al Data 13-14

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

QMB Fusible Panelboards Ready-to-Install (RTI)—600 Vac, 250 Vdc

Class 4620

QMB Layout Information

Table 13.1: QMB Main Lugs Interiors, Boxes and Fronts

Total Branch Unit

Mounting

Space (Inches)

Ampere

Rating

of Mains

$ Price

Interior, Front

and Box

(less units)

Component Selection

Box Height

(inches)

Box Width

(inches)

Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main

Lugs Front (4-piece Standard) Box

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

60 225 3478.00 QMB60902 2631.00 QM38902TS 590.00 QM3890B

257.00

3845 400 3954.00 QMB45754 2894.00 QM38756TS 803.00 QM3875B 75

45 600 4484.00 QMB45756 3540.00 QM38756TS 687.00 QM3875B

45 800 5448.00 QMB45908 4304.00 QM38908TS

887.00

QM3890B

257.00 90 3845 1200 6313.00 QMB459012 5169.00 QM389012TS QM3890B

60 600 6093.00 QMB60906 4949.00 QM38906TS QM3890B

Table 13.2: QMB Main Switch Interiors, Boxes and Fronts

Total Branch

Unit Mounting

Space

(inches)

Ampere

Rating of

Mains

Maximum

Voltage (ac)

$ Price

Interior, Front

and Box

(less units)

Component Selection

Box Height

(inches)

Box Width

(inches)

Interior Assembly—3-pole with Main

Switch Front (4-Piece Standard) Box

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

51 200

240

4551.00 QMB5190324M 3704.00 QM38902TS 590.00 QM3890B

257.00 90 38

45 400 10173.00 QMB4590325M 9029.00 QM38906TS 887.00 QM3890B

600 12118.00 QMB4590326M 10974.00

51 200

600

5332.00 QMB5190364M 4485.00 QM38902TS 590.00 QM3890B

257.00 90 38

45 400 10834.00 QMB4590365M 9690.00 QM38906TS 887.00 QM3890B

600 12940.00 QMB4590366M 11796.00

Table 13.3: Accessories

Blanks Solid Neutral Assembly

Height Catalog No. $ Price Ampere Rating Catalog No. $ Price

1.5 QMB1BLW 75.00 225 QMB2SN 380.00

3QMB3BLW 80.00 400 QMB4SN 477.00

6QMB6BLW 87.00 600 QMB6SN 599.00

15 QMB15BLW 120.00 800 QMB8SN 969.00

—— —1200 QMB12SN 1545.00

Note: Equipment Ground Bar—PK32DGTA, price: $104.00

Table 13.4: QMB Branch Circuit Breaker Units

600 Vac

Unit Ampere

Rating

Unit Height

(Inches) Catalog No. $ Price Description

15–150 6 QMBHW ab 1965.00 Mounts (1) or (2) 3-pole

HDL circuit breakers

150 –225 6 QMBJW ac 2099.00 Mounts (1) 3-Pole JDL

circuit breaker

400 7.5 QMB3400LAW d5445.00 Includes (1) 3-Pole LAL

circuit breaker

aCircuit breakers not included. Order HDL or JDL circuit breakers from Digest page 7-22.

bOrder one catalog number S37444 for each circuit breaker.

cOrder catalog number S37445 with QMBJW.

dFor trip ratings other than 400 A, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

Branch

Unit

Mounting

Space

100 A twin QMB

6 in. H @ 240 V

60 A twin QMB

6 in. H @ 600 V

100 A twin QMJ

6 in. H @ 600 V

100 A twin QMB

7.5 in. H @ 600 V

200 A QMB

9 in. mounting height,

200 A twin QMJ

7.5 in. mounting height

38 in.

30/30 @ 240 V or 600 V

or 60/60 @ 240 V

are 4.5 in. high

Wiring Gutter

400 A QMJ 9 in. H,

400 A Class T 9 in. H,

400, 600 or 800 A

QMB all require 15 in. H

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-3

QMB Fusible Panelboards Main Switch Replacement Units

Class 4620

Table 13.5: Main Switch Replacement Units (Replaces Series E1)

Ampere Rating

Standard—Class H, R, K Fuse

Spacing Class T Fuse Spacing Class J Fuse Spacing

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

3-Pole, 240 Vac

100 QMB323MW 2208.00 ————

200 QMB324MW 2208.00 ————

400 QMB325MW 6923.00 ————

600 QMB326MW 8561.00 ————

800 — —————

3-Pole, 600 Vac

100 QMB363MW 2891.00 ————

200 QMB364MW 2891.00 ————

400 QMB365MW 7616.00 QMB365MWa7616. QMB365MWa7616.00

QMB400T6 275. QMB400J 530.00

600 QMB366MW 9417.00 QMB366MWa9416. QMB366MWa9416.00

QMB600T6 291. QMB600J 591.00

800 QMB367MW 16974.00 QMB367MWa16974. ——

QMB800T6 701.

aBoth catalog numbers are required for a complete device.

Example: QMB365MW

QMB400T6 constitutes a complete device.

Table 13.6: Main Switch Interior Lug Data

Mechanical Lugs VCEL Compression Lugs

Mains

Ampere

Rating

Conductors

Per

Phase

Wire Range

Wire Bending Space per

NEC Table 373-6

Lug Wire Range

Conductors

Per

Phase

Wire Range

Wire Bending Space per

NEC Table 373-6

Catalog No. Lug Wire Range

200 (1) #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu (1) #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL030516H1 #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu

400 (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 2/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

VCEL05012H1 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

VCEL06012H1 400–600 kcmil Al or Cu

VCEL07512H1 500–750 kcmil Al

600 (2) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (2) 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

800b(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu (3) 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu VCEL05012H1 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

bFactory assembled only.

{{

{

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

QMB Fusible Panelboards Branch Switch Replacement

Class 4620

Guidelines

STEP 1: Determine the panelboard interior type. If the date of manufacture is not known, compare your switch with the

pictures below to determine the mounting rail direction. Only mounting rails that face outward will accept the Series D2

switch and its required mounting rail extension bracket.

STEP 2: Order a replacement switch from page 13-5.

Table 13.7: Panelboard Interiors

Illustration No. Interior Catalog No. Prefix Designed For Switch Type Switch Availability/Order Information

1. Type QM

in 31-inch wide box

built before 1961.

Series 1-4

30–200 A Maximum

NOT AVAILABLE

Series D2 switches are not compatible replacements for this application.

2. Type QM

in 31-inch wide box

built after 1961

and before 1984.

Series 1-4

30–200 A Maximum

NOT AVAILABLE

Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5.

Series D2

30–200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch from page 13-5. (Many still stocked in DS.)

Type QW

in 38-inch wide box

built before 1984.

Series 1-4

30–200 A Maximum

NOT AVAILABLE

Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.

Series 1-4

400–600 A

NOT AVAILABLE

QMB3400LA available order only from Lexington.

Series D2

30–200 A Maximum Order Series D2 switch and plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.

4. Typ e Q MB

in 35-inch or 38-inch wide box

built after 1984.

Series E1 or E2

30–800 A Order from Digest page 9-34.

Type QM (31-inch Wide)

Manufactured Before 1961

Panelboards manufactured before 1961 have the interior mounting

rails facing inward (toward the bus). Switches and circuit breakers that

fit in this interior type are obsolete.

Type QM (31-inch Wide)

Manufactured After 1961 But Before October 1984

Panelboards manufactured after 1961 have the interior mounting rails

facing outward (away from the bus). This interior accepts Series 1-4

switches and Series D2 switches (shown above with required rail

extensions). Order the Series D2 switch (includes mounting rail

extensions) from page 13-5.

Type QW (38-inch Wide)

Manufactured Before 1984

Type QW panelboards were built to accept bolt-on 400 A and 600 A

Series 1-4 switches. 30-200 A Series D2 switches may be installed as

shown using the plug-on extension assembly from page 13-5.

Type QMB

Manufactured After October 1984

Series E1 panelboards will accept only Series E1 or E2 switches. Order

from Digest page 9-34.

Mounting rail

Rail

extension

Mounting rail

Rail

extension

Mounting rail

Plug-on

extension

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-5

QMB Fusible Panelboards Obsolescent Branch Switch Replacement Units

Class 4620

30–200 A Obsolescent Switch Units—Series D2

Available In DS Stock, except where noted.

All Series D2 switches require that rail extension assemblies be attached to the interior side rails in order to mount the

switch. These rail extension assemblies are packaged with every Series D2 switch. If a rail extension is lost or missing,

contact the nearest Schneider Electric™ sales office to order a replacement.

Plug-on extension assemblies must also be ordered when installing 30–200 A plug-on units in blank spaces of a QW

interior in the 38-inch wide box. These plug-on extension assemblies (which extend the bus) are NOT the same as the

rail extension assemblies packaged with every Series D2 switch (which extend only the mounting rails).

Table 13.8: Branch Units—Three Pole

Ampere

Rating

Unit Height

(inches)

Obsolescent a

Series 1–4

Catalog No.

Replaced By

Series D2

Catalog No.

$ Price

Class R Fuse Kits

No. Kits Req’d. Catalog No. $ Price

240 Vac

30-30 4.50 QMB3203T QMB321Tb1139.00 2HRK30 26.00

60-60 4.50 QMB306T QMB322TD 1187.00 1QMB36R 49.00

100-100 6.00 QMB310T QMB323TD 1808.00 1QMB100R 95.00

200 9.00 QMB3220 QMB324 2393.00 1HRK1020 48.00

600 Vac

30-30 4.50 QMB3603T QMB361Tb

1763.00 1QMB36R 49.00

30-30 6.00 QMB362T1

60-60 6.00 QMB3606T QMB362T 1763.00 1QMB60R 49.00

100-100 7.50 QMB3610T QMB363T 2795.00 2HRK1020 48.00

200 9.00 QMB3620 QMB364 3297.00 1

aThese switch units are no longer available; the catalog number is provided only for cross referencing to Series D2 units.

bWhen this Series D2 switch is used as a replacement for a Series 1-4 3-inch switch, a blank filler plate is also required. Purchase the blank filler plate

from a local sheet-metal fabricator.

Table 13.9: Obsolescent Circuit Breaker Units a

Catalog No. $ Price

QMB3400LAb7097.00

aCircuit breaker units are designed for use in all QMB interior types manufactured between 1961 and October 1984.

bIncludes a 3-pole, LA type circuit breaker. For other ampere ratings, contact the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center.

Table 13.10: Plug-On Extension Assemblies a

Ampere Rating Switch Mounting Height (inches) Catalog No. $ Price

30-30 Switch 3 QMB303LEX 203.00

30-30 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.00

30-30 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.00

60-60 Switch 4.5 QMB306LEX 207.00

60-60 Switch 6 QMB306EX 239.00

100-100 Switch 6 QMB310LEX 239.00

100-100 Switch 7.5 QMB310EX 567.00

200 Switch 9 QMB320EX

567.00

LA Circuit Breaker 7.5 QMB310EX

aBus extensions are required on all 30–200 A switches. They are also required on all circuit breaker units used in switchboards or in QW type panelboards

with a 38-inch wide box.

Table 13.11: Obsolescent Main Switch Units a

Ampere Rating Unit Height

(inches) Catalog No. $ Price Replaces Series 4

Unit Catalog No.

3-pole 240 Vac

100 9QMB323Mb

2303.00 QMB3210M

200 QMB324M QMB3220M

3-pole 600 Vac

100 9 QMB363Mb3017.00 QMB3610M

QMB363MJb3213.00 QMB3610MJ

200 9 QMB364M 3792.00 QMB3620M

QMB364MJb4038.00 QMB3620MJ

aReplace Series 4 Units

bOrder only from the Lexington plant.

Plug-On Extension

Assembly

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

QMB Fusible Panelboards Series E1 Motor Starter Replacement Units

Class 2320

Application

For use on three-phase ac systems—208, 240, or 480 volts. UL® Listed.

Starters

Line Voltage Type

•Non-Reversing—Twin Units

— Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8536, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.

•Reversing—Single Units

— Sizes 0 through 3—Class 8736, Types SB, SC, SD and SE.

Selection of Components

1. List required motor starter units (reversing or non-reversing) from the tables above.

2. Specify the HP, voltage, phase, frequency and full load current rating of the motor.

3. Specify the unit mounting space.

4. Determine the circuit breaker or fusible switch rating for motor branch circuits from the selection tables on Digest page 9-34.

5. For motor starter voltages other than standard voltages of 120, 208, 240 and 480 volts, contact the nearest Schneider Electric sales

office.

Starter Data

•Line voltage coils are furnished as standard on all starters.

•Twistouts are provided in starter covers for start-stop push buttons, selector switches and pilot lights. See accessories table below.

•Starter door interlocks are furnished with motor starter enclosures.

•Type S starter enclosures include drillings for the next smaller size.

•All Type S starters have provisions for three overload relay thermal units, as required by NEC® Table 430.37 for three phase ac

motor circuits.

Accessories

Accessories listed below are available for field installation on all units. Go to the sections shown for prices.

QMB Motor Starter

Panelboard

Table 13.12: Starter Units—Not stocked in DS. Order only from the Peru plant.

NEMA

Size

Coil

Voltag e c

Class 8536—Types SB, SC, SD and SEq

Type S—Non-Reversing

(see Digest page 16-16)

Class 8736—Types SB, SC, SD and SE a

Reversing

(see Digest page 16-51

Unit

Height

(Inches)

Twin-Starter Unit

(Two Non-Reversing Starters) $ Price b

Unit

Height

(Inches)

Single-Starter Unit

(One Reversing Starter) $ Price b

Catalog No. Catalog No.

120

QMBS8536100120W

1931.00 9

QMBS873610120W

2115.00

208 QMBS8536100208W QMBS873610208W

240 QMBS8536100240W QMBS873610240W

480 QMBS8536100480W QMBS873610480W

120

QMBS8536111120W

2435.00 9

QMBS873611120W

2295.00

208 QMBS8536111208W QMBS873611208W

240 QMBS8536111240W QMBS873611240W

480 QMBS8536111480W QMBS873611480W

120

10-1/2

QMBS8536222120W

3813.00 10-1/2

QMBS873622120W

3732.00

208 QMBS8536222208W QMBS873622208W

240 QMBS8536222240W QMBS873622240W

480 QMBS8536222480W QMBS873622480W

120

QMBS8536333120W

5930.00 18

QMBS873633120W

6797.00

208 QMBS8536333208W QMBS873633208W

240 QMBS8536333240W QMBS873633240W

480 QMBS8536333480W QMBS873633480W

aSpace and drilling are provided for field addition of control voltage transformer and fuse base.

bPrices include starters, but do not include overload relay thermal units. See Digest page 16-129 for selection procedure (ac magnetic starters—small

enclosure), and order thermal units separately.

cSee Digest page 16-21 for maximum motor starter ratings.

Table 13.13: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings @ 600 V Maximum

Starter Size

Fusible Switch

(with Class R or J fuse)

RMS Sym. Amperes

Thermal-Magnetic

Circuit Breaker

RMS Sym. Amperes

100,000 5,000

Table 13.14: Field Installable Accessories

Description Digest Section

Push Buttons and Selector Switches: Class 9001, Type K Pushbuttons and Operator Interface

Pilot Lights: Class 9001, Type KP

Electrical Interlocks: Class 9999, Types SX6, SX7 NEMA-Definite Purpose Type Contactors and Starters

Industrial Control Transformers: Class 9070

Supplemental Digest, Transformers

Type EO1; Starter Size: 0 and 1, Non-Reversing

Type EO2; Starter Size: 0, 1 and 2, Reversing

Type EO3; Starter Size: 3

Type EO4; Starter Size: 4

Control Circuit Fuse Block: Class 9080, Type PF1 Terminal Blocks

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-7

Replacement Parts Trim Clamps and Screws; Circuit I.D. Numbers; Locks

Class 1600

Catalog No.

PK3TC

Table 13.15: Trim Clamps and Screws

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NEHB Panelboards: All fronts up through 400 A PK3TC 44.00

Table 13.16: Circuit I.D. Numbers

Circuit Number Description

NEHB and NEHB

Column Width

Catalog No.

$ Price

1 through 54 8004332501 14.00

Table 13.17: Locks—Type 1 Enclosures

Application Catalog No. $ Price

NEHB Panelboards

All main lug fronts and all main circuit breaker fronts up to 225 A

Lock only PK4FL 90.00

Complete assembly PK7FL 90.00

All 400 A main circuit breaker fronts PK5FL 165.00

Telephone Cabinets

Fronts on boxes up to 30 inches wide

PK4FL

(Before November 1997)

PK22FL

(After November 1997)

90.00

Fronts on boxes 36 inches or wider PK5FL 165.00

Catalog No.

PK4FL

Catalog No.

PK5FL

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

Series Ratings NQOD Panelboards

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for

panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the same

enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure. NOTE: Where QO(B)

GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may also be used.

Table 13.18: NQOD Series Ratings

Maximum System

Voltage AC c

Maximum Short Circuit

Current Rating (RMS Sym.)

Integral or Remote Main Circuit Breakers

and Remote Main Fuses

Branch Circuit Breaker Designations and Allowable Ampere Ranges ab

Type 1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

120/240 1Ø

22k MG QO (B) 15–30 A — —

42k HD, JD

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

65k HG, JG

100k HJ, JJ

125k HL, JL

120/240 1Ø

208Y/120 100k

DJ 400 A

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 40–60 A —

QO (B) VH — 150 A 15–150 A

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–30 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

QO (B) VH — 150 A 35–150 A

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

208Y/120 18k LA/LH (L) 34200MC, LA/LH (L) 34225MC,

LA/LH (L) 34250MC, LA/LH (L) 34400MC QO (B) 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

240 22k

QO (B) VH

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–30 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

Q2-Hf

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

240 25k

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–30 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

QO (B) VH — 150 A 35–150 A

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

ED, FDf

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

KDf

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

HD, JD

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

QO (B) H — 15–100 A —

QOB2150VH — 150 A —

240 42k

LA, MA Q2L-Hf— 110–225 A 110–225 A

QDL — 70–225 A 70–225 A

MG QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

HD, JD QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

600 A Maximum

QO (B) 15–70 Ad——

QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.)

QO (B) GFI 15–30 Ae15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

240 65k

600 A Maximum

QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A (3P 208 V Max.)

QO (B) GFI 15–30 Ae——

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

DJ 400 A

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A —

QO (B) VH — 150 A 15–150 A

QO (B) H — 15–100 A —

EG, FGf, KGf

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–30 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A

QG, HG, JG

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

QO (B) AFI 15–30 A — —

HG, JG

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A

QO (B) H — 15–100 A —

QOB2150VH — 150 A —

FC22__ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–100 A

KC22__ QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

FC32__ QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A —

KC32__ QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

400 A Max. Class J or T6 Fuses

QO (B) VH 15–30 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QOB-VH — 150 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

240 100k

FC24__ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–100 A 15–100 A

KC24__ QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

FC34__ QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–30 A —

KC34__ QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

200 A Max. Class T3 Fuses QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

EJ, FJf

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

HJ, JJ QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) VH — — 35–150 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

240 125k HL. JL

QO (B) PL 15–30 A 15–60 A 15–30 A

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

QO (B) H — 15–100 A —

QOB2150VH — 150 A —

240 200k

FI, KI

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

QO (B) AFI 15–20 A — —

Maximum Fuses 200 A

Class J or T6 400 A Class T3

QO (B) 15–70 A 15–125 A 15–100 A

QO (B) AS 15–30 A 15–30 A 15–30 A

QO (B) GFI 15–30 A 15–60 A —

aSuffixes HID, SWD and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers shown above, except suffix SWN may NOT be applied in combination with LC main circuit breakers.

bWhere QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B) circuit breakers may also be used.

cFor shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.

dOnly 15–30 A circuit breakers may be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.

eCircuit breakers may not be used when the LC circuit breaker is rated 450, 500 or 600 A.

fObsolescent. Contact the Schneider Electric local Field Sales Office for the replacement circuit breaker. One-pole FJ circuit breakers are still available.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-9

NQOD Panelboards Pricing Procedure Examples

Class 1630 Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

NQOD Merchandised Pricing Procedure

1. List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See appropriate pages for catalog numbers.

2. Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required.

3. Select proper main lugs interior or main lugs interior and main circuit breaker adapter kit based on equivalent number of poles and

ampere rating from appropriate page. Interiors include solid neutral and are field convertible to top feed.

4. Select enclosure from appropriate page.

Type 1—Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior catalog number. Types 3R, 5, 12—Select enclosure, front

included.

5. For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard accessories.

6. Apply appropriate discount schedule.

NQOD Merchandised Example:

Table 13.19: 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kAIR, 225 A, MLO, Type 1 surface mount, bolt-on branch circuit

breakers, main sub-feed lugs. a

Branches Page No. Catalog Number Spaces $ Price

225 A MLO Interior 13-10 NQOD430L225CU 30 1292.00

Box 13-10 MH32 — 113.00

Cover 13-10 MHC32S — 497.00

Main Sub-Feed Lugs 13-10 NQOD225SFL — 203.00

Total Price 2105.00

aPrice branch circuit breakers from page 9-10 of the current Digest.

Example pricing only Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

NQOD Merchandised

Panelboards

NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

Table 13.20: Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers

Max.

No. of

Single Pole

QO™/QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total Price

Interior

Front and Enclosure

Interior Only

(Order Branch Circuit

Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures

Box 20"W x 5.75"DbMono-Flat™ FrontbEnclosure 20"W x 6.5"D

Height

(In.)

Type 1 Types 3R,

5, 12 Catalog No.aPrice Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price Catalog No. Price

20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire

20 100 1417.00 3050.00 NQOD20L100CU 864.00 MH23 113.00 MHC23 ( ) 440.00 MH23WP 2186.00 23

225

1789.00 3383.00 NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 MH32 113.00 MHC32 ( ) 497.00 MH32WP 2204.00 32

42 2037.00 3623.00 NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 MH35 113.00 MHC35 ( ) 506.00 MH35WP 2205.00 35

42 2464.00 4021.00 NQOD42L225CUTFe1799.00 MH41 113.00 MHC41 ( ) 552.00 MH41WP 2222.00 41

54 2278.00 3835.00 NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 MH41 113.00 MHC41 ( ) 552.00 MH41WP 2222.00 41

400

2483.00 4346.00 NQOD30L400CU 1737.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50V ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50

42 2671.00 4512.00 NQOD42L400CU 1896.00 MH53113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH53WP 2616.00 53

54 2894.00 4737.00 NQOD54L400CU 2085.00 MH59 113.00 MHC59V ( ) 696.00 MH59WP 2652.00 59

600d

2638.00 4605.00 NQOD30L600 1863.00 MH53 113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH656WP 2742.00 53/65

42 2807.00 4767.00 NQOD42L600 2019.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56V ( ) 675.00 MH686WP 2748.00 56/68

42 3768.00 5699.00 NQOD42L600TFLe2942.00 MH62 113.00 MHC62V ( ) 713.00 MH746WP 2757.00 62/74

54 2991.00 4922.00 NQOD54L600 2165.00 MH62 113.00 MHC62V ( ) 713.00 MH746WP 2757.00 62/74

20" Wide Cabinet —Three Phase 4-Wire

24 100 1615.00 3248.00 NQOD424L100CU 1062.00 MH23 113.00 MHC23 ( ) 440.00 MH23WP 2186.00 23

30 1769.00 3383.00 NQOD430L100CU 1191.00 MH26 113.00 MHC26 ( ) 465.00 MH26WP 2192.00 26

225

1902.00 3496.00 NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 MH23 113.00 MHC32 ( ) 497.00 MH32WP 2204.00 32

42 2170.00 3756.00 NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 MH35 113.00 MHC35 ( ) 506.00 MH35WP 2205.00 35

42 2567.00 4124.00 NQOD442L225CUTFe1902.00 MH41 113.00 MHC41 ( ) 552.00 MH41WP 2222.00 41

54 2378.00 3935.00 NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 MH41 113.00 MHC41 ( ) 552.00 MH41WP 2222.00 41

400

2726.00 4589.00 NQOD430L400CU 1980.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50V ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50

42 2908.00 4749.00 NQOD442L400CU 2133.00 MH53 113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH53WP 2616.00 53

54 3091.00 4934.00 NQOD454L400CU 2282.00 MH59 113.00 MHC59V ( ) 696.00 MH59WP 2652.00 59

600d

2916.00 4883.00 NQOD430L600 2141.00 MH53 113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH656WP 2742.00 53/65

42 3062.00 5022.00 NQOD442L600 2274.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56V ( ) 675.00 MH686WP 2748.00 56/68

42 4050.00 5981.00 NQOD442L600TFLe3224.00 MH62 113.00 MHC62V ( ) 713.00 MH746WP 2757.00 62/74

54 3279.00 5210.00 NQOD454L600 2453.00 MH62 113.00 MHC62V ( ) 713.00 MH746WP 2757.00 62/74

a“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.

bEmbossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.

cAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

dCopper bus standard on 600 A interiors.

eFeed-thru lug interior.

fEnclosure includes trim kit.

g42 circuit MLO panelboard requires MH38 box, 54 circuit panelboard requires MH44 box.

Table 13.21: NQOD Accessories

Description Catalog No. $ Price Schedule

Sub-feed lug kits—main lugs only—1Ø or 3Øg

•100 A NQOD100SFL 155.00 PE1A

•225 A NQOD225SFL 203.00 PE1A

Sub-feed: Bolt-on: 2-pole QOB2125SL 176.00 DE2

•3-pole QOB3125SL 176.00 DE2

Equipment ground bars: 12 circuit 225 A max. PK9GTA 13.00 DE3A

•20 circuit 225 A max. PK12GTA 16.00 DE3A

•24 circuit 225 A max. PK15GTA 17.00 DE3A

•30 circuit 225 A max. PK18GTA 19.00 DE3A

•54 circuit 225 A max. PK23GTA 21.00 DE3A

•54 circuit 600 A max. PK27GTA 34.00 DE3A

•PK15GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug PK15GTAL 35.00 DE3A

•PK18GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug PK18GTAL 38.00 DE3A

•PK23GTA with #1 to 4/0 Al/Cu lug PK23GTAL 41.00 DE3A

Ground bar insulator kit PKGTAB 44.00 DE3A

Filler plate QOFP 3.60 DE2A

Circuit I.D. number strips

1-102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101) NQ102OE 8.00 PE1A

103-204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203) NQ204OE 8.00 PE1A

1-102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102) NQ102S 8.00 PE1A

103-204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204) NQ204S 8.00 PE1A

Directory cards 8003115801 5.00 PE1A

Plastic stick-on directory pouch 8003115901 14.00 PE1A

Lock - for Mono-Flat fronts PK22FL 93.00 PE1A

Key—NSR-251 (for all locks) LP9618 29.00 PE1A

Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can) PK49SP 39.00 DE1

Handle attachments—branch circuit breakers:

•Handle lock-off HLO1 9.90 DE2E

•Handle tie - (QO and QOB only) QO1HT 3.80 DE2E

•Handle padlock attachment - 1-pole QO1PA 10.70 DE2E

•2- and 3-pole QO1PL 10.70 DE2E

•Combination handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB) QO3HT 13.40 DE2E

Neutral or Ground Lugs: #10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu QO70AN 9.90 DE2E

•#4 to #1/0 Al/Cu Q1100AN 11.10 DE2E

•#1 to #4/0 Al/Cu Q1150AN 32.40 DE2E

Endwalls for MH Boxes

•Blank 8011010501 41.00 PE1A

•With Knockouts 8011010401 41.00 PE1A

Elevating Nuts (4 required) 2322000003 1.30 PE1A

NOTE: For Door-in-door (hinged) trim see the Supplemental & Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.

PE1A DE2A DE3A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-11

NQOD Merchandised

Panelboards

NQOD 20-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

Table 13.22: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers

Max.

No. of

One-pole

QO™/

QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total Price

Interior, Front, Box

and Adapter Kit

Main

Circuit Breaker

Adapter Kit

Interior Only

(Order Branch

Circuit Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d

Box

20"W x 5.75"D b

Mono-Flat™

Front b

Enclosure

20"W x 6.5"D Height

(In.)

Type 1 Types 3R, 5,

Catalog No.

Price Catalog No. aPrice Catalog

No. $ Price Catalog

No. Price Catalog

No. $ Price

20" Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire

20 100 2024.00 3638.00 Factory Installed

Backfed QOB Main

Circuit Breaker

NQOD20M100CU 1446.00 MH26 113.00 MHC26 ( ) 465.00 MH26WP 2192.00 26

225

2662.00 4562.00

NQODQBe

NQODJKe

$780.

NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 MH44 113.00 MHC44 ( ) 590.00 MH44WP 2603.00 44

42 2944.00 4807.00 NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50

42 3367.00 5231.00 NQOD42L225CUTFf1799.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56

54 3181.00 5045.00 NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56

400

3362.00 5259.00

NQOD4e

$780.

NQOD30L400CU 1737.00 MH65 113.00 MHC65V ( ) 732.00 MH65WP 2742.00 65

42 3545.00 5418.00 NQOD42L400CU 1896.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68

42 4612.00 6479.00 NQOD42L600TFLf2942.00 MH77 113.00 MHC77V ( ) 777.00 MH77WP 2757.00 77

54 3746.00 5622.00 NQOD54L400CU 2085.00 MH74 113.00 MHC74V ( ) 768.00 MH74WP 2757.00 74

20" Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire

100

2437.00 4051.00 Factory Installed

Backfed QOB Main

Circuit Breaker

NQOD424M100CU 1859.00 MH26 113.00 MHC26 ( ) 465.00 MH26WP 2192.00 26

30 2575.00 4178.00 NQOD430M100CU 1985.00 MH29 113.00 MHC29 ( ) 477.00 MH29WP 2193.00 29

225

2775.00 4675.00

NQODQBe

NQODJKe

$780.

NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 MH44 113.00 MHC44 ( ) 590.00 MH44WP 2603.00 44

42 3077.00 4940.00 NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50

42 3470.00 5334.00 NQOD442L225CUTFf1902.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56

54 3281.00 5145.00 NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 MH56 113.00 MHC56 ( ) 675.00 MH56WP 2652.00 56

400

3605.00 5502.00

NQOD4e

$780.

NQOD430L400CU 1980.00 MH65 113.00 MHC65V ( ) 732.00 MH65WP 2742.00 65

42 3782.00 5655.00 NQOD442L400CU 2133.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68

42 4894.00 6761.00 NQOD442L600TFLf3224.00 MH77 113.00 MHC77V ( ) 777.00 MH77WP 2757.00 77

54 3943.00 5819.00 NQOD454L400CU 2282.00 MH74 113.00 MHC74V ( ) 768.00 MH74WP 2757.00 74

bEmbossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.

cAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

dEnclosure includes trim kit.

eSelect the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.

fFeed-thru lug interior.

Table 13.23: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a

Amperes Catalog Number Circuit

Breaker Frameb$ Price

225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL

780.00225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL

400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL, Q4L

aSelect the appropriate main circuit breaker from tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit

breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.

bCircuit breaker interrupting ratings, see tables starting on Digest page 7-22.

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

NQOD Merchandised

Panelboards

NQOD 14-inch Wide Enclosures—240 Vac, 48 Vdc

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

Table 13.24: Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers

Max.

No. of

Single

Pole

QO™/QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total $ Price

Interior, Front

and Enclosure

Interior Only

(Order Branch Circuit

Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures

Box

14 in. W x 5.75 in. Db

Mono-Flat™

Front c

Enclosure

20 in. W x 6.5 in. D

Height

(In.)

NEMA

Type 1

NEMA

Types

3R, 5, 12

Catalog No. a$ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire

12 100 1132.00 — NQOD12L100CU 734.00 NQB520 117.00 NQC20 ( ) 281.00 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

20 1271.00 — NQOD20L100CU 864.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 23

225

1634.00 — NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 NQB532 117.00 NQC32 ( ) 338.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

42 1882.00 — NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 NQB535 117.00 NQC35 ( ) 347.00 35

54 2099.00 — NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 NQB541 117.00 NQC41 ( ) 369.00 41

14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire

100

1267.00 — NQOD412L100CU 869.00 NQB520 117.00 NQC20 ( ) 281.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

24 1469.00 — NQOD424L100CU 1062.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 23

30 1616.00 — NQOD430L100CU 1191.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 26

225

1747.00 — NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 NQB532 117.00 NQC32 ( ) 338.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

42 2015.00 — NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 NQB535 117.00 NQC35 ( ) 347.00 35

54 2199.00 — NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 NQB541 117.00 NQC41 ( ) 369.00 41

b14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers. Through feed lugs are not available in 14-in. wide enclosures.

cAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

Table 13.25: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Circuit Breakers

Max.

No. of

One

Pole

QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total $ Price

Interior, Front, Box

and Adapter Kit

Main Circuit Breaker

Adapter Kit

Interior Only

(Order Branch Circuit

Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure

Box

14 in. W x 5.75 in. Dd

Mono-Flat

Front b

Enclosure

20 in. W x 6.5 in. D

Height

(In.)

NEMA

Type 1

NEMA

Types

3R, 5, 12

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. a$ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

14-inch Wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire

100

1688.00 — Factory Installed

QOB

Main Circuit Breaker

—

NQOD12M100CU 1281.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00 Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

20 1871.00 — NQOD20M100CU 1446.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 26

225

2481.00 NQODJKc

NQODQBc

780.00

NQOD30L225CU 1179.00 NQB544 117.00 NQC44 ( ) 405.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

42 2734.00 — NQOD42L225CU 1418.00 NQB550 117.00 NQC50 ( ) 419.00 50

54 2984.00 — NQOD54L225CU 1613.00 NQB556 117.00 NQC56 ( ) 474.00 56

14-inch Wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire

100

2032.00 — Factory Installed

QOB

Main Circuit Breaker

—

NQOD412M100CU 1625.00 NQB523 117.00 NQC23 ( ) 290.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

24 2284.00 — NQOD424M100CU 1859.00 NQB526 117.00 NQC26 ( ) 308.00 26

30 2431.00 — NQOD430M100CU 1985.00 NQB529 117.00 NQC29 ( ) 329.00 29

225

2594.00 — NQODJKc

NQODQBc

780.00

NQOD430L225CU 1292.00 NQB544 117.00 NQC44 ( ) 405.00

Use 20-inch Wide Enclosure

for Types 3R, 5, 12

42 2867.00 — NQOD442L225CU 1551.00 NQB550 117.00 NQC50 ( ) 419.00 50

54 3084.00 — NQOD454L225CU 1713.00 NQB556 117.00 NQC56 ( ) 474.00 56

bAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

cSelect the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.

d14-inch wide cabinets accept 100 A max. branch circuit breakers.

Table 13.26: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker a)

Amperes Catalog No. Circuit

Breaker Frame b$ Price

225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL 780.00

225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL

aSelect the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages 7-24, 7-31, 7-48 and 7-49, and add the circuit

breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.

bCircuit breaker interrupting ratings, see pages 7-2 through 7-9.

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

13-13

NQOD Merchandised

Panelboards

For Non-Linear Loads (200% Rated Neutral)

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

NQOD 240 Vac Max.

Table 13.27: Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers

Max.

No. of

Single Pole

QO/QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total Price

Interior,

Front and Enclosure

Main Lugs Interior Only

(Order Branch Circuit Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d

Box 20"W x 5.75"D bMONO-FLAT® Front cEnclosure

20"W x 6.5"D Height

(In.)

Type 1 Types

3R, 5, 12 Catalog No. a$ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire

30 100 2096.00 3699.00 NQOD430L100CUNL 1506.00 MH29 113.00 MHC29 ( ) 477.00 MH29WP 2193.00 29

42 225 2620.00 4193.00 NQOD442L225CUNL 1977.00 MH38 113.00 MHC38 ( ) 530.00 MH38WP 2216.00 38

42 400 3547.00 5388.00 NQOD442L400CUNL 2772.00 MH53 113.00 MHC53V ( ) 662.00 MH53WP 2616.00 53

bEmbossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.

cAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

dEnclosure includes trim kit.

Table 13.28: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors

Max.

No. of

Single Pole

QO/QOB

Circuit

Breakers

Mains

Rating

Total Price

Interior, Front, Box and

Adapter Kit

Main Circuit

Breaker

Adapter Kit a

Main Lugs Interior Only

(Order Branch Circuit

Breakers Separately)

Type 1 Enclosure Types 3R, 5, 12 Enclosures d

Box

20"W x 5.75"D MONO-FLAT Front cEnclosure

20"W x 6.5"D Height

(In.)

Type 1 Types 3R, 5,

Catalog No.

$ Price Catalog No. b$ Price Catalog

No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

20" Wide Cabinet—3 Phase 4-Wire

30 100 2877.00 4471.00 QOB Main Circuit

Breaker NQOD430M100CUNL 2267.00 MH32 113.00 MHC32 ( ) 497.00 MH32WP 2204.00 32

42 225 3503.00 5366.00

NQODJK

NQODQB

780.00

NQOD442L225CUNL 1977.00 MH50 113.00 MHC50 ( ) 633.00 MH50WP 2609.00 50

42 400 4421.00 6294.00 NQOD4

780.00 NQOD442L400CUNL 2772.00 MH68 113.00 MHC68V ( ) 756.00 MH68WP 2742.00 68

aOrder main circuit breaker separately

b“CU” suffix indicates copper bussing. NQOD RTI interiors with aluminum bus are no longer available. Order the copper bussed equivalent with a “CU” suffix when ordering a replacement interior.

cAdd “F” for flush, “S” for surface.

dEnclosure includes trim kit.

Table 13.29: Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kits (Less Circuit Breaker) a

Amperes Catalog Number Circuit Breaker Frame b$ Price

225 NQODQB QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL

780. 00225 NQODJK JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL, KIL

400 NQOD4 LAL, LHL

aOrder main circuit breaker separately

bMain neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain

Table 13.30: NQOD Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity a

Panelboard Ampacity Neutral Conductors RequiredbActual Lug Wire Range

100/125 (2) 1/0 Cu or Al (2) #4–300 kcmil

225 (2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al (2) #4–300 kcmil

400

(4) 3/0 Cu or

(4) 250 kcmil Al

(2) 600 kcmil Cu

(2) 750 kcmil Al

(2) 1/0–300 kcmil or

(1) 750 kcmil

aNeutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above.

bMain neutral conductors must be copper or aluminum conductors of minimum size and quantity shown to maintain

UL Listing. Requirement is based on heat rise testing.

PE1A Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

OBSOLESCENT PANELBOARDS

NQOD Panelboards Terminal Data

Class 1630 / Refer to Catalog 1630CT9701

Table 13.31: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs

Panel Type Ampere Rating Lug Wire RangeaWire Range

Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6a

NQOD

100 (1) #10–#2/0 Cu or (1) #6–#2/0 Al (1) #10–#1 Cu or (1) #6–#1 Al

225 (1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #6–300 kcmil Al/Cu

400 (2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu (2) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu or (1) #1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu

600 (2) #4-600 kcmil (2) #4-500 kcmil

a(#) = Number of conductors per phase.

Table 13.32: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker

Panel Type Ampere Rating Circuit Breaker

Type Lug Wire RangebWire Range

Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6b

NQOD

100 QOB (1) #4–#2/0 Al/Cu (1) #4–#1 Al/Cu

100 FA, FH, FI (1) #14–#1/0 Al/Cu (1) #14–#1 Al/Cu

150 HD, HG, HJ, HL (1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu (1) #14–#3/0 Al/Cu

225 QB, QD, QG, QJ (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu

225 KI (1) #6–350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4–300 kcmil Al/Cu

250 JD, JG, JJ, JL (1) #1/0–#4/0 Al/Cu or (1) #3/0–350 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #1/0–300 kcmil Al/Cu

400 LA, LH (1) #1–600 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu (1) #4–500 kcmil Al/Cu or (2) #1–250 kcmil Al/Cu

600 MA (3) #3/0–500 kcmil (3) #3/0–500 kcmil

b(#) = Number of conductors per phase.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

14-1

BUSWAY

Table of Contents

Section 14

Busway

I-Line II Busway 800–5000 A pp. 14-2

Feeder Style

Plug-In Style

Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units

APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway) 14-2

Capacitor and Transformer Units 14-2

Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line™ Busway) 14-2

Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs 14-2

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

BUSWAY

I-Line™ Busway Special Purpose Plug-In Units

Class 5600

APD and SD Busway Plug-In Units (Not I-Line™ Busway)

aWith PIN-QO, use circuit breakers QO215H, QO220H, and QO230H. For higher ratings, use FA enclosures and

circuit breakers.

bEnclosure with space for three QO circuit breaker poles and provisions for three duplex receptacles.

cDiscount Schedule PE8

Capacitor and Transformer Units

Combination Switches and Contactors (For I-Line Busway)

Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs

Table 14.1: Circuit Breaker Plug-In Units

Breaker

Frame

Trip Rating

Amps

600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both

3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway Breaker

Frame

Trip Rating

Amps

600 Vac 3Ø4W for use on both

3-Pole and 3Ø4W Busway

Catalog

Number $ Price Catalog

Number $ Price

100

SD75415

SD75420

SD75430

SD75440

SD75450

SD75460

SD75470

SD75416

2966.00

3186.00

250

300

350

400

SD67428

SD67436

SD67438

SD67446

13846.00

Table 14.2: 100 A Busway Plug-In Unit Circuit Breaker Enclosures and Accessories

Enclosure Only

(Price Circuit Breaker Separately)

1Ø3W & 3Ø4W aGround Kit Floor Operator Attachment

Catalog No. $ PricecCatalog No. $ PricecCatalog No. $ Pricec

QO Breaker–70 A Enclosure

QO Breaker/Recpt.–70 A Enclosureb

FA Breaker–15-100 A Enclosure

PINQO

PINQOR

PIN100FA

208.00

324.00

690.00

PGKQO2

PGKQOR

PGKFA2

66.00

PI1QO

PI1FA

144.00

Table 14.3: 3Ø Capacitor Units (Order plug-in units separately)

3Ø

kVAR

240 Vac 480 Vac

Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price

2.5

7.5

—

PC3205

PC3207

PC3210

—

5804.00

7276.00

8470.00

PC3402

PC3405

PC3407

PC3410

2510.00

3752.00

4566.00

5080.00

PC3215

—

10328.00

—

PC3415

PC3420

PC3425

PC3430

6098.00

7620.00

9478.00

11206.00

Table 14.4: 1Ø Transformer Units (Order plug-in units separately)

1Ø kVA

Primary Voltage

240 Vac 480 Vac

Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price

1.5

PT2200

PT2201

PT2202

2394.00

2574.00

2796.00

PT2400

PT2401

PT2402

2394.00

2574.00

2796.00

7.5

PT2203

PT2205

PT2207

PT2210

3312.00

4590.00

5528.00

6370.00

PT2403

PT2405

PT2407

PT2410

3312.00

4590.00

5528.00

6370.00

Note: Transformer units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch, circuit breaker or cable tap box.

Standard secondary voltage terminals are provided for 120 V or 240 V 1Ø2W, or 120/240, 1Ø3W connection.

Specify secondary voltage if other than standard.

Note: Capacitor units do not plug into busway and must be used with plug-in switch or circuit breaker.

Table 14.5: Combination Fusible Switch (3Ø4W) and Lighting Contactord

Ampere

Ratinge

Electrically Held — 240 V Mechanically Held — 80 V

$ Price $ Price

30 2802.00 3014.00

60 3564.00 4252.00

100 4990.00 5840.00

dOrder this device by description.

eLighting contactors do not include holding circuit interlock.

Table 14.6: Combination Starter/Contactor—Line Voltage—Single Speed—

Non-Reversinga

NEMA

Size

Ampere

Rating

Fusible Switch (3-Pole) + G Rating

Amperes

Trip

Circuit Breaker (3-Pole) + G Add for

Control

Transformer

StarterbContactor Starter bContactor

1302872.00 2778.00 15–20 2950.00 2854.00 448.00

0303042.00 —— — — 448.00

160 —2950.00 15–20 3060.00 2968.00 448.00

2603828.00 —— — — 636.00

2100 —3640.00 35–80 4396.00 4088.00 636.00

aOrder this device by description. Special control features also available. Consult your nearest Schneider Electric

sales office.

bPrice does not include overload relay thermal units.

Table 14.7: Ground Indicator and Neutralizer Plugs

240 Vac—3-Pole 600 Vac—3-Pole

Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price

PGD3200G 1566.00 PGD3600G 1566.00

PE8 PE7 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table of Contents

Section 15

Limit Switches

Miniature Enclosed Reed

Type XA is designed for use in applications where contact reliability, environmental immunity, small size, or low cost are

required. Sealed construction keeps contaminants out of the contact area, making it the ideal choice for low voltage, low

current circuits such as Programmable Controllers. a

NOTE: Because reed switches are magnet operated, they should not be installed where strong magnetic fields may be

present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after installation.

aSee the current ratings table in Section 21 of Digest 176 for contact specifications.

bOther cable lengths are available. Order by changing the last two digits of the type number to the length desired.

Example: An XA7303E with 15 ft of cable would become an XA7315E.

Operating Data

Obsolete Reed Limit Switches

Miniature Enclosed Reed 9007XA 15-1

Heavy Duty, Industrial Reed Contact 9007C 15-2

Heavy Duty, Industrial

Precision and Oiltight

Type XA

Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

Table 15.1: Class 9007 Type XA

Cable

Lengthb

Straight Plunger Roller Plunger Cross Roller Plunger

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

Type Type Type Type Type Type

3 ft XA7303E XA7503E XA7303D XA7503D XA7303DC XA7503DC

6 ft XA7306E XA7506E XA7306D XA7506D XA7306DC XA7506DC

9 ft XA7309E XA7509E XA7309D XA7509D XA7309DC XA7509DC

File 42259

CCN NKCR

File LR25490

Class 3211 03

Contacts: The contact is a fully encapsulated hermetically sealed reed,

suitable for controlling solid state loads as well as industrial relays. Switches

can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems. Use of a transient

suppressor will extend life of the switch when using on heavy electrical loads.

Type XA cannot be used in Division 2 locations as the Type C Reed

switches can, since the National Electrical Code (NEC) requires provisions for

conduit connection. The Type C Reed switches have this provision for conduit

and the Type XA does not.

Enclosure Construction: Die cast zinc-baked gray enamel finish.

Meets NEMA Type 2, 4, 4X, 6P, 12 and 13 requirements.

Oiltight, dusttight, watertight, and submersible.

Cable: SJTOWA jacketed cable with 18 gauge wire.

Ambient Temperature Range: –20 to + 140 °F (–28.9 to 60 °C).

NOTE: The XA switch is available with 3 ft of cable and 3 pin Brad

Harrison male connector No. 40904 (or equivalent): Form Y190.

Top Push Rod (Type E) Roller Plunger (Types D, DC)

Initial position (D) 0.690 in. 1.190 in.

Trip position (B) 0.620 in. 1.120 in.

Pretravel (E) 0.07 in. 0.07 in.

Reset position (C) max. 0.655 in. 1.155 in.

Differential (F) 0.015 in. 0.015 in.

Final position (A) 0.492 in. 0.992 in.

Total stroke 0.198 in. 0.198 in.

Operating force (max.) 2.75 lb 2.75 lb

ABCD

E (Pretravel)

Initial

Position

Contacts

Reset

Contacts

Trip

Final

Position

F (Differential)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

LIMIT SWITCHES

Heavy Duty, Industrial

Reed Contact

Type C

Class 9007/ Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

Heavy Duty Precision Turret Head Type

These switches can be used with standard industrial relays and starters.

UL Listed for Class I, II and III Division 2 Groups B, C, D, F and G hazardous locations.

They can also be used as inputs to intrinsically safe systems.

NOTE: Because reed switches are operated by a magnet, they should not be installed in areas where strong

magnetic fields may be present. The devices should always be checked for proper operation after

installation.

Table 15.2: All 9007C Switches Are Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P

Lever Arm Type Side Plunger Type Plug-in

Standard

Pre-travel

Spring Return

Low

Differential

Spring Return

Extra Light

Operating

Torque

Spring Return

Maintained

Contact

Side Roller-

Plunger

Spring Return

Vertical b

Roller Type

Side Push-

Rod Plunger

Spring Return

Side Push-

Rod Plunger

Adjustabled

Spring Return

Side Push-

Rod Plunger

Maintained

Contact

Plug-in Unit

without Head

Plug-in

Receptacle

Only

CW &

CCWa

CW &

CCWa

CW &

CCWa

CW (Trip)

CCW (Reset)

Select Basic

Switch Contacts Type Type Type

Standard

Box Plug-in Reed 1 N.O. C84B2 C84A2 C84N2 C84C C84F C84G C84GD C84H eCT54 f

1 N.C. C86B2 C86A2 C86N2 C86C C86F C86G C86GD C86H eCT54 f

Head Only f BANC FGGDH——

Nominal

Operating

Data

Pre-travel 13° 7° 13° 45° 0.110" (2.8 mm) 0.14" (3.6 mm) — —

Total Travel 90° 90° 90° 90° 0.25" (6.3 mm) 0.25" (6.3 mm) — —

Differential 7° 4° 7° — 0.07" (1.8 mm) — — —

Reverse Overtravel 90° 90° 90° — — — — —

Operating Torque/Force 4 lb-in

(0.45 N•m)

4 lb-in

(0.45 N•m)

25 in-oz

(0.08 N•m)

3 lb-in

(0.34 N•m) 4 lb (0.45 N•m) 7 lb

(0.80 N•m) ——

Repeat Accuracy—

Linear travel of cam

1-1/2" (38 mm) lever arm

± 0.006"

(0.15 mm)

± 0.003"

(0.07 mm)

± 0.006"

(0.15 mm)

± 0.006"

(0.15 mm) ± 0.003" (0.07 mm) — — —

Select

Turret

Head

Top Plunger Type Wobble Stick Type

Top Roller-

Plunger

Spring Return

Top Push-Rod

Plunger

Spring Return

Top Push-Rod

Plunger

Adjustable d

Spring Return

Palm

OperatedcUniversal g

Wobble Stick

DELRIN

Extensiong

Wobble Stick

Wire

Extensiong

Wobble

Stick Coil

Spring

Extensiong

Cat

Whisker

Plug-in Unit

without

Head

Plug-in

Receptacle

Only

Select Basic

Switch Contacts Type Type Type

Standard

Box Plug-in Reed 1 N.O. C84D C84E C84ED C84RcC84JKC C84J C84K C84KC C84L eCT54 f

1 N.C. C86D C86E C86ED C86RcC86JKC C86J C86K C86KC C86L eCT54 f

Head Only f DEEDR cJKC J K KC L — —

Nominal

Operating

Data

Pre-travel 0.100" (2.5 mm) 13° (Any Direction) 25° — —

Total Travel 0.25" (6.3 mm) 90° 90° — —

Differential 0.05" (1.3 mm) 11° 18° — —

Operating

Torque/Force 4 lb 3 lb-in 7 in-oz — —

Repeat Accuracy—

Linear travel of cam ± 0.003" — — — —

ePlug-in Replacement Units To order basic switch and head less the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters “CO” for the first “C” in the type number.

Example: Open type replacement for Type C84B2 is Type CO84B2.

aThese devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or CCW only.

To order factory converted devices—for CCW only operation, change the “2” at the end of the type number to “1” (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B1);

for CW only operation, delete the “2” at the end of the type number (Example: C84B2 becomes C84B).

bCan be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version, add the letter “H” at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type number

(Example: C84F would become C84FH).

cPrice does not include mushroom button. Must be ordered separately from Section 21 of Digest 176.

dTo lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.

ePlug-in units less head are not available as separate units. Order complete plug-in replacement units instead. Plug-in replacement units include the plug-in unit and head.

fThese products are currently available.

gWobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Section 21 of Digest 176.

File

CCN

E10054

NOIV

Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG

Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in (0.80 N•m)

Select

Turret

Head

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

16-1

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

Table of Contents

Section 16

Medical Products

All Square D™ brand Isolation Power Panels meet or exceed UL 1022 and 1047 and are

cUL Listed.

All products listed in this section are available through standard ordering procedures from

authorized Schneider Electric distributors. For more information, contact your nearest

Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Call 1-888-Square D (778-2733) or visit

www.schneider-electric.us.

NOTE: The National Electrical Code® (NEC®) requires audible and visual alarm

indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).

Duplex Isolation Power Panel, see page 16-3

Surgical Facility Panel, see page 16-4

Isolated Power Panels 16-2

Operating Room Panels 16-2

ICU/CCU Panels 16-2

Controlled Isolation Power Panels (For X-ray and Laser Receptacles) 16-2

Duplex Panels 16-3

Duplex Power Panels 16-3

Power/Ground Modules 16-3

Surgical Facility Panels 16-4

Isolation Transformers 16-4

Dual Output Voltage Panels 16-5

Accessories 16-6

Accessories Panels 16-6

X-ray and Laser Receptacles 16-6

Supervisory Modules 16-6

Nurses’ Station Indicator-Alarm Annunciator 16-6

Digital Clock/Timers 16-6

Remote Alarm Indicators 16-6

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

Medical Products Isolated Power Panels

Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301

OR, ICU/CCU, and Controlled Isolation Power Panels—UL Listed

NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).

The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel including eight circuits. All standard panels

are field expandable to 16 circuits for the OR and ICU panels by adding QO™ circuit breakers. All panels come with a

main circuit breaker. All panels are 5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or

wall mounting. A backbox (single gang) is provided by others. Other options are available for each design. Six-inch

panels are not available for all kVA ratings.

For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor.

Table 16.1: Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.2 for the available options for each field)

Basic OR Panel ICU/CCU Panels Controlled Panels

Transformer

kVA

Panel

Mounting

Primary

Voltage

Secondary

Voltage

Panel

Ty p e

Circuit

Breaker

Typ e

Tot al

No. of

Circuits

No. of 120 V

Receptacles

Type of 120 V

Receptacles

No. of

Ground

Jacks

Type of

Control

No. of Total

Circuits

No. of 'ON'

Circuits

Output

Amperes

1234567 891011 891011

Table 16.2: Options

Basic OR Panel ICU/CCU Panels Controlled Panels

Transformer kVA Add these options to the basic OR panel

for power / ground outputs. Add these Control options to the basic OR panel.

3 3 (maximum 277 volt primary)

8Number of 120 volt receptacles

Type of control

7 7.5 8 maximum M Mechanical interlock

10 10

9-10

Type of 120 volt receptacles P PLC interlock

15 15 DR Duplex red K Interposing contact (limit of four circuits)

25 25 DW Duplex white N Non-interposing contact

Panel mounting DI Duplex ivory D No controls or contactors

F Flush SR Single red 9Total number of circuits in the panel

S Surface SW Single white Enter 1 thru 8

3-4

Primary and

secondary voltage

Main circuit breaker SI Single ivory

Schneider Electric has a variety of designs for Controlled Panels

with more than 8 circuits. For more information, contact your

nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

5 kVA 7.5 kVA 10 kVA HR Hospital-only (Hubbell 23000)

1 120 60 A 80 A 100 A TL L5-20 twist lock

2 208 30 A 45 A 60 A 11 Number of ground jacks

3 240 30 A 40 A 60 A 6 Maximum

4 277 25 A 35 A 45 A Options for this section include a Music Center. The Music

Center consists of an AM/FM radio with cassette, CD single

player, or CD changer. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric

sales office for this option.

Total number of circuits HOT at one time

5 480 15 A 20 A 30 A 1 Minimum

Note: Recommended four maximum

Type of panel

A Low profile transformer (6 in.) 11 Output ampere

T Standard transformer (8 in. or 12 in.)

For Chicago-code ground for ALL panels, add “C” as the

Catalog No. suffix.

20 to 60 A maximum

Type of panel circuit breakers

International and special voltage codes available. For other

options including “IN USE” Light Control Panels, contact your

nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

S Plug-in QO

B Bolt-on QOB

7Total number of circuits

# 8 standard—16 maximum

Table 16.3: Catalog Numbering Example

Basic Panel ICU/CCU Options Controlled Panel Options

1234567 891011 891011

5F21TS12 4DR4 P8430

5 kVA flush-mount, 208 V primary, 120 V secondary, standard transformer, snap-in, 12 circuits 4 duplex red receptacles, 4 grounds PLC, 8 circuit, 4 of 8 active, 30 A

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

16-3

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

www.schneider-electric.us

Medical Products Duplex Panels

Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301

The Duplex Isolation Power Panel is a single enclosure containing two complete 120 V secondary hospital isolation

systems. A divider in the unit’s backbox separates the systems from top-to-bottom and front-to-back.

Each system has its own set of equipment:

•Primary circuit breaker

•Square D™ brand isolation transformer

•Reference ground bus bar

•Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM)

•Load center

Duplex Power Panel—UL Listed

NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used (NEC 517-160).

The catalog number creates all components needed for a complete panel, including 8 circuits. All OR panels can be

field expanded to 16 circuits by adding QO circuit breakers. All panels include a main circuit breaker. All panels are

5 mA and field adjustable. All panels include a remote alarm indicator for panel or wall mounting. Single-gang

backboxes can be provided by others. Other options are available for each design.

For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or distributor.

Power/Ground Modulea—UL Listed

aSchneider Electric Medical Products offers many options for power/ground modules. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

Table 16.4: Catalog Number Matrix (refer to Table 16.5 for the available options for each field)

Transformer kVA Panel Mounting Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage Primary Voltage Secondary Voltage Chicago Ground

Left Side Right Side Left Side Right Side

12345678

Table 16.5: Options

1 & 2

Transformer kVA

77.5

10 10

3Panel mounting

FFlush

SSurface

4, 5, 6, & 7

Primary and secondary voltage Main circuit breaker

5 kVA 7.5 kVA 10 kVA

1 120 60 A 80 A 100 A

2 208 30 A 45 A 60 A

3 240 30 A 40 A 60 A

4 277 25 A 35 A 45 A

5 480 15 A 20 A 30 A

8Chicago-type ground

C Leave blank for standard ground

Table 16.6: Ordering Information

Description Dimensions Catalog No.

16 gauge stainless steel trim

4 “Powerlock” / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RM1204NI

4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RMDI1204NI

4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. RMDR1204NI

4 ground receptacle Trim 9.5 in. x 13.5 in. GS1204NI

Backbox 8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB

8 gang stainless steel trim—box not provided

4 “Hubbellock” / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RM504NI

4 ivory duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RMDI504NI

4 red duplex / 4 ground receptacle Trim 4.5 in. x 15.43 in. RMDR504NI

4 ground receptacle (4-gang outlet box) Trim 4.5 in. x 8.19 in. GS504NI

Master ground module18-point ground bus—16 gauge stainless steel trim

18-point terminal bus Trim 9.5 in. x 13 in. GS1200I

Backbox 8 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB

Ground cord assembly for power/ground modules

15 ft. w/ lug — P751N

15 ft. w/ insulated clip — P753N

Powerlock/Ground

Module RM1204NI

Ground Cord

Assembly P753N

Ground Module

GS1204NI

Duplex/Ground Module

RMDR1204NI

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

www.schneider-electric.us

Medical Products Surgical Facility Panels

Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301

Square D™ brand surgical facility panels combine several required operating room

components in an economical, UL Listed package. Isolated power centers, power outlets,

time clocks and controls, and X-ray film viewers are grouped together in one enclosure that

can be easily installed and maintained. When installed separately, these items require

expensive labor and take up valuable surgical suite space.

Standard Equipment

•Square D brand Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM)

•Primary main circuit breaker

•Secondary branch circuit breakers—(16) 20 A, 2-pole

•Ground bar

Optional Equipment

•5 kVA, 7.5 kVA, or 10 kVA isolation transformer

•AM/FM/cassette stereo system

•AM/FM/CD (single or multi-play) stereo system

•Twin X-ray film illuminator

•Portable X-ray film illuminator

•Portable X-ray receptacle

•Digital or dial clocks and timers

•Power receptacles–single, duplex, or locking type “Hospital Use Only”

•Ground jacks

Surgical Facility Panel—UL Listed

NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is

used (NEC 517-160).

aContact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for international and special voltage codes.

b“n” indicates number of devices. Maximum of six receptacles and ground jacks (depending on available space).

Typical Surgical Facility Panel

Some items CANNOT be sold

separately. Surgical facility panels

are priced, ordered, and shipped as

three separate parts: the front cover,

the isolation transformer, and the

backbox. Contact your nearest

Schneider Electric sales office for

custom pricing.

Table 16.7: Ordering Information

Description

Electrical system—Position #1

SF5 5.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)

SF7 7.5 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)

SF10 10.0 kVA isolation transformer provision (specify primary voltage)

Primary and secondary voltage codes a

12345

120 208 240 277 480

Electrical components

Base Price includes Electrical System, Transformer, Backbox, and Remote Alarm Indicator with

PUSH-TO-TEST LIM, Trim, Main Circuit Breaker, 16 (QO220) Secondary Breakers, Ground Bus, and all mounting

provisions for mounting transformer.

Receptacles and switches—Position #2

SnbSingle 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each)

DnbDuplex, 20 A, hospital grade; specify color when ordering (each)

PnbPower-Lock 20 A, hospital-only, available in black only (each)

HnbX-ray (Hubbell IN16494) 60 A, with LIM indicator/alarm

GnbGround Jacks 30 A (each)

TnbToggle Switch 20 A, 2-pole, specify color when ordering (each)

Clocks, clock/timers—Position #3

1 MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer

2 MCTCT remote control for MCT12B, includes battery pack

3 MCT14B surgical chronometer

4 MCT4RC remote control for MCT14B, includes battery pack

5 Dial type elapsed time indicator and control

6 Dial type clock, manual adjustment

7 Simplex Celestra digital elapsed time indicator and control—2 in. high digits

8 Simplex Celestra digital clock

Miscellaneous components—Position #4

DX Double size film illuminator—for x-ray viewing

CA AM/FM/cassette stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied

CD AM/FM/single play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied

MP AM/FM/cassette/multi-play CD stereo with speakers—antenna not supplied

Table 16.8: Catalog Numbering Example

SF521 D4G4 12 DXCD c

Position Qty. Description

1 1 5XR21 isolation transformer (5.0 kVA, 208–120 V)

2 4 Duplex receptacles (specify color when ordering)

2 4 Ground jacks

3 1 MCT12B dual display digital clock/timer

3 1 MCTCT remote control

4 1 Double size film illuminator

4 1 AM/FM/CD single player

cNote use of spacing and position numbering to complete the

catalog number.

Table 16.9: Isolation Transformers

Description Main

Circuit Breaker

5XR11, 5.0 kVA, 120–120 V 60 A

5XR21, 5.0 kVA, 208–120 V 30 A

5XR31, 5.0 kVA, 240–120 V 30 A

5XR41, 5.0 kVA, 277–120 V 25 A

5XR51, 5.0 kVA, 480–120 V 15 A

53040BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 8 in. D)

7XR11, 7.5 kVA, 120–120 V 80 A

7XR21, 7.5 kVA, 208–120 V 45 A

7XR31, 7.5 kVA, 240–120 V 40 A

7XR41, 7.5 kVA, 277–120 V 35 A

7XR51, 7.5 kVA, 480–120 V 20 A

53032BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D)

10XR11, 10.0 kVA, 120–120 V 100 A

10XR21, 10.0 kVA, 208–120 V 60 A

10XR31, 10.0 kVA, 240–120 V 60 A

10XR41, 10.0 kVA, 277–120 V 45 A

10XR51, 10.0 kVA, 480–120 V 30 A

53059BB Backbox (42 in. H x 56 in. W x 12 in. D)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

www.schneider-electric.us

Medical Products Dual Output Voltage Panels

Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301

a120 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with 8-20/2 branch

breakers. This panel section is field expandable to 16 branch breakers

by ordering additional circuit breaker catalog numbers QO220.

b208 V or 240 V section of panel interior will be factory loaded with the

correct circuit breaker to match the selected receptacle. If no receptacle

is selected, this section of the panel interior is field expandable to 2

branch breakers by ordering catalog number QO220 through QO260.

Note: Total transformer kVA rating is the sum of the 120 V winding and the 208

V (or 240 V) winding.

Catalog Numbering System Notes and Pricing

Catalog # DVP (1)(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)

Fill-in parenthesis from selections listed above.

NOTE: The NEC requires audible and visual alarm

indication where isolation power is used

(NEC 517-160).

The dual output voltage hospital isolation panel is a single

ungrounded hospital isolation panel that can supply two different

output voltages simultaneously. Similar to a standard distribution

panel or load center, it can supply either 208/120 or 240/120 volts

of ungrounded, isolated,

single phase power using only one isolation transformer.

Other hospital isolation panels can supply only one output

voltage. The panel is ideally suited for renovation or

surgical center projects.

Table 16.10: Interior

Description

(1) Primary voltage

2 = 208 V

3 = 240 V

4 = 277 V

5 = 480 V

(2) Output voltage

A = 120/208 V

B = 120/240 V

(3) Size rating of 120 V secondary winding (kVA)a

5 = 5.0 kVA

7 = 7.5 kVA

1 = 10.0 kVA

(4) Number of 30 A green ground receptacles

0 = None

1 = One

2 = Two

3 = Three

4 = Four

5 = Five

6 = Six

(5) Number of 120 V power receptacles

0 = None

1 = One

2 = Two

3 = Three

4 = Four

5 = Five

6 = Six

(6) Type of 120 V power receptacles

0 = No 120 V receptacles

R = 20 A, red hospital grade duplex

I = 20 A, ivory hospital grade duplex

B = 20 A, black hospital grade duplex

T = 20 A, brown hospital grade duplex

L = 20 A, black hospital-only locking type receptacle

(Hubbell #23000HG or equivalent)

(7) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #1b

0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle

X = Hubbell #IN16 494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603)

A = NEMA Type #6-15R

B = NEMA Type #6-20R

C = NEMA Type #6-30R

D = NEMA Type #6-50R

E = NEMA Type #L6-15R

F = NEMA Type #L6-20R

G = NEMA Type #L6-30R

(8) Configuration of 208 or 240 V receptacle #2b

0 = No 208 or 240 V receptacle

X = Hubbell #IN16494 (equivalent to Hubbell #25603)

A = NEMA Type #6-15R

B = NEMA Type #6-20R

C = NEMA Type #6-30R

D = NEMA Type #6-50R

E = NEMA Type #L6-15R

F = NEMA Type #L6-20R

G = NEMA Type #L6-30R

Interior Code Numbers (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

Interior Catalog Number DVP2B766RXD

208/240 V receptacle #2 is

NEMA Type 6-50R

208/240 V receptacle #1 is

Hubbell IN16494

120 V power receptacles are

red in color

Six 120 V power receptacles

Six 30 A green ground

receptacles

Size rating of 120 V

transformer secondary is 7.5

Output voltage is 120 V and

240 V

Primary voltage is 208 V

Table 16.11: Transformer

120 V Winding

Rating (kVA)

Primary

Volt ag e

Secondary

Volt ag e s

Catalog

No.

5.0 208 208/120 DVT522

5.0 208 240/120 DVT523

5.0 240 208/120 DVT532

5.0 240 240/120 DVT533

5.0 277 208/120 DVT542

5.0 277 240/120 DVT543

5.0 480 208/120 DVT552

5.0 480 240/120 DVT553

7.5 208 208/120 DVT722

7.5 208 240/120 DVT723

7.5 240 208/120 DVT732

7.5 240 240/120 DVT733

7.5 277 208/120 DVT742

7.5 277 240/120 DVT743

7.5 480 208/120 DVT752

7.5 480 240/120 DVT753

10.0 208 208/120 DVT122

10.0 208 240/120 DVT123

10.0 240 208/120 DVT132

10.0 240 240/120 DVT133

10.0 277 208/120 DVT142

10.0 277 240/120 DVT143

10.0 480 208/120 DVT152

10.0 480 240/120 DVT153

Table 16.12: Trim

Catalog No.

DVC

Table 16.13: Backbox

Catalog No. Description Dimensions

DVBF flush mount 62 in. H x 34 in. W x 12 in. D

DVBS surface mount 64 in. H x 36 in. W x 12 in. D

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

www.schneider-electric.us

Medical Products Accessories

Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT0301

Accessories Panel

The Accessories Panel accommodates options typically

found in the operating room environment, including

receptacles, clock/timers, and music centers. Other

options include relays for controlling “IN USE” lights for

laser and X-ray.

Instructions: Combine the unit part numbers to build the

desired panel. The catalog number must begin with “AP”

and corresponding number to follow. For example,

APCTCRMARMA4N4 will produce a panel containing a

MCT12B clock/timer with a MCTCT remote control, a

M5IAI remote alarm indicator, a AM/FM/CD multi-play

music center, four HBL8310R receptacles, and four SLR3

ground jacks.

The purchase price includes the appropriate backbox.

Some components may not be able to be installed with

others, and may be considered as special items. Contact

your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for all special

item pricing.

Receptacles quoted include a Hubbell 50/60 A, X-ray type

25000. For other receptacles, indicate the NEMA

configuration after the Catalog Number. For example,

XRIADINEMAL630R

cIncludes meter for 5 mA LIM. For 2 mA LIM applications, change to

catalog number ORICAC. 2 mA analog meter available. Contact

Schneider Electric.

Table 16.14: Ordering Information

Unit Part Number Component Number

Base Price Catalog Number AP

Clock/timer

CT MCT12B

CR MCTCT

CB MCTBP

ST MCT14B

SR MCT4RC

Remote alarm indicator

IA IA1C

MA M5IAI

MM MMIAI

RA RA1

Music center

RC AM/FM cassette

RP AM/FM/CD single play CD player

RM AM/FM/CD multi-play CD player

Receptacles (Maximum of 8)

A-# 5–20R (duplex red)

B-# 5–20R (single red)

C-# 6–20R

D-# L6–20R

E-# 6–30R

F-# L6–30R

G-# Hubbellock

X-# X-ray

S-# Special

Ground jacks

N-# 1–8

Relay (For use with controlled power panels only)

R-# Ice cube relay (1–16)

Table 16.15: X-ray Indicator/Receptacle Module

Supervisory Module for Controlled

Panels

Description Dimensions Catalog No.

Receptacle & indicator module 13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim XRIAI

Receptacle & indicator module w/ switch 13 in. H x 9.5 in. W Trim XRIADI

Backbox 12 in. H x 8 in. W x 4 in. D 53007BB

Remote push button station and alarm c13 in. H x 11 in. W Trim 8CIIAI

Backbox 12 in. H x 10 in. W x 6 in. D 53004BB

Table 16.16: Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm

Annunciator

Catalog No. Backbox Application Backbox Dimensions

IA2CI

IA3CI

IA4CI

53008BB 12 in. H X 4 in. W X 4 in. D

IA5CI

IA6CI

IA7CI

IA8CI

53007BB 12 in. H X 8 in. W X 4 in. D

IA9CI

IA10CI

IA11CI

IA12CI

53005BB 12 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D

Receptacle and Indicator

Module XRIAI–XRIADI

Remote Push Button

Station and Alarm 8CIIAI

Dual Display Digital

Clock Timer MCT12B

Surgical Chronometer

MCT14B

IA13C

IA14CI

IA15CI

IA16CI

53006BB 15 in. H X 12 in. W X 4 in. D

IA17CI

IA18CI

IA19CI

IA20CI

53021BB 18 in. H X 4 in. W X 6 in. D

IA21CI

IA22CI

IA23CI

IA24CI

53011BB 12 in. H X 20 in. W X 6 in. D

Table 16.17: Accessories and Replacement Parts

Description Catalog No.

1/4 A fuse (Wickman TR5T) TR5

2 mA meter 6301002350

5 mA meter 6301060250

Fuseholder/cap (black) 2549909510

1/4 A fuse (glass fuse) 4319900406

Green LED GLED

Red LED RLED

Yellow LED YLED

Interior only for 1A-1C (no trim) IANC

SAFE/SILENCE assembly for remote alarm SSPB

HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST assembly for remote alarm HPPB

HAZARD assembly for remote alarm HPB

SAFE/SILENCE replacement lens SSLEN

HAZARD/PUSH-TO-TEST replacement lens HPLEN

HAZARD replacement lens HLEN

Buzzer only for remote alarm 4319950001

Accessory –E booster power supply for three or more

remote indicator alarms. EXR

Table 16.18: Digital Clock/Timers—UL Listed

Description Catalog No.

Dual display clock/timer

Clock/timer with separate displays MCT12B

Rechargeable battery pack for MCT12B (Optional) MCTBP

Remote control unit w/ rechargeable battery pack for

MCT12B (Optional) MCTCT

Stainless steel trim plate MCTS95135

Backbox to be used with MCT95135 53007BB

Clock/timer complete with backbox and trim MCT12BC

Note: A complete clock/timer can be ordered using the catalog number

MCT12BC. This includes the clock/timer, stainless steel trim and

backbox. Remote control or battery pack must be ordered separately.

Note: The battery pack and remote control do not work together.

Surgical Chronometer

Clock and three timers MCT14B

Backbox 53006BB

Auxiliary control MCT4RC

Backbox 53008BB

Chronometer complete MCT14BC

Note: A complete surgical chronometer can be ordered using catalog number

MCT14BC. This includes the chronometer, Remote control and both

backboxes. All of these items are required for one complete unit.

Table 16.19: Remote Alarm Indicators

Description

Where Remote

Alarm is

REQUIRED

Catalog No.

Single gang remote with meter display

Included with all new panels

Panel- or wall-

mounted; no face

plate

RA1

Panel-mounted;

includes face plate RA1PM

Wall-mounted;

includes face plate RA1WM

Green, amber, and red indicating lights

and audible alarm mounted on front trim

Panel-mounted

in the room ORICA

Green, amber, and red indicating lights,

PUSH-TO-TEST button, audible alarm, and

milliammeter mounted on front trim c

Panel-mounted

in the room ORICA5C

Wall-mounted backbox not supplied.

Fits standard 2 gang box (3.5 in. deep)

Panel-mounted

outside the room IA1C

Wall-mounted 53008BB backbox required

(backbox 4 in. H x 12 in. W x 4 in. D) c

Panel-mounted

outside the room M5IAI

Wall mounted backbox not supplied.

Fits standard 4 gang box (3.5 in. deep) c

Panel-mounted

outside the room M5IAI50

Note: PUSH-TO-TEST option for any of the above remotes—add PTT after

the catalog number.

Table 16.16: Nurses’ Station Indicator/Alarm

Annunciator (continued)

Catalog No. Backbox Application Backbox Dimensions

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

17-1

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table of Contents

Section 17

NEMA Contactors and Starters

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starter (p. 17-18)

IEC Style Disconnect Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested 17-2

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions 17-5

UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches 17-8

NEMA Style Disconnect Switches

NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches 17-9

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

For Square D™ Circuit Breakers 17-10

Approximate Dimensions 17-12

Bracket-Mounted Disconnect Devices

Type T Disconnect Switches 17-13

Flexible Cable Mechanisms

For Circuit Breakers 17-14

Disconnect Switch Accessories

Flange Mounted, Variable Depth 17-15

Reversing Drum Switches

Type A and B 17-17

Electromechanical Reduced Voltage Starters

Description of All Types 17-18

How to Order 17-18

Autotransformer Starters 17-19

Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition) 17-20

Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition) 17-21

Part Winding Starters 17-22

Approximate Dimensions 17-23

Multispeed Magnetic Starters

Application Data 17-24

Two-Speed Combination Starters 17-26

Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters 17-27

Two-Speed Magnetic Starters 17-28

Approximate Dimensions 17-29

Lighting Contactors

Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB 17-30

Well-Guard™ Pump Panel

Reduced Voltage Type 17-31

Factory Modifications (Forms)

Reduced Voltage Starters 17-32

Definite Purpose Contactors

Reversing/Hoist, Type R 17-35

Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style

Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus 17-36

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

The GS1 part numbers can be identified as follows.

See Catalog 9421CT0301 for specific applications.

aShipped with line side terminal shrouds; for additional shrouds,

see page 17-4.

bTerminal lug must be ordered separately—see page 17-4.

Table 17.1: Identification System

GS1 D U 3

Model GS1 Fusible (Class J fuse unless noted), LK3 Nonfusible

Current Range, Operator Type (front operator unless noted), Accessory Type

D30 A front and side operation T800 A (Class L if fused)

DD 30 A Class CC front and side operation U1000 A

E30 A W1200 A

EE 30 A Class CC AH handle

G60 A AHT handle with test

J100 A AE extension shaft

M200 A AD auxiliary contact holder

Q400 A AM auxiliary contact

S600 A

UL Certification

Poles—Number of Poles, 2 or 3

Note: All fusible switches through 400 A and nonfused switches through 200 A are equipped with a feature to test optional auxiliary contacts without energizing

the load when the appropriate GS1AHT•••• handle is used.

Table 17.2: Fusible Switches

Catalog No. Description $ Price

Compact GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

GS1DDU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC, use 5x5 shaft 237.00

GS1DU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 5x5 shaft 260.00

GS1 Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

GS1EEU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC , use 10x10 shaft 237.00

GS1EU3 30 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft 260.00

GS1GU3 60 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft 336.00

GS1JU3ab 100 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft 536.00

GS1MU3ab 200 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft 1181.00

GS1QU3ab 400 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 10x10 shaft 2252.00

GS1SU3ab 600 A, 3-pole, Class J, use 15x15 shaft 3377.00

GS1TU3ab 800 A, 3-pole, Class L, use 15x15 shaft 5061.00

Table 17.3: Fusible Switches with

Direct Mount Side Handle

Catalog No. Description $ Price

GS1EERU20 30 A, 2-pole, Class CC 204.00

GS1EERU30 30 A, 3-pole, Class CC 242.00

GS1AH01 Right side handle for GS1EERU20 & GS1EERU30 46.40

200 A Switch

GS1MU3

30 A Side Handle

GS1EERU30

Table 17.4: Nonfusible Switches

Catalog No. Description $ Price

Compact LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

LK3DU3 30 A, 3-pole, 5x5 shaft 218.00

LK3 Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

LK3GU3 60 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft 263.00

LK3JU3 100 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft 458.00

LK3MU3ab 200 A, 3-pole, use 10x10 shaft 1010.00

LK3QU3ab 400 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 1910.00

LK3SU3ab 600 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 2873.00

LK3TU3ab 800 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 4301.00

LK3UU3ab 1000 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 5372.00

LK3WU3ab 1200 A, 3-pole, use 15x15 shaft 6450.00

Compact 30 A Switch

LK3DU3

Example of the parts to order to build a complete GS or LK switch:

Choose a Switch + Shaft + Handle Assembly + Lugs, if needed

600 A, LK3SU3 Shaft 200 mm, GS1AE6 Black Handle, LK3AH150 Lugs Kit, GS1AW503

For example:

LK3SU3 (600 A nonfusible switch, use 15x15 shaft) + GS1AE6 (15x15 200 mm Type H shaft) + LK3AH150 (black/black, lockable)

To add auxiliary contacts:

For front-mounted contacts order GS1AD30 (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS1AM110 (NO contact for GS1AD10, 20, and 30)

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CP1 Discount

Schedule

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

Handles

Note: Now UL approved for indoor or outdoor applications.

Table 17.5: Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type D

Type Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog

Number $ Price

NEMA/UL IEC

1, 12 IP54 Yes Yes Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH101 51.00

Red/Yellow GS1AH102

Table 17.6: Pistol Handles for Compact GS1 and LK3 for Use with Shaft Type G

Type Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog

Number $ Price

NEMA/UL IEC

1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH110 62.00

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH120 62.00

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT110 117.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT120 117.00

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH410 46.60

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH420 46.60

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT410 78.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT420 78.00

Table 17.7: Pistol Handles for Standard GS1 and LK3

Type Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog

Number $ Price

NEMA/UL IEC

GS1 30–100 A and LK3 60–100 A (3 in. handles)

1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH110 62.00

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH120 62.00

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT110 117.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT120 117.00

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH410 70.00

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH420 70.00

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT410 117.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT420 117.00

GS1 200–400 A and LK3 200 A (5 in. handles)

1, 3R, 12 IP54 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH130 70.00

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH140 70.00

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT130 125.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT140 125.00

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65 Yes Yes

Black Off/On (O/I) GS1AH430 78.00

Red/Yellow Off/On (O/I) GS1AH440 78.00

Black Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT430 132.00

Red/Yellow Test/Off/On (T/O/I) GS1AHT440 132.00

Table 17.8: Pistol Handles for Use with Shaft Type H

Type Defeatable Padlockable Color Operation Catalog

Number $ Price

NEMA/UL IEC

For LK3 400–1200 A

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65

Ye s

Black

Off/On (O/I)

LK3AH150 233.00

No Red/Yellow LK3AH160 233.00

Ye s B l a c k LK3AH170 386.00

Yes Red/Yellow LK3AH180 386.00

For GS1 600–800 A

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 IP65

Ye s

Black

Off/On (O/I)

LK3AH150 233.00

No Red/Yellow LK3AH160 233.00

Ye s B l a c k GS1AH170 386.00

Yes Red/Yellow GS1AH180 386.00

Table 17.9: Shafts

Length Catalog No. $ Price

in. mm

Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type D

12.6 320 GS1AE7 18.60

15.7 400 GS1AE71 23.30

Shaft 5 mm x 5 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type G

12.6 320 GS1AE8 18.60

15.7 400 GS1AE81 23.30

Shaft 10 mm x 10 mm—For Standard GS1 and LK3

12.6 320 GS1AE2 20.30

15.7 400 GS1AE21 24.90

Shaft 15 mm x 15 mm—For use with Pistol Handles, Type H

7.9 200 GS1AE6 32.60

15.7 400 GS1AE61 40.40

Type D—alternate handles

for compact switches only

Compact Shaft Kits

GS1AH101 GS1AH102

GS1AE7/AE71 Shafts

5 mm x 5 mm

Type G—Standard Handle Design

Use these shaft kits when

using compact switches:

GS1AE8/AE81 Shafts

5 mm x 5 mm

GS1AH110 GS1AH120

LK3AH160 GS1AE6

GS1AE2/AE21 Shafts

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CP1 Discount

Schedule

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, UL98 Tested

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

Accessories

aCannot be mixed. A single switch must use all GS1AN11/GS1AN22 contact blocks or all GS1ANT11/GS1ANT22

contact blocks. A GS1AN • • contact block may not be used on the same switch as a GS1ANT• •.

bGS1 600–800 A and LK3 800–1250 A can receive 1 lug for 3 cables per terminal or 2 lugs for 2 cables per terminal.

cAll GS1 and LK3 switches supplied with line side shrouding.

dThree-piece kit for either line or load side.

Table 17.10: Auxiliary Contacts

Type Description Catalog No. $ Price

For Compact LK3 / GS1

U = Upper or

Top mounted

Standard products allow up to 4 auxiliary contacts without any extra

contact holders. Contact holder (for 5 to 8 auxiliary contacts) GS1AD10 46.70

10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block GS1AM110 14.70

600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block GS1AM101 14.70

For LK3 60–200 A, GS1 30–400 A

U = Upper or

Top mounted Contact holder required (for 1 to 8 upper auxiliary contacts) GS1AD20 46.70

10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block GS1AM110 14.70

600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block GS1AM101 14.70

S = Side mounted a1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix) GS1AN11 78.00

2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block (max of two blocks—any mix) GS1AN22 140.00

S = Side mounted a1 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix) GS1ANT11 93.00

2 N.O. & N.C. Contact Block w/ Test (max of two blocks—any mix) GS1ANT22 156.00

For LK3 400–1200 A

U = Upper or

Top mounted Contact holder (for 1 to 4 auxiliary contacts) LK3AD30 46.70

10 A 1 N.O. Contact Block GS1AM110 14.70

600 Vac 1 N.C. Contact Block GS1AM101 14.70

For GS1 600–800 A

Micro-switch

(top mounted)

1 N.O./N.C. Contact GS1AMU3 57.00

2 N.O./N.C. Contact GS1AMU4 83.00

Table 17.11: Terminal Lugs

For Use On Wire Size # of Wires

per Lug Wire Type Lugs

per Kit Catalog No. $ Price

Compact GS1/LK3 #14–#10 1 Cu — Standard —

GS1 30 A CC #14–#10 1 Cu — Standard —

GS1 30 A J #14–#10 1 Cu — Standard —

GS1/LK3 60 A J #10–#3 1 Cu — Standard —

LK3 100 A #14–#2/0 1 Cu — Standard —

GS1 100 A #14–2/0 1 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW303 59.00

GS1/LK3 200 A #6–3/0 1 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW403 98.00

GS1/LK3 400–600 A b2 x 2–2 x 600 2 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW503 197.00

GS1/LK3 800 A / LK3 1000 A b3 x 2–3 x 600 3 Cu/Al 6 GS1AW803 246.00

LK3 1250 A b4 x 2–4 x 600 2 Cu/Al 12 GS1AW903 395.00

Table 17.12: Terminal Shrouds

For Use On Catalog No. $ Price

For Line or Load Side c

Compact GS1/LK3 Standard —

All GS1/LK3 30 A Standard —

All GS1/LK3 60 A Standard —

LK3 100 A Standard —

GS1 100 A dGS1AP33 101.00

GS1/LK3 200 A dGS1AP43 132.00

GS1 400 A GS1AP63 213.00

LK3 400–600 A LK3AP63 86.00

GS1 600–800 A GS1AP83 140.00

LK3 800–1250 A LK3AP83 101.00

Table 17.13: Shorting Links

For Use On Shorting Links

per Kit Catalog No. $ Price

GS1 60 A

GS1AU203 29.60

GS1 100 A GS1AU303 41.90

GS1 200 A GS1AU403 62.10

GS1 400 A GS1AU503 93.00

GS1 600–800 A GS1AU803 156.00

Table 17.14: Shaft Padlocking Kit

For Use On Catalog No. $ Price

Compact GS1/LK3

Standard —

LK3 60–200 A

GS1 30–400 A

LK3 400–1250 A

GS1AD10 +

GS1AM110

GS1AD20 +

GS1AM110

GS1AD30 +

GS1AM110

Terminal Lugs

Terminal Shrouds

Shorting Links

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CP1 Discount

Schedule

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

Dimensions

25.6

37.3

FIX

116

79.5

96.5

18.3

M 5

FIX

ø 4.5

ø 31

90°

-OFF

-ON

Door Drilling

83.8

3.25

2.5

2.48

1.83

2.75

76.2

3.0

90°

65°

2.0

ø 31

1.25

4 ø 4.5

0.13

-ON

-OFF

GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420

0.125

1.25

3.75

0.59

1.47

3.125

4.56

1.78

0.72

Test Position

GS1DDU3

Compact CC

30 A

GS1AH110 or 120

2.75

65°

GS1AH/AHT110, 120, 410, or 420

4.13

105.5

1.47

37.3

0.059

4.56

116

3.38

0.63

15.8

1.0

3.0

7.62

2.48

2.0

FIX

FIX ø 0.19

1.83

46.5

2.5

3.88

OFF

0.13

2 ø 4.5

ø 31

1.25

90°

-ON

0.13

2 ø 4.5

ø 31

1.25

2.0

-OFF

90°

-ON

Door Drilling

Test Position

GS1DU3

Compact J

30 A

GS1EEU3,

GS1

30 A 1.13 Fix

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

5.69

144

5.88

149

2.00

2.75

3.00

76.2

3.88

2.44

2.63

67 1.25

Ø 31

0.13

4 Ø 4.5

0-OFF

Fix 5.25

133

Door Drilling

Dimensions: in.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CP1 Discount

Schedule

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

2.00

1.25

Ø 31

.13

4 Ø 4.5

0-OFF

1.50

5.88

149

2.75

6.75

171

2.63

2.75

3.00

76.2

Fix

5.25

133

5.63

143

3.50

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

GS1EU3/GS1GU3,

GS1

30 A/60 A J

Terminal Lugs 2/0 Max.

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

2.00

1.25

Ø 31

Ø6.9

.75

.63

.88

0.13

4 Ø 4.5

0-OFF

2.06

7.19

183

8.25

210

3.31

2.75

3.00

76.2

Fix 6.56

167

5.63

1433.44

87.25

GS1JU3,

GS1

100 A J

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max.

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

2.00

1.00

1.13

1.50

2.00

.44

11Ø1 1.6

.13

4 Ø 4.5

1.25

Ø 31

0-OFF

Fix 2.44

8.13

207

9.44

240

3.69

3.75

Fix 7.50

191

2.75

6.00

152 3.44

5.00

127

GS1MU3,

GS1

200 A J

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

GS1QU3,

GS1

400 A J

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.25 in. (6.3 mm)

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

Terminal Lugs

2 x 600 MCM Max.

2.00

1.50

3.13

2.88

2.00

0.13

4 Ø 4.5

1.25

Ø 31

0-OFF

.38

Ø 10.2

Fix 2.81

Fix 8.81

224

2.81

14.31

363

11.94

303

2.06

4.44

112

2.75

5.00

127

5.56

141 3.44

Ø .25

Dimensions: in.

Door Drilling

Terminal Lugs

2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max.

2.50

19.38

492 6.00

152

2.38

59 4.75

120 4.75

120 4.00

100

3.88

7.50

190

7.50

190

4.13

106

3.13

2.75

3.13

803.56

91 1.56

2.50

2.88

733.00

1.50

.50

.25

9.88

250

14.25

362

20.38

517

1.50

38 7.13

181

Ø 9.38 Fix 13.63

346

Fix 9.88

251

Locking

55˚

Ø .38

Ø 44

Ø 1.25

2.00

0.13

Ø 4.5

GS1SU3/GS1TU3,

GS1

600 A J

and 800 A L

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.38 in. (9.6 mm)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CP1 Discount

Schedule

IEC Style Disconnect

Switches

GS1 Fusible and LK3 Nonfusible, Dimensions

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

90°

Door Drilling

4.56

116

3.78

1.94

0.59

1.00

2.00

0.75

1.83

2.59

2.48

3.84

1.78

0.72

0.56

Fix 3.13

Fix Ø .19

-ON

0-OFF

1.25

Ø 31

0.13

2 Ø 4.5 Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

LK3DU3,

Compact LK3

30 A

ø 0.19

5FIX 1.50

5.88

149

170

6.69

2.75

FIX 5.25

133

2.63 76.2

3.00

2.75 99

3.88

3.50

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

2.00

.13

4 Ø 4.5

1.25

Ø 31

0-OFF

LK3GU3/LK3JU3,

LK3

60 A/100 A

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

Terminal Lugs 3/0 Max.

90°

65°

Test Position

-ON

Door Drilling

2.00

1.00

1.13

1.50

2.00

.44

Ø11.6

0.13

4 Ø 4.5

1.25

Ø 31

0-OFF

8.13

206

2.44

9.50

241

3.69

3.75

2.75

70 3.44

5.00

127

Ø .19

Fix 7.50

191

LK3MU3,

LK3

200 A

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.19 in. (4.8 mm)

Door Drilling

Terminal Lugs

2 x 600 MCM Max.

1.50

3.13

2.88

.38

Ø 10.2

.13

4 Ø 4.5

1.25

Ø 31

2.00

0.81

11.00

279

0.56

7.50

191

3.88

6.56

166 1.63

2.31

5.00

127

1.56

40 3.13

Fix 10.06

255

Fix 6.88

175

Fix 12.63

320

LK3QU3/LK3SU3,

LK3

400 A/600 A

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.25 in. (6.3 mm)

Dimensions: in.

Door Drilling

Terminal Lugs

2X600 MCM Max. 3X600 MCM Max.

3.13

803.56

91 1.56

2.50

2.88

733.00

1.50

Ø .38

Ø 44

Ø 1.25

2.00

6.56

166 1.56

2.00

0.13

Ø 4.5

0.81

2.31

1.56

14.63

372

6.81

1734.75

121

13.00

330

7.50

191

3.88

2.50

Fix 6.88

175

Fix 13.69

347

LK3TU3/LK3UU3/

LK3WU3,

LK3

800 A/1000 A/1250 A

Mounting Hole

Dimension:

0.38 in. (9.6 mm)

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

UL508 Motor Disconnect

Switches

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches

Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

Vario

The Vario Motor Disconnect Switch is also offered as an enclosed switch made of corrosion

resistant material. The 3-pole version makes the Vario switch ideal for manual motor control

applications. The switches are compact, easy to wire and connect, and come undrilled to

allow variable cable entry positions.

NOTE: VCGUN enclosures are UL approved.

aAssembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle.

aUL Rated, NEMA Type 1, 12, IP55.

Table 17.15: Non-Metallic Enclosed Switches a

Ampere Size IP55-PVC 3-Pole, NEMA Type 1 & 12

UL IEC Catalog No. $ Price

20 32 VC1GUN 239.00

25 40 VC2GUN 287.00

45 63 VC3GUN 345.00

63 80 VC4GUN 381.00

100 125 VC5GUN 548.00

115 175 VC6GUN 845.00

Table 17.16: Non-Metallic Enclosed Switch Dimensions a

Catalog No. a

No.

Poles

Dimensions

abcdef

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

VC1GU–VC2GU

6.7 170 4.1 105 3.2 82 4.8 122 2.1 53 5.0 128

VC3GU–VC4GU 6.7 170 5.3 135 3.3 85 5.1 130 3.7 95 5.2 131

VC5GU–VC6GU 11.0 280 8.6 220 5.0 126 7.9 201 7.5 190 8.6 203

Table 17.17: Vario Manual Motor Control Switches, IEC

Rating (A)

IEC

kW Rating 3-Pole Switch Body

230 V 240 V 400 V 415 V 500 V 690 V

20 4 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 11

25 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 15

32 5.5 5.5 11 11 11 15

40 7.5 7.5 15 15 18.5 15

63 15 15 22 22 30 22

80 18.5 18.5 30 30 37 30

125222237374537

175303045455545

Non-Metallic Enclosure

Ø 6.2

.25

Legend

Plate

Holder

VC1GU–VC6GU

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

NEMA Style Disconnect

Switches

NEMA Style Door-Mounted Disconnect Switches

Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

aNonfused ratings.

aOne block per switch.

Note: These switches are for motor circuit applications.

aOne conductor per lug.

aContinuous current should not exceed switch rating (size).

Fuse clip kits should be sized to accommodate inrush.

File D10

The D10 disconnect switch features high I2T rating, longer contact life, visible contact indication, fuse-mounting flexibility, dead-front construction,

and auxiliary interlocks.

A complete installation includes a D10 disconnect switch, D11 handle operator, and D12 fuse clip kit. The D10 accepts Class H, K, J, or R fuses, or

can be used for nonfusible applications. The D10 disconnect switch is operated by a cast metal handle operator that is lockable in the “Off” position

and defeatable in the “On” position.

Table 17.18: Disconnect Switches

(without fuse clips or shorting straps)

600 V—Without Service Entrance Rating

Starter

NEMA

Size

Rating

(A)

Max. Horsepower Ratinga

Catalog

Number $ Price

120 V 200–

240 V 480 V 600 V

0–1 30 5 10 20 25 D10S1 270.00

26010204050D10S2 292.00

3 100 15 30 60 75 D10S3 452.00

4 200 25 50 100 100 D10S4 860.00

600 V—With Service Entrance Rating

Starter

NEMA

Size

Rating

(A)

Max. Horsepower Rating a

Catalog

Number $ Price

120 V 200–

240 V 480 V 600 V

0–1 30 5 10 20 25 D10S1H 320.00

26010204050D10S2H 352.00

3 100 15 30 60 75 D10S3H 544.00

4 200 25 50 100 100 D10S4H 1154.00

Table 17.19: Rotary Handle Operator Kits and Shafts

Kits include: Handle, Shaft, and Actuator

NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, and 12

Description Rating

(A)

Enclosure Interior

Depth—Inches

Catalog

Number $ Price

Complete Kit with

Handle, Shaft, and

Actuator

30,

60,

100,

200

5–6 D11SF4 106.00

6–10 D11SF10 118.00

10–16 D11SF16 130.00

Shaft only 6D11SH10 26.20

12 D11SH16 32.80

Table 17.20: Auxiliary Electrical Interlock

(for mounting on 30–200 A disconnect switch a)

Block Description

(with switch contacts open)

Catalog

Number $ Price

1 N.O. D11N0 79.00

1 N.C. D11NC 79.00

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. D11N0C 116.00

2 N.O. D11N00 116.00

2 N.O. and 2 N.C. D11N0C2 130.00

Table 17.21: Interrupting and Withstandability

Ratings

Rating

(A)

Interrupting Rating

Amperes Symmetrical

600 Vac, 3Ø

Withstandability I2T

(Amperes2 seconds)

30 1,200 0.38 x 106

60 1,800 1.28 x 106

100 2.000 2.62 x 106

200 3,600 5.25 x 106

Line Shield

Centerline

of Switch

Operating

Shaft

Table 17.22: Lug Data

Rating (A) Number

Per Pole Wire Range aWire Type

#14–#8 Cu

60 #14–#4 Cu

100 #14–#1/0 Al–Cu

200 #6–250 kcmil Al–Cu

Table 17.23: Fuse Clip Kits

D10

Switch Size

Fuse Clip Rating aCatalog

Number $ Price

Amperes AC Volts Type

30 A

No Fuse D12C01 8.30

0–30 250 H, K D12C21 16.30

0–30 250 R D12CR21 65.00

0–30 600 H, K D12C61 24.50

0–30 600 R D12CR61 65.00

0–30 600 J D12CJ1 49.30

31–60 250 H, K D12C22 24.50

31–60 600 H, K D12C62 49.30

31–60 600 R D12CR62 82.50

31–60 600 J D12CJ2 57.50

61–100 250 H, K D12C23 65.00

60 A

No Fuse D12D02 24.50

0–30 250 R D12DR21 65.00

0–30 600 H, K D12D61 24.50

0–30 600 R D12DR61 65.00

31–60 250 H, K D12D22 23.80

31–60 250 R D12DR22 82.50

31–60 600 H, K D12D62 41.00

31–60 600 R D12DR62 82.50

31–60 600 J D12DJ2 57.50

61–100 250 H, K D12D23 65.00

61–100 600 H, K D12D63 115.00

61–100 600 J D12DJ3 106.30

61–100 600 R D12DR63 113.80

100 A

No Fuse D12E03 49.30

31–60 250 H, K D12E22 41.00

31–60 600 H, K D12E62 41.00

61–100 250 H, K D12E23 32.50

61–100 250 R D12ER23 115.00

61–100 600 H, K D12F63 90.00

61–100 600 R D12FR63 115.00

61–100 600 J D12EJ3 115.00

101–200 250 H, K D12F24 106.30

101–200 600 H, K D12F64 122.50

101–200 600 J D12FJ4 140.00

200 A

No Fuse D12F04 82.50

61–100 600 H, K D12F63 90.00

101–200 250 H, K D12F24 106.30

101–200 250 R D12FR24 140.00

101–200 600 H, K D12F64 122.50

101–200 600 R D12FR64 135.00

101–200 600 J D12FJ4 140.00

Table 17.24: Switch Dimensions (in inches)

Rating

(A)

Length Width Mounting Hole Dimensions Depth

A BCD E F GHIJKalb

30 7-5/16 4-15/32 5-7/8 3-15/32 6 3-15/32 1-7/8 13/32 5-7/16 3-1/4 4-3/32 4-11/32

60 7-5/16 4-15/32 5-7/8 3-15/32 6 3-15/32 1-7/8 13/32 5-7/16 3-1/4 4-11/32 4-11/32

100 9-27/32 5-11/32 8-3/16 4-5/8 5-13/16 3-13/16 2-11/16 51/64 7-5/16 4-3/16 5-23/32 4-27/32

200 12-3/16 7-7/32 8-3/16 4-5/8 5-13/16 3-13/16 2-11/16 51/64 7-5/16 4-3/16 5-23/32 4-27/32

aMaximum depth with largest fuse.

bDepth including insulating barrier on service entrance switches.

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Door-Mounted Operating

Mechanisms

For Square D™ Circuit Breakers

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms

Type L door-mounted, variable-depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip

indication. All can be padlocked in the “Off” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies

can be locked “Off” with up to three padlocks, which also locks the enclosure when the door is closed. (The 3” handle

accepts one padlock.) Complete kits are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle

assembly, operating mechanism, and shaft assembly.

aContains support bracket.

aOptional accessory for use with 9421L operating mechanisms. Not used with GJL, NAL,

NCL, NEL, NXL, NSF, NSJ, PowerPact™ C, D, H, and J circuit breakers; use field-installed

circuit breaker interlocks instead.

Table 17.25: Complete Kits

Complete Kit

Does Not Include Circuit Breaker

Includes:

Operating Mechanism

Standard 6 in. Handle

Standard Shaft Kit

Includes:

Operating Mechanism

Standard 6 in. Handle

Long Shaft Kit

Includes:

Operating Mechanism

Short 3 in. Handle

Long Shaft Kit

Use With

Circuit Breaker or

Interrupter Type

No.

Poles

Frame

Size

(A)

Type $ Price

Mounting

Depth a

Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

Mounting

Depth a

Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

Mounting

Depth a

Min. – Max.

GJL 3 75, 100 LG1 140.00 5-1/2–10-1/4 LG4 158.00 5-1/2–20-7/8 LG3 198.00 5-1/2–20-7/8

FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LN1 140.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LN4 158.00 5-1/2–21 LN3 198.00 5-1/2–21

KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LP1 171.00 6-1/4–11-3/16 LP4 189.00 6-1/4–21-3/4 LP3 230.00 6-1/4–21-3/4

LALc, LHLc, Q4L 2–3 400 LR1 242.00 6-5/16–10-7/8 LR4 255.00 6-5/16–21-1/2 LJ3 230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 LT1b242.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LT4 b255.00 7-3/16–22-1/4

3 in. handles are not recommended

for use with these circuit breakers.

MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 LT1 b242.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LT4 b255.00 7-3/16–22-1/4

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 LX1b242.00 8-1/4–12-3/4 LX4b255.00 8-1/4–23-3/8

Table 17.26: Component Parts

Use With

3 in. Handle

Assemblies

Type 1, 3R, 12

Standard

Handle

Assemblies

Type 1, 3R, 12

Operating

Mechanism

(Lockout

Included)

Standard Shaft

(Support Bracket

Not Required)

Long Shaft

(Support Bracket

Included)

Circuit Breaker or

Interrupter Type

No.

Poles

Frame

Size

(A)

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Mounting

Depth a

Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

Mounting

Depth a

Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

GJL 3 75, 100 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LG7 68.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LS8 21.50 5-1/2–21 LS13 35.60

FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LF1 71.00 5-1/2–10-7/16 LS8 21.50 5-1/2–21 LS12 35.60

KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LH3 90.00 LH6 50.00 LK1 105.00 6-1/4–11-3/16 LS8 21.50 6-1/4–21-3/4 LS12 35.60

LALc, LHLc, Q4L 2–3 400 3 in. handles

are not

recommended

for use with

these circuit

breakers.

LH6 50.00 LL1 170.00 6-5/16–10-7/8 LS8 21.50 6-5/16–21-1/2 LS10 35.60

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 LH8 50.00 LM1 170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8 21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4 LS10 35.60

MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 LH8 50.00 LM1 170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8 21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4 LS10 35.60

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 LH8 50.00 LX7 170.00 8-1/4–12-3/4 LS8 21.50 8-1/4–23-3/8 LS10 35.60

aMounting depth in inches, measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.

bTypes LT1, LT4, LX1, and LX4 include an 8 in. handle rather than a 6 in. handle.

cThese operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.

Table 17.27: NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies a

Use With Standard Handle Assemblies 3 in. Handle Version

Circuit Breaker or

Interrupter Type

No.

Poles

Frame

Size

(A)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,

4, 12

(Painted)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,

4, 4X, 12

(Chrome Plated)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,

4, 12

(Painted)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,

4, 4X, 12

(Chrome Plated)

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

GJL 3 75 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00

FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00

KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00 LH43 165.00 LC43 233.00

LAL, LHL, Q4L 2–3 400 LH46 90.00 LC46 149.00

3 in. handles are not recommended

for use with these circuit breakers.

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 LH48 90.00 LC48 149.00

MAL, MHL 2–3 1000 LH48 90.00 LC48 149.00

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 LH48 90.00 LC48 149.00

aDue to gasketing, NEMA Type 3 and 4 handle assemblies are not trip indicating.

Table 17.28: IEC Style Operating Mechanisms

Circuit Breaker or

Interrupter Type

Type 1, 4, 4X, 12 Operating Mechanism

(Lockout Included)

Extension Shafts

Mounting Depth Type $ Price

Color Type $ Price Type $ Price Min. Max.

GJL Red/Yellow NW3 90.00 LG8 71.00 6-1/8 10-3/4 NS16 28.70

Black NW3B 90.00 6-1/8 17-7/8 NS336a35.60

Table 17.29: Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999 a

Description Class Type $ Price

Single-Pole, Double-Throw 9999 R47 131.00

Double-Pole, Double-Throw 9999 R48 221.00

Operating

Mechanism

3 in. Handle

Assembly

Standard

Handle

Assembly

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Approximate

Dimensions

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

aMounting depth measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.

Table 17.30: Shaft Cutting Dimensions

Class Type Shaft Length

Formula

H = Standard Shaft H = Long Shaft

Min. Max. Min. Max.

9421 LG7, LG1, LG4, LG3 L = H–2.50 5.50 10.25 5.50 20.85

64 140 260 140 530

9421 LF1, LN1, LN3, LN4 L = H–2.88 5.50 10.44 5.50 21.00

73 140 265 140 533

9421 LK1, LP1, LP3, LP4 L = H–3.63 6.25 11.19 6.25 21.75

92 159 284 159 552

9421 LL1, LR1, LR4 L= H–3.13 6.31 10.88 6.31 21.50

79 160 276 160 546

9421 LM1, LT1, LT4 L= H–4.00 7.18 11.63 7.18 22.25

102 182 295 182 565

9421 LX7, LX1, LX4 L= H–5.17 8.25 12.75 8.25 23.38

131 210 324 210 594

Handle Mechanism

Handle

Mechanism

(2) #8-32 Tap2.38

Mounting Depth

.28 Maximum

7 Door Thickness

L = Overall shaft length

H = Distance from inside of enclosure door to circuit

breaker mounting surface

1.38

3.50 Min.

1.18

.50

.45

4.72

120

1.77

3.94

100

Screw Driver

Interlock Pin

Location

Refer to NEC

Article 430-10

for minimum

dimension from

top mounting hole

to wall or barrier

to ensure adequate

wire bending space.

Panel drilling for GJL circuit breaker

and operating mechanism

2.25

1.50

7.00

178

1.6 3

6.00

152

5.13

130

(4) #8-32 Tap

1.56

.75

4.50

114

Hinge

Point of

Door

L Handle

Mechanism

L Handle & Ckt. Bkr. Toggle

Minimum to wall or

barrier to ensure

adequate wire bending

space to lug surface

when maximum wire

size is used with

standard lugs.

Refer to NEC Article

430-10.

3.25 Minimum

83 (Both Sides)

Panel drilling for FAL, FCL, and FHL

circuit breakers and operating mechanisms

3.25 Minimum

83 (Both Sides)

2.25

1.50

13.50

343

1.6 3

6.00

152

7.13

181

(4) #10-24 Tap

C30080-120

1.81

.75

4.50

114

Hinge

Point of

Door

L Handle & Ckt. Bkr. Toggle

Minimum to wall or

barrier to ensure

adequate wire bending

space to lug surface

when maximum wire

size is used with

standard lugs.

Refer to NEC Article

430-10.

Dimensions: in.

Panel drilling for KAL, KCL, and KHL

circuit breakers and operating mechanisms

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Approximate

Dimensions

Door-Mounted Operating Mechanisms

Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

(4) 1/4-20 Tap

L Handle

Circuit Breaker

L Handle

9.25

235

4.57

116

6.00

152

19.19

487

.88

6.00

Minimum

152 (Both Sides)

Hinge

Point

of Door Minimum to wall or barrier

to ensure adequate wire

bending space to lug surface

when maximum wire size is

used with standard lugs.

Refer to NEC Article 430-10.

4.68

119

7.19

183

(4) #12-24 Tap

2.68

.56

6.00

152

.44

.38

3.00

2.00

1.00

1.59

1.63

2.00

Circuit Breaker

4.50

114 3.00

3.09

3.50

1.66

4.937

125

8.00

203

.38

.44

1.63R

1.03

(4) 5/16-18 Tap

(4) 1/4-20 Tap

Minimum to wall or

barrier to ensure

adequate wire bending

space to lug surface

when maximum wire

size is used. Refer to

NEC Article 430-10.

2.00

1.50

9.00

229

Hinge

Point

Door

5.09

129

10.19

259

8.00 Minimum

203 (Both Sides)

Handle

Panel drilling for LAL, LHL, and Q4L

circuit breakers and operating mechanisms

Panel drilling for MAL, MEL, MHL, and MXL

circuit breakers and operating mechanisms

Circuit Breaker Type Dimensions = in. (mm)

MAL, MHL 10.69 (272) 14.00 (356)

MEL, MXL 11.47 (291) 14.75 (375)

Panel drilling for NAL, NCL, NEL, and NXL

circuit breakers and operating mechanisms

9.00 Minimum (Both Sides)

229

7.50

191

8.50

216

8.00

203

12.13

308

9.50

241

8.75

222 1.6 3R

1.66

5.00

127

3.16

2.50

(4) 1/4-20 Tap

15.00

381

Hinge

Point

of Door

L Handle

Mechanism

Circuit Breaker

Handle Mechanism

Dimensions: in.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Bracket-Mounted

Disconnect Devices

Type T Disconnect Switches

Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

aThese operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit

breaker with an MB or MT suffix.

Note: Some enclosures may not accept the listed bracket-mounted

operating mechanisms; contact the enclosure manufacturer.

Table 17.32: Electrical Interlock Kits—Class 9999

Optional accessory for use with circuit breaker operating

mechanisms listed to the left and the flexible cable

mechanisms listed below, except GJL.

Note: Not used with GJL; use field installed circuit breaker interlocks.

Table 17.31: Bracket-Mounted Operating Mechanisms for Use With Square D™ Circuit Breakers

The circuit breaker operating mechanisms listed below are shipped with the external operating handle assembled to a

bracket. Circuit breakers are not included and must be ordered separately. A trim plate is provided with each kit to

prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the front and also to provide an attractive installation.The

operating handle is Type A1. These switches can be used with Class 9423 door closing mechanisms.

Use With

Operating Mechanism

Right Hand

Flange Mounting

Circuit Breaker or

Interrupter Type

No. of

Poles

Frame Size

(A) Cat. No. $ Price

FAL, FHL 2–3 100 BN1 257.00

KAL, KHL 2–3 250 BP1 270.00

LALa, LHLa, Q4L 2–3 400 BR1 543.00

Description Class Type $ Price

Single Pole, Double Throw 9999 R26 131.00

Double Pole, Double Throw 9999 R27 243.00

Disconnect

Device

Table 17.33: Dimensions

Type A

in. (mm)

Min. Enclosure Deptha

in. (mm)

BG1, BN1 8.75 (222) 1.13 (29) 6.50 (165) 8.00 (203) 7.13 (181)

BP1 9.13 (232) 7.38 (187)

aThe minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting

the mechanism.

Note: Back panel support is recommended for Types TFB1, 2, and 3. Other devices may also require support if the

flange is not sufficiently rigid.

OFF

0.38

Fused

Non Fused

and Circuit

Breaker

Disconnect

Device

(2) 0.38 Dia. Mounting Holes

(For back panel support if necessary.)

For use with Square D circuit breakers and Class 9422 A handle operators. Especially designed for tall, deep

enclosures where placement flexibility is required. See Digest 176 page 8-24 for dimensions.

Table 17.34: Class 9422—Flexible Cable Mechanisms for Use With Square D Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker

Type

No. of

Poles

Frame Size

(A)

Cable Mechanism Cable Mechanisms with A1 Handle

Cable Length Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

GJL 3 100

36 in. CGJ30 273.00 CGJ31 417.00

48 in. CGJ40 291.00 CGJ41 432.00

60 in. CGJ50 291.00 CGJ51 432.00

120 in. CGJ10 333.00 CGJ11 476.00

FAL, FHL 2, 3 100

36 in. CFA30 273.00 CFA31 417.00

60 in. CFA50 291.00 CFA51 432.00

120 in. CFA10 333.00 CFA11 476.00

KAL, KHL 2, 3 250

36 in. CKA30 288.00 CKA31 431.00

60 in. CKA50 305.00 CKA51 446.00

120 in. CKA10 347.00 CKA11 489.00

LALa, LHLa, Q4L 2, 3 400

36 in. CLA30 486.00 CLA31 630.00

60 in. CLA50 504.00 CLA51 647.00

120 in. CLA10 548.00 CLA11 689.00

aThese operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA/LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.

Table 17.35: Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and

Circuit Breakers

Class Type

SPDT DPDT

Type $ Price Type $ Price

Disconnect Switches

9422 TF R8 87.00 R9 243.00

Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms

9421 LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR, LT R47 131.00 R48 221.00

9422 RM, RN, RP, RR, RT R26 131.00 R27 243.00

9422 CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF R26 131.00 R27 243.00

Note: No external auxiliary contacts are available for the following circuit breakers:

GJL circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC.

PowerPact D circuit breakers must use internal auxiliary contacts, catalog number AAC.

Note: For additional variations, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Flexible Cable

Mechanisms

For Circuit Breakers

Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers

Dual cable operator mechanisms are designed for use with Square D GJL circuit breakers.

The cable mechanisms allow for a single handle operator, Class 9422A1, to operate both

circuit breakers. The cable mechanism is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures

where placement flexibility is required. There are numerous cable arrangements to choose

from to accommodate many applications.

Features

•Separate cables for each circuit breaker

•Rugged metal flange handle operator

•Maximized flexibility of circuit breaker placement for existing and new applications

•Control panel can be fed from two separate supply voltages (if required)

•Dual mechanism allows both separate supply voltages to be controlled by a single

handle to improve security features

Table 17.36: Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms Selection

Circuit Breaker Type Cable Length

in. / mm (quantity)

Catalog

Number

Frame Size

(max.) $ Price

GJL

36 in. / 914 mm (2) 9422CGJD3

100 A

585.00

48 in. / 1219 mm (2) 9422CGJD4 608.00

60 in. / 1524 mm (2) 9422CGJD5 675.00

120 in. / 3048 mm (2) 9422CGJD1 788.00

36 in. / 914 mm (1)

60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 9422CGJD8 642.00

60 in. / 1524 mm (1)

120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 9422CGJD9 720.00

Table 17.37: Special Left-hand Mounted Single Cable Operating Mechanisms

Circuit Breaker Type

Cable Length

in. / mm

(quantity)

Catalog

Number

Frame Size

(max.) $ Price

FAL

120 in. / 3048 mm (1) 9422CFAL10

100 A

350.00

36 in. / 914 mm (1) 9422CFAL30 287.00

60 in. / 1524 mm (1) 9422CFAL50 318.00

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Disconnect Switch

Accessories

Flange Mounted, Variable Depth

Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit protective devices are required. All

circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job.

aClass 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 in.

aNot for use with the GJL operating mechanism.

Table 17.38: Variable-Depth Mechanisms for Use with Square D™ Circuit Breakers and Schneider Electric™

(formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers

Use With Operating Mechanism

Circuit Breaker

Frame Size

No. of

Poles

Frame Size

Variable-Depth Mtg.

Range Min.-Max.a

(Inches)

Operating Mechanism

Only—Does Not Include

Handle Mechanism

Operating Mechanism and Handle Mechanism

Includes Type A1

Handle Mechanism

Includes Type A2

Handle Mechanism

Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Square D Circuit Breakers

GJL 3 100 6.00–17.75 RG1 116.00 ARG11 257.00 ARG21 372.00

FAL, FHL 2–3 100 5.38–17.75 RN1 116.00 ARN11 257.00 ARN21 372.00

KAL, KHL 2–3 250 6.38–17.88 RP1 129.00 ARP11 270.00 ARP21 386.00

LALc, LHLc, Q4L 2–3 400 7.44–18.25 RR1 329.00 ARR11 471.00 ARR21 585.00

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 9.00–18.38 RT1 449.00 ART11 593.00 ART21 705.00

MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 9.00–18.38 RT1 449.00 ART11 593.00 ART21 705.00

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 11.00–18.37 RX1 513.00 ——— —

Table 17.39: Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999

Description Class Type $ Price

Single Pole, Double Throw

Double Pole, Double Throw

9999

R26a

R27a

131.00

243.00

Table 17.40: Dimensions

Circuit Breaker

Frame Size Type

Width

(A)

Height

(B)

Distance to Enclosure Flangea

(D)

Minimum Maximum

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

GJL RG1 5.00 127 4.75 121 6.00 152 17.75 451 4.00 102

FAL, FHL RN1 6.75 171 8.50 216 5.51 140 17.75 451 4.26 108

KAL, KHL RP1 7.13 181 10.13 257 6.51 165 17.88 454 4.94 125

LALc, LHLc, Q4L RR1 10.19 259 11.00 279 7.44 189 18.25 464 6.00 152

MEL, MXL RT1 13.38 340 14.00 356 9.00 229 18.38 467 9.69 246

MAL, MHLbRT1 13.38 340 14.00 356 9.00 229 18.38 467 9.69 246

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL RX1 19.63 499 13.50 343 11.00 279 18.37 467 9.00 229

a9422R2 will extend the dimension by 7 in. Two required.

bMinimum mounting depth when using MAL or MHL circuit breakers can be decreased to 7.63 inches by using the

Class 9422 Type RT1B conversion kit. $23.00

cWarning: These operating mechanisms cannot be used with any LA / LH circuit breaker with an MB or MT suffix.

Minimum to wall or barrier.

Right- or left-hand mounting

to ensure adequate wire

bending space to lug

surface when maximum

wire size is used.

Refer to NEC Article 430-10.

R.H. Handle

L L.H. Handle

C = Distance from Outside of

Flange to Circuit Breaker

Mounting Surface

Enclosure Flange

Enclosure Door

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Disconnect Switch

Accessories

Flange Mounted, Variable Depth

Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Remote or Dual Adapter Kit

For the remote or dual operation of GJL, FAL, FHL, KAL, KHL, LAL, LHL, Q4L, MAL, MHL,

MEL, and MXL circuit breakers.

Remote Operation—permits mounting the Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism

at a lower level than the disconnect device it controls. This arrangement is often required

where the disconnect device is mounted too high for personnel to easily reach a

conventional operator.

Dual Operation—permits controlling two disconnect devices, one in line with, and one

remote from, a single Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism.

NOTE: A Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle (see Digest 176 page 8-15) and the

preferred mounting method must be used.

aPrices do not include air valves or handle mechanism. For more information on the

air valves listed above, contact Parker at c-parker@parker.com, or call 1-800-272-7537.

Table 17.41: Disconnect Device

Disconnect Device

Enclosure Mounting Depth

Type $ Price

Min. Max.

Circuit Breaker

GJL 10.50 19.50

D2 251.00

FAL, FHL 10.66 19.50

KAL, KHL 11.13 19.50

LAL, LHL, Q4L 12.13 19.88

MAL, MHL,MEL, MXL 13.75 20.25

Table 17.42: Air Valve Interlock

Note: Air valve interlocks only accept the specific three-way air valves, manufactured by Parker,

listed in the table below.

Parker Valve Model NumberaClass 9422

Air Valve Interlock

Air Valve Size Knob Operated Type $ Price

0.50 NPT

M04841885 G1 513.00

M08541848

0.75 NPT

M04861885 G2 513.00

M08561848

1.00 NPT

25 M00080004 G1 513.00

Table 17.43: Other Accessories

Accessory Description Class Type $ Price

Channel/Flange

Support Kit

Auxiliary kit recommended for use with 30 A and 60 A disconnect switches

and FAL, FCL, FHL, KAL KHL, NSF, and NSJ circuit breaker mechanisms

when these devices are to be mounted on the center channel of a multi-door

enclosure or when extra rigidity for the flange is required. Supplied as

9422 C1 42.80

Switch

Breaker

Remote operation shown

(handle mechanism not

included in kit)

Air valve interlock

mounted on enclosure

Alternate Mounting Kit

Channel/Flange

Support Kit

Auxiliary Lock Plate

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Reversing Drum Switches Type A and B

Class 2601 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

NEMA Types 1, 3R, 4, and 13 Without Overload

Class 2601 reversing drum switches may be used for across-the-line starting and reversing of AC polyphase, AC single

phase or DC motors, where overload protection is not required or is provided separately. They are compact and

inexpensive but ruggedly constructed. Drum switches are field convertible from maintained-only to momentary-only

operation. This conversion consists of removing the handle screw and handle, turning the shaft 180 degrees, then

replacing the handle and handle screw.

aMaintained – “Forward”; Momentary – “Reverse”; (not field convertible)

Approximate Dimensions—Class 2601 Reversing Drum Switches

Table 17.44: Reversing Drum Switches

600 Vac Maximum Class 2601 360 Vdc Maximum

Ratings NEMA Type 1

General Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4

Watertight and

Dusttight Enclosure

NEMA Type 3R

Rainproof

Outdoor Enclosure

NEMA Type 1

Maintained &

Momentary a

NEMA Type 13

Oiltight

Flush Mounting

Vol tag e

Maximum Horsepower

Single

Phase

Poly-

Phase

DC Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

115-

200/230

230

460/575

1-1/2

—

1/4

—

1/4

—

AG2 158.00 AW2 428.00 AH2 207.00 AG2S2 158.00 AF2 131.00

115-

200/230

230

460/575

1-1/2

—

7-1/2

—

BG1 428.00 BW1 590.00 N/A — BG1S4 428.00 BF1 356.00

File

CCN

E42243

NLRV

File

Class

LR25490

3211-05

Table 17.45: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

Class Type

2601 AG2

Type AG2

3.38

5.20

132

3.19

3.70

.20

2.38

2.87

2.77

3.81

5.58

142

(4) .17 Mounting Holes

Type AF2 Types AW and BW

(2) 1/2" NPT

Pipe Thread

.60

1.82

5.50

140

6.89

175

3.20

4.00

5.18

2.68

3.26

5.38

6.62

dimensions (inches) =

4.61

4.86

AG/AH

(2) K.O. For 1/ 2" Conduits

2.91

3.53

Types AG, AH, BG

4.50

114

4.50

114

2.94

4.00

102 (4) .218 Mounting Holes

.20

5.12

130

3.25

6.54

166

4.82

122

5.95

151

Dimensions: in.

Type BF1

Type AW2

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Description of All Types

Class 8600 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

A squirrel cage motor draws high starting current (inrush) and produces high starting torque when started at full voltage.

While these values differ for different motor designs, for a typical NEMA design B motor, the inrush will be approximately

600% of the motor full load amperage (FLA) rating, and the starting torque will be approximately 150% of full load torque at

full voltage. High current inrush and starting torque can cause problems in the electrical and mechanical systems, or may

even damage the materials being processed.

When a motor is started at reduced voltage, the current at the motor terminals is reduced in direct proportion to the voltage

reduction, while the torque is reduced by the square of the voltage reduction. If the “typical” NEMA B motor is started at 70%

of line voltage, the starting current would be 70% of the full voltage value (that is, 0.70 x 600% = 420% FLA). The torque

would then be (0.70)2 or 49% of the normal starting torque (that is, 0.49 x 150% = 74% full load torque). Therefore, reduced

voltage starting provides an effective means of reducing both inrush current and starting torque.

If the motor has a high inertia or if the motor rating is marginal for the applied load, reducing the starting torque may prevent

the motor from reaching full speed before the thermal overload relays trip. Applications that require high starting torque

should be reviewed to determine if reduced voltage starting is suitable.

Square D™ offers several types of electromechanical as well as solid-state reduced voltage starters that provide different

starting characteristics. The following describes the 8600 series of reduced voltage starters.

Class 8606—Autotransformer Starter: Autotransformer starters provide reduced voltage to the motor terminals

during starting through the use of a tapped, three phase autotransformer. Taps on the autotransformer allow for

selection of the motor with 50%, 65%, or 80% of line voltage values supplying 50%, 65%, or 80% of the current inrush

seen during a full voltage start. The resulting starting torque will be 25%, 42%, or 64% of full voltage values, as will be

the current draw on the line. Thus, the autotransformer provides the maximum torque with minimum line current.

Class 8630—Wye-Delta Starter: Wye-delta starters can only be used on wye-delta motors which have six leads that

allow for motor winding to be connected in either a wye or delta configuration. During start up, the windings are

connected in the wye, resulting in 58% of line voltage applied across two windings. This reduces both inrush and

starting torque to 33% of the delta connected values. After a set time delay, the motor leads are switched to the delta

connection. The wye-delta starter is available in both open and closed transition configurations. Closed transition

starters are supplied with an additional contactor and resistor bank used to keep the motor windings energized for a

few cycles until the transition from wye to delta is complete.

Class 8640—Part Winding Starter: Part winding starters can be used only with part winding motors. During a part winding

start, only one winding is energized, reducing the inrush current to 60–70% (depending on the motor design) and starting

torque to 50% of normal starting values with both windings energized. Most (but not all) dual voltage 230/460 volt motors are

suitable for part winding starts at 230 volts.

1. Specify the Class Number and the Type Number.

2. If all coils are at the line voltage, and not Sizes 6 or 7, select the voltage code from Table 17.47 (Sizes 6 and 7 are supplied with a

fused transformer with 120 Vac as standard).

3. If the coils are at a different voltage than line supply, or Size 6 or 7, select a voltage code from Table 17.48 and also select a Form

code from Table 17.49 (note that a Form code may be used with any voltage code, except as noted).

Table 17.46: Starter Characteristics

Characteristic Full Voltage Autotransformer, Class 8606 Wye-Delta Class, 8630 Part Winding, Class 8640 Solid-State ATS46

Voltage at Motor 100% 50% / 65% / 80% (tap setting) 100% 100% Ramped Up

Line Current (% Full Load Current) 600% 150% / 250% / 380% 200% 390% 150% to 700% (adjustable)

Starting Torque (% Rated Torque) 150% 40% / 60% / 100% 50% 70% 0% to 100% (adjustable)

Start Time (Factory Setting) — 6–7 seconds 10 seconds / 15 seconds

(open/closed transition)

1–1.5 seconds 10 seconds

(adjustable 1–60 seconds)

Advantages •Simple

•Economical

•High Starting Torque

•High torque/amperage

•High inertial loads

•Flexibility

•High inertial loads

•Long acceleration loads

•Good torque/amperage

•Simple

•Small size

•Greatest flexibility

•Smooth ramp

•Solid-state overload relay

•Diagnostics

Disadvantages •Abrupt starts

•Large current inrush

•Large size •Low torque

•No flexibility

Not suitable for:

•High inertial loads

•Frequent starting

•SCR heat dissipation

•Ambient limitations

Motor Standard Standard Special Special Standard

bSee Table 17.50 for sizing of 380 V starters.

c24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.

Table 17.47: Line Voltage Codes

Line Control Code

208

240

380

480

600

208

240

380

480

600

V08

V03

V05

V06

V07

Table 17.48: Coil Voltage Codes

Line Control Code

208

240

480

600

380

other

120

240

120

110/50

specify

V84

V82

V80

V83

V81

V87

V86

V95

V99

Table 17.49: Form Codes

Form Description Form Code

Fused CPT for timing relay only F4T

Fused CPT for all coils F4T40

Separate control of timing relay only S

Separate control for all coils Y195

Table 17.50: 380 Vac, 50 Hz Starters, Maxiumum Horsepower Rating

Autotransformer, Class 8606 Wye-Delta, Class 8630 Part Winding, Class 8640

Max. hp NEMA Size Max. hp NEMA Size Max. hp NEMA Size

—

150

300

—

150

250

500

1YD

2YD

3YD

4YD

5YD

6YD

125

250

500

1PW

2PW

3PW

4PW

5PW

6PW

Table 17.51: Coil Voltages

Hz Voltage Code Voltage Code Voltage Code Voltage Code

120

110 V02 240

220 V03 480

440 V06 600

550 V07

Reduced Voltage

Starting of Squirrel

Cage Motors

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage

Starters

How to Order

Note: Tables 17.47 and 17.48 are

for 60 Hz; see Table 17.51

for 50 Hz codes.

380 Vac, 50 Hz

Starters The Class 8600 starters are available for 380 Vac,

50 Hz applications. Table 17.50 provides maximum

horsepower ratings. To determine the Type Number,

select the second digit based on NEMA size. Select the

fifth digit based on the horsepower requirement. Specify

V05 voltage code. List prices for the same NEMA size

starter apply.

The starters in this section can also be operated at

50 Hz at the coil voltages listed in Table 17.51.

For additional coil voltage availability, contact the

Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.

50 Hz Control

Voltage

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Autotransformer Starters

Class 8606 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units

(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176

page 16-116 for selection information.

eForms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).

See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary

coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.

Table 17.52: 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz

Motor

Voltage

(Starter

Volt ag e )

Max.

NEMA

Size

NEMA Type 1

General Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4a

Watertight and

Dusttight Enclosure

NEMA Type 12/3Rd

Dusttight & Driptight

Industrial Use Enclosure

Open Type O.E.M. Kitc

Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price

200

(208)

10 2 SDG1C 8076.00 SDW1C 12491.00 SDA1C 10641.00 SDO1C 7734.00 SDK1C 6786.00

SEG1D

SEG1E

SEG1F

9500.00

SEW1D

SEW1E

SEW1F

13914.00

SEA1D

SEA1E

SEA1F

13707.00

SEO1D

SEO1E

SEO1F

8418.00

SEK1D

SEK1E

SEK1F

7493.00

40 4SFG1G

SFG1H 18417.00 SFW1G

SFW1H 26535.00 SFA1G

SFA1H 21834.00 SFO1G

SFO1H 16848.00 SFK1G

SFK1H 13181.00

75 5SGG1J

SGG1L 30330.00 SGW1J

SGW1L 38448.00 SGA1J

SGA1L 34176.00 SGO1J

SGO1L 27167.00 SGK1J

SGK1L 23223.00

100

125

150

SHG1M

SHG1N

SHG1P

56507.00

SHW1M

SHW1N

SHW1P

67190.00

SHA1M

SHA1N

SHA1P

61848.00

SHO1M

SHO1N

SHO1P

51438.00

SHK1M

SHK1N

SHK1P

41481.00

230

(240)

15 2SDG1C

SDG1D 8076.00 SDW1C

SDW1D 12491.00 SDA1C

SDA1D 10641.00 SDO1C

SDO1D 7734.00 SDK1C

SDK1D 6786.00

SEG1E

SEG1F

SEG1G

9500.00

SEW1E

SEW1F

SEW1G

13914.00

SEA1E

SEA1F

SEA1G

12207.00

SEO1E

SEO1F

SEO1G

8418.00

SEK1E

SEK1F

SEK1G

7493.00

50 4SFG1H

SFG1J 18417.00 SFW1H

SFW1J 26535.00 SFA1H

SFA1J 21834.00 SFO1H

SFO1J 16848.00 SFK1H

SFK1J 13181.00

100 5SGG1L

SGG1M 30330.00 SGW1L

SGW1M 38448.00 SGA1L

SGA1M 34176.00 SGO1L

SGO1M 27167.00 SGK1L

SGK1M 23223.00

125

150

200

SHG1N

SHG1P

SHG1Q

56507.00

SHW1N

SHW1P

SHW1Q

67190.00

SHA1N

SHA1P

SHA1Q

61848.00

SHO1N

SHO1P

SHO1Q

51438.00

SHK1N

SHK1P

SHK1Q

41481.00

250

300 7SJG1R

SJG1S 96786.00 SJW1R

SJW1S 107468.00 SJA1R

SJA1S 102126.00 ——— —

460

(480)

575

(600)

SDG1C

SDG1D

SDG1E

SDG1F

8076.00

SDW1C

SDW1D

SDW1E

SDW1F

12491.00

SDA1C

SDA1D

SDA1E

SDA1F

10641.00

SDO1C

SDO1D

SDO1E

SDO1F

7734.00

SDK1C

SDK1D

SDK1E

SDK1F

6786.00

SEG1G

SEG1H

SEG1J

9500.00

SEW1G

SEW1H

SEW1J

13914.00

SEA1G

SEA1H

SEA1J

12207.00

SEO1G

SEO1H

SEO1J

8418.00

SEK1G

SEK1H

SEK1J

7493.00

100

SFG1K

SFG1L

SFG1M

18417.00

SFW1K

SFW1L

SFW1M

26535.00

SFA1K

SFA1L

SFA1M

21834.00

SFO1K

SFO1L

SFO1M

16848.00

SFK1K

SFK1L

SFK1M

13181.00

125

150

200

SGG1N

SGG1P

SGG1Q

30330.00

SGW1N

SGW1P

SGW1Q

38448.00

SGA1N

SGA1P

SGA1Q

34176.00

SGO1N

SGO1P

SGO1Q

27167.00

SGK1N

SGK1P

SGK1Q

23223.00

250

300

400

SHG1R

SHG1S

SHG1T

56507.00

SHW1R

SHW1S

SHW1T

67190.00

SHA1R

SHA1S

SHA1T

61848.00

SHO1R

SHO1S

SHO1T

51438.00

SHK1R

SHK1S

SHK1T

41481.00

500

600 7SJG1U

SJG1W 96786.00 SJW1U

SJW1W 107468.00 SJA1U

SJA1W 102126.00 SJO1W 88250.00 ——

aNEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost.Specify as Form G17. See “Modifications & Forms” for price adder.

bBoth line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.

cNo factory modifications (Forms) are available with O.E.M. Kit.

dNEMA Type 12 enclosures can be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications.

Note: Class 8606 starters are supplied with a NEMA style medium duty autotransformer.

Medium duty service includes applications to motors which drive loads such as fans, pumps, compressors, and line shafts.

NEMA Sizes 2–5: Autotransformer is rated for fifteen 15-second starts per hour.

NEMA Sizes 6–7: Autotransformer is rated for three 30-second starts per hour.

Contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for applications which require frequent starting or jogging, or have extremely high inertia.

Table 17.53: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

•Voltage Code

•Form(s)e

Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)

8606 SFG1M V81 S

Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz

ROL

OL T2

2S 1S

OL T3

Motor

10 0

TR 1S

Separate

Control

1Stop Start

2 Wire Control

Device (If used)

Typical Autotransformer Starter

Sizes 2–5

Separate Control (Form S)

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Wye-Delta Starters (Open Transition)

Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units

(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page

16-116 for selection information.

eForms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).

See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary

coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.

Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).

Table 17.54: 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz

Motor

Vol tag e

(Starter

Volt ag e)

Max.

NEMA

Size

NEMA Type 1

General Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4a

Watertight and

Dusttight Enclosure

(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)

NEMA Type 12/3Rd

Dusttight & Driptight

Industrial Use Enclosure

Open Type O.E.M. Kitc

Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price

200

(208)

10 1YD SCG1C 4892.00 SCW1C 6602.00 SCA1C 6317.00 SCO1C 4806.00 ——

20 2YD SDG1D

SDG1E 5790.00 SDW1D

SDW1E 7713.00 SDA1D

SDA1E 7569.00 SDO1D

SDO1E 5562.00 ——

3YD

SEG1F

SEG1G

SEG1H

8424.00

SEW1F

SEW1G

SEW1H

11204.00

SEA1F

SEA1G

SEA1H

10562.00

SEO1F

SEO1G

SEO1H

7542.00

SEK1F

SEK1G

SEK1H

6596.00

60 4YD SFG1J

SFG1K 17568.00 SFW1J

SFW1K 21941.00 SFA1J

SFA1K 20417.00 SFO1J

SFO1K 15987.00 SFK1J

SFK1K 9300.00

100

125

150

5YD

SGG1L

SGG1M

SGG1N

SGG1P

31584.00

SGW1L

SGW1M

SGW1N

SGW1P

39702.00

SGA1L

SGA1M

SGA1N

SGA1P

35429.00

SGO1L

SGO1M

SGO1N

SGO1P

28422.00

SGK1L

SGK1M

SGK1N

SGK1P

18530.00

200

250

300

6YD

SHG1Q

SHG1R

SHG1S

67589.00

SHW1Q

SHW1R

SHW1S

78272.00

SHA1Q

SHA1R

SHA1S

72930.00

SHO1Q

SHO1R

SHO1S

62519.00

SHK1Q

SHK1R

SHK1S

39347.00

230

(240)

10 1YD SCG1C 4892.00 SCW1C 6602.00 SCA1C 6317.00 SCO1C 4806.00 ——

2YD

SDG1D

SDG1E

SDG1F

5790.00

SDW1D

SDW1E

SDW1F

7713.00

SDA1D

SDA1E

SDA1F

7569.00

SDO1D

SDO1E

SDO1F

5562.00 ——

3YD

SEG1G

SEG1H

SEG1J

8424.00

SEW1G

SEW1H

SEW1J

11204.00

SEA1G

SEA1H

SEA1J

10562.00

SEO1G

SEO1H

SEO1J

7542.00

SEK1G

SEK1H

SEK1J

6596.00

75 4YD SFG1K

SFG1L 17568.00 SFW1K

SFW1L 21941.00 SFA1K

SFA1L 20417.00 SFO1K

SFO1L 15987.00 SFK1K

SFK1L 9300.00

100

125

150

5YD

SGG1M

SGG1N

SGG1P

31584.00

SGW1M

SGW1N

SGW1P

39702.00

SGA1M

SGA1N

SGA1P

35429.00

SGO1M

SGO1N

SGO1P

28422.00

SGK1M

SGK1N

SGK1P

18530.00

200

250

300

6YD

SHG1Q

SHG1R

SHG1S

67589.00

SHW1Q

SHW1R

SHW1S

78272.00

SHA1Q

SHA1R

SHA1S

72930.00

SHO1Q

SHO1R

SHO1S

62519.00

SHK1Q

SHK1R

SHK1S

39347.00

400

500 7YD SJG1T

SJG1U 91160.00 SJW1T

SJW1U 101843.00 SJA1T

SJA1U 96501.00 SJO1T

SJO1U 86090.00 ——

460

(480)

575

(600)

15 1YD SCG1C

SCG1D 4892.00 SCW1C

SCW1D 6602.00 SCA1C

SCA1D 6317.00 SCO1C

SCO1D 4806.00 ——

2YD

SDG1E

SDG1F

SDG1G

SDG1H

5790.00

SDW1E

SDW1F

SDW1G

SDW1H

7713.00

SDA1E

SDA1F

SDA1G

SDA1H

7569.00

SDO1E

SDO1F

SDO1G

SDO1H

5562.00 ——

3YD

SEG1J

SEG1K

SEG1L

8424.00

SEW1J

SEW1K

SEW1L

11204.00

SEA1J

SEA1K

SEA1L

10562.00

SEO1J

SEO1K

SEO1L

7542.00

SEK1J

SEK1K

SEK1L

6596.00

100

125

150

4YD

SFG1M

SFG1N

SFG1P

17568.00

SFW1M

SFW1N

SFW1P

21941.00

SFA1M

SFA1N

SFA1P

20417.00

SFO1M

SFO1N

SFO1P

15987.00

SFK1M

SFK1N

SFK1P

9300.00

200

250

300

5YD

SGG1Q

SGG1R

SGG1S

31584.00

SGW1Q

SGW1R

SGW1S

39702.00

SGA1Q

SGA1R

SGA1S

35429.00

SGO1Q

SGO1R

SGO1S

28422.00

SGK1Q

SGK1R

SGK1S

18530.00

400

500

600

6YD

SHG1T

SHG1U

SHG1W

67589.00

SHW1T

SHW1U

SHW1W

78272.00

SHA1T

SHA1U

SHA1W

72930.00

SHO1T

SHO1U

SHO1W

62519.00

SHK1T

SHK1U

SHK1W

39347.00

800

1000 7YD SJG1Y

SJG1Z 91160.00 SJW1Y

SJW1Z 101843.00 SJA1Y

SJA1Z 96501.00 SJO1Y

SJO1Z 86090.00 ——

aNEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.

bBoth line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.

cNo Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.

dNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

Table 17.55: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

•Voltage Code

•Form(s)e

Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)

8630 SFG1M V06

Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz

T4 T2

T1 T5

T6 T3

1Stop Start

1M S

TR OL

Moto

2 Wire Control Device (If used)

Typical Wye-Delta Starter Sizes 1–4 (Open Transition)

Common Control (Standard)

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Wye-Delta Starters (Closed Transition)

Class 8630 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units

(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page

16-116 for selection information.

eForms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8 •).

See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary

coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.

Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).

Table 17.56: 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz

Motor

Voltage

(Starter

Vol tag e )

Max.

NEMA

Size

NEMA Type 1

General Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4d

Watertight and

Dusttight Enclosure

(Stainless Steel 1YD-4YD)

NEMA Type 12/3Rc

Dusttight & Driptight

Industrial Use Enclosure

Open Type O.E.M. Kitb

Typea$ Price Typea$ Price Typea$ Price Typea$ Price Typea$ Price

200

(208)

10 1YD SCG2C 7470.00 SCW2C 9180.00 SCA2C 8895.00 SCO2C 7385.00 ——

20 2YD SDG2D

SDG2E 8454.00 SDW2D

SDW2E 10376.00 SDA2D

SDA2E 10233.00 SDO2D

SDO2E 8226.00 ——

3YD

SEG2F

SEG2G

SEG2H

11672.00

SEW2F

SEW2G

SEW2H

14450.00

SEA2F

SEA2G

SEA2H

13809.00

SEO2F

SEO2G

SEO2H

10790.00

SEK2F

SEK2G

SEK2H

10142.00

60 4YD SFG2J

SFG2K 22995.00 SFW2J

SFW2K 27368.00 SFA2J

SFA2K 25844.00 SFO2J

SFO2K 21414.00 SFK2J

SFK2K 13931.00

100

125

150

5YD

SGG2L

SGG2M

SGG2N

SGG2P

38363.00

SGW2L

SGW2M

SGW2N

SGW2P

46481.00

SGA2L

SGA2M

SGA2N

SGA2P

42209.00

SGO2L

SGO2M

SGO2N

SGO2P

35202.00

SGK2L

SGK2M

SGK2N

SGK2P

25181.00

200

250

300

6YD

SHG2Q

SHG2R

SHG2S

85022.00

SHW2Q

SHW2R

SHW2S

95702.00

SHA2Q

SHA2R

SHA2S

90363.00

SHO2Q

SHO2R

SHO2S

79950.00

SHK2Q

SHK2R

SHK2S

50319.00

230

(240)

10 1YD SCG2C 7470.00 SCW2C 9180.00 SCA2C 8895.00 SCO2C 7385.00 ——

2YD

SDG2D

SDG2E

SDG2F

8454.00

SDW2D

SDW2E

SDW2F

10376.00

SDA2D

SDA2E

SDA2F

10233.00

SDO2D

SDO2E

SDO2F

8226.00

—

3YD

SEG2G

SEG2H

SEG2J

11672.00

SEW2G

SEW2H

SEW2J

14450.00

SEA2G

SEA2H

SEA2J

13809.00

SEO2G

SEO2H

SEO2J

10790.00

SEK2G

SEK2H

SEK2J

10142.00

75 4YD SFG2K

SFG2L 22995.00 SFW2K

SFW2L 27368.00 SFA2K

SFA2L 25844.00 SFO2K

SFO2L 21414.00 SFK2K

SFK2L 13931.00

100

125

150

5YD

SGG2M

SGG2N

SGG2P

38363.00

SGW2M

SGW2N

SGW2P

46481.00

SGA2M

SGA2N

SGA2P

42209.00

SGO2M

SGO2N

SGO2P

35202.00

SGK2M

SGK2N

SGK2P

25181.00

200

250

300

6YD

SHG2Q

SHG2R

SHG2S

85022.00

SHW2Q

SHW2R

SHW2S

95702.00

SHA2Q

SHA2R

SHA2S

90363.00

SHO2Q

SHO2R

SHO2S

79950.00

SHK2Q

SHK2R

SHK2S

50319.00

400

500 7YD SJG2T

SJG2U 118206.00 SJW2T

SJW2U 128888.00 SJA2T

SJA2U 123548.00 SJO2T

SJO2U 113135.00 —

——

460

(480)

575

(600)

15 1YD SCG2C

SCG2D 7470.00 SCW2C

SCW2D 9180.00 SCA2C

SCA2D 8895.00 SCO2C

SCO2D 7385.00 —

——

2YD

SDG2E

SDG2F

SDG2G

SDG2H

8454.00

SDW2E

SDW2F

SDW2G

SDW2H

10376.00

SDA2E

SDA2F

SDA2G

SDA2H

10233.00

SDO2E

SDO2F

SDO2G

SDO2H

8226.00

—

3YD

SEG2J

SEG2K

SEG2L

11672.00

SEW2J

SEW2K

SEW2L

14450.00

SEA2J

SEA2K

SEA2L

13809.00

SEO2J

SEO2K

SEO2L

10790.00

SEK2J

SEK2K

SEK2L

10142.00

100

125

150

4YD

SFG2M

SFG2N

SFG2P

22995.00

SFW2M

SFW2N

SFW2P

27368.00

SFA2M

SFA2N

SFA2P

25844.00

SFO2M

SFO2N

SFO2P

21414.00

SFK2M

SFK2N

SFK2P

13931.00

200

250

300

5YD

SGG2Q

SGG2R

SGG2S

38363.00

SGW2Q

SGW2R

SGW2S

46481.00

SGA2Q

SGA2R

SGA2S

42209.00

SGO2Q

SGO2R

SGO2S

35202.00

SGK2Q

SGK2R

SGK2S

25181.00

400

500

700

6YD

SHG2T

SHG2U

SHG2W

85022.00

SHW2T

SHW2U

SHW2W

95702.00

SHA2T

SHA2U

SHA2W

90363.00

SHO2T

SHO2U

SHO2W

79950.00

SHK2T

SHK2U

SHK2W

50319.00

800

1000 7YD SJG2Y

SJG2Z 118206.00 SJW2Y

SJW2Z 128888.00 SJA2Y

SJA2Z 123548.00 SJO2Y

SJO2Z 113135.00 —

——

aBoth line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.

bNo Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.

cNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

dNEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specify as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.

Table 17.57: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

•Voltage Code

•Form(s)e

Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)

8630 SFG1M V81 F4T40

Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 120 V separate control, 60 Hz

OL T1

OL T2

OL T3

T6 T6

(HI) PRI

SEC(X1) (X2)

GND (If used)

1Stop Start

2 Wire Control

Device (If used)

Motor

Typical Wye-Delta Starter

Sizes 1–4 (Closed Transition)

Fused Control Transformer (Form F4T40)

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Part Winding Starters

Class 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

NOTE: Prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units

(Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176

page 16-116 for selection information.

eForms need to be specified only if any of the coils are at a different voltage than line supply (V8•).

See page 17-18 for a fuller explanation of how to order; this page also provides the necessary

coil voltage and Form codes as well as codes for 380 V starters and 50 Hz applications.

Refer to page 17-32 for other factory modifications (Forms).

Table 17.58: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Motor

Voltage

(Starter

Vol tag e )

Max.

NEMA

Size

NEMA Type 1

General Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4a

Watertight and

Dusttight Enclosure

(Stainless Steel 1PW–4PW)

NEMA Type 12/3Rd

Dusttight & Driptight

Industrial Use Enclosure

Open Type O.E.M. Kitc

Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price Typeb$ Price

200

(208)

10 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00 ——

20 2PW SDG1D

SDG1E 4445.00 SDW1D

SDW1E 6368.00 SDA1D

SDA1E 6224.00 SDO1D

SDO1E 4217.00 SDK1D

SDK1E 2685.00

3PW

SEG1F

SEG1G

SEG1H

6267.00

SEW1F

SEW1G

SEW1H

9045.00

SEA1F

SEA1G

SEA1H

8405.00

SEO1F

SEO1G

SEO1H

5868.00

SEK1F

SEK1G

SEK1H

4359.00

4PW

SFG1J

SFG1K

SFG1L

13404.00

SFW1J

SFW1K

SFW1L

17775.00

SFA1J

SFA1K

SFA1L

16253.00

SFO1J

SFO1K

SFO1L

12662.00

SFK1J

SFK1K

SFK1L

8217.00

100

125

150

5PW

SGG1M

SGG1N

SGG1P

28071.00

SGW1M

SGW1N

SGW1P

36192.00

SGA1M

SGA1N

SGA1P

31919.00

SGO1M

SGO1N

SGO1P

26505.00

SGK1M

SGK1N

SGK1P

18621.00

230

(240)

10 1PW SCG1C 3119.00 SCW1C 4829.00 SCA1C 4544.00 SCO1C 3033.00 ——

2PW

SDG1D

SDG1E

SDG1F

4445.00

SDW1D

SDW1E

SDW1F

6368.00

SDA1D

SDA1E

SDA1F

6224.00

SDO1D

SDO1E

SDO1F

4217.00

SDK1D

SDK1E

SDK1F

2685.00

3PW

SEG1G

SEG1H

SEG1J

6267.00

SEW1G

SEW1H

SEW1J

9045.00

SEA1G

SEA1H

SEA1J

8405.00

SEO1G

SEO1H

SEO1J

5868.00

SEK1G

SEK1H

SEK1J

4359.00

75 4PW SFG1K

SFG1L 13404.00 SFW1K

SFW1L 17775.00 SFA1K

SFA1L 16253.00 SFO1K

SFO1L 12662.00 SFK1K

SFK1L 8217.00

100

125

150

5PW

SGG1M

SGG1N

SGG1P

28071.00

SGW1M

SGW1N

SGW1P

36192.00

SGA1M

SGA1N

SGA1P

31919.00

SGO1M

SGO1N

SGO1P

26505.00

SGK1M

SGK1N

SGK1P

18621.00

200

250

300

6PW

SHG1Q

SHG1R

SHG1S

58694.00

SHW1Q

SHW1R

SHW1S

67338.00

SHA1Q

SHA1R

SHA1S

65816.00

SHO1Q

SHO1R

SHO1S

53622.00 ——

400 7PW SJG1T 89672.00 SJW1T 98865.00 SJA1T 98217.00 SJO1T 80699.00 ——

460

(480)

575

(600)

15 1PW SCG1C

SCG1D 3119.00 SCW1C

SCW1D 4829.00 SCA1C

SCA1D 4544.00 SCO1C

SCO1D 3033.00 —

——

2PW

SDG1E

SDG1F

SDG1G

SDG1H

4445.00

SDW1E

SDW1F

SDW1G

SDW1H

6368.00

SDA1E

SDA1F

SDA1G

SDA1H

6224.00

SDO1E

SDO1F

SDO1G

SDO1H

4217.00

SDK1E

SDK1F

SDK1G

SDK1H

2685.00

3PW

SEG1J

SEG1K

SEG1L

6267.00

SEW1J

SEW1K

SEW1L

9045.00

SEA1J

SEA1K

SEA1L

8405.00

SEO1J

SEO1K

SEO1L

5868.00

SEK1J

SEK1K

SEK1L

4359.00

100

125

150

4PW

SFG1M

SFG1N

SFG1P

13404.00

SFW1M

SFW1N

SFW1P

17775.00

SFA1M

SFA1N

SFA1P

16253.00

SFO1M

SFO1N

SFO1P

12662.00

SFK1M

SFK1N

SFK1P

8217.00

200

250

350

5PW

SGG1Q

SGG1R

SGG1S

28071.00

SGW1Q

SGW1R

SGW1S

36192.00

SGA1Q

SGA1R

SGA1S

31919.00

SGO1Q

SGO1R

SGO1S

26505.00

SGK1Q

SGK1R

SGK1S

18621.00

460

(480)

575

(600)

400

500

600

6PW

SHG1T

SHG1U

SHG1W

58694.00

SHW1T

SHW1U

SHW1W

67338.00

SHA1T

SHA1U

SHA1W

65816.00

SHO1T

SHO1U

SHO1W

53622.00 ——

700

8007PW SJG1X

SJG1Y 89672.00 SJW1X

SJW1Y 98865.00 SJA1X

SJA1Y 98217.00 SJO1X

SJO1Y 80699.00 —

——

aNEMA Type 4 enclosures are painted sheet steel. Where required, stainless steel enclosures are available at extra cost. Specifiy as Form G17. See page 17-32 for price adder.

bBoth line and control voltage must be specified to order this product. See page 17-18 for the necessary codes and instructions for ordering.

cNo Factory Modifications (Forms) available with O.E.M. Kit.

dNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

OL1 OL2

1Stop Start

SOL2

OL1

OL2

OL2 A

To Motor

2 Wire Control

Device (If used)

Typical Part Winding

Sizes 1–4

Common Control (Standard)

Table 17.59: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

•Voltage Code

•Form(s)e

Class Type Voltage Code Form(s)

8640 SFG1M V06 C

Description: 100 hp, 480 V line, 480 V common control, 60 Hz

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Electromechanical

Reduced Voltage Starters

Approximate Dimensions

Class 8606, 8630, 8640 / Refer to Catalog 8600CT9601

Approximate Dimensions—Not for Construction

Note: H = Height, W = Width, D = Depth

aSubtract 8 in. from height for Type 1 or 12 enclosure.

bFree standing enclosure. Combination Starter Form Reference

Circuit Breaker: Y791, Y7911

Nonfusible Disconnect Switch: Y792, Y7910

Fusible Disconnect Switch: Y793-Y799

Refer to page 17-32 for a complete listing of Forms for combination devices.

Class 8606

Autotransformer

Table 17.60: Class 8606—Autotransformer

NEMA

Size Dim. Open

NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Enclosure

Non-Combo or Combo

with Circuit Breaker

Combo

with Disconnect Switch

Non-Combo or Combo

with Circuit Breaker

Combo

with Disconnect Switch

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

H 43 1092 52 1320 52 1320 52 1320 52 1320

W 22 559 25 635 25 635 25 635 25 635

D 8 203 10 254 10 254 10 254 10 254

3 or 4

H63160070b1778 70b1778 75b1778 75b1778

W 28 711 32 813 32 813 32 813 32 813

D 9 229 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

H63160070b1778 90b2286 75b1778 95b 2413

W 28 711 32 813 36 914 32 813 36 914

D 9 229 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

H56142290b2286 90b2286 98b2489 98b2489

W 30 762 34 864 64 1626 34 864 64 1626

D 14 354 20 508 24 610 20 508 24 610

Class 8630

Wye-Delta

Table 17.61: Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Open Transition

NEMA

Size Dim. Open NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Enclosure

Non-Combo Combo Non-Combo Combo

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

1YD

2YD

H 21 553 25 635 25 635 25 635 — —

W 21 553 23 584 23 584 23 584 — —

D 7 178 8 203 8 203 8 203 — —

3YD

4YD

H 42 1067 48 1219 49 1245 48 1219 49 1245

W 25 635 28 712 30 762 28 712 30 762

D 7 178 8 203 11 279 8 203 11 279

5YD

6YD

H62157690b2286 90b2286 98b2489 98b2489

W 29 737 36 914 36 914 36 914 36 914

D 10 254 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

Table 17.62: Class 8630—Wye-Delta, Closed Transition

NEMA

Size Dim. Open NEMA Type 1 / 12 Enclosure NEMA Type 4 Enclosure

Non-Combo Combo Non-Combo Combo

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

1YD

2YD

H 21 553 25 635 25 635 25 635 — —

W 21 553 23 584 23 584 23 584 — —

D 14 354 16 406 16 406 16 406 — —

3YD

4YD

H 42 1067 48 1219 49 1245 48 1219 49 1245

W 25 635 28 712 30 762 28 712 30 762

D 14 354 16 406 18 457 16 406 18 457

5YD

6YD

H80203290b2286 90b2286 98b2489 98b2489

W 30 762 36 914 36 914 36 914 36 914

D 12 305 16 406 16 406 16 406 16 406

Class 8640

Part Winding

Table 17.63: Class 8640—Part Winding

NEMA

Size Dim. Open

Enclosed—NEMA Type 1 / 4 / 12

Non-Combo Combo with Circuit Breaker Combo with Disconnect

Switch

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

1PW

2PW

H 21 553 25 635 34 853 25 635

W 21 553 23 584 19 483 23 584

D 6 152 8 203 11 279 8 203

3PW

H 42 1067 48 1219 44 1118 52 1321

W 26 660 28 712 30 762 25 635

D 7 178 8 203 12 305 11 279

4PW

H 42 1067 48 1219 44 1118 78b1981

W 26 660 28 712 30 762 32 813

D 7 178 8 203 12 305 16 406

5PW

H 35 889 44 1118 78ba 1981 78ba 1981

W 22 559 24 610 36 914 36 914

D 10 254 12 305 16 406 16 406

6PW

H 49 1245 64 1626 — — 90b2286

W 24 610 28 712 — — 64 1626

D 11 279 16 406 — — 24 406

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Application Data

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions:

1) separate winding, and 2) consequent pole. A separate

winding motor has a winding for each speed while a

consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds

(three-speed motors have two windings). The motor

connections (and thus the types of controllers) for two

speed starters are exemplified by the schematic diagrams

shown below. Note that consequent pole two-speed

controllers involve a 5-pole and a 3-pole starter, while

separate winding controllers have two 3-pole starters.

Verify the type of motor before ordering. Field

modification of starters to match the motor may not

be possible.

Separate winding motors are usually chosen when

flexibility is important, since the speeds of a consequent

pole motor are usually limited to a 2/1 ratio; a broad range

of speeds can be obtained on a separate winding motor.

Both separate winding and consequent pole motors are

available in three types: 1) constant horsepower,

2) constant torque, and 3) variable torque. Table 17.64

shows typical applications for these different types of

motors.

NOTE: For detailed information involving the technical

aspects of flexibility of the starters used in the

multispeed controllers, see Classes 8702,

8736, and 8810 application data.

Additional Features—Special Relays for

Non-Reversing and Reversing Multispeed

Starters

General. Some applications require special relays to

control the speed change and/or starting of the motor.

The descriptions that follow cover the four common relay

schemes for these applications.

Form R1 Compelling Relay. This relay requires the

motor to be started at low speed before any higher speed

can be selected. This arrangement ensures that the motor

will always start the load at low speed. The stop button

must be pressed before it is possible to change from a

higher to a lower speed. (Not available with Form R2.)

Form R2 Accelerating Relay/Timer. With Form R2

accelerating relays, the ultimate speed is determined by

the button which is pressed, but the starter will start the

motor at low speed and automatically accelerate it through

successive steps until the selected speed is reached.

Definite time intervals must elapse between each speed

change. Individual adjustable timing relays are provided

for each interval.

The stop button must be pressed before it is possible to

change from a higher to a lower speed.

(Not available with Form R1.)

Form R3 Decelerating Relay/Timer. This is similar in

action to Form R2 accelerating relays, except that they

function to prevent immediate transfer from a higher to a

lower speed. A definite time interval, preset on the timer,

must elapse between each speed change.

Form R10 Antiplugging Relays/Timers. This Form

imposes a time delay when transferring from the forward

to the reverse direction or reverse to forward, for

reversing multispeed starters. This provides up to a

60 second delay in the transfer of the direction of the

motor, and can help prevent damage which could result

from plugging.

Form Y81 (Low Speed) Overload Relay Modification.

For NEMA size 3 and 4, when the low speed full load

current does not appear on the appropriate thermal unit

selection tables, include Form Y81 (low speed) (no charge

for this Form). This Form modifies the overload relay block

to accept Type B thermal units. For assistance on thermal

unit selection, contact the Customer Care Center (CCC) at

1-888-778-2733.

Table 17.64: Typical Applications

Constant HP Constant Torque Variable Torque

A. Spindles A. Conveyors A. Fans

B. Cutting Tools B. Mills B. Centrifugal Pumps

1. Lathes C. Dough Mixers

2. Saws D. Reciprocating Pumps

Table 17.65: Typical Schematic Diagrams

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

LLL

LOL OL

OL OL OL OL OL OL

T1 T2 T3 T6 T4 T5

2-Speed

Consequent Pole

Constant Horsepower

NEMA Size 0–4

Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

LLL

LOL OL

OL OL OL OL OL OL

T1 T2 T3 T6 T4 T5

2-Speed

Consequent Pole

Constant or Variable Torque

NEMA Size 0–4

Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry

STOP HIGH4

LOW

HIGH

LLL

LOLOL

OL OL OL OL OL OL

T1 T2 T3 T11 T12 T13

2-Speed

Separate Winding

Constant HP, Constant Torque

and Variable Torque

NEMA Size 0–4

Sizes 5, 6, & 7 Use Special Circuitry

Table 17.66: Special Pilot Lighting

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

L OL OL

To Power Circuit

One pilot light “On”

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

LOL OL

OFF

To Power Circuit

One pilot light “Off”

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

OL OL

To Power Circuit

Two pilot lights

“L” and “H'”

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

LOL OL

To Power Circuit

OFF

Two pilot lights

“On” and “Off”

STOP HIGH 4LOW 5H

HIGH

OL OL

To Power Circuit

OFF

Three pilot lights

“L”, “H”, and “Off”

“L”, “H” and “Off”

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Application Data

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

Multispeed motors are available in two basic versions: 1) consequent pole, and 2) separate winding. A separate

winding motor has a winding for each speed while a consequent pole motor has a winding for every two speeds

(three-speed motors have two windings).

3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Maximum, 50–60 Hz

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip

thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.

aThe NEC 1300% maximum setting for instantaneous trip circuit breakers may be inadequate for multispeed motors.

bPrices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected.

When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for three phase consequent pole motor starters.

cVoltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 17-18.

dNEMA Type 4X hubs are included with each starter at no additional cost.

eNot available in Mag-Gard versions.

fNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications.

See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

Table 17.67: Class 8810—Non-Combination Type

Type of

Motor

NEMA

Size

Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings

NEMA Type 1

General

Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4 & 4X

Watertight and

Dusttight

Enclosure

(Stainless Steel)

(304)

(Sizes 0—5)

Sheet Steel

(Size 6)

NEMA Type 4Xd

Watertight,

Dusttight

and Corrosion

Resistant

Enclosure

NEMA Type 12/3Rf

Dusttight and

Driptight

Industrial Use

Enclosure

Open Type

Constant

Horsepower

Motors

Constant Torque

or Variable

Torque Motors

200 V 230 V 460–

575 V 200 V 230 V 460–

575 V Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole

Constant

7-1/2

100

150

7-1/2

150

300

—

SBG1c

SCG1c

SDG1c

SEG1c

SFG1c

SGG1c

SHG1c

2199.

2370.

4307.

6501.

17352.

34286.

77286.

SBW1c

SCW1c

SDW1c

SEW1c

SFW1c

SGW1c

SHW1c

3567.

3708.

5958.

8837.

22365.

46008.

93308.

SBW51c

SCW51c

SDW51c

—

4100.

4278.

6557.

—

SBA1c

SCA1c

SDA1c

SEA1c

SFA1c

SGA1c

SHA1c

2640.

2811.

4932.

7925.

20172.

46008.

83753.

SBO1c

SCO1c

SDO1c

SEO1c

SFO1c

SGO1c

SHO1c

2142.

2285.

4050.

6101.

15786.

31197.

70799.

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

150

7-1/2

100

200

100

200

400

SBG2c

SCG2c

SDG2c

SEG2c

SFG2c

SGG2c

SHG2c

2199.

2370.

4307.

6501.

17352.

34286.

77286.

SBW2c

SCW2c

SDW2c

SEW2c

SFW2c

SGW2c

SHW2c

3567.

3708.

5958.

8837.

22365.

46008.

93308.

SBW52c

SCW52c

SDW52c

—

4100.

4278.

6557.

—

SBA2c

SCA2c

SDA2c

SEA2c

SFA2c

SGA2c

SHA2c

2640.

2811.

4932.

7925.

20172.

46008.

83753.

SBO2c

SCO2c

SDO2c

SEO2c

SFO2c

SGO2c

SHO2c

2142.

2285.

4050.

6101.

15786.

31197.

70799.

Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb

Constant

7-1/2

100

—

150

225

7-1/2

150

300

450

—

SBG3c

SCG3c

SDG3c

SEG3c

SFG3c

SGG3c

SHG3c

SJG3c

1571.

1772.

3167.

4962.

12168.

28718.

58755.

76032.

SBW3c

SCW3c

SDW3c

SEW3c

SFW3c

SGW3c

SHW3c

—

2939.

3110.

3231.

7412.

17181.

40440.

66090.

—

SBW53c

SCW53c

SDW53c

—

3384.

3567.

3564.

—

SBA3c

SCA3c

SDA3c

SEA3c

SFA3c

SGA3c

SHA3c

SJA3c

2015.

2213.

2529.

6386.

14988.

40440.

65195.

82826.

SBO3c

SCO3c

SDO3c

SEO3c

SFO3c

SGO3c

SHO3c

SJO3c

1515.

1686.

1956.

4590.

11429.

26994.

51848.

69195.

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

150

—

7-1/2

100

200

300

100

200

400

600

SBG4c

SCG4c

SDG4c

SEG4c

SFG4c

SGG4c

SHG4c

SJG4c

1571.

1772.

3167.

4962.

12168.

28718.

58755.

76032.

SBW4c

SCW4c

SDW4c

SEW4c

SFW4c

SGW4c

SHW4c

—

2939.

3110.

3231.

7412.

17181.

40440.

66090.

—

SBW54c

SCW54c

SDW54c

—

3384.

3567.

3564.

—

SBA4c

SCA4c

SDA4c

SEA4c

SFA4c

SGA4c

SHA4c

SJA4c

2015.

2213.

2529.

6386.

14988.

40440.

65195.

82826.

SBO4c

SCO4c

SDO4c

SEO4c

SFO4c

SGO4c

SHO4c

SJO4c

1515.

1686.

1956.

4590.

11429.

26994.

51848.

69195.

Table 17.68: Class 8810—Combination Circuit Breaker Type (Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers)ae

Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole

Constant

7-1/2

100

150

7-1/2

150

300

—

CBG1c

CCG1c

CDG1c

CEG1c

CFG1c

CGG1c

CHG1c

4206.

4377.

6758.

9162.

22224.

43758.

91229.

CBW1c

CCW1c

CDW1c

CEW1c

CFW1c

CGW1c

CHW1c

6429.

6566.

10089.

13836.

29460.

57816.

68843.

CBW51c

CCW51c

CDW51c

—

6962.

7140.

10089.

—

CBA1c

CCA1c

CDA1c

CEA1c

CFA1c

CGA1c

CHA1c

4676.

4867.

7497.

10787.

26753.

56847.

65841.

—

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

150

7-1/2

100

200

100

200

400

CBG2c

CCG2c

CDG2c

CEG2c

CFG2c

CGG2c

CHG2c

4206.

4377.

6758.

9162.

22224.

43758.

91229.

CBW2c

CCW2c

CDW2c

CEW2c

CFW2c

CGW2c

CHW2c

6429.

6566.

10089.

13836.

29460.

57816.

68843.

CBW52c

CCW52c

CDW52c

—

6962.

7140.

10089.

—

CBA2c

CCA2c

CDA2c

CEA2c

CFA2c

CGA2c

CHA2c

4676.

4867.

7497.

10787.

26753.

56847.

65841.

—

Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Poleb

Constant

7-1/2

100

—

150

225

7-1/2

150

300

450

—

CBG3c

CCG3c

CDG3c

CEG3c

CFG3c

CGG3c

CHG3c

CJG3c

3581.

3780.

5616.

7626.

17040.

38190.

72629.

95358.

CBW3c

CCW3c

CDW3c

CEW3c

CFW3c

CGW3c

CHW3c

—

5801.

5972.

8379.

12297.

16182.

52248.

84306.

—

CBW53c

CCW53c

CDW53c

—

6251.

6429.

8879.

—

CBA3c

CCA3c

CDA3c

CEA3c

CFA3c

CGA3c

CHA3c

CJA3c

4050.

4248.

6357.

9248.

14379.

51278.

80199.

103217.

—

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

150

—

7-1/2

100

200

300

100

200

400

600

CBG4c

CCG4c

CDG4c

CEG4c

CFG4c

CGG4c

CHG4c

CJG4c

3581.

3780.

5616.

7626.

17040.

38190.

72629.

95358.

CBW4c

CCW4c

CDW4c

CEW4c

CFW4c

CGW4c

CHW4c

—

5801.

5972.

8379.

12297.

16182.

52248.

84306.

—

CBW54c

CCW54c

CDW54c

—

6251.

6429.

8879.

—

CBA4c

CCA4c

CDA4c

CEA4c

CFA4c

CGA4c

CHA4c

CJA4c

4050.

4248.

6357.

9248.

14379.

51278.

80199.

103217.

—

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Two-Speed Combination Starters

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units.

Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6).

Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.

See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.

aPrices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate-winding

motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected.

When motor windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown

for three phase consequent pole motor starters.

bVoltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard

voltage codes shown below.

cNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor

non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See

Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28

Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for:

Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100

Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105

Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109

d24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V

coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified (for

example, order as 8810UBG1V01S).

eThese voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge)

(for example, order as 8810UCG1V02S).

Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-32.

Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is

available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.

Table 17.69: Class 8810—Combination Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips)

Type of

Motor

NEMA

Size

Maximum Polyphase Horsepower Ratings

Fuse

Clip

Size

NEMA Type 1

General

Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 4 & 4X

Watertight

and Dusttight Enclosure

Stainless Steel (304)

(Sizes 0–5)

Sheet Steel (Size 6 not 4X)

NEMA Type 12/3Rc

Dusttight and

Driptight

Industrial Use

Enclosure

Constant

Horsepower

Motors

Constant Torque

or Variable

Torque Motors

200 V 230 V 460–

575 V 200 V 230 V 460–

575 V Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Single Winding (Consequent Pole) 5-Pole–3-Pole

Constant

Horsepower

0 223———

None

UBG1b

DBG1b

3537.00

3765.00

UBW1b

DBW1b

5759.00

5988.00

UBA1b

DBA1b

4008.00

4235.00

1 5 57-1/2———

None

UCG1b

DCG1b

3708.00

3936.00

UCW1b

DCW1b

5903.00

6129.00

UCA1b

DCA1b

4179.00

4406.00

2 7-1/2 10 20 — — — None

UDG1b

DDG1b

6015.00

6129.00

UDW1b

DDW1b

8751.00

8864.00

UDA1b

DDA1b

6758.00

6870.00

3 202540———

None

100

UEG1b

DEG1b

8666.00

8837.00

UEW1b

DEW1b

13337.00

13508.00

UEA1b

DEA1b

10287.00

10458.00

4 304075———

None

200

UFG1b

DFG1b

19517.00

20970.00

UFW1b

DFW1b

27693.00

25964.00

UFA1b

DFA1b

24987.00

22500.00

5 6075150———

None

400

UGG1b

DGG1b

39644.00

40154.00

UGW1b

DGW1b

35799.00

54212.00

UGA1b

DGA1b

34622.00

52446.00

6 100 150 300 — — — None

600

UHG1b

DHG1b

87789.00

91085.00

UHW1b

DHW1b

99824.00

103121.00

UHA1b

DHA1b

95324.00

98621.00

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

0 ——— 3 3 5

None

UBG2b

DBG2b

3537.00

3765.00

UBW2b

DBW2b

5759.00

5988.00

UBA2b

DBA2b

4008.00

4235.00

1 — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 None

UCG2b

DCG2b

3708.00

3936.00

UCW2b

DCW2b

5903.00

6129.00

UCA2b

DCA2b

4179.00

4406.00

2 — — — 10 15 25 None

UDG2b

DDG2b

6015.00

6129.00

UDW2b

DDW2b

8751.00

8864.00

UDA2b

DDA2b

6758.00

6870.00

3 — — — 25 30 50 None

100

UEG2b

DEG2b

8666.00

8837.00

UEW2b

DEW2b

13337.00

13508.00

UEA2b

DEA2b

10287.00

10458.00

4 — — — 40 50 100 None

200

UFG2b

DFG2b

19517.00

20970.00

UFW2b

DFW2b

27693.00

25964.00

UFA2b

DFA2b

24987.00

22500.00

5 — — — 75 100 200 None

400

UGG2b

DGG2b

39644.00

40154.00

UGW2b

DGW2b

35799.00

54212.00

UGA2b

DGA2b

34622.00

52446.00

6 — — — 150 200 400 None

600

UHG2b

DHG2b

87789.00

91085.00

UHW2b

DHW2b

99824.00

103121.00

UHA2b

DHA2b

95324.00

98621.00

Two Winding (Separate Winding) 3-Pole–3-Pole

Constant

Horsepower

0 223———

None

UBG3b

DBG3b

2910.00

3140.00

UBW3b

DBW3b

5133.00

5360.00

UBA3b

DBA3b

3380.00

3609.00

1 5 57-1/2———

None

UCG3b

DCG3b

3110.00

3338.00

UCW3b

DCW3b

5304.00

5531.00

UCA3b

DCA3b

3581.00

3807.00

2 7-1/2 10 20 — — — None

UDG3b

DDG3b

4877.00

4991.00

UDW3b

DDW3b

7640.00

7754.00

UDA3b

DDA3b

5616.00

5732.00

3 202540———

None

100

UEG3b

DEG3b

7127.00

7866.00

UEW3b

DEW3b

11798.00

11969.00

UEA3b

DEA3b

8751.00

9491.00

4 304075———

None

200

UFG3b

DFG3b

15159.00

17324.00

UFW3b

DFW3b

22509.00

23021.00

UFA3b

DFA3b

19803.00

21852.00

5 6075150———

None

400

UGG3b

DGG3b

34073.00

34586.00

UGW3b

DGW3b

48131.00

48644.00

UGA3b

DGA3b

50439.00

50952.00

6 100 150 300 — — — None

600

UHG3b

DHG3b

69188.00

72485.00

UHW3b

DHW3b

80868.00

84164.00

UHA3b

DHA3b

76766.00

80063.00

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

0 ——— 3 3 5

None

UBG4b

DBG4b

2910.00

3140.00

UBW4b

DBW4b

5133.00

5360.00

UBA4b

DBA4b

3380.00

3609.00

1 — — — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 None

UCG4b

DCG4b

3110.00

3338.00

UCW4b

DCW4b

5304.00

5531.00

UCA4b

DCA4b

3581.00

3807.00

2 — — — 10 15 25 None

UDG4b

DDG4b

4877.00

4991.00

UDW4b

DDW4b

7640.00

7754.00

UDA4b

DDA4b

5616.00

5732.00

3 — — — 25 30 50 None

100

UEG4b

DEG4b

7127.00

7866.00

UEW4b

DEW4b

11798.00

11969.00

UEA4b

DEA4b

8751.00

9491.00

4 — — — 40 50 100 None

200

UFG4b

DFG4b

15159.00

17324.00

UFW4b

DFW4b

22509.00

23021.00

UFA4b

DFA4b

19803.00

21852.00

5 — — — 75 100 200 None

400

UGG4b

DGG4b

34073.00

34586.00

UGW4b

DGW4b

48131.00

48644.00

UGA4b

DGA4b

50439.00

50952.00

6 — — — 150 200 400 None

600

UHG4b

DHG4b

69188.00

72485.00

UHW4b

DHW4b

80868.00

84164.00

UHA4b

DHA4b

76766.00

80063.00

Table 17.70: Coil Voltage Codes

Vol tag e Code $ Price Adder

60 Hz 50 Hz

24ed

120e

208

240

—

480

600

Specify

—

110

—

220

380

440

550

Specify

V01

V02

V08

V03

V05

V06

V07

V99

No Charge

35.60

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Reversing Two-Speed Magnetic Starters

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6).

Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.

3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max., 50–60 Hz

Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 0–6). Standard trip

thermal units are $21.50 each. See Digest 176 page 16-116 for selection information.

aPrices and type numbers shown for three phase, separate winding motor starters apply only when motor windings are wye connected. When motor

windings are connected open delta, use the prices shown for consequent pole motor starters.

bSpecify the speed which requires reversing by adding an L (low) or an H (high) after the type number, e.g., a Class 8810 Type SBG21 with reversing in

low only would be ordered as a Class 8810 Type SBG21L.

cVoltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.

d24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,

Form S (separate control) must be specified (for example, order as 8810SCG21V01S).

eThese voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (for example, order as 8810SDG21V02S).

fNEMA Type 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated

applications. See Digest 176 page 16-95 for more information.

Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 17-18.

Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage.

Form S is supplied at no charge.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 17-28

Refer to the following Digest 176 pages for:

Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100

Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105

Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-109

Table 17.71: Class 8810—Reversing

Type of

Motor

NEMA

Size

Maximum Polyphase Ratings Reversing In One Speed Only (Specify High or Low)bReversing In Both Speeds

Constant

Horsepower

Motors

Constant Torque

or Variable

Torque Motors

NEMA Type 1

General

Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type 12

Dusttight

and Driptight

Industrial Use

Enclosure

Open

Type

NEMA Type 1

General

Purpose

Enclosure

NEMA Type

12/3Rf

Dusttight

and Driptight

Industrial Use

Enclosure

Open

Type

200 V 230 V 460–

575 V 200 V 230 V 460–

575 V Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price Type $ Price

Single

Winding

Constant

Horsepower

7-1/2

150

—

SBG21c

SCG21c

SDG21c

SEG21c

SFG21c

SGG21c

3936.

4248.

6984.

10260.

20457.

46449.

SBA21c

SCA21c

SDA21c

SEA21c

SFA21c

SGA21c

5261.

5574.

8522.

13892.

28290.

58172.

SBO21c

SCO21c

SDO21c

SEO21c

SFO21c

SGO21c

3851.

4121.

6501.

9662.

19718.

42164.

SBG31c

SCG31c

SDG31c

SEG31c

SFG31c

SGG31c

4563.

4926.

8522.

13508.

26810.

56946.

SBA31c

SCA31c

SDA31c

SEA31c

SFA31c

SGA31c

6330.

6728.

10517.

17139.

33390.

68679.

SBO31c

SCO31c

SDO31c

SEO31c

SFO31c

SGO31c

4449.

4791.

8010.

11997.

24930.

52659.

Single

Winding

Constant

Torque or

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

100

200

SBG22c

SCG22c

SDG22c

SEG22c

SFG22c

SGG22c

3936.

4248.

6984.

10260.

20457.

46449.

SBA22c

SCA22c

SDA22c

SEA22c

SFA22c

SGA22c

5261.

5574.

8522.

13892.

28290.

58172.

SBO22c

SCO22c

SDO22c

SEO22c

SFO22c

SGO22c

3851.

4121.

6501.

9662.

19718.

42164.

SBG32c

SCG32c

SDG32c

SEG32c

SFG32c

SGG32c

4563.

4926.

8522.

13508.

26810.

56946.

SBA32c

SCA32c

SDA32c

SEA32c

SFA32c

SGA32c

6330.

6728.

10517.

17139.

33390.

68679.

SBO32c

SCO32c

SDO32c

SEO32c

SFO32c

SGO32c

4449.

4791.

8010.

11997.

24930.

52659.

Two Winding

Constanta

Horsepower

7-1/2

150

—

SBG23c

SCG23c

SDG23c

SEG23c

SFG23c

SGG23c

3252.

3452.

5817.

9005.

15929.

37335.

SBA23c

SCA23c

SDA23c

SEA23c

SFA23c

SGA23c

4577.

4778.

7353.

12639.

22338.

49058.

SBO23c

SCO23c

SDO23c

SEO23c

SFO23c

SGO23c

3167.

3324.

5432.

8267.

15188.

33048.

SBG33c

SCG33c

SDG33c

SEG33c

SFG33c

SGG33c

4193.

4620.

8067.

12027.

21284.

49455.

SBA33c

SCA33c

SDA33c

SEA33c

SFA33c

SGA33c

5958.

6386.

10061.

15885.

27693.

59396.

SBO33c

SCO33c

SDO33c

SEO33c

SFO33c

SGO33c

4077.

4449.

7554.

11228.

20487.

43388.

Two Winding

Constanta

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

—

7-1/2

100

200

SBG24c

SCG24c

SDG24c

SEG24c

SFG24c

SGG24c

3252.

3452.

5817.

9005.

15929.

37335.

SBA24c

SCA24c

SDA24c

SEA24c

SFA24c

SGA24c

4577.

4778.

7353.

12639.

22338.

49058.

SBO24c

SCO24c

SDO24c

SEO24c

SFO24c

SGO24c

3167.

3324.

5432.

8267.

15188.

33048.

SBG34c

SCG34c

SDG34c

SEG34c

SFG34c

SGG34c

4193.

4620.

8067.

12027.

21284.

49455.

SBA34c

SCA34c

SDA34c

SEA34c

SFA34c

SGA34c

5958.

6386.

10061.

15885.

27693.

59396.

SBO34c

SCO34c

SDO34c

SEO34c

SFO34c

SGO34c

4077.

4449.

7554.

11228.

20487.

43388.

Table 17.72: Class 8810—Non-Reversing, Vertically Arranged, Open Type, Two-Speed Starters

Type

Motor

NEMA

Size

Maximum HP Ratings For Consequent Pole Motors For Separate Winding Motors

200 V 230 V 380 V 460-575 V Type $ Price Type $ Price

Constant

Horsepower

7-1/2

SBO11c

SCO11c

SDO11c

SEO11c

SFO11c

2142.00

2282.00

4050.00

6101.00

15786.00

SBO13c

SCO13c

SDO13c

SEO13c

SFO13c

1515.00

1686.00

2939.00

4563.00

11429.00

Constant

To r q u e

Variable

To r q u e

7-1/2

100

SBO12c

SCO12c

SDO12c

SEO12c

SFO12c

2142.00

2282.00

4050.00

6101.00

15786.00

SBO14c

SCO14c

SDO14c

SEO14c

SFO14c

1515.00

1686.00

2939.00

4563.00

11429.00

Table 17.73: Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage Code $ Price Adder

60 Hz 50 Hz

24ed

120e

208

240

—

480

600

Specify

—

110

—

220

380

440

550

Specify

V01

V02

V08

V03

V05

V06

V07

V99

No Charge

35.60

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Two-Speed Magnetic Starters

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

aConsequent pole type starters consist of two 3-pole starters as pictured in Figure 4 and an additional 2-pole shorting contactor (not shown),

all on a common baseplate, horizontally mounted.

bCurrent transformers used with Size 1 overload relay blocks.

cSolid-state overload relays and special current transformers.

Table 17.74: NEMA Type 1 Enclosure (see Figure 1)

Type ABCDEFGH

SBG and SCG 11-7/8 11-7/8 7-17/32 9-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 9-3/4 5/16

SDG 14-7/8 14-1/8 7-21/32 12-3/4 1-1/16 1-1/16 12 5/16

SEG3 & 4 and SFG3 & 4 18-5/32 29-5/32 9-15/64 15-1/2 1-11/32 1-11/32 26-1/2 7/16

SEG1 & 2 and SFG1 & 2 22-5/32 39-5/32 10-15/64 19-1/2 1-11/32 1-11/32 36-1/2 7/16

SGG1, 2, 3, 4 20-7/32 65-3/4 16-29/64 31 2-1/8 2-1/8 42 9/16

SHG1, 2, 3, 4 36-7/32 62-7/32 19-15/32 Floor Mount

SJG3 & 4 Consult Square D

(4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes

RESET RESET

Figure 1:

NEMA Type 1, 4, and 12 Enclosures

Table 17.75: NEMA Type 4 Enclosure (see Figure 1)

Type A B C D E F G H I J

SBW and SCW 12-5/8 14-11/16 7-13/16 4-1/4 4-3/16 19/32 13-1/2 5/16 1-21/32 2-5/16

SDW 14-7/8 15-3/4 8-1/4 4-1/4 5-5/16 3/8 15 5/16 2-1/32 2-5/8

SEW3 & 4 and SFW3 & 4 18-5/32 32-7/32 8-19/64 12 3-5/64 55/64 30-1/2 7/16 2-37/64 3-3/16

SEW1 & 2 and SFW1 & 2 22-5/32 42-7/32 9-49/64 16 3-5/64 55/64 40-1/2 7/16 2-21/64 2-57/64

SGW1, 2, 3, 4 35-7/32 49-7/32 12-1/8 27 4-3/32 39/64 48 9/16 2-63/64 3-1/2

Table 17.76: NEMA Type 12/3R Enclosure (see Figure 1)

Type A B C D E F G H

SBA and SCA 11-7/8 13-1/2 7-3/4 4-1/4 3-13/16 3/8 12-3/4 5/16

SDA 14-7/8 15-3/4 7-7/8 4-1/4 5-5/16 3/8 15 5/16

SEA3 & 4 and SFA3 & 4 18-5/32 31-1/2 9-19/32 16 3-3/32 1/2 30-1/2 7/16

SEA1 & 2 and SFA1 & 2 22-5/3 41-1/2 10-19/32 16 3-3/32 1/2 40-1/2 7/16

SGA1, 2, 3, 4 35-7/32 49 13-7/64 27 4-7/64 1/2 48 9/16

SHA1, 2, 3, 4 36-7/32 62-7/32 19-15/32 Floor Mount

SJA3 & 4 Consult Square D

RESET RESET

Trav e l

Figure 2:

Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 0, 1, and 2

Table 17.77: Non-Reversing, Open Type

Fig.

No.

NEMA

Size Type Mtg.

Holes ABCDEFGHIJKLMN

0 and 1

SBO1, 2

SCO1, 2 4 9-5/8 7-11/32 5-5/16 8 5/8 — 7/32 6-29/32 — 7/32 4-3/4 2-1/4 5-1/16 19/32

SBO3, 4

SCO3, 4 3 7-1/8 6-29/32 5-5/16 — — 3-13/32 15/32 6-7/32 — 7/32 3-9/16 1-5/8 5-1/16 19/32

2SDO1, 2 6 12-1/32 8-17/32 6-1/32 10-3/8 1/2 — 1/4 8-1/8 6-1/4 5/32 5-3/4 2-13/16 5-5/32 25/32

SDO3, 4 3 9 8-1/16 6-1/32 — — 4-1/2 3/8 7-1/2 — 3/16 4-11/32 2-5/32 5-5/32 25/32

3SEO1, 2 4 18 14-7/16 17 12-1/4 1-1/2 11/16 1/2 6-7/16 7-3/8 1-21/32 2-5/32 — — —

SEO3, 4 4 12-3/4 12-9/32 11-3/4 10-3/4 1-1/32 1/2 1/2 2-1/2 6-3/4 1-5/32 1-5/32 — — —

4SFO1, 2 4 18-5/8 15-19/32 17 12-1/4 1-27/32 1-1/2 1-1/8 6-7/16 7-21/32 1-21/32 1-21/32 — — —

SFO3, 4 4 14-1/4 14-19/32 13-1/4 12-1/4 1-27/32 1/2 1/2 2-15/16 7-3/8 1-21/32 1-21/32 — — —

SGO1, 2a4 29-9/32 20-9/32 9-3/8 5-13/32 1-9/32 28 5/8 12-9/16 19 5/8 22-17/32 1/2 2-13/32 6-5/8

SGO3, 4 4 19-9/32 20-9/32 9-3/8 5-13/32 1-9/32 18 5/8 2-5/8 19 5/8 12-17/32 1/2 2-13/32 6-5/8

46bSHO1, 2a4 29-17/32 22-7/16 9-17/32 6-31/32 3-13/16 28 3/4 11-5/8 21-3/16 5/8 9-7/8 9/16 3-1/32 9-5/16

SHO3, 4 4 19-17/32 22-7/16 9-17/32 6-31/32 3-13/16 18 3/4 21-3/16 1-11/16 5/8 9-7/8 9/16 3-1/32 9-5/16

—7cSJO3, 4 Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733.

RESET

GHI

Prov. for (4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Screws

.50

.56

14 6.25

159

Reset

Trav e l

7.00

178

Figure 3: Class 8810 NEMA Sizes 3 and 4

MHM

(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes

Figure 4: Class 8810 NEMA Size 5 and 6

NOTE: Illustrations are intended for

dimensional information only

and may not represent the

actual enclosure. Dimensions

are shown in inches.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Multispeed Magnetic

Starters

Approximate Dimensions

Class 8810 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker Type

aSize 3 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with FA, KA circuit breaker or 100 A disconnect switch.

Size 4 (5-Pole–3-Pole) with KA circuit breaker or 200 A disconnect switch. Size 3 & 4 (3-Pole–3-Pole) enclosures may be smaller.

Consult the Customer Care Center (CCC) at 1-888-778-2733 for additional dimensional information.

Table 17.78: NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, Figure 1

NEMA

Size Class Type

Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 1 Top & Bottom Sides

ABCDEF G HIJK LMNO W X Y

0–1 8810 CBG UBG DBG

CCG UCG DCG 13-7/8 23-1/8 8-1/4 10-5/8 21 19-9/32 1-7/8 1-7/8 3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-19/64 2-3/16 1-1/4 7/8 1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1 1/2

2 8810 CDG UDG DDG 15-5/32 28-29/32 9-9/16 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-13/16 2-3/16 2 4 2-5/8 1-21/64 3-19/64 2-7/32 1-17/64 29/32 1–1-1/4 1/2–3/4 1/2

3a8810 CEG UEG DEG 22-1/8 42-5/8 10-1/8 18-5/8 40 29-1/8 2-11/32 2-1/8 4-1/4 2-5/8 1-1/4 3-19/64 2-1/4 7/8 3/4 1–1-1/4–1-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2

4a8810 CFG UFG DFG 22-1/8 50-1/8 10-3/16 18-5/8 47-1/2 29-3/16 2-29/32 2-11/16 5-3/8 2-5/8 1-5/16 3-19/64 2-1/4 7/8 3/4 2-1/2 1/2–3/4 1/2

Table 17.79: NEMA Type 4 Enclosure, Figure 2

NEMA

Size Class Type

Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 2 Bottom Top &

Bottom

ABCDEFGH I JKLWX

0–1 8810 CBW UBW DBW

CCW UCW DCW 13-7/8 8-21/64 25-3/16 3-19/64 2-9/16 8-3/4 24 19/32 3-61/64 1-5/8 2-5/16 18-17/32 3/4 Hub 1 Hub

2 8810 CDW UDW DDW 15-1/8 9-37/64 30-15/16 3-19/64 2-9/16 10 29-3/4 19/32 3-61/64 2 2-5/8 21-11/32 3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub

3a8810 CEW UEW DEW 22-1/8 10-1/8 46-1/4 3-19/64 3 16 44 5/8 3-15/16 1-3/4 2-5/8 29-1/8 3/4 Hub 2 Hub

4a8810 CFW UFW DFW 22-1/8 10-3/16 53-3/4 3-19/64 3 16 51-1/2 5/8 3-15/16 2-9/32 3-3/16 29-3/16 3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub

Table 17.80: NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, Figure 3

NEMA

Size Class Type

Dimensions (in inches)—see Figure 3

ABCDE FGH I J

0–1 8810 CBA UBA DBA

CCA UCA DCA 13-7/8 10-3/32 24-3/4 3-19/64 2-9/16 8-3/4 24 3/8 3-61/64 20-9/32

2 8810 CDA UDA DDA 15-5/32 10-31/32 31-1/4 3-19/64 3-5/64 9 30-1/4 1/2 4-53/64 23-7/16

3a8810 CEA UEA DEA 22-1/8 10-1/8 45 3-19/64 3 16 44 5/8 3-15/16 29-1/8

4a8810 CFA UFA DFA 22-1/8 10-3/16 52-1/2 3-19/64 3 16 51-1/2 5/8 3-15/16 29-3/16

HANDLE

SWING

(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES

(for Size 0, 1, & 2)

WXW

COVER OPEN 90°

Figure 1:

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure

HANDLE

SWING

(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES

(for Size 0, 1, & 2)

COVER OPEN 90°

Figure 2:

NEMA Type 4 Enclosure

HANDLE

SWING

(4) .31 DIA. MTG.HOLES

(for Size 0, 1, & 2)

Figure 3:

NEMA Type 12 Enclosure

NOTE: Illustrations are intended for dimensional

information only and may not represent the

actual enclosure. Dimensions are shown

in inches.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Lighting Contactors Panelboard Lighting Contactors, Type PB

Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701R8/08

General Information

Panelboard lighting contactors, sometimes called remote

control switches, are designed for use with lighting

panelboards and motor control centers where either panel

or bus mounting is desired. Type PB lighting contactors

can be used in a retrofit or new project without increasing

the panelboard depth. They can be used to directly

replace many inoperative existing switches.

The features include: mechanically held; compatible with

Square D panelboards; short-circuit ratings to 100 kA;

compact arc suppression; bus or panel mounted; fits in

standard-depth lighting panelboards; easy manual

operation; standard coil clearing contacts; and operates in

any position.

aVoltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard

voltage codes listed below.

bSlotted mounting holes suitable for 2.88–3.19 in. mounting centers.

Panel Mount

Table 17.81: Class 8903 Type PB Lighting Contactors

Description Bus Mount Panel Mount (Includes Lugs)

Size (A) Poles Type $ Price Type $ Price

30 2

PBM 10Ba

PBM 11Ba

2129.00

2403.00

PBM 10a

PBM 11a

2640.00

2973.00

60 2

PBP 10Ba

PBP 11Ba

2237.00

2573.00

PBP 10a

PBP 11a

2762.00

3185.00

75 2

PBN 10Ba

PBN 11Ba

2237.00

2573.00

PBN 10a

PBN 11a

2762.00

3185.00

100 2

PBQ 10Ba

PBQ 11Ba

2541.00

2978.00

PBQ 10a

PBQ 11a

3119.00

3546.00

150 2

PBR 10Ba

PBR 11Ba

3162.00

4055.00

PBR 10a

PBR 11a

3897.00

4787.00

200 2

PBV 10Ba

PBV 11Ba

3551.00

4496.00

PBV 10a

PBV 11a

4409.00

5360.00

225 2

PBW 10Ba

PBW 11Ba

3909.00

4958.00

PBW 10a

PBW 11a

4964.00

5990.00

Table 17.82: AC Coil Voltage Codes

60 Hz Voltage Code

120

208

240/277

480

V02

V08

V39

V28

Table 17.83: Class 8903—Auxiliary Contacts

Type Description $ Price

PBX1

PBX2

(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT

(2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT

243.00

485.00

Table 17.84: Factory Modifications

Form Description $ Price

X11

X22

(1) Auxiliary Contact SPDT

(2) Auxiliary Contacts SPDT

158.00

314.00

Table 17.85: Dimensions (Panel Mount)

Amperes

Dimensions

HWDABC E

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

30–

100 11.75 298 7.50 191 3.88 98 2.25 57 7.38 187 2.25 57 9.25 235

150–

225 14.50 368 7.50 191 3.88 98 2.88 73 8.50 216 3.00 76 10.50 267

File E78427

CCN NRNT

Table 17.86: Control Distance

Wire Gauge

AWG

Maximum Distance (feet)

120 V 208 V 240 V 277 V 480 V

#14

#12

#10

550

900

1425

1650

2700

4275

2200

3600

5700

2925

4700

7550

8800

14400

22800

Table 17.87: Short-Circuit Ratings

RMS Sym.

Current (A) Max. Volts Short Circuit

Protection Device Recommended

100,000

22,000

65,000

600

240

Class J Fuses

Circuit Breaker—Square D—Type LHL

Table 17.88: Maximum Wire Size (AWG)

Current Range Power Wire

(Cu/Al)

Control Wire

(Cu Only)

30–100 A

150–225 A

#1/0 Max.

350 MCM Max.

#18–#10

Table 17.89: Dimensions (Bus Mount)

Amperes

Dimensions

HWDAB

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

30–

100 8.31 211 7.50 191 3.38 86 2.25 57 7.38 187

150–

225 9.50 241 7.50 191 3.38 86 2.88b73 8.50 216

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Well-Guard™ Pump Panel Reduced Voltage Type

Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701

Class 8940 reduced voltage panels in NEMA 3R

enclosures are specifically designed for pumping

applications. Extra space is provided for field installation of

auxiliary equipment.

•Type S contactors/starters provided as standard

•All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE

ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”

•Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch and Start

push button

For How to Order Information, see Digest 176 page 16-12

and Digest 176 page 16-125 for selection information.

c24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 2–3, where 24 V

coils are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified.

dThis voltage code must include Form S (no charge).

aFuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. bCoil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to

standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90.

cFuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses. dCoil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to

standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.90.

aCabinet has double doors. NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are

intended for dimensional information only.

Table 17.90: Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage Code $ Price Adder

60 Hz 50 Hz

24c

120d

208

240

—

480

600

Specify

—

110

—

220

380

440

550

Specify

V01

V02

V08

V03

V05

V06

V07

V99

No Charge

35.60

Table 17.91: Closed Transition Autotransformer Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)

Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.

Motor

(Starter)

Volts

Max. HP

Polyphase

Coil

Voltag e

NEMA

Size

Fusible Disconnect Type Circuit Breaker Type

Fuse Clip

AmperesaTypeb$ Price Circuit Breaker Typeb$ Price

230

(240)

240@ 60 Hz

220@ 50 Hz

260RD4DV03 11928.00 FAL36080 VD1DV03 11928.00

25 3100 RE4FV03 17055.00 FAL36100 VE1FV03 17055.00

30 200 RE1GV03 17342.00 KAL36100 VE2GV03 17342.00

50 4 200 RF4JV03 26657.00 KAL36200 VF1JV03 28107.00

75 5400 RG1LV03 43946.00 LAL36250 VG2LV03 43946.00

100 400 RG1MV03 46083.00 LAL36350 VG2MV03 46083.00

460

(480)

480 @ 60 Hz

440 @ 50 Hz

260RD2FV06 12555.00 FAL36070 VD1FV06 12555.00

30 3100 RE2GV06 17085.00 FAL36080 VE1GV06 17085.00

50 100 RE2JV06 18197.00 FAL36100 VE1JV06 18197.00

75 4 200 RF2LV06 26657.00 KAL36125 VF1LV06 27872.00

100 200 RF2MV06 28278.00 KAL36200 VF1MV06 28278.00

150 5 400 RG3PV06 42735.00 KAL36250 VG4PV06 46340.00

200 400 RG3QV06 48860.00 LAL36350 VG4QV06 51237.00

300 6 —— —MAL36600 VH1SV06 79338.00

400 — — —MAL36900 VH2TV06 79338.00

600 7 — — —MAL361000 VJ1WV06 123134.00

Type VG4V06K15

Table 17.92: Part Winding Type, 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)

Note: The prices shown do not include thermal units. Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated. Devices require 6 thermal units (Sizes 2–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.

Motor

(Starter)

Voltag e

Max. HP

Polyphase

Coil

Voltage

NEMA

Size

Combination Fusible Disconnect Type Combination Circuit Breaker Type

Fuse Clip

(2 Sets)

(A)c

Typed$ Price

Circuit Breaker

(2 Bkrs.)

Frame Size

Typed$ Price

230

(240)

240 @ 60 Hz

220 @ 50 Hz

2PW 60 MD4FV03 7536.00 FAL36070 PD1FV03 7923.00

30 3PW 60 ME5GV03 11609.00 FAL36080 PE3GV03 11322.00

50 100 ME6JV03 11609.00 FAL36100 PE3JV03 11322.00

75 4PW 200 MF1LV03 21821.00 KAL36150 PF3LV03 23400.00

100

5PW

200 MG3MV03 43326.00 KAL36175 PG2MV03 43326.00

125 400 MG1NV03 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3NV03 43326.00

150 400 MG1PV03 43326.00 LAL36250 PG3PV03 43326.00

460

(480)

480 @ 60 Hz

440 @ 50 Hz

2PW 30 MD5GV06 7536.00 FAL36040 PD1GV06 7293.00

40 60 MD2HV06 7536.00 FAL36050 PD1HV06 7293.00

60 3PW 60 ME7KV06 11609.00 FAL36070 PE3KV06 12822.00

75 100 ME3LV06 11609.00 FAL36090 PE3LV06 11322.00

100 4PW 200 MF3MV06 23400.00 FAL36100 PF2MV06 23400.00

150 200 MF3PV06 23400.00 KAL36125 PF3PV06 23400.00

200

5PW

200 MG4QV06 43326.00 KAL36175 PG2QV06 43326.00

250 200 MG4RV06 43326.00 KAL36225 PG3RV06 43326.00

350 400 MG2TV06 43326.00 LAL36300 PG3TV06 43326.00

Table 17.93: Part Winding—Reduced Voltage Type

Type Figure ABCDEF

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

PD 3 19.00 483 34.50 876 12.25 311 13.00 330 33.50 851 0.44 11

MD 3 23.00 584 25.50 648 10.60 269 17.00 432 24.50 622 0.44 11

PE, PF 3 30.00 762 47.00 1194 13.25 337 22.00 559 46.00 1168 0.56 14

ME 3 25.00 635 52.50 1334 12.13 308 19.00 483 51.50 1308 0.44 11

MF 4 36.00 914 93.00 2362 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 0.69 18

PG, MG 4 36.00 914 73.00 1854 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 0.69 18

PH 4 38.00 965 93.00 2362 19.25 489 35.75 908 12.50 318 0.69 18

Table 17.94: Autotransformer—Reduced Voltage Type

Type Figure ABCDEF

in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm in. mm

RD, VD 3 25.00 635 52.50 1334 11.13 283 19.00 483 51.50 1308 0.44 11

RE, VE, RF, VF 4 32.00 813 72.50 1842 19.25 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 0.68 17

RG 4 36.00 914 93.00 2362 19.25 489 33.75 857 12.50 318 0.69 17

VG 4 32.00 813 72.50 1842 19.25 489 29.75 756 12.50 318 0.68 17

VH 4 34.00 864 93.00 2362 23.25 591 31.75 806 16.50 419 0.69 17

VJa4 64.00 1626 93.00 2362 27.25 692 61.75 1568 17.25 438 0.81 21

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Factory Modifications

(Forms)

Reduced Voltage Starters

Classs 8606, 8630, 8640

aAll push buttons are momentary contact.

bFor pilot light details, refer to the pilot light table in Digest 176 page 16-100.

cSee Table 17.96 below.

dAs standard, Reduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with common control. If Form S or T is specified, only the TR coil will be at control voltage.

Specify Form Y195 or T40 (Ex. Form F4T40) if all coils must be at control voltage. Refer to page 17-18 for control circuit arrangements.

eReduced Voltage Controllers are supplied with two control circuit fuses for conductors at line voltage. Additional fusing may be supplied if a fused control

circuit transformer or separate control is specified.

fMust be used with Form specifying separate control (Ex. Form FS).

gAdd Form letters and price to that of standard control transformer. (Example: For Size 1, Form F4T, plus 100 VA becomes F4T11, $984.00

Form F4T40 plus 100 VA becomes F4T41, $807.00).

hSize 6 and 7 controllers come with Form F4T as standard.

iMust be used in conjunction with a variation of Form of F4T. (Ex. Standard capacity transformer required, 208–24 V. Order as Form F4TT1, 208–24 V.)

The standard primary and secondary voltages for control circuit transformers are indicated in Table 17.96.

To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer Form designation. Then convert the previously

selected voltage code (V••) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the transformer. The secondary voltage

should equal the previously selected coil voltage of the device. (24 Vac coils for NEMA Sizes 4–7 are not available).

Example:

You previously selected a Class 8606SDG1V02S. The designation V02S means that you need a coil voltage of

120-60/110-50 wired for separate control. You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480

volt primary, 120 volt secondary. The new, complete Class, Type, Voltage Code, and Form are:

jForm numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.

Table 17.95: Reduced Voltage Controllers Only

Classes 8606, 8630, 8640

Factory Modifications Enclosure

Type Form

NEMA Size

1PW

1 YD

2 PW

2 YD

3 PW

3 YD

4 PW

4 YD

5 PW

5 YD

6 PW

6 YD

7 PW

7 YD

Pilot Devices in Cover and

Control Circuit

Reduced Voltage

Controllers Only

Classes

8606

8630

8640

8647

8650

Push Buttonsa

Start-Stop 1, 4, 12 A 336.00 336.00 336.00 33600 336.00 336.00 336.00

Selector Switches

Hand-Off-Auto 1, 4, 12 C 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00

On-Off 1, 4, 12 C6 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00

Pilot Lights (specify color)b

One light On 1, 4, 12 P 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00 336.00

Separate Control Circuitde

TR coil only (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 S N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C

All coils (at control voltage) 1, 4, 12 Y195 N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C N/C

Fused Control Circuitcdef

One fuse 1, 4, 12 F 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/ChN/Ch

Two fuses 1, 4, 12 F4 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 314.00 N/ChN/Ch

Control Circuit Transformercde

Standard Capacity (50 or 60 Hz)

Fuses

Primary Secondary

2— 0— 1, 4, 12 F4T 684.00 882.00 1112.00 1254.00 1395.00 N/ChN/Ch

2.. 1— 1, 4, 12 FF4T 1026.00 1197.00 1425.00 1566.00 1710.00 314.00 314.00

2— 0— 1, 4, 12 F4T40 912.00 1182.00 1938.00 2079.00 3803.00 3803.00 3803.00

2— 1— 1, 4, 12 FF4T40 1224.00 1497.00 2250.00 2393.00 4116.00 4116.00 4116.00

Additional capacity (50 or 60 Hz)g

100 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T11 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00 300.00

200 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T12 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00

300 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T13 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00 1139.00

400 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T14 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00 2421.00

500 VA additional capacity 1, 4, 12 T15 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00 2721.00

Substitute nonstandard single primary and/or single secondary

Voltage rating on the control transformerc1, 4, 12 T1i71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00 71.00 ——

Table 17.96: Selection of Control Circuit Transformers

Vol tag e

60 Hz (Primary–Secondary) Code

120–12

120–24

208–120

240–24

240–120

277–120

480–24

480–120

480–240

600–120

Specify

V88

V89

V84

V82

V80

V85

V83

V81

V87

V86

V99

Class Type Voltage Code Formj

8606 SDG1 V81 FF4T

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Factory Modifications

(Forms)

Reduced Voltage Starters

Class 8606, 8630

Table 17.97: Class 8606 Reduced Voltage Starters Only

Factory Modifications Enclosure

Type Form NEMA Size

1234567

Circuit

Breaker

Disconnect

Switch

Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b

1Y7912010.00 2451.00 2664.00 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 18320.00

4Y7912862.00 3533.00 4886.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00

12 Y791 2037.00 2564.00 2862.00 6579.00 10839.00 15012.00 20397.00

Nonfusible disconnect switch

1Y7921340.00 1710.00 2165.00 2991.00 5355.00 — —

4Y7922195.00 2793.00 4388.00 5327.00 7691.00 — —

12 Y792 1368.00 1823.00 2366.00 4815.00 5925.00 — —

Atuomatic molded case switch

1 Y7910 — — — — — 12293.00 13004.00

4 Y7910 — — — — — 16565.00 17276.00

12 Y7910 — — — — — 13361.00 14072.00

Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a

30 A clips

1 Y7931566.00 1566.00 — — — — —

4Y7932421.00 2124.00 — — — — —

12 Y793 1596.00 1596.00 — — — — —

60 A clips

1Y7941566.00 1823.00 2066.00 — — — —

4Y7942421.00 2885.00 3609.00 — — — —

12 Y794 1596.00 1938.00 2280.00 — — — —

100 A clips

1Y795 — — 2336.00 2574.00 — — —

4Y795 — — 4559.00 5021.00 — — —

12 Y795 — — 2537.00 2943.00 — — —

200 A clips

1Y796 — — 2885.00 3596.00 — — —

4Y796 — — 5129.00 4340.00 — — —

12 Y796 — — 3105.00 5327.00 — — —

400 A clips

1Y797 — — — — 5868.00 11039.00 —

4Y797 — — — — 8190.00 15354.00 —

12 Y797 — — — — 6438.00 12861.00 —

Automatic Molded Case Switch

with 600 A fuse clips

1Y798 — — — — — 13802.00 —

4Y798 — — — — — 18075.00 —

12 Y798 — — — — — 14871.00 —

Automatic Molded Case Switch

with fuse clips 1200 A or less

1Y799 ——————15425.00

4Y799 ——————19697.00

12 Y799 ——————17562.00

aFuses not included.

bMag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.

Table 17.98: Class 8630 Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyd

Factory Modifications Enclosure

Type Form NEMA Size

1 YD 2 YD 3 YD 4 YD 5 YD 6 YD 7 YD

Circuit

Breaker

Disconnect

Switch

Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker e

1Y7912451.00 2664.00 4872.00 9471.00 13944.00 18320.00 32759.00

4Y7913533.00 4886.00 7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00 37031.00

12 Y791 2564.00 2856.00 6579.00 10839.00 15012.00 20397.00 33827.00

Nonfusible disconnect switch

1Y7921710.00 2165.00 2991.00 5355.00 — — —

4Y7922793.00 4388.00 5327.00 7691.00 — — —

12 Y792 1823.00 2366.00 4815.00 5925.00 — — —

Atuomatic molded case switch

1 Y7910 — — — — 12293.00 13004.00 29483.00

4 Y7910 — — — — 16565.00 17276.00 33755.00

12 Y7910 — — — — 13361.00 14072.00 30551.00

Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clipsc

30 A clips

1 Y7931823.00 1823.00 — — — — —

4Y7932421.00 3771.00 — — — — —

12 Y793 1938.00 1938.00 — — — — —

60 A clips

1Y7941823.00 2066.00 — — — — —

4Y7942421.00 3609.00 — — — — —

12 Y794 1938.00 2280.00 — — — — —

100 A clips

1Y795 — 2336.00 2574.00 — — — —

4Y795 — 4559.00 5021.00 — — — —

12 Y795 — 2537.00 2943.00 — — — —

200 A clips

1Y796 — — 2885.00 3596.00 — — —

4Y796 — — 5129.00 5840.00 — — —

12 Y796 — — 3105.00 5327.00 — — —

400 A clips

1Y797 — — — 6510.00 11039.00 — —

4Y797 — — — 8204.00 15354.00 — —

12 Y797 — — — 6438.00 12861.00 — —

Automatic Molded Case Switch

with 600 A fuse clips

1Y798 — — — — 13802.00 14513.00 —

4Y798 — — — — 18075.00 18786.00 —

12 Y798 — — — — 14871.00 15227.00 —

Automatic Molded Case Switch

with fuse clips 1200 A or less

1Y799 — — — — — 15425.00 30195.00

4Y799 — — — — — 19697.00 34704.00

12 Y799 — — — — — 17562.00 31095.00

cFuses not included.

dWye-Delta motor starters typically have higher current ratings per NEMA Size than full voltage motor starters. Care must be taken in selecting the appropriate short circuit protection.

The table on Digest 176 page 7-33 will assist in selecting proper protection based on motor full-load current.

eMag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Factory Modifications

(Forms)

Reduced Voltage Starters

Class 8640, 8606, 8630

NOTE: To comply with Section 430-3 of the National Electrical Code®, combination part-winding starters are

provided as follows:

1. Circuit breaker: two thermal-magnetic, adjustable-trip circuit breakers—one for each motor winding. In the smaller controllers that

use the FA and KA frames, a single external operating mechanism operates the two circuit breakers simultaneously. In the larger

controllers that use the KA and LA frames, each circuit breaker has its own operating mechanism.

2. Nonfusible disconnect switch: a single 3-pole unfused disconnect switch of the proper rating for both windings. The user must

provide proper short-circuit protection external to the starter, using only Class J fuses.

3. Fusible disconnect switch: a single unfused disconnect switch with two sets of fuse clips (each set of the rating indicated) to provide

short-circuit protection for each winding.

Table 17.99: Class 8640 Reduced Voltage Starters Only

Factory Modifications Enclosure

Type Form

NEMA Size

1 PW 2 PW 3 PW 4 PW 5 PW 6 PW

Circuit

Breaker

Disconnect

Switch

Molded case thermal magnetic circuit breaker b

1 Y7911 3014.00 3675.00 3996.00 7307.00 14207.00 —

4 Y7911 4293.00 5300.00 7329.00 10641.00 17711.00 —

12 Y7911 3056.00 3846.00 4293.00 9872.00 16259.00 —

Fusible Disconnect Switch with Fuse Clips a

30 A clips (two sets)

1 Y79312006.00 2006.00 — — — —

4 Y7931 2664.00 2664.00 — — — —

12 Y7931 2132.00 2132.00 — — — —

60 A clips (two sets)

1 Y7941 — 2273.00 2570.00 — — —

4 Y7941 — 3969.00 5013.00 — — —

12 Y7941 — 2507.00 2790.00 — — —

100 A clips (two sets)

1 Y7951 — 2570.00 2831.00 3176.00 — —

4 Y7951 — 5013.00 5525.00 5642.00 — —

12 Y7951 — 2790.00 3239.00 3416.00 — —

200 A clips (two sets)

1 Y7961 — — 3176.00 3959.00 6456.00 —

4 Y7961 — — 5642.00 6425.00 9026.00 —

12 Y7961 — — 3416.00 5859.00 7082.00 —

400 A clips (two sets)

1 Y7971 — — — 6456.00 15182.00 c15596.00 c

4 Y7971 — — — 9026.00 19881.00 c20082.00 c

12 Y7971 — — — 7082.00 16356.00 c16592.00 c

Automatic molded case switch

with 600 A fuse clips (two sets)

1 Y7920 — — — — — 15965.00

4 Y7920 — — — — — 20664.00

12 Y7920 — — — — — 16748.00

Automatic molded case switch

with fuse clips 601–1200 A or less (two sets)

1 Y7921 — — — — — 16968.00

4 Y7921 — — — — — 21668.00

12 Y7921 — — — — — 19319.00

aFuses not included.

bMag-Gard™ circuit breakers are not supplied nor recommended.

cConsists of automatic molded case switch with two sets of 400 A fuse clips.

Table 17.100: Reduced Voltage Controllers Onlyc

Classes 8606, 8630, 8640

Factory Modifications Enclosure

Type Form

NEMA Size

1PW

1 YD

2 PW

2 YD

3 PW

3 YD

4 PW

4 YD

5 PW

5 YD

6 PW

6 YD

7 PW

7 YD

Overload

Relays

Non-Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays

Three Element

Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2)

Types SE-SG (Sizes 3–5)

Type SH (Size 6)

Any

57.00

—

57.00

—

57.00

—

57.00

—

57.00

—

57.00

—

—b

Ambient Compensated Bimetallic Overload Relays

Three Element

Types SC-SD (Sizes 1 & 2)

Types SE-SF (Sizes 3 & 4)

Types SG-SH (Sizes 5–6)

1, 4, 12

Any

Y59

86.00

—

86.00

—

107.00

—

107.00

—

86.00

—

86.00

—

—b

Overload Relays General

Substitute 9999SO4 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay

Substitute 9999SO5 isolated alarm contact on melting alloy overload relay

Any

Y342

Y344

179.00

—

Motor Logic™ Overload Relaysde Any

Any

H10

H20

122.00

57.00

Miscellaneous

Add for thermal protector Class 8606

Coil transient suppressor per coil

Addition of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired).

Wired, per terminal, each

Unwired, per terminal, each

1, 4, 12

Any

1, 4, 12

Y116

Y145

G56a

G50a

—

158.00

116.00

57.00

570.00

158.00

116.00

57.00

570.00

158.00

116.00

57.00

570.00

158.00

116.00

57.00

570.00

158.00

116.00

57.00

570.00

—

116.00

57.00

—

116.00

57.00

aAddition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 is 5 wire terminal block.) Available in groups

of 5 only. Order in increments of 5. The number of circuits is the same as the ending of the Form number. (Example: G505 = 5 unwired terminals, G510 is 10 unwired terminals.)

bSize 7 uses a solid-state overload relay. See Class 8536 for complete details.

cNEMA Type 7 and 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices.

dMotor Logic overload relays are not available on Class 8640 Size 1PW to 4PW starters.

eSee Motor Logic overload relays in the Full Voltage section on the bottom of Digest 176 page 16-83 for additional Form options of Motor Logic overload relays.

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Definite Purpose

Contactors

Reversing/Hoist, Type R

Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301

Class 8965 reversing hoist contactors meet the small

space requirements found in electrical hoists, light duty

cranes, door operators, and related products. They are

designed to perform in the short periods of jogging

experienced in hoist service. Note that these contactors

must be mounted upright on the vertical plane; the

contactors will not operate properly when mounted in any

other position.

fCP10 Discount Schedule.

gTape wound coils, 2 per package.

hMolded coil, 1 per package.

iSuitable for 440 V 50 Hz applications.

Type RO10V02

Table 17.101: AC Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum

No. of

Poles

Horsepower Ratings Power

Terminals

Witha

Jumper Straps

Withouta

Jumper Straps $ Price

115 V

1 Ø

230 V

1 Ø

230 V

3 Ø

460/575 V

3 Ø Open Type Open Type

3-Pole

Polyphase 11-1/23 3

Quick Connect RO10cRO11c998.00

Pressure WirebRO12cRO13c

aJumper straps connect the line side power terminals of the same phase between the forward (up) and reverse (down) contactors in common;

i.e., L1 to L1, L2 to L2, and L3 to L3.

bCoils rated 120 Vac or less are supplied with quick connect terminals only.

cVoltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown in Table 17.105.

Table 17.102: Miscellaneous Hoist Contactor Kits For Use With Class 8965

Type Series Description Class Type Series Description Class Type $ Priced

RO10

RO11

RO12

RO13

A & B

Armature Kit 9998 RP1e

Armature Kit 9998 RP2e29.40

Contact

Carrier

Order as Part Number

3100206050

Contact

Carrier

Order as Part Number

3100208150 39.40

dCP10 discount schedule.

eOne armature per kit.

Table 17.103: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits

Device

Type

Device

Series

Class 9998

Kit Type

Device

Series

Class 9998

Kit Type $ Price

RO10

A & B

RA10

RA14 202.00

RO11 RA11 RA15

RO12 RA12 RA16 236.00

RO13 RA13 RA17

Table 17.104: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Module

Description Terminals Class 9999

Type $ Price

1 N.O.

Each Side

Quick Connect R10

50.00

Screw R12

1 N.C.

Each Side

Quick Connect R11

Screw R13

Table 17.105: Coil Table

Volt ag e

60 Hz

Voltage

50 Hz

Volt ag e

Code

Replacement

Part Number $ Pricef

120

208/220

240

480

600

—

110

—

220

440

550

V01

V02

V21

V03

V06

V07

3100240319g

3100240340g

3100240047h

3100240049h

3100240058hi

3100240060h

119.00

114.00

83.00

Table 17.106: Approximate Dimensions

(3 Poles per Contactor)

Type A B C D E F G

RO10, 11 3.31

3.31

3.03

2.69

1.34

1.56

2.66

RO12, 13 3.31

3.69

2.69

1.34

1.56

2.66

Provisions for

(3) #8 Mounting Screws

Table 17.107: Cross Reference—Obsolete Devices

Obsolete

Device

Replacement

Device

Auxiliary Contact

Required

Obsolete

Device

Replacement

Device

Auxiliary Contact

Required

Class Type Class Type Class Type Class Type Class Type Class Type

8702

8965

HO3

HO4

HO5

HO6

HO7

HO8

8965

RO12

—

9999

—

9999

—

R12

R13

—

R12

R13

8965

RO2

RO2S1

RO2S2

RO3

RO3S1

RO3S2

RO3S3

RO4

RO4S1

RO5

RO5S1

RO5S2

RO6

RO6S1

RO6S2

8965

RO10

RO11

RO10

RO11

RO10

RO12

RO13

RO12

RO13

RO12

RO13

RO12

9999

—

9999

R10

R11

—

R12

R13

8965

RG2S1

RG5S1

RG5S2

RO1

RO1S1

RO1S2

RO1S3

RO1S4

RO1S5

RO1S6

8965

RO10

RO12

RO10

RO11

RO10

RO11

RO10

9999

—

R10

R12

—

Application Data

Coils Duty: Hoist Duty—H4 Intermittent

Voltage Range: AC coils only; +10%, –15% of nominal

Burden Inrush 76 VA, Sealed 27 VA

Approvals

UL Component Recognized: File E78351, CCN NLDX2

CSA Certified: File LR60905, Class 3211 04

Table 17.108: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

•Voltage and Frequency

Class Type Voltage and

Frequency

8695 RO10 V02

CP1 CP10 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE

CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Thermal Overload

Relays—NEMA Style

Solid-State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™ Plus

Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701

Motor Logic Plus—Class 9065

The Motor Logic Plus solid-state overload relay is

separately powered and fully programmable. It is designed

to protect 3-phase AC motor applications, 200–480 Vac or

600 Vac. The SSOLR has one Form C relay output rated

for 300 Vac maximum.

jMust use 150:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.

kMust use 300:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.

lMust use 600:5 external current transformer, purchased separately.

Example

Form B 4 2

Motor Logic Plus overload relay with a current range of

6–27 A and modifications to add communication module

for an open style starter package.

Lug-Lug Kit

This kit can be field installed on separately mounted

Motor Logic Plus overload relays.

Software Kit

Solutions software program allows an IBM PC compatible

computer (with Windows 95 or greater) to communicate

with a Motor Logic Plus overload relay connected to an

RS-485 network using Modbus protocol.

Communication Module

This module allows the Motor Logic Plus overload relay to

support RS-485 electrical communications standards. Up

to 99 Motor Logic Plus overload relays can be controlled

and monitored from one remote personal computer.

Motor Logic Plus Table 17.109: Motor Logic Plus

Class 9065 SP Solid-State Overload Relay $ Price

200 to 480 V 600 V Current Range

SPB4

SPC4

SP14

SP24

SP34

SP44j

SP54k

SP64l

SPB6

SPC6

SP16

SP26

SP36

SP46j

SP56k

SP66l

0.5–2.3 A

2.0–9.0 A

6.0–27.0 A

10.0–45.0 A

20.0–90.0 A

60.0–135.0 A

120.0–270.0 A

240.0–540.0 A

957.00

Table 17.110: Forms for factory addition to 8536

Open Style only

Alpha Character

BMotor Logic Plus Overload Relay

First Digit Current Ranges

0.5–2.3 A

2.0–9.0 A

6.0–27.0 A

10.0–45.0 A

20.0–90.0 A

60.0–135.0 A

120.0–270.0 A

240.0–540.0 A

Second Digit Modifications

No modification for 200–480 V

Add communication module for 200–480 V

No modification for 600 V

Add communication module for 600 V

Table 17.111: Lug-Lug Kit

For Use With Parts Kit

Description

Class 9999

Type $ Price

Class & Type NEMA Size

8536 SA-SH 1–6 Lug-Lug Kit MLPL 80.00

9065 SP 1–6

Table 17.112: Software Kit

For Use With Parts Kit

Description

Class 9999

Type $ Price

Class & Type NEMA Size

8536 SA–SH 1–6 Software Kit MLPS 1295.00

9065 SP

Table 17.113: Communication Module

For Use With Parts Kit

Description

Class 9999

Type $ Price

Class & Type NEMA Size

8536 SA-SH

1–6

Modbus

Communication

Module

MB22 171.00

9065 SP

Table 17.114: How to Order

To Order Specify: Catalog Number

•Class Number

•Type Number

Class Type

9999 AC04

1.20

2.20

2.14

3.10

2.03

2.28

2.65

3.05

.70

.25

3.60

3.85

984.37

111

4.70

119

5.05

128

.20

5.34

Motor Logic Plus Solid-State Overload Relay

CP1 Discount

Schedule

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale

Coordinated Projects

NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for all products sold by Schneider Electric USA

("Schneider Electric") including all Schneider Electric brand products, such as Square D and Telemecanique brand

products, are subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of Schneider Electric and to any Special Conditions of

Sale which may be contained in applicable Schneider Electric quotations and acknowledgments.

Schneider Electric Standard conditions of Sale will apply in all transactions between

customers and Schneider Electric, unless Schneider Electric elects to use the Standard

Coordinated Project Conditions of Sale. The Coordinated Project Conditions of Sale

will be used on appropriate project jobs only.

GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are subject to these

conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Schneider Electric shall be expressly

conditioned on Purchaser's assent to these conditions. Purchaser's direction to

proceed with engineering, manufacture or shipment by Schneider Electric shall be

deemed evidence of this assent. No modified or other conditions will be applicable

unless those conditions are so stated in Schneider Electric's proposal or are specifically

agreed to in writing and signed by an authorized official of Schneider Electric. Failure to

object to provisions contained in any Purchase Order or other communication from the

Purchaser (including, without limitation, penalty clauses of any kind) shall not be

construed as a waiver of these Conditions nor an acceptance of any other provisions.

These terms are a complete statement of the parties' agreement and may only be

modified in writing signed by both parties. These terms may not be modified by course

of dealing, course of performance or usage of trade. These terms supersede all

previous written or oral quotations, statements or agreements. Any contract for sale by

and between the parties shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of

the State of Illinois without regard to its rules on the conflict of laws. The Convention on

the International Sale of Goods is expressly excluded.

QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days from their

date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are subject to change by

Schneider Electric Company at any time upon notice to Purchaser. Quotations are

made based on Schneider Electric's interpretation of the plans and specifications

submitted to Schneider Electric by the Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review

the quotation carefully and to immediately advise Schneider Electric of any differing

interpretation Purchaser has so any necessary change can be made.

ORDER ENTRY: A complete, signed purchase order must be received before entry of

an order into Schneider Electric's system. Considerable detail is involved in the

manufacture of power equipment. To facilitate timely shipment, complete details and

information, including Purchaser's requested on-site dates must be provided at the time

of order entry. Shipment dates are approximate and are based upon timely receipt of all

necessary information from the Purchaser. Lack of complete information may result in

delays of drawings or manufacture. Such delays shall relieve Schneider Electric from

compliance with the quoted delivery dates and may lead to price escalation. Failure to

provide a complete signed purchase order within twenty (20) days of notification of

award may result in renegotiation of price or shipment dates.

APPROVAL DRAWINGS: When required by a specific Purchase Order, drawings will

be submitted for approval per agreed upon schedules to assure Schneider Electric has

designed the equipment as described in Purchaser's specifications, as modified by

Schneider Electric's quotation. If at time of drawing approval Schneider Electric has not

designed the equipment to meet the specifications, as modified by Schneider Electric's

quotation, Schneider Electric will make the appropriate changes at no charge to

Purchaser. Where the Purchaser's specification is not definitive, Schneider Electric

shall have the right to design the product in line with good commercial practice, without

further obligation to Purchaser. If at drawing approval, Purchaser makes changes

outside the design as stated in the specifications, such changes shall be treated as a

change order as provided below.

PRICE POLICY: Quoted prices are firm provided: A) The order is received with

complete engineering details and is released for manufacture within thirty (30) calendar

days from the originally anticipated release date. B) All required approval drawings are

returned and equipment released by Purchaser no later than thirty (30) calendar days

from the original date of mailing of approval drawings by Schneider Electric. The

returned drawings must be released for manufacture for shipment on the agreed date.

Drawing re-submittals which are required for any reason other than to correct

Schneider Electric errors will not extend the thirty (30) day deadline. If the Purchaser

causes delay of shipment in any way or returns approval drawings beyond the time

stated above, Purchaser may be subject to charges which shall not exceed 1% of the

purchase order price for each full month or fraction thereof that shipment is delayed, as

compensation to Schneider Electric for expenses created by such delay and not as a

penalty. If shipment is delayed through the fault of Purchaser for more than 12 months

from the originally anticipated release date, the price must be renegotiated.

PRICING-PURCHASER CHANGES: All prices cover a bill of material as described in

Schneider Electric specifications or quotations to be designed and manufactured to

Schneider Electric standard designs, unless otherwise agreed in writing between the

parties. Purchaser may make minor changes not affecting the time or cost of

performance without charge prior to the start of manufacture. If any changes are

requested by the Purchaser after submission of the original Purchase Order which

affect the cost or time of performance, additional billing will be made with the amount of

price adder dependent on the change and status of the order when the change is

made. Changes may also result in an extension of time for shipment. All changes will

be agreed to by the parties, in writing, prior to implementation. Purchaser's

rescheduling shipment will be considered a change. All expenses incurred by

Schneider Electric in connection with the storage of equipment, including demurrage,

packing, storage charges, insurance and handling charges by Schneider Electric will

be paid by the Purchaser upon submission of invoices by Schneider Electric.

Schneider Electric will issue price changes for any change requested by the Purchaser

that affects modification of equipment, changes the bills of material, engineering or

drawings or delivery schedule as follows: A) If Purchaser makes a change to an order

prior to being released to engineering, the net price will be adjusted by re-pricing the

equipment with prices in effect at the time of the change. A commensurate delay in the

shipping date will be based on the changes involved. B) For changes made after the

order is released to engineering, the net price and ship date will be adjusted as

described in paragraph A above. An additional charge based on Schneider Electric

standard engineering billing charges and cost of parts ($250 minimum) will be made to

cover any extra engineering and drafting, scrap or rework of parts, or cost of

modification. C) If during the drawing approval process, the Purchaser makes changes

outside the design covered by the specifications, Schneider Electric will be reimbursed

as described in paragraph A and B above, plus any additional charges for any extra

cost incurred as a direct result of the changes and allowed a commensurate delay in

shipping date based on the changes involved. Changes to the order can not be

processed until a formal change order is received from the Purchaser.

SUBSTITUTION: Schneider Electric may furnish suitable substitutes for material

unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by governmental authority

or non-availability of materials from suppliers, provided such substitutions do not

adversely affect the technical soundness of the equipment. Schneider Electric

assumes no liability for deviation from published dimensions and descriptive

information not essential to proper performance of the product.

TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales tax,

excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs, inspecting or testing

fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature whatsoever, imposed by any

governmental authority or measured by any transaction between Schneider Electric

and Purchaser, shall be paid by the Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or

invoiced, and such charges will appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the

event Schneider Electric will be required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser

shall reimburse Schneider Electric or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall supply

Schneider Electric at the time the order is submitted with an exemption certificate or

other document acceptable to the tax authority. Purchase Orders must state the

existence and amount of any such tax, fee or charge for which Purchaser claims an

exemption.

TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to Purchaser

meeting Schneider Electric credit standards. Terms are subject to change for failure to

meet such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days from date of invoice of each

shipment, unless otherwise stated in Schneider Electric's quotation. For an authorized

distributor or authorized reseller order, applicable terms of payment are stated in the

quotation or applicable discount schedule. Schneider Electric reserves the right at any

time to demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in its

sole judgment, as a result of changes in the financial condition of the Purchaser the

terms of payment originally specified are no longer justified.

PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the scheduled

date, payment shall be due in full when Schneider Electric is prepared to ship. The

equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of the Purchaser. If the Purchaser

defaults when any payment is due, then the whole contract price shall become due and

payable upon demand, or Schneider Electric at its option, without prejudice to other

lawful remedies, may defer delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser

become insolvent, or bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the

Purchaser, voluntarily or involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any insolvency law,

Schneider Electric may cancel any order then outstanding at any time and recover its

proper cancellation charges from the Purchaser or the Purchaser's estate.

DELIVERY:

F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Schneider Electric quotation is based on

delivery F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for delivery within the

continental United States, Product is sold F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and

allowed for orders over $2000 net. Delivery by Schneider Electric to the point of

shipment constitutes delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or damage

in transit shall pass to the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point. Schneider

Electric is not responsible for breakage or delays by carrier after having received "in

good order" receipts from the carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any

damage claims with the carrier. For orders under $2000 net the above terms apply

except freight is prepaid not allowed. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation

if the Purchaser accepts shipment at factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise

supplies its own transportation. Freight prepaid is defined as: a) Shipments to

destinations within the continental United States to the accessible common carrier point

nearest the first destination. b) Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the continental

United States shall be to the common carrier free delivery point in the United States

nearest the original port of embarkation. All charges associated with F.A.S., C.I.F., or

other charges such as pier transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine or war insurance

shall be paid by the Purchaser, unless otherwise specifically agreed in a specific

Purchase Order. In no event will Schneider Electric be responsible for demurrage or

detention charges.

DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Schneider Electric quotation is based

on delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the continental United

States, Schneider Electric will retain title and all risk of loss or damage in transit to the

common carrier free delivery point in the United States nearest the first destination for a

price addition of 2% of the net price. If the Purchaser elects this Option, Purchaser's

obligations shall be as follows: a) Purchaser shall have the responsibility of inspecting

the equipment for apparent loss or damage immediately upon its arrival at the free

delivery point. b) In the event of apparent shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall

make written notation of the loss on the carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of

delivery shall notify the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center. Purchaser

shall not remove product from the point of examination and shall retain the shipping

container and packing material. Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an

inspection and send Schneider Electric a copy of the carrier's inspection report. c) In

the event of concealed damage which occurred during transit and is discovered by the

Purchaser after delivery, Purchaser shall report such damage immediately, but in no

event later than 15 days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within 72 hours of

discovery, shall notify the local Schneider Electric field office. If such notification is not

made, Schneider Electric shall not be liable for loss or damage in transit.

SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Square D shall select the point of origin of shipment, the

method of transportation and the routing of the shipment. Purchasers that request

expedited or special modes of transportation or routing involving air, premium or any

other non-standard Square D shipping shall be assessed additional charges for

shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any rebates, allowances, discounts, or

incentives received by Square D from its carriers shall be retained by Square D. All

prices include domestic packaging only. When other than domestic packaging is

required, contact your local Square D field office. Purchaser specified packaging and

marking may be subject to additional charges.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

A-2

Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale

Coordinated Projects

SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to Schneider Electric

within 30 days after invoice date, and failure to give such notice shall constitute

unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims by the Purchaser.

INSTALLMENTS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to make shipments in

installments, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase Order; and all

such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for when due per invoice

without regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in shipment of any installment shall not

relieve Purchaser of its obligation to accept remaining shipments.

FORCE MAJEURE: Schneider Electric shall not be liable for any damages as a result

of any delays due to any causes beyond Schneider Electric's control, including, without

limitation, an act of God; act of Purchaser or Schneider Electric supplier; embargo or

other governmental act, regulation or request; fire; accident; strike; slowdown; flood;

fuel or energy shortage; sabotage; war; riot; delay in transportation and inability to

obtain necessary labor, materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the

event of any such delay, the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time

reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay.

STANDARD WARRANTY: Schneider Electric warrants equipment manufactured by it

and sold through authorized sales channels to be free from defects in materials and

workmanship for eighteen (18) months from date of invoice by Schneider Electric or its

authorized sales channel. If within such period, any such equipment shall be proved to

Schneider Electric's satisfaction to be non-conforming, such equipment shall be

repaired or replaced at Schneider Electric's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to

equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, (b) to equipment that has been

repaired or altered by other than Schneider Electric so as, in its judgment, to affect the

same adversely, or (c) to equipment that has been subjected to negligence, accident,

or damage by circumstances beyond Schneider Electric's control, or improper

operation, maintenance or storage, or to other than normal use or service. With respect

to equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, the warranty obligations of

Schneider Electric shall in all respects conform and be limited to the warranty actually

extended to Schneider Electric by its supplier. Non-conforming products must be

returned at Schneider Electric's expense for evaluation unless this is waived in writing.

Replacement products may be new or reconditioned. The foregoing warranties do not

cover reimbursement for labor, transportation, removal, installation, temporary power,

or any other expenses that may be incurred in connection with repair or replacement.

OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in the U.S.)

Option 1 - Extended-2 to 5 years from Shipment. If requested by the Purchaser and

specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric, the standard warranty will be

extended to two (2) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 1% of the net face

value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to three (3) years from date of invoice for

a price addition of 3% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to

four (4) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 5% of the net face value of the

Purchase Order, or will be extended to five (5) years from date of invoice for a price

addition of 7% of the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2-Special Warranty:

If requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric,

the standard warranty will be extended, for a price addition of 3% of the net face value

of the Purchase Order, to cover reimbursement of the direct costs of: a) Removal of

non-conforming equipment or part thereof; b) Transporting equipment or parts to and

from the place of repair; c) Off-loading of truck and reinstallation at the original site.

Such special warranty, which may be chosen to cover a period not exceeding that of

the standard or extended warranty (see above) selected, will not include the cost of

providing temporary power or removing or replacing other apparatus or structures, or

costs of transportation beyond a common carrier free delivery point in the continental

United States. Further, the obligation of Schneider Electric for expenses and costs

arising under this special warranty coverage will not exceed 50% of the net invoice

price on the equipment being repaired. This warranty does not change or affect the

allocation of risk or loss during shipment. Option 3-Extended Warranty-Preventative

Maintenance Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and specifically accepted by

Schneider Electric, a Preventative Maintenance Agreement is available to provide

preventative maintenance on equipment covered by the agreement. Terms of the

preventative maintenance agreement shall be as defined in a separate Services

Agreement agreed to by the parties.

SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form, provided with

equipment manufactured by Schneider Electric is licensed to Purchaser solely

pursuant to standard licenses of Schneider Electric or its supplier of such software or

computer information, which licenses are, hereby incorporated by reference. Schneider

Electric does not warrant that such software or computer information will operate error

free or without interruption, and warrants only that during the warranty period applicable

to the equipment that the software will perform its essential functions. If such software

or computer information fails to conform to such warranty, Schneider Electric will, at its

option, provide an update to correct the non-conformance or replace the software or

computer information with the latest available version containing a correction.

Schneider Electric shall have no other obligation to provide updates or revisions.

LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all warranties

offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE WARRANTIES SET FORTH

ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED

WARRANTIES (EXCEPT WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT

NOTLIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS

FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an

authorized writing by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall not be subject to any

other obligations or liabilities whatsoever other than as stated above with respect to

equipment sold or services rendered by Schneider Electric. Notwithstanding anything

to the contrary herein contained SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC, ITS CONTRACTORS AND

SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN TORT

(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR OTHERWISE FOR LOST

TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR

CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the

Purchaser are exclusive and the total cumulative liability of Schneider Electric, its

contractors and suppliers of any tier, with respect to this contract or anything done in

connection therewith, such as the use of any product covered by or furnished under the

contract, whether in contract, in tort (including negligence or strict liability) or otherwise,

shall not exceed the price of the product, part, or service on which such liability is

based.

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by Schneider

Electric, Schneider Electric shall defend any suit or proceeding brought against

Purchaser so far as based on a claim that such equipment constitutes an infringement

of any copyright, trademark or patent of the United States.

This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have made all payments then

due hereunder and if Schneider Electric is notified promptly in writing and given

authority, information, and assistance at Schneider Electric's expense for the defense

of the same. In the event the use of such equipment by Purchaser is enjoined in such a

suit, Schneider Electric shall, at its expense, and at its sole option, either (a) procure for

the Purchaser the right to continue using such equipment (b) modify such equipment to

render it non-infringing (c) replace such equipment with non-infringing equipment, or (d)

refund the purchase price (less depreciation) and the transportation and installation

costs of such equipment. Schneider Electric will not be responsible for any compromise

or settlement made without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of

Schneider Electric for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in no event shall

Schneider Electric be liable if any infringement charge is based on the use of Schneider

Electric equipment for a purpose other than that for which it was sold by Schneider

Electric. As to any equipment furnished by Schneider Electric to Purchaser and

manufactured in accordance with designs proposed by Purchaser, the Purchaser shall

indemnify Schneider Electric against any award made against Schneider Electric for

patent, trademark, or copyright infringements.

WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production schedules

do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine factory tests on

equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests or factory inspections by

the Purchaser may result in delays of production for which Schneider Electric will not be

responsible. Witness testing and factory inspections must be requested at time of

quotation and confirmed at order entry. Standard Schneider Electric factory testing and

inspection will apply. Schneider Electric will notify Purchaser fourteen (14) calendar

days prior to scheduled witness testing or inspection. In the event Purchaser is unable

to attend, the Parties may mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Schneider

Electric, at its sole option, may consider the witness tests and/or inspection waived, and

ship and invoice the Products. Purchaser will be responsible for paying for all

scheduled witness testing, whether or not Purchaser attends.

RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED WITHOUT

FIRST OBTAINING SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC'S WRITTEN PERMISSION AND A

RETURNED MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG. Returned equipment must be of

current manufacture, in the original packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable

condition, securely packed to reach Schneider Electric without damage and labeled

with the return authorization number. Any cost incurred by Schneider Electric to put

equipment in first class condition will be charged to the Purchaser. Returns will be

credited at price invoiced by Schneider Electric less a restocking fee of 25% invoice

price. Special Order and Custom equipment is not returnable. Schneider Electric shall

bear the cost of returns resulting from Schneider Electric error, and method and route

of return will be at the discretion of Schneider Electric. Costs incurred by failure to follow

Schneider Electric direction will be borne by the Purchaser.

NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise agreed

in writing by a duly authorized representative of Schneider Electric, products sold

hereunder are not intended for use in or in connection with any nuclear facility or

activity. If so used, Schneider Electric disclaims all liability for any damage, injury or

contamination; and Purchaser shall indemnify Schneider Electric against any such

liability, whether arising as a result of breach of contract, warranty or tort (including

negligence) or otherwise.

PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools are required

to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not convey title thereto or

the right to remove them from Schneider Electric's plant. If patterns or tools are not

used for a period of two years, Schneider Electric shall have the right to scrap them

without notice.

PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including its

employees) of the product with all Schneider Electric supplied product notices,

warnings, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.

ERRORS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to correct errors or omissions in

quotations, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.

OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or local laws

during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole responsibility of the Purchaser.

TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon written

notice to Schneider Electric and upon payment of reasonable and proper termination

charges based on the price of the terminated order and reimbursement of all direct

costs and expenses associated with the order caused by such termination and shall

include a reasonable profit. Special or custom ordered equipment is not cancelable

after commencement of manufacturing.

CANCELLATION: Schneider Electric shall have the right to cancel any order or

contract at any time by written notice for any material breach of the contract by the

Purchaser, including material delays in releasing equipment for manufacture or

approval drawings and excessive changes to specifications or drawings.

0100PL0043R11/11 November 30, 2011

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale

Standard

NOTE:The following Conditions of Sale are subject to change. All transactions for all products sold by Schneider Electric USA

("Schneider Electric") including all Schneider Electric brand products, such as Square D and Telemecanique brand

products, are subject to the latest published Conditions of Sale of Schneider Electric and to any Special Conditions of

Sale which may be contained in applicable Schneider Electric quotations and acknowledgments.

1. GOVERNING PROVISIONS AND ACCEPTANCE: All quotations are

subject to these conditions of sale. Acceptance of an order by Schneider

Electric shall be expressly conditioned on Purchaser's assent to these

conditions. Purchaser's direction to proceed with engineering, manufacture

or shipmen by Schneider Electric shall be deemed evidence of this assent.

No modified or other conditions will be applicable unless those conditions

are so stated in Schneider Electric's proposal or are specifically agreed to in

writing and signed by an authorized official of Schneider Electric. Failure to

object to provisions contained in any Purchase Order or other

communication from the Purchaser (including, without limitation, penalty

clauses of any kind) shall not be construed as a waiver of these Conditions

nor an acceptance of any other provisions. These terms are a complete

statement of the parties' agreement and may only be modified in writing

signed by both parties. These terms may not be modified by course of

dealing, course of performance or usage of trade. These terms supersede all

previous written or oral quotations, statements or agreements. Any contract

for sale by and between the parties shall be governed by and construed

according to the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to its rules on the

conflict of laws. The Convention on the International Sale of Goods is

expressly excluded.

2. QUOTATIONS: Quotations shall be valid for no more than thirty (30) days

from their date, unless otherwise stated in the quotation. All quotations are

subject to change by Schneider Electric Company at any time upon notice to

Purchaser. It is Purchaser's obligation to review the quotation carefully and

to immediately advise Schneider Electric of any differing interpretation

Purchaser has so any necessary change can be made.

3. PRICE POLICY: All prices are subject to change without notice. In the event

of a net price change and unless otherwise agreed to in writing, prices for

orders scheduled for immediate release shall be those in effect at time of

order entry. Prices for orders placed for future shipment without an agreed

price and ship date will be billed at the pricing in effect as of the shipment

date. All clerical errors are subject to correction.

4. SUBSTITUTION: Schneider Electric may furnish suitable substitutes for

material unobtainable because of priorities or regulations established by

governmental authority or non-availability of materials from suppliers,

provided such substitutions do not adversely affect the technical soundness

of the equipment. Schneider Electric assumes no liability for deviation from

published dimensions and descriptive information not essential to proper

performance of the product.

5. TAXES: Any manufacturer's tax, retailer's tax, occupation tax, use tax, sales

tax, excise tax, (except federal excise tax on vehicles), duty, customs,

inspecting or testing fee, or other tax, fee or charge of any nature

whatsoever, imposed by any governmental authority or measured by any

transaction between Schneider Electric and Purchaser, shall be paid by the

Purchaser in addition to the prices quoted or invoiced, and such charges will

appear as a separate line item on the invoice. In the event Schneider Electric

will be required to pay any such tax, fee, or charge, Purchaser shall

reimburse Schneider Electric or, in lieu of such payment, Purchaser shall

supply Schneider Electric at the time the order is submitted with an

exemption certificate or other document acceptable to the tax authority.

Purchase Orders must state the existence and amount of any such tax, fee

or charge for which Purchaser claims an exemption.

6. TERMS OF PAYMENT: Acceptance of all Purchase Orders is subject to

Purchaser meeting Schneider Electric credit standards. Terms are subject to

change for failure to meet such standards. Terms are net thirty (30) days

from date of invoice of each shipment, unless otherwise stated in Schneider

Electric's quotation. For an authorized distributor or authorized reseller

order, applicable terms of payment are stated in the quotation or applicable

discount schedule. Schneider Electric reserves the right at any time to

demand full or partial payment before proceeding with a contract of sale if, in

its sole judgment, as a result of changes in the financial condition of the

Purchaser the terms of payment originally specified are no longer justified.

7. PAYMENTS: If delivery is delayed or deferred by the Purchaser beyond the

scheduled date, payment shall be due in full when Schneider Electric is

prepared to ship. The equipment may be stored at the risk and expense of

the Purchaser. If the Purchaser defaults when any payment is due, then the

whole contract price shall become due and payable upon demand, or

Schneider Electric at its option, without prejudice to other lawful remedies,

may defer delivery or cancel the contract for sale. If Purchaser becomes

insolvent, or bankrupt or in the event any proceeding is brought against the

Purchaser, voluntarily or involuntarily under the bankruptcy or any

insolvency law, Schneider Electric may cancel any order outstanding at any

time and recover its applicable cancellation charges from the Purchaser or

the Purchaser's estate.

8. DELIVERY:

A: F.O.B. POINT OF SHIPMENT: When the Schneider Electric quotation is

based on delivery F.O.B. point of shipment, freight prepaid and allowed for

delivery within the continental United States, product is sold F.O.B. point of

shipment, freight prepaid and allowed. A shipping and handling charge of fifty

dollars ($50) will be added to all orders having a total net invoice price of less than

one thousand dollars ($1,000). Delivery by Schneider Electric to the point of

shipment constitutes delivery to the Purchaser; and title and all risk of loss or

damage in shall pass to the Purchaser at time of delivery at the F.O.B. point

Schneider Electric is not responsible for breakage after having received "in good

order" receipts from the carrier. Purchaser is responsible for pursuing any damage

claims with the carrier. No allowance will be made in lieu of transportation if the

Purchaser accepts shipment at factory, warehouse or freight station or otherwise

supplies its own transportation. Freight prepaid is defined as: A) Shipments to

destinations within the continental United States to the accessible common carrier

point nearest the first destination. B) Shipments to U.S. destinations outside the

continental United States shall be to the common carrier free delivery point in the

United States nearest the original port of embarkation. All charges associated with

F.A.S., C.I.F., or other charges such as pier transfer, lift, ocean freight, and marine

or war insurance shall be paid by the Purchaser, unless otherwise specifically

agreed in a specific Purchase Order. In no event will Schneider Electric be

responsible for demurrage or detention charges.

B: DELIVERY: F.O.B. DESTINATION: When the Schneider Electric quotation is

based on delivery F.O.B. Destination, for shipments for delivery within the

continental United States, Schneider Electric will retain title and all risk of loss or

damage in transit to the common carrier free delivery point in the United States

nearest the first destination for a price addition of 2% of the net price. If the

Purchaser elects this option, Purchaser's obligations shall be as follows: A)

Purchaser shall have the responsibility of inspecting the equipment for apparent

loss or damage immediately upon its arrival at the free delivery point. B) In the

event of apparent shipping loss or damage, Purchaser shall make written notation

of the loss on the carrier's delivery receipt and, within 72 hours of delivery shall

notify the Schneider Electric Customer Information Center. Purchaser shall not

remove product from the point of examination and shall retain the shipping

container and packing material. Purchaser shall request the carrier to make an

inspection and send Schneider Electric a copy of the carrier's inspection report. C)

In the event of concealed damage which occurred during transit and is discovered

by the Purchaser after delivery, Purchaser shall report such damage immediately,

but in no event later than 15 days after delivery, to the delivering carrier, and within

72 hours of discovery, shall notify the local Schneider Electric field office. If such

notification is not made, Schneider Electric shall not be liable for loss or damage in

transit.

C: SHIPMENT AND ROUTING: Schneider Electric shall select the point of origin

of shipment, the method of transportation and the routing of the shipment.

Purchasers that request expedited or special modes of transportation or routing

involving air, premium or any other non-standard Schneider Electric shipping shall

be assessed additional charges for shipping, handling, freight and expediting. Any

rebates, allowances, discounts or incentives received by Schneider Electric from

its carriers shall be retained by Schneider Electric. All prices include domestic

packaging only. When other than domestic packaging is required, contact your

local Schneider Electric field office. Purchaser specified packaging and marking

may be subject to additional charges.

9. SHORTAGES: Claims for shortages or errors must be submitted to

Schneider Electric within 30 days after invoice date, and failure to give such

notice shall constitute unqualified acceptance and a waiver of all such claims

by the Purchaser.

10. INSTALLMENTS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to make shipments

in installments, unless otherwise expressly stipulated in a specific Purchase

Order; and all such installments when separately invoiced shall be paid for

when due per invoice without regard to subsequent shipments. Delay in

shipment of any installment shall not relieve Purchaser of its obligation to

accept remaining shipments.

11. FORCE MAJEURE: Schneider Electric shall not be liable for any damages

as a result of any delays due to any causes beyond Schneider Electric's

control, including, without limitation, an act of God; act of Purchaser or

Schneider Electric supplier; embargo or other governmental act; regulation

or request; fire; accident; strike; slowdown; flood; fuel or energy shortage;

sabotage; war; riot; delay in transportation and inability to obtain necessary

labor, materials or manufacturing facilities from usual sources. In the event

of any such delay, the date of delivery shall be extended for a period of time

reasonably necessary to overcome the effect of such delay.

12. STANDARD WARRANTY: Schneider Electric warrants equipment

manufactured by it and sold through authorized sales channels to be free

from defects in materials and workmanship for eighteen (18) months from

date of invoice by Schneider Electric or its authorized sales channel. If within

such period any such equipment shall be proved to Schneider Electric's

satisfaction to be non-conforming, such equipment shall be repaired or

replaced at Schneider Electric's option. This warranty shall not apply (a) to

equipment not manufactured by Schneider Electric, (b) to equipment that

has been repaired or altered by other than Schneider Electric so as, in its

judgment, to affect the same adversely, or (c) to equipment that has been

subjected to negligence, accident, or damage by circumstances beyond

Schneider Electric's control, or improper operation, maintenance or storage,

or to other than normal use or service. With respect to equipment not

manufactured by Schneider Electric, the warranty obligations of Schneider

Electric shall in all respects conform and be limited to the warranty actually

extended to Schneider Electric by its supplier. Non-conforming products

must be returned at Schneider Electric's expense for evaluation unless this

is waived in writing. Replacement products may be new or reconditioned.

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

A-4

Schneider Electric Conditions of Sale

Standard

The foregoing warranties do not cover reimbursement for labor, transportation,

removal, installation, temporary power, or any other expenses that may be

incurred in connection with repair or replacement.

13. OPTIONAL WARRANTIES: (Only available on equipment to be located in

the U.S.) Option 1 - Extended-2 to 5 years from Shipment. If requested by

the Purchaser and specifically accepted in writing by Schneider Electric, the

standard warranty will be extended to two (2) years from date of invoice for a

price addition of 1% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be

extended to three (3) years from date of invoice for a price addition of 3% of

the net face value of the Purchase Order, will be extended to four (4) years

from date of invoice for a price addition of 5% of the net face value of the

Purchase Order, or will be extended to five (5) years from date of invoice for

a price addition of 7% of the net face value of the Purchase Order. Option 2 -

Special Warranty: If requested by the Purchaser and specifically accepted in

writing by Schneider Electric, the standard warranty will be extended, for a

price addition of 3% of the net face value of the Purchase Order, to cover

reimbursement of the direct costs of: A) Removal of non-conforming

equipment or part thereof; B) Transporting equipment or parts to and from

the place of repair; C) Off-loading of truck and reinstallation at the original

site. Such special warranty, which may be chosen to cover a period not

exceeding that of the standard or extended warranty (see above) selected,

will not include the cost of providing temporary power or removing or

replacing other apparatus or structures, or costs of transportation beyond a

common carrier free delivery point in the continental United States. Further,

the obligation of Schneider Electric for expenses and costs arising under this

special warranty coverage will not exceed 50% of the net invoice price on

the equipment being repaired. This warranty does not change or affect the

allocation of risk or loss during shipment. Option 3 - Extended Warranty -

Preventative Maintenance Agreements: If requested by the Purchaser, and

specifically accepted by Schneider Electric, a Preventative Maintenance

Agreement is available to provide preventative maintenance on equipment

covered by the agreement. Terms of the Preventative Maintenance

Agreement shall be as defined in a separate Services Agreement agreed to

by the parties.

14. RETURN OF EQUIPMENT: NO EQUIPMENT MAY BE RETURNED

WITHOUT FIRST OBTAINING SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC'S WRITTEN

PERMISSION AND A RETURNED MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION TAG.

Returned equipment must be of current manufacture, in the original

packaging, unused, undamaged and in saleable condition. Returned

equipment must be securely packed to reach Schneider Electric without

damage and labeled with the return authorization number. Any cost incurred

by Schneider Electric to put equipment in first class condition will be charged

to the Purchaser. Returns must originate from the original purchaser account

number. Returns will be credited at the original price paid as indicated on the

invoice or purchase order associated to the equipment being returned as

provided by the Purchaser. If no invoice number or purchase order number

is provided, then credit will be issued based on the into stock price in effect

12 months prior to date of return authorization and will also have an

additional 25% processing fee applied.

Schneider Electric stocked equipment (which is defined as equipment

stocked within Schneider Electric's Distribution Center) and non-stocked

equipment, which are listed in the current product list as returnable and

which are accepted for credit, not involving a Schneider Electric error, shall

be assessed a restocking fee of 25% of the invoice price.

NOTE: Special Order and Custom equipment is not returnable.

Each line item returned must have an extended line item value of $25.00 or

greater. Schneider Electric shall bear the cost of returns resulting from Schneider

Electric error, and method and route of return will be at the discretion of Schneider

Electric. Costs incurred by failure to follow Schneider Electric direction will be

borne by the Purchaser.

15. SOFTWARE: Any software or computer information, in whatever form that is

provided with equipment manufactured by Schneider Electric, is licensed to

Purchaser solely pursuant to standard licenses of Schneider Electric or its

supplier of such software or computer information which licenses are hereby

incorporated by reference. Schneider Electric does not warrant that such

software or computer information will operate error free or without

interruption, and warrants only that during the warranty period applicable to

the equipment that the software will perform its essential functions. If such

software or computer information fails to conform to such warranty,

Schneider Electric will, at its option, provide an update to correct the non-

conformance or replace the software or computer information with the latest

available version containing a correction. Schneider Electric shall have no

other obligation to provide updates or revisions.

16. LIMITATIONS: These disclaimers and limitations of remedies apply to all

warranties offered to Purchaser and to all Purchase Orders. THE

WARRANTIES SET FORTH ABOVE ARE EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF

ALL OTHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES (EXCEPT

WARRANTIES OF TITLE), INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED

WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A

PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Except as may be expressly provided in an

authorized writing by Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall not be

subject to any other obligations or liabilities whatsoever, other than as stated

above with respect to equipment sold or services rendered by Schneider

Electric. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained

SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC COMPANY, ITS CONTRACTORS AND

SUPPLIERS OF ANY TIER, SHALL NOT BE LIABLE IN CONTRACT, IN

TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY) OR

OTHERWISE FOR LOST TIME, LOST PROFITS, OR SPECIAL, INDIRECT,

INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND

WHATSOEVER. The remedies of the Purchaser are exclusive and the total

cumulative liability of Schneider Electric, its contractors and suppliers of any

tier, with respect to this contract or anything done in connection therewith,

such as the use of any product covered by or furnished under the contract,

whether in contract, in tort (including negligence or strict liability) or

otherwise, shall not exceed the price of the product, part, or service on which

such liability is based.

17. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY: As to equipment proposed and furnished by

Schneider Electric, Schneider Electric shall defend any suit or proceeding

brought against Purchaser so far as based on a claim that such equipment

constitutes an infringement of any copyright, trademark or patent of the

United States. This obligation shall be effective only if Purchaser shall have

made all payments then due hereunder and if Schneider Electric is notified

promptly in writing and given authority, information, and assistance at

Schneider Electric's expense for the defense of the same. In the event the

use of such equipment by Purchaser is enjoined in such a suit, Schneider

Electric shall, at its expense, and at its sole option, either (a) procure for the

Purchaser the right to continue using such equipment (b) modify such

equipment to render it non-infringing (c) replace such equipment with non-

infringing equipment, or (d) refund the purchase price (less depreciation) and

the transportation and installation costs of such equipment. Schneider

Electric will not be responsible for any compromise or settlement made

without its written consent. The foregoing states the entire liability of

Schneider Electric for patent, trademark or copyright infringement, and in no

event shall Schneider Electric be liable if any infringement charge is based

on the use of Schneider Electric equipment for a purpose other than that for

which it was sold by Schneider Electric. As to any equipment furnished by

Schneider Electric to Purchaser and manufactured in accordance with

designs proposed by Purchaser, the Purchaser shall indemnify Schneider

Electric against any award made against Schneider Electric for patent,

trademark, or copyright infringements.

18. WITNESS OF TESTS AND FACTORY INSPECTIONS: Normal production

schedules do not provide the opportunity for Purchaser to witness routine

factory tests on equipment or make factory inspections. Witnessing of tests

or factory inspections by the Purchaser may result in delays of production for

which Schneider Electric will not be responsible. Witness testing and factory

inspections must be requested at time of quotation, are subject to additional

costs and must be confirmed at order entry. Standard Schneider Electric

factory testing and inspection will apply. Schneider Electric will notify

Purchaser fourteen (14) calendar days prior to scheduled witness testing or

inspection. In the event Purchaser is unable to attend, the Parties may

mutually agree on a rescheduled date. However, Schneider Electric, at its

sole option, may consider the witness tests and/or inspection waived, and

ship and invoice the Products and the witness testing charges. Purchaser

will be responsible for paying for all scheduled witness testing, whether or

not Purchaser attends.

19. NUCLEAR APPLICATIONS TERMS AND CONDITIONS: Unless otherwise

agreed in writing by a duly authorized representative of Schneider Electric,

products sold hereunder are not intended for use in or in connection with any

nuclear facility or activity. If so used, Schneider Electric disclaims all liability

for any damage, injury or contamination; and Purchaser shall indemnify

Schneider Electric against any such liability, whether arising as a result of

breach of contract, warranty or tort (including negligence) or otherwise.

20. PATTERNS AND TOOLS: Notice will be given if special patterns or tools

are required to complete any order. Charges for such patterns or tools do not

convey title thereto or the right to remove them from Schneider Electric's

plant. If patterns or tools are not used for a period of two years, Schneider

Electric shall have the right to scrap them without notice.

21. PRODUCT NOTICES: Purchaser shall promptly supply the user (including

its employees) of the product with all Schneider Electric supplied product

notices, warnings, instructions, recommendations and similar materials.

22. ERRORS: Schneider Electric reserves the right to correct errors or

omissions in quotations, acknowledgments, invoices, or other documents.

23. OSHA COMPLIANCE: Compliance with OSHA or similar federal, state or

local laws during the operation or use of the product(s) is the sole

responsibility of the Purchaser.

24. TERMINATION: Any order may be terminated by the Purchaser only upon

notice to Schneider Electric and upon payment of reasonable and proper

termination charges based on the price of the terminated order and

reimbursement of all direct costs and expenses associated with the order

caused by such termination and shall include a reasonable profit. Special or

custom ordered equipment is not cancelable after final acceptance of

approval drawings for the commencement of manufacturing.

25. CANCELLATION: Schneider Electric shall have the right to cancel any

order or contract at any time by written notice for any material breach of the

contract by the Purchaser, including material delays in releasing equipment

for manufacture or approval drawings and excessive changes to

specifications or drawings.

0100PL0041R11/11 November 30, 2011

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling

Services— See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(7)

These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors

which carry the total load of the dwelling.

NEC 210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size

(A) Branch Circuit Not More Than 600 Volts.

(1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the

maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or

any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branch-

circuit conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction

factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the noncontinuous load

plus 125 percent of the continuous load.

Rating

(amps) 100 110 125 150 175 200 225 250 300 350 400

Copper 4 3 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil

Aluminum 2 1 1/0 2/0 3/0 4/0 250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil

Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2011 National Electrical Code®

Ampacity based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (Formerly Table 310.16) –

Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including

2000 Volts, 60° Through 90°C (140° Through 194°F), Not More Than Three

Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried),

Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)*

For conduit fill see 2011 NEC Annex C.

For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment

See NEC 110 .14(C).

* Refer to 310.15(B)(2)(a) for the ampacity correction factors where the ambient temperature is other than

30°C (86°F).

** See Section 240.4 (D) for conductor overcurrent protection limitations.

Size Temperature Rating of Conductor. [See Table 310.104(A).] Size

AWG or

kcmil

60°C

(140°F)

75°C

(167°F)

90°C

(194°F)

60°C

(140°F)

75°C

(167°F)

90°C

(194°F)

AWG

or kcmil

Typ e s TW,

Ty p e s

RHW,

THHW,

THW,

THWN,

XHHW,

USE, ZW

Ty pe s

TBS, SA, SIS,

FEP, FEPB, MI,

RHH, RHW-2,

THHN,

THHW, THW-2,

THWN-2, USE-

2, XHH, XHHW,

XHHW-2, ZW-2

Ty p e s

TW, UF

Ty p es

RH, RHW,

THHW,

THW,

THWN,

XHHW,

USE

Ty pe s

TBS, SA, SIS,

THHN, THHW,

THW-2,

THWN-2, RHH,

RHW-2, USE-2,

XHH, XHHW,

XHHW-2,

ZW-2

Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum

18 — — 14 — — — —

16 — — 18 — — — —

14** 15 20 25 — — — —

12** 20 25 30 15 20 25 12**

10** 30 35 40 25 30 35 10**

8405055354045 8

6556575405055 6

4708595556575 4

3 85 100 115 65 75 85 3

2 95 115 130 75 90 100 2

1 110 130 145 85 100 115 1

1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0

2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0

3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0

4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0

250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250

300 240 285 320 195 230 260 300

350 260 310 350 210 250 280 350

400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400

500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500

600 350 420 475 285 340 385 600

700 385 460 520 315 375 425 700

750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750

800 410 490 555 330 395 445 800

900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900

1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000

1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250

1500 525 625 705 435 520 585 1500

1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750

2000 555 655 750 470 560 630 2000

Correction Factors

Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)[Formerly Table 310(16)]

– Ambient Temperature Correction Factors Based on 30°C

(86°F)

Adjustment Factors – See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(3)(a)

Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a

raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities

shall be reduced as shown in the following table:

*** Number of conductors is the total number of conductor in the raceway or cable

adjusted in accordance with 310.15 (B)(5) and (6).

NEC 210.20(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous

Loads

Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any

combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the

rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the

noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load.

NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors

Conductors, other than flexible cords, flexible cables, and

fixture wires, shall be protected against overcurrent in

accordance with their ampacities specified in 310.15, unless

otherwise permitted or required in 240.4(A) through (G).

NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors

Unless specifically permitted in 240.4(E) or (G), the

overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by (D)(1)

through (D)(7) after any correction factors for ambient

temperature and number of conductors have been applied.

NEC 430.22(A) Direct-Current Motor-Rectifier

Supplied.

For dc motors operating from a rectified power supply, the

conductor ampacity on the input of the rectifier shall not be

less than 125 percent of the rated input current to the rectifier.

For dc motors operating from a rectified single-phase power

supply, the conductors between the field wiring output

terminals of the rectifier and the motor shall have an ampacity

of not less than the following percentages of the motor full-

load current rating:

(1) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, half-wave type

is used, 190 percent.

(2) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, full-wave type

is used, 150 percent.

Ambient

Temperature

(°C)

Temperature Rating of Conductor Ambient

Temperature

(°F)

60°C 75°C 90°C

10 or less 1.29 1.20 1.15 50 or less

11–15 1.22 1.15 1.12 51–59

16–20 1.15 1.11 1.08 60–68

21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04 69–77

26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00 78–86

31–35 0.91 0.94 0.96 87–95

36–40 0.82 0.88 0.91 96–104

41–45 0.71 0.82 0.87 105–113

46–50 0.58 0.75 0.82 114–122

51–55 0.41 0.67 0.76 123–131

56–60 — 0.58 0.71 132–140

61–65 — 0.47 0.65 141–149

66–70 — 0.33 0.58 150–158

71–75 — — 0.50 159–167

76–80 — — 0.41 168–176

81–85 — — 0.29 177–185

Number of

Conductors***

Percent of Values in Table 310.15(B)(16) through

Table 310.15(B)(19) as Adjusted

for Ambient Temperature if Necessary

4 through 6 80

7 through 9 70

10 through 20 50

21 through 30 45

31 through 40 40

41 and Above 35

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

Document Number 0100PL1202

Have questions? Need technical

support or on-site service?

Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the

information you need.

1-888-778-2733

Customer Care Center

Schneider Electric Services

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

This document has been

printed on recycled paper

www.schneider-electric.us

This document provided by Barr-Thorp Electric Co., Inc. 800-473-9123 www.barr-thorp.com

100387.1

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation